Region

Jurisdiction

Regulator

2022-12-28 | DOF 5675900

Added 2026-08-28 · Updated 2026-08-29

Annex 1 to the General Rules of Foreign Trade for 2023

Annex 1 to the General Rules of Foreign Trade for 2023 establishes the official formats, models, and identification requirements for foreign trade procedures in Mexico. It lists specific authorizations, notices, certificates, declarations, and requests, detailing the responsible authority and submission method for each. The document defines valid official identification and proof of address documents for use in these procedures and provides the layout and instructions for the Temporary Import Authorization form.

Mexico

Secretaria de Hacienda y Credito Publico

10 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

ANNEX 1 to the General Rules of Foreign Trade for 2023, published on December 27, 2022 in the afternoon edition.

A seal with the National Emblem is placed at the margin, which reads: United Mexican States.- TREASURY.- Ministry of Finance and Public Credit.- Tax Administration Service.

ANNEX 1 TO THE GENERAL RULES OF FOREIGN TRADE FOR 2023 Foreign Trade Formats and Models

Content

I. Official identifications and proof of address. II. Foreign Trade Formats. A. Authorizations. B. Notices. C. Certificates. D. Declarations. E. Formats. F. Requests.

Indicative References

Name of Format	Authority before which it is presented	Submission Method
A. Authorizations
Name of Authorization
A1. Temporary import authorization.	Corresponding Customs	Free-form document
A2. Authorization for temporary importation of boats.	Corresponding Customs	Free-form document
A3. Temporary import authorization for goods intended for the maintenance and repair of goods temporarily imported.	Customs or entry section	Free-form document
A4. Authorization to import goods only once, without having completed the registration process or being suspended in the importer registry, (Rule 1.3.5.).	DGOA	Free-form document
A5. Authorization to natural persons to import goods only once, without being registered in the importer registry, (Rule 1.3.6.).	ACNCE / Corresponding ADJ	Free-form document
A6. Registration authorization for the sectoral exporter registry (Rule 1.3.7.).	AGSC/ADSC	Free-form document
A7. Authorization for the importation of specially constructed or transformed vehicles, equipped with various devices or apparatus to fulfill a contract derived from a public bid, (Rule 4.2.9.).	ACAJACE	Free-form document
A8. Rectification authorization for customs declarations.	ACAJACE	Free-form document
A9. Authorization to import goods for national security purposes.	ACAJACE	Free-form document

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 11

B. Notices
Name of Notice
B1. Notice of compensation of contributions and revenues for foreign trade.	Corresponding Customs	Free-form document
B2. Temporary export notice.	Corresponding Customs	Free-form document
B3. Temporary import or export and return of containers notice.	Entry or exit Customs	Free-form document
B4. Notice of introduction of donated goods to the country's border strip (Rule 3.3.6., section B).	Customs where the operation will be processed.	Free-form document
B5. Notice of modification to the goods clearance registry.	AGACE	Digital Window
B6. Single notice of renewal in the goods clearance registry.	AGACE	Digital Window
B7. Notice of option for the determination of provisional value (global transport insurance).	Corresponding ADACE	Free-form document
B8. Notice of registration of electronic devices and work instruments.	Entry Customs	Free-form document
B9. Notice of transfer of goods subject to the Duty Free fiscal deposit regime.	Entry or exit Customs	Free-form document
B10. Notice of transfer of goods from companies with IMMEX Program, RFE or Authorized Economic Operator.	ADACE or Customs as applicable	SAAI
B11. Notice of transfer of goods from companies with IMMEX Program in the Authorized Economic Operator modality, item: holding company of companies.	AGACE	SAAI
B12. Electronic import and export notice.	Customs	SAAI
B13. Notices referred to in rule 7.2.1., related to the Registration in the Company Certification Scheme.	AGACE	Digital Window
B14. Mandate conferred on the customs broker to carry out foreign trade operations or its revocation.	AGSC	SAT Portal
* Electronic Format: RFC Procedures/Importers and Exporters/Update your conferred mandates
B15. Single Notice of Renewal in the Registry of the Company Certification Scheme.	AGACE	Digital Window
(IVA and IEPS Modality)		Free-form Document
(Trading Company and AEO)
B16. Electronic rejection notice (Rule 1.8.2.).	DGIA	SAT Portal
B17. Notice of safe return of foreign vehicles.	Corresponding ADACE	Free-form document
B18. Notice to extend the term granted by the SE to change regime or return goods temporarily imported abroad (4.3.8.).	ACAJACE	Free-form document

12 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

| B19. Notice for the transfer of auto parts located in the border region or strip to the automotive or vehicle manufacturing industry in the rest of the national territory. | ACAJACE | Free-form document | | B20. Notice of Storage Volumetric Capacity (Rule 2.3.8.). | Corresponding Customs | Free-form document | | B21. Mandate conferred on the customs agency to carry out foreign trade operations or its revocation. | AGSC | SAT Portal | | * Electronic Format: Procedures/RFC/Importers and Specific Sectors/Update of Conferred Mandates | | |

C. Certificates
Name of Certificate
C1. Certificate of temporary import, return or transfer of containers.	Customs	Digital Window
C2. Certificate of origin of agricultural products.	Customs Authority	Upon request
C3. Certificate of transfer of goods.	Customs Authority	Upon request

D. Declarations
Name of Declaration
D1. Postal Form.	Customs Personnel.
D2. Customs declaration for passengers coming from abroad (Spanish and English).	Customs	Free-form document
D3. Declaration of money leaving passengers (Spanish, English and French).	Customs	Free-form document
D4. Declaration of Internment or Extraction of Cash Amounts and/or Documents for Collection (Spanish and English).	Customs	Free-form document / SAT Portal
D5. Declaration for Movement in Customs Account of Goods, Imported to Return in the Same State pursuant to Art. 86 of the L.A.	Customs	Free-form document
D6. Document of origin of extracted, industrialized or manufactured mineral products.	Corresponding Customs
D7. Payment of contributions to foreign trade (Spanish, English and French).	Customs	Free-form document / SAT Portal
D8. Customs declaration for temporary import of trailers, semi-trailers and container carriers.	Customs	Free-form document / SAAI
D9. Multiple payment form for foreign trade.	SAT Portal
* Simplified electronic format at the electronic address: https://pccem.mat.sat.gob.mx/PTSC/cet/FmpceContr/faces/resources/pages/pagos/formularioMultiplePago.jsf.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 13

E. Formats
Name of Format
E1. Official gummed label for internal transit control by air.	Customs
E2. Value Manifestation.	Customs Authority	Digital Window
E3. Company Profile.	AGACE	Digital Window
E4. Customs Broker Profile.	AGACE	Digital Window
E5. Land Transporter Profile.	AGACE	Digital Window
E6. Courier and Package Profile.	AGACE	Digital Window
E7. Controlled Premises Profile.	AGACE	Digital Window
E8. Strategic Controlled Premises Profile.	AGACE	Digital Window
E9. Railway Transporter Profile.	AGACE	Digital Window
E10. Industrial Parks Profile.	AGACE	Digital Window
E11. General Warehouse Profile.	AGACE	Digital Window
E12. Single Format for Guarantees in matters of IVA and IEPS.	AGACE	Digital Window
E13. Request for issuance of advance ruling.	ACAJACE/ACNCE	Free-form document
E14. Format to present the Report on compensation or reduction of expenses against the revenue due.	ACPPCE	Free-form document

F. Requests
Name of Request
F1. Request for issuance of certified copies of customs declarations and their annexes.	ANAM / Customs Authority	Digital Window
F2. Request for registration of goods clearance by companies.	AGACE	Digital Window
F3. Request for Registration in the Company Certification Scheme.	AGACE	Free-form document / Digital Window
F3.1 Procedure instructions to obtain Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the IVA and IEPS modality.	AGACE	Digital Window
F3.2 Procedure instructions to obtain Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Trading Company and Importer modality.	AGACE	Free-form document
F3.3 Procedure instructions to obtain Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality under the items: Import and/or Export; Holding; Aircraft; SECIIT; Textile; Strategic Controlled Premises and Logistics Outsourcing.	AGACE	Free-form document
F3.4 Procedure instructions to obtain Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, Certified Commercial Partner modality, items: land transporter, customs broker, railway transport, industrial parks, controlled premises and courier and package.	AGACE	Digital Window
F4. Request for user and password to enter the Integrated Customs Operation System (SOIA).	DGMEIA	Free-form document
F5. Request for Security Matrix for Delivery of Foreign Trade Information.	DGMEIA	Free-form document

14 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

III. Auxiliary models used by foreign trade users.

Indicative References	Name of Model	Authority before which it is presented
M1.1. Customs Declaration.	Customs	Free-form document
M1.2. Import Customs Declaration. Part II. Partial shipment of goods.	Customs	Free-form document
M1.3. Export Customs Declaration. Part II. Partial shipment of goods.	Customs	Free-form document
M1.4. Transit Customs Declaration for transshipment.	Corresponding Customs	Free-form document
M1.5. Simplified Form of the Customs Declaration.	Corresponding Customs	Free-form document
M1.6. Consolidated Notice Format.	Corresponding Customs	Free-form document
M1.7. Operation Document for Customs Clearance. (DODA).	Corresponding Customs	Free-form document
M1.8. Electronic Capacity Letter.	Corresponding Customs	SAAI
M1.9. Capacity Letter for International Exhibitions.	Corresponding Customs	Annexed to the customs declaration
M1.10. Report of exports of subcontracting or maquila operations.	None
M1.11. List of documents.	Customs	Free-form document

I. Official identifications and proof of address:

For the purposes of the procedures contained in the RGCE and its Annexes, official identification shall be understood as any of the following valid documents: a) Voter ID card issued by the National Electoral Institute. b) Valid passport. c) Valid professional ID card with photograph. Electronic professional ID cards are exempted. d) Driver's license and, in the case of minors, a valid driving permit. e) In the case of minors, the credential issued by Public Education Institutions (affiliated with the SEP) or Private with official validity recognition accredited with photograph and signature, or the Personal Identity Card issued by the National Population Registry of the SEGOB, valid. f) In the case of senior citizens, the valid credential of the National Institute of Senior Citizens. g) In the case of foreigners, the valid migratory document corresponding, issued by the competent authority (in its case, migratory extension or renewal).

Likewise, for the purposes of foreign trade formats and procedures, proof of address shall be understood as any of the following documents: a) Account statement in the name of the taxpayer provided by institutions of the financial system. This document must not be older than four months, counted from the due date.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 15

b) Last property tax receipt; in the case of receipts for periods less than one year, it must not be older than four months, and in the case of annual receipts, it must correspond to the current fiscal year. (This document may be in the name of the taxpayer or a third party; in the case of legal entities, it may be in the name of one of the partners or shareholders, it is not necessary that it be shown as paid). c) Last receipt for electricity, gas, pay TV, internet, telephone or water services, provided that such receipt is not older than four months (this document may be in the name of the taxpayer or a third party; when legal entities state that they cannot obtain these receipts in their name, it may be in the name of one of the partners or shareholders, it is not necessary that they be shown as paid), in the case of annual service receipts, it must correspond to the current fiscal year. d) Last settlement in the name of the taxpayer of the IMSS. e) Contracts of: i. Lease, accompanied by the last rent payment receipt with an age not greater than four months that meets fiscal requirements, or the sublease contract and the last rent payment receipt with an age not greater than four months that meets fiscal requirements (this document may be in the name of the taxpayer or a third party, except in the case of legal entities where it may be in the name of one of the partners or shareholders). ii. Properly notarized trust agreement. iii. Bank account opening that is not older than three months (this document may be in the name of the taxpayer or a third party, except in the case of legal entities where it must be in the name of the same). iv. Electricity, telephone or water services, that is not older than two months (these documents may be in the name of the taxpayer or a third party). f) Residency or residence letter in the name of the taxpayer, issued by State, Municipal Governments or their equivalents in Mexico City according to their territorial scope, that is not older than four months. g) Alignment and official number receipt issued by the State, Municipal Government or its equivalent in Mexico City, said receipt must contain the taxpayer's address and be not older than four months, (this document may be in the name of the taxpayer or a third party, except in the case of legal entities, where it must be in the name of the same). h) Official receipt or payment order issued by the State, Municipal Government or its equivalent in Mexico City, said receipt must contain the taxpayer's fiscal address, be not older than four months and in the case of annual payment must correspond to the current fiscal year (this document may be in the name of the taxpayer or a third party, except for the registration procedure in the RFC in the case of legal entities, and it is not necessary that it be shown as paid). i) In the case of salaried employees and taxpayers without economic activity, the valid voter ID card issued by the National Electoral Institute, when it indicates the address.

The presentation of any of the documents referred to in the preceding paragraph shall only have an indicative value regarding the location of the address indicated by the taxpayer for the purposes of the procedures presented in accordance with this Resolution, therefore, they shall not be understood as proof of the fiscal address in the procedures derived from the exercise of audit powers by customs authorities, nor for the purposes of article 10 of the CFF and other applicable legal provisions.

16 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

II. Foreign Trade Formats:

A1. Temporary Import Authorization.

Entry Date ||||||| Expiration Date ||||||| day month year day month year

Customs/Customs Section Code

Owner's Data. Full name (last name/middle name/first name(s)), trade or corporate name

Address _____________________________________________________________________________

Importer's Data. Full name (last name/middle name/first name(s)), trade or corporate name

Address _____________________________________________________________________________ Driver's License No. ________________________________________________________________ Passport No. _______________________________S.S.N. _______________________________________

Signature

Description of the goods.

Customs/Customs Section Authorization. Name _________________________________________________________ Employee badge No. __________________________________________

Signature

Seal Customs/Customs Section

Return Data. Date ________________________________ day month year Customs/Customs Section ______________________________ Code ___________________________________________________ Place ___________________________________________________

Front

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 17

INSTRUCTIONS -Write clearly, in block letters and with a pen. -This request must be presented in original and copy. -Keep your request to be delivered at the BANJERCITO vehicle control office through which you will make your return. It is proof of the legal stay of your goods. -This document is not valid if it shows scratches or erasures. -Remember that by providing inaccurate or false data you will be subject to sanctions related to the presumption of smuggling.

Fields 1, 2 and 3 will be filled out by the importer, the rest are for exclusive use of the customs authority.

These data must be filled out by the customs authority: Folio No.- The customs authority will note the folio number of the corresponding internal registry. Entry Date.- It will note the date of entry of the goods into national territory, starting with the day, month and year. Expiration Date.- The date on which the temporary import of the goods expires will be noted, starting with the day, month and year. Customs/Customs Section.- It will note the name of the customs or customs section through which the goods are introduced. Code.- It will note the code of the customs or customs section through which the goods are introduced.

The importer will provide the following data: 1.- Owner's Data: Full name (last name/middle name/first name(s)), trade or corporate name. It will note the name of the owner or trade name, starting with the last name, middle name and first name or (s) names, as well as their complete address.

2.- Importer's Data: Full name (last name/middle name/first name(s)), trade or corporate name. It will note the name of the importer or trade name, resident abroad if applicable, starting with the last name, middle name and first name or names, as well as their complete address. Driver's License No.- It will note the number of the driver's license. Passport No.- It will note the number of the passport. S.S.N.- It will note the number of the social security card. Signature.- It will sign with their autograph signature.

3.- Description of the goods.- In this box, it will note the description, nature, state, origin and other characteristics of the goods, as well as the other data that allow their identification, or in their absence, the technical or commercial specifications necessary for their identification, such as brand, model, type, serial number, size, color, etc.

The following data must be filled out by the customs authority: 4.- Customs/Customs Section Authorization: Name.- It will note the full name of the person granting the authorization on behalf of the customs. Employee badge No.- It will note the personal identification number (badge) of the customs employee granting the authorization. Signature.- The employee who authorized the request will sign. Customs/Customs Section Seal.- In this space, the seal of the customs or customs section granting the authorization will be placed.

5.- Return Data: Date.- It will note the date of return of the goods, starting with the day, month and year. Customs/Customs Section.- It will note the name of the customs or customs section through which the goods will be returned. Code.- It will note the code of the corresponding customs or customs section. Place.- It will note the name of the city, municipality and state corresponding to the customs or customs section.

Back

18 DIARIO OFICIAL Wednesday, December 28, 2022 A2. Authorization for temporary importation of boats. No. of Folio:

THE IMPORTER WILL PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION

Date of entry Expiring date ||||||| ||||||____| day month year day month year
Owner's information. Full name (Last name/middle name/Name(s)), company's name or legal designation.

Address________________________________________________________________________

Importer's information.

Last name Middle name Name(s) Address

Driver's license

Passport number ________________________________________________________________ Mexican citizen ( ) Non-Mexican citizen ( ) If non-Mexican, indicate your migratory status:

Owner ( ) Spouse ( ) Ancestor ( ) Descendant ( ) Other ( ) 4. Boat's information. Class of boat

Name______________________________________Trademark ______________________ Length_______________________________________Model ___________________________ Model year _____________________Registry number

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 DIARIO OFICIAL 19 Motor(s) _____________________________ Hull's series ________________ Color _________________________Ownership's title

Serial number ________________Enrol number

VIN/VIN

Purpose for which the boat will be used

Boat's destination: Operation/Exploration

Exploration

I hereby declare under oath that I will opportune return abroad the temporarily imported boat to the United Mexican States and that I will abstain from committing any penalties or felonies related to their improper use while their stay in this country.

Signature THIS FORM, ONCE STAMPED, COVERS THE LEGAL STAY OF THE BOAT IN MEXICO. 7. Customs office or customs section authorization. Name

Employee badge number

Signature Seal Customs office or Customs Section 8. Return information. Date _______________ ______________ _______________ day /month year Customs office or customs section____________________________________ Code______________________________________________________________________________ Place_____________________________________________________________________________ REVERSE

20 DIARIO OFICIAL Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS -Write clearly with ballpoint pen. -This form should be submitted in original and a copy. -Keep your authorized application to be delivered at the customs control office where you will effect your return. This document is your proof of the legal stay of your boat. -This document is not valid if it presents scratchings or amendments. -Remember that by providing inaccurate or false data you will be liable for penalties related to the presumption of smuggling. -No. of Folio.- The customs authority will annotate the number of the internal registry corresponding to it. Fields 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 will be filled out by the importer; fields 7 and 8 are for exclusive use by the customs authority. The importer will provide the following information: 1.- Date of entry.- Annotate the date of entry of the boat into national territory. Expiring date.- Annotate the date on which the temporary importation of the boat expires. 2.- Owner's information. Full name (Last name/middle name/Name(s)), company's name or legal designation and fiscal address should be written down. 3.- Importer's information. Annotate the importer's name, as well as their complete address. Driver's license.- Annotate the driver's license number. Passport.- Annotate the passport number. Mexican or Non-Mexican Citizen.- Mark with an X whether you are Mexican or Non-Mexican Citizen. If Non-Mexican, indicate your migratory status: Indicate by your assigned number your migratory status. Mark with an X whether the person requesting the temporary importation of the boat is the owner, spouse, ancestor or descendant. 4.- Boat's information.- In this box, annotate the boat's data, such as: class of boat, name, trademark, length, type, model, model year, registry number, motor number, hull's series number, color, ownership title number, serial number, enrol number, VIN /The boat's information should be written down, such as class, name, trademark, length, model, model year, registry number, motor number, hull's series number, color, real estate property, serial number, enrol number, vehicle identification number. 5.- Boat's destination: Mark with an X the option corresponding to the boat's destination, which may be: operation or exploration. Purpose for which the boat will be used: The importer will indicate the use they will give to the boat. 6.- Signature.- Write your autograph signature. Notes: You must prove ownership of the boat by annexing to this application form a copy of any of the following documents: the equivalent document, the charter contract, ownership title, or the registry certificate granted by the competent authority. A copy of the following documentation should be attached: I. The technical characteristics of the above-mentioned merchandise are indicated; II. Articles of incorporation in which it is established within the corporate purpose that it will be dedicated to the provision of exploration or operation services, and III. If applicable, the contract, concession or corresponding authorization for the provision of services that require said merchandise for their fulfillment.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 DIARIO OFICIAL 21 A3. Authorization for temporary importation of goods, intended for the maintenance and repair of temporarily imported goods. Temporary importation. ( ) Return. ( ) Date ||||||| day month year Customs/Customs Section ______________________________ Code: ___________________________

Importer's information. Name or Company Name: _______________________________________________________________________________ Paterno Materno Name(s) R.F.C. (Note: In the case of foreigners, the generic R.F.C. EXTR 920901 TS4 must be declared) Address:___________________________________________________________________________________________

2.- Information related to the customs declaration, or to the official form used for the temporary importation of the goods subject to maintenance or repair. Date of temporary importation Date of expiration day month year day month year No. of customs declaration/ No. of folio of the official form: ______________________________________________ Description of the merchandise: Brand: ______________________________________ Model: _______________________________________________ Type: ________________________________________ Serial No.: ___________________________________________ Unit: ______________________________________ Quantity: _____________________________________________

3.- Information on the parts, spare parts, or goods intended for maintenance or repair. Description of the merchandise: ___________________________________________________________________________ Technical or commercial specifications: __________________________________________________________________ If applicable: Brand: _____________________________________________ Model: ________________________________________ Type: ______________________________________________ Serial No.: ____________________________________ Part No.: ________________________________________________________________________________________

4.- Destination of the replaced parts or spare parts: Returned ( ) Destroyed ( ) Definitively imported ( ) Authorized entry/exit at customs. Name: ________________________________________________________ Employee badge number: _________________________________________ Position: _________________________________ _________________________ Signature Seal Customs 5.- Information on the destruction or definitive importation of the replaced parts or spare parts. Definitive importation customs declaration: Customs/section/code:

Date and No. of destruction act: Authority before which the destruction notice was presented:

I declare under oath that the data recorded in this application are true.

Name and signature of the importer or their legal representative

22 DIARIO OFICIAL Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS No. of folio: The entry customs will assign a consecutive number to the application for the operation. Operation: Mark with an X the operation to be carried out, temporary importation or return, as appropriate. Date: The date of presentation of the application to the customs authority must be recorded. Customs and customs section: The customs and/or customs section through which the operation will be carried out must be declared. Code: The code of the customs and customs section through which the maintenance or repair operation will be carried out must be declared, in accordance with Appendix 1 of Annex 22.

IMPORTER'S INFORMATION: Name or Company Name: The last name, middle name, and first name of the person presenting the application must be declared. R.F.C.: The RFC of the individual or legal entity in charge of carrying out the operation must be declared. In the case of foreigners, the generic R.F.C. EXTR920901TS4 must be declared. Address: The fiscal address of the individual or legal entity in charge of carrying out the operation must be declared. In the case of foreigners, the fiscal address of the resident in national territory must be declared.
INFORMATION RELATIVE TO THE CUSTOMS DECLARATION, OR THE OFFICIAL FORM USED FOR THE TEMPORARY IMPORTATION OF THE GOODS SUBJECT TO MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR: Date of temporary importation: In this field, the day, month, and year of the temporary importation must be declared. Technical or commercial specifications: The commercial description of the merchandise subject to maintenance or repair must be indicated. Brand: The commercial brand of the good must be recorded. Model, Type, Serial No.: If information on the Model, Type, and/or serial number is available, it must be declared in the application. Quantity: The quantity of goods that will be subject to the authorization must be declared.
DESTINATION OF THE REPLACED PARTS OR SPARE PARTS: Destination: In this case, mark with an X the use to which the merchandise(s) that were the subject of replacement will be subjected: returned, destroyed, or definitively imported.
INFORMATION ON THE DESTRUCTION OR DEFINITIVE IMPORTATION OF THE REPLACED PARTS OR SPARE PARTS: Definitive importation customs declaration: Declare the number of the customs declaration with which the change of regime of the replaced merchandise was effected. Customs/section/code: Date and No. of destruction act: Indicate the date and No. of destruction act of the replaced parts or spare parts. Authority before which the destruction notice was presented: Declare the Name of the customs authority to which the destruction notice of the parts or spare parts was presented. Expiration date: In this field, the day, month, and year of the expiration of the temporary importation must be declared. No. of customs declaration/No. of folio of the official form: In this field, declare the number of the customs declaration or the number of the folio of the document assigned by the customs authority to carry out the operation. Description of the merchandise: Indicate the commercial description of the merchandise subject to maintenance or repair. Brand: If it has a brand, the commercial brand of the good must be recorded. Model, Type, Serial No.: If information on the Model, Type, and/or serial number is available, it must be declared in the application. Unit: The commercial unit of measurement of the merchandise subject to maintenance or repair must be declared. Quantity: The quantity of goods that will be subject to maintenance or repair must be declared.
INFORMATION ON THE PARTS OR SPARE PARTS, OR GOODS INTENDED FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR: Description of the merchandise: Indicate the commercial description of the merchandise subject to maintenance or repair.
NAME AND SIGNATURE OF THE IMPORTER OR THEIR LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE: The last name, middle name, and first name of the importer or the legal representative of the company presenting the application must be declared, and the autograph signature must be recorded. Observations: In this application, write clearly, in block letters, and with a ballpoint pen; it must be presented in original for the customs, a copy for the importer, and a copy for whoever has custody of the merchandise in their case. This document is not valid if it presents scratchings or amendments. Remember that by providing inaccurate or false data you will be liable for penalties related to the presumption of smuggling. You must annex the documents that, if applicable, demonstrate the destination of the replaced parts or spare parts. In the case of spare parts for aircraft, an authorization per aircraft must be presented. This application may only be used when the parts or spare parts can be fully identified. Consumable merchandise, such as oils, rivets, screws, adhesive tapes, sealing material, liquids, cables, among others, are not subject to this type of operation.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 DIARIO OFICIAL 23 A4. Authorization to import merchandise only once, without having concluded the registration process or being suspended from the importer registry (Rule 1.3.5.). General Information of the Applicant. 1.- Are you suspended from the importer registry YES NO 2.- Have you initiated the process for registration in the Importer Registry and have not concluded it? YES NO 3.- Indicate the type of person 4.- Have you made this request previously in the current fiscal year? YES NO Legal Person Natural Person 5. Full name [(Last name/middle name/Name(s)], company's name or legal designation: RFC Code 6. Fiscal address: Street__________________________________________ No. and/or exterior letter _________________________________ No. and/or interior letter _____________ Neighborhood___________________________ Postal Code__________________ Municipality or Alcaldía_________________________________ Locality _____________________________________ Federal Entity _________________________________________________________________________________ Phones __________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. Address for hearing and receiving notifications: Street_________________________________ No. and/or exterior letter ___________ No. and/or interior letter __________ Neighborhood_______________________ Postal Code_____________ Municipality or Alcaldía______________________ Locality _________________________ Federal Entity _____________________________________________ Phones __________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. Person(s) authorized to hear and receive notifications and phones: 9. General activities to which the interested party is dedicated:

24 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 General Information of the Merchandise.

Description of the merchandise: a) Detailed description of the merchandise to be imported:_______________________________________________________

b) Quantity of merchandise: _____________________________________________________________________________

c) Value of the merchandise according to the corresponding equivalent document:

d) Tariff fraction(s) and commercial identification number(s) of the merchandise(s) to be imported:

Customs office through which it will enter: _________________________________________________________________________
Reason or justification for the need to import merchandise: ____________________________________________

The merchandise to be imported is: Explosive Flammable Contaminant Radioactive Corrosive Perishable Easily decomposable Live animals Legal Representative Data
Full name [paternal surname/maternal surname/first name(s)] RFC Key
Fiscal address: Street ____________________________________________________________ No. and/or exterior letter ______________ No. and/or interior letter _____________Neighborhood ____________________________________________________________ Postal Code ____________________ Municipality or Borough _______________________________________________ Locality ________________________________ Federative Entity _______________________________________ Phones _______________________________________________________________________________________ I declare under oath that everything recorded is true.

Autograph signature of the applicant or legal representative DAY________MONTH__________________YEAR __________

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 25 INSTRUCTIONS This application shall be filled out in two copies by machine or in block letters, with a black or blue ink pen, and the figures must not invade the limits of the boxes. General Information of the Applicant

Mark with an X if you are suspended in the importers' registry.
Mark with an X if you have initiated the registration process in the importers' registry and it has not been completed.
Mark with an X if it is a natural person or a legal entity.
Mark with an X if you have made a request previously in the current fiscal year.
Write the full name, business name or corporate name, as well as the RFC of the importer, twelve or thirteen positions as appropriate.
Write the fiscal address, specifying street, exterior and interior number, Neighborhood, Postal Code, Borough or Municipality, Locality, Federative Entity and phones.
Write the address for hearing and receiving notifications, specifying street, exterior and interior number, Neighborhood, Borough or Municipality, Postal Code, Locality, Federative Entity and phones. This item shall only be filled in if it is different from the preceding item.
Indicate the full names of the persons authorized to hear and receive notifications, as well as the phone number of each of them.
Write the general activities to which the applicant is dedicated. General Information of the Merchandise
Write within the description of the merchandise, the following: a) The detailed description of the merchandise to be imported, indicating the data that allow its individual identification (serial number, part, brand or model), or in its absence, the technical or commercial specifications. In the case of more than one merchandise, the description must be made for each of them. b) The total quantity of each merchandise to be imported, indicating the unit of commercialization measure (kilo, gram, meter, piece, liter, pair, set, etc.) and the tariff unit of measure. c) The value of each of the merchandise, according to the equivalent document that corresponds. d) The tariff fraction and the NICO of each of the merchandise to be imported.
Indicate the Customs office through which the merchandise will enter.
Record the reason or justification for the need for which the procedure is carried out.
Mark with an X if the merchandise to be imported is explosive, flammable, contaminant, radioactive, corrosive, perishable, easily decomposable or live animals. Legal Representative Data
The general data of the legal representative shall be recorded, specifying the full name and the RFC.
Write the fiscal address of the legal representative, specifying Street, Exterior and Interior Number, Neighborhood, Postal Code, Borough or Municipality, Locality, Federative Entity and Phones.
The applicant or their legal representative shall sign their autograph signature. "For any clarification in the filling of this form, you can obtain information on the SAT Portal or by going to the ANAM offices located at Paseo de la Reforma No. 10, Tabacalera Neighborhood, Cuauhtémoc Borough, Postal Code 06030 of the SAT located at Hidalgo Avenue, number 77, P.C. 06300 Guerrero Neighborhood, Cuauhtémoc Borough, Mexico City, during business hours from Monday to Thursday from 9:00 to 17:00 hours, and Friday from 9:00 to 14:00 hours..

26 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 Procedure Guide for the Authorization to import merchandise once, without having completed the registration process or being suspended in the importers' registry (Rule 1.3.5.) Who presents it? Natural and legal persons obliged to register in the Importers' Registry who have not yet completed the registration process or who are suspended in the said registry. To whom is it addressed? To the DGOA. Sending options: You can also send the application and documents via SEPOMEX or using the services of courier companies. When is the authorization application presented? After five days have passed since presenting through the SAT Portal, the application for registration in the Importers' Registry or in the case of being suspended, the application to cancel said suspension in the Importers' Registry, according to procedure sheets 5/LA and 7/LA. How is it presented? In writing through the form called Authorization to import merchandise once without having completed the registration process or being suspended in the importers' registry (Rule 1.3.5.), attaching the documents provided for in the form: a) Copy of the document that proves that the merchandise is in deposit at the customs office. b) Documents that prove that the merchandise is explosive, flammable, contaminant, radioactive, corrosive, perishable or easily decomposable or live animals. c) Copy of the equivalent document or document that justifies the ownership of the merchandise to be imported, or in its case, declaration under oath that it is its legitimate owner. d) Copy of the registration folio of the application for registration in the Importers' Registry or in the case of being suspended, of the application to cancel said suspension in the Importers' Registry, which is presented electronically on the SAT Portal, according to procedure sheets 5/LA and 7/LA, in which the date of sending is recorded. e) Original or certified copy and copy for comparison, of the official identification of the legal representative or of the natural person who presents the application. f) Certified copy and copy for comparison, of the public deed or power of attorney through which legal representation is accredited. What document is obtained? Copy of the official letter of Authorization by which the DGOA is requested to allow once the importation of the merchandise without having completed the registration process or being suspended in the importers' registry. Within what timeframe is the authorization issued? Within a period not exceeding three months, counted from the date on which the application was duly filled out together with the corresponding documentation. Applicable legal provisions Articles 59, fraction IV, of the Law, 86 of the Regulation and rule 1.3.5.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 27 A5. Authorization to natural persons to import merchandise once, without being registered in the importers' registry, (Rule 1.3.6.). Before filling out this form, read the instructions on the back. Indicate the number of the official letter with which you were granted registration in the importers' registry:

Indicate the number of the official letter if you have initiated the process for registration in the importers' registry and have not completed it:___________________________________________________________________________________________

Indicate if you have made a request previously in the current fiscal year, if affirmative indicate the number with which you obtained the authorization: ______________________________________________________________

General Information of the Applicant Natural Person RFC:

First Name(s) First Surname Second Surname 1.1. Address for hearing and receiving notifications, as well as the persons authorized for such effects Street _______________________________________ No. and/or exterior letter __________ No. and/or interior letter ________ Neighborhood __________________________ Postal Code _________ Municipality or Delegation ______________________ Locality __________________ Federative Entity _______________________ Phones ______________________ Authorized personnel to hear and receive notifications: ______________________________________________________ ____________________________________________Phones ___________________________________________ 2. Legal Representative Data RFC:

First Name(s) First Surname Second Surname Indicate with an x, that you declare, under oath, that the legal representative has the powers to perform acts of administration or those necessary to carry out the procedures of the present procedure.

28 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 3. Information related to the procedure 3.1. Description of the merchandise: Detailed description of the merchandise to be imported, indicating the data that allow its individual identification (serial number, part, brand or model), or in its absence, the technical or commercial specifications. In case there is more than one merchandise, the description must be made for each of them. Quantity of the merchandise to be imported, indicating the unit of commercialization measure (kilo, gram, meter, piece, liter, pair, set, etc.). Value of each of the merchandise, according to the equivalent document that corresponds: Tariff fraction(s) of the merchandise(s) to be imported: Customs office through which the merchandise will enter: Reason or justification for the need of the procedure. 3.2. Indicate with an x, that you declare, under oath, that the merchandise intended to be imported will be destined for the personal use of the interested party or to carry out the purposes of its corporate object and will not be commercialized. 3.3. Indicate with an x, that you declare, to be the legitimate owner of the merchandise described in this form in case of not having the equivalent document that justifies ownership. I declare under oath that the data recorded in this form are true.

Name and signature of the applicant (Natural person applicant or legal representative)

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 29 INSTRUCTIONS General information This form is freely printable and must be filled out in two copies or in block letters, with a black or blue ink pen and the figures must not invade the limits of the boxes. Presentation options The procedure must be presented at the official office of the ACNCE in person or using the services of SEPOMEX as well as those of Courier companies or before the ADJ that corresponds to the fiscal address of the applicant, through the tax mailbox. In case the procedure is presented via tax mailbox, the present form must be attached digitally, duly filled out and the requirements indicated in these instructions. The procedure will take effect from the date of receipt of the application in accordance with the means of presentation. Specific indications In case the space is insufficient for the item Related information with the procedure, item 3.1., the merchandise can be described in an attached document referring to it in this form. Requirements

Proof of address.
Equivalent document that supports the ownership of the merchandise to be imported. If the information is in a language other than Spanish, attach translation of the same.
Notarial power of attorney authorizing the legal representative to perform acts of administration.
Official identification of the legal representative and of the natural person who presents the application. In the case that the procedure is presented before the ACNCE, it must be attached to the documentation referred to in this Item, the following:
For items 3 and 4, the documentation may be presented in certified copy. In case it is presented in certified copy or in original, a simple copy for comparison must be attached. Additional information of the procedure The authorization will be granted within a period not exceeding three months, counted from the date on which the application was duly filled out together with the corresponding documentation, provided that there is no request for additional information and documentation. A copy of the authorization official letter will be obtained by which the DGOA is requested to allow the importation of the merchandise without being registered in the importers' registry. For any doubt about the filling of the form and/or requirements as well as any consultation about the applications presented, you can obtain information on the SAT Portal or contact MarcaSAT 55 627 22 728 and the phone (55) 5802-1335.

30 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 A6. Registration Authorization for the sectoral exporters registry (Rule 1.3.7.). FILL CLEARLY THE FIELDS INDICATED: DATE OF PRESENTATION: DAY _____ MONTH _____ YEAR ________ MARK WITH AN X THE PROCEDURE YOU REQUEST: REGISTRATION APPLICATION CANCEL THE SUSPENSION A) CURRENT IDENTIFICATION DATA RFC KEY PERSON NATURAL PERSON LEGAL LAST NAME, MATERNAL, FIRST NAME(S), OR NAME OR BUSINESS NAME STREET NUMBER AND/OR EXTERIOR LETTER NUMBER AND/OR INTERIOR LETTER NEIGHBORHOOD POSTAL CODE PHONE LOCALITY MUNICIPALITY FEDERATIVE ENTITY MAIN TRADE OR ACTIVITY: MARK WITH AN X IF IT IS 100% EXPORTER SELLER (VENDOR) IN TERRITORY NATIONAL, OF THE MERCHANDISE INDICATED IN THE REQUESTED SECTORS INDICATE WITH AN X IF IT IS PRODUCER PACKAGER MARKETER B) MARK WITH AN X THE NAME OF THE SECTOR(S) IN WHICH YOU WISH TO REGISTER OR REJOIN.

ALCOHOL, DENATURED ALCOHOL AND UNCRYSTALLIZABLE HONEY.
GOLD, SILVER AND COPPER.
BEER. 10) PLASTICS.
TEQUILA. 11) RUBBER.
FERMENTED ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES (WINES). 12) WOOD AND PAPER.
DISTILLED ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES (LIQUORS). 13) GLASS.
CIGARETTES AND PROCESSED TOBACCO. 14) IRON AND STEEL.
ENERGY DRINKS, AS WELL AS CONCENTRATES POWDERS AND SYRUPS FOR PREPARING ENERGY DRINKS.
ALUMINUM.
IRON ORES AND THEIR CONCENTRATES. C) LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE DATA LAST NAME, MATERNAL, FIRST NAME(S) RFC KEY E-MAIL: PHONE: I DECLARE AND ASSUME UNDER OATH THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE TRUTH AND AUTHENTICITY OF THE INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTATION PROVIDED

AUTOGRAH SIGNATURE OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OR APPLICANT

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 31 INSTRUCTIONS

Fill clearly the fields indicated.
Do not exceed the limits of the boxes.
Present 2 copies of this application duly filled out, comply with the requirements established in article 87 of the Regulation, rule 1.3.7., as well as with its procedure guide.
Write the date on which you present your application dd/mm/yyyy.
Mark with an X the procedure you request: Registration Application or Application for authorization to cancel the suspension. A) CURRENT IDENTIFICATION DATA.
Mark with an X if the promoter is a natural person or a legal entity.
Write the full name, business name or corporate name as appropriate, exactly as it is registered with the RFC; in case of change of name or corporate name or capital regime, write the new data that the ADSC assigned to it.
Write the exporter's RFC, twelve or thirteen positions as appropriate.
Write the complete fiscal address specifying Street, Exterior and Interior Number, Neighborhood, Delegation or Municipality, Postal Code, Locality, Federative Entity and Phones.
Write the main trade or activity.
Mark with an X, if you are 100% Exporter or if you are a Seller (Vendor) in National Territory, of the merchandise indicated in the Requested Sectors.
Indicate with an X if you are, producer, packager or marketer. B) SECTORS.
Mark with an X the name of the sector(s) in which you wish to register or cancel the suspension for rejoining, according to the merchandise listed in Section B of Annex 10, relative to the Sectoral Exporters Registry. C) LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OR APPLICANT DATA.
Write the full name and the RFC.
Write e-mail and phone number.
The applicant (interested party or legal representative) shall sign their autograph signature. Documents you must attach: a) Copy of valid official identification and/or notarial instrument that accredits the legal personality of the applicant of the procedure, as appropriate (natural person or legal entity). b) If the legal representative is foreign, attach a copy of the document that proves their legal stay in the country and that accredits that their migratory situation allows them to hold the positions mentioned in the constitutive act or notarial power of attorney corresponding, in accordance with article 65 of the Migration Law. c) In the case of foreign natural persons residing in national territory, include, in addition, a copy of the document by which they prove their migratory situation in the country and that they are authorized to carry out business activities. d) If the natural person is represented by a third person, attach notarial power of attorney or power of attorney in which they are authorized to carry out this procedure, in accordance with what is established in article 19 of the CFF. e) If you changed the name or corporate name of the company, you must send a copy of the public deed notarized before a Notary Public, in which said change is recorded. f) For the case of the application for registration in the Sectoral Exporters Registry, Sectors 8 to 15 of Section B of Annex 10, the specific requirements indicated in procedure sheets 141/LA and 142/LA of Annex 2 and in accordance with what is established in the respective Registration Guides for the Sectoral Exporters Registry must be met. Reports and Results Consultation: By phone to Marca SAT: 55 627 22 728 and 01-87-74-48-87-28 for United States and Canada options 7-3. Personal attention at the SAT Offices located in various cities in the country, on the days and times that are established in the following electronic address: https://sat.gob.mx/personas/directorio-nacional-de-modulos-de-servicios-tributarios Via Chat: http://chat.sat.gob.mx

32 DIARIO OFICIAL Wednesday, December 28, 2022 A7. Authorization for the importation of specially constructed or transformed vehicles, equipped with various devices or apparatus to fulfill a contract derived from a public bidding process, (Rule 4.2.9.). Before filling out this form, read the instructions on the reverse. Resident in territory national. Resident in foreign

General Information of the Applicant. Physical Person Legal Entity RFC: RFC:

First Name(s) First Last Name Second Last Name

Business or corporate name. 1.2. Address for hearing and receiving notifications, as well as the persons authorized for such effects. Street ______________________________________ No. and/or exterior letter ________ No. and/or interior letter ___________ Neighborhood _________________________________ Postal Code _______ Municipality or Delegation _________________ Locality ___________________ Federal Entity _________________________ Telephones ___________________ Person authorized to hear and receive notifications: ______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________Telephones ________________________ 2. Data of the legal representative. RFC:

First Name(s) First Last Name Second Last Name Indicate with an x, that you declare, under oath, that the legal representative has the powers to perform acts of administration or those necessary to carry out the procedures of this current process. 3. Information related to the process. 3.1. Description of the vehicle to be temporarily imported: Brand: Serial Number: Model: Year: 3.2. Tariff fractions and NICO in which the vehicle subject to authorization is classified: 8705.20.01 00 8705.20.99 00 8705.90.99 00 3.3. In the case of being a resident abroad, indicate the data of the joint responsible party in national territory who is up to date with the fulfillment of their tax obligations. Physical Person Legal Entity RFC: RFC:

First Name(s) First Last Name Second Last Name

Business or corporate name. 4. Reason or justification for the need to import merchandise:

I declare under oath that the data entered in this form is true.

Name and signature of the applicant (The resident in national territory or the resident abroad or the legal representative)

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 DIARIO OFICIAL 33 INSTRUCTIONS General Information This form is freely printable and must be filled out in two copies by machine or in block letters, with a black or blue ink ballpoint pen and the figures must not invade the limits of the boxes. Presentation Options The process must be presented at the official records office of the ACAJACE. Via SEPOMEX or using the services of courier and package companies. The process takes effect from the date of receipt of the application in accordance with the means of presentation. Specific Indications In the item of general information of the applicant when it concerns a resident abroad, the box must be left blank unless they have an RFC. Requirements

Favorable opinion from the SE.
Service provision contract. In case the service provision contract is in a language other than Spanish, it must be accompanied by its translation.
Call for international public bidding carried out under the free trade treaties that the Mexican State is a party to and are in force, and the award of the corresponding contract.
In case the applicant is a resident abroad, they must attach a free-form letter in which a resident in national territory, up to date in the fulfillment of their tax obligations, assumes joint liability in terms of article 26, fraction VIII of the CFF, of the tax credits that may arise in the case of non-compliance with the obligation to return the authorized vehicles.
Notarial power or constitutive act where the legal representative is authorized to perform acts of administration, in case the applicant is a legal entity. Additional Information of the Process Once the form has been presented duly filled out complying with the instructions of the same, the authority will respond via letter addressed to the applicant, within a period of three months in accordance with article 37 of the CFF, counted from the date of receipt of the application. For any clarification in the filling of this form, you can obtain information on the SAT Portal or contact through 55 12 03 1000 extension 43236, or go to the Taxpayer Assistance Modules of the Decentralized Administration corresponding to your tax domicile. Complaints and reports at phone 55-88-52-22-22.

34 DIARIO OFICIAL Wednesday, December 28, 2022 A8. Authorization for rectification of declarations.

Data of the physical or legal person applicant. 1.1. Full name / Denomination or business name. 1.2. RFC including the homoclave. 1.3. Predominant activity. 1.4. Address for hearing and receiving notifications. Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood C.P. Municipality/Delegation Federal Entity Telephone Email
Data of the legal representative of the physical or legal person applicant. 2.1. Full name. Paternal Last Name Maternal Last Name Name 2.2. RFC including the homoclave. Telephone Email
Data of the persons authorized to hear and receive notifications. 3.1. Person(s) authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal Last Name Maternal Last Name Name 3.2. RFC including the homoclave. Telephone Email

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 DIARIO OFICIAL 35 4. Grounds for rectification: Mark with an X the corresponding option or options, as the case may be. I.- Derivative of the rectification generates a payment of undue amounts and in the declaration the payment in cash is recorded, in accordance with Annex 22, Appendix 13; except when it concerns the grounds of rule 6.1.1., fraction I, items a) to g). II.- Change of customs regime of the merchandise. III.- Identification data of vehicles that have a VIN, which are classified in subheadings 8703.21, 8703.22, 8703.23, 8703.24, 8703.31, 8703.32, 8703.33, 8703.90, 8704.21, 8704.22, 8704.23, 8704.31 and 8704.32. 5. Data to be rectified for declaration: 5.1 Number(s) of declaration(s) 5.2 Field(s) to be rectified (Location and description) 5.3 Says 5.4 Must Say 6. Indicate the cause of the error in the declaration(s) or the justification for the rectification: 7. List the documentation that supports the error in the declaration(s) or the justification for the rectification: 8. Describe the considerations by which the attached documentation accredits the error in the declaration(s) or the justification for the rectification: 9. Indicate the amount of the operation or operations: 10. State the business reasons that motivated the request: 11. Mark with an X the corresponding option, as the case may be. In the affirmative, describe the situation in which it is located: Yes No 11.1. The promotion has been previously raised before the same authority or another different one. 11.2. The promotion has been subject to some administrative or judicial process. 11.3. It is subject to the exercise of verification powers by the SHCP. 11.4. It is within the period for tax authorities to issue the resolution. 11.5. It is up to date in the fulfillment of its tax obligations and is not published in the lists referred to in articles 69, with the exception of what is provided in fraction VI and 69-B, fourth paragraph of the CFF. 11.6. It is located at its tax domicile before the RFC. 11.7. Has a tax mailbox. Once the above has been stated, the ACAJACE is requested to carry out the authorization of rectification in terms of the rule 6.1.1.

Name and signature of the applicant or the legal representative

36 DIARIO OFICIAL Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS Information that must be provided in each field:

The data of the physical or legal person requesting the process must be indicated. 1.1. Write the full name of the physical or legal person requesting the process. 1.2. Indicate the RFC with homoclave or identification number in case of residents abroad. 1.3. Describe in detail the activities to which the physical or legal person requesting the process is dedicated. 1.4. Indicate the address to receive notifications of the physical or legal person requesting the process.
In case there is one, the data of the legal representative of the physical or legal person requesting the process must be entered. 2.1. Write the full name. 2.2. Write the RFC with homoclave.
In case there is one, the data of the person(s) authorized to hear and receive notifications, in terms of article 19 of the CFF, must be entered. 3.1. Write the full name. 3.2. Write the RFC with homoclave.
The ground for which the corresponding rectification is requested must be selected. In case of being in the ground of fraction I, it is suggested to consult the exceptions in accordance with what is provided in rule 6.1.1., fraction I, items a) to g).
In this field, the data of the declaration(s) that is/are wanted to be rectified are indicated. 5.1. The number(s) of declarations must be entered. 5.2. The fields of the declaration(s) to be rectified will be described, indicating their location and description. 5.3. The information that is currently described in the field of the declaration(s) subject to the rectification will be transcribed. 5.4. The information with which it is intended to substitute the expression in this form will be stated.
Describe in detail the facts and circumstances in which the alleged error consisted, specifying the reason why it was presumably generated or the justification for the rectification that is requested.
The documentation with which you consider that the error is accredited or supports the justification of the rectification must be listed, which must be attached in a storage device for electronic equipment (CD, USB, etc.).
The manner in which the attached documents accredit the existence of the error or the justification of the rectification in question must be explained, taking into account what is expressed in points 6 and 7 above.
Indicate the value of the operation or operations related to the declaration(s) objects to be rectified.
State the business reasons that motivated the operation, specifying precisely the benefits that intends to obtain or, in its defect, the damages and losses that wishes to avoid if the rectification is authorized.
Indicate if the physical or legal person requesting the process is located in any of the following grounds and, in case affirmative, explain the situation in which it is located. 11.1. Indicate if the facts or circumstances on which the promotion is based have been previously raised before the same authority or another different one. 11.2. Indicate if the facts or circumstances on which the promotion is based have been the subject of defense means before administrative or jurisdictional authorities and, if applicable, the sense of the resolution. 11.3. Indicate if it is subject to the exercise of verification powers, established in article 42 of the CFF, indicating the periods and the contributions subject to the review. 11.4. Indicate if it is within the period for tax authorities to issue the resolution referred to in article 50 of the CFF. 11.5. It is up to date in the fulfillment of its tax obligations and is not published in the lists to which articles 69 refer, with the exception of what is provided in fraction VI and 69-B, fourth paragraph of the CFF. 11.6. It is located at its tax domicile before the RFC. 11.7. Has a tax mailbox. Documents that must be attached: a. Simple copy of the notarial instrument, from which it is clear that the person who signs the request for rectification, is authorized to carry out the corresponding procedures before the respective Authority. b. Simple copy of the official document where the name, photograph and signature appear, which coincides with the physical profile of the legal representative. c. Simple copy of the CFDI or equivalent documents that cover the merchandise described in the declaration(s). d. The other necessary documents that support your request, which must be contained in a storage device for electronic equipment (CD, USB, etc.). Additional Information of the Process The resolution letter will be notified to the applicant by tax mailbox, personally or by certified mail, to the authorized persons and at the address indicated for hearing and receiving notifications, as appropriate. For any clarification in the filling of this form, you can obtain information through MarcaSAT at 55 627 22 728; or go to the Taxpayer Assistance Modules of the Decentralized Administration corresponding to your tax domicile. Complaints and reports at 55 88 52 22 22.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 DIARIO OFICIAL 37 A9. Authorization to import merchandise for national security purposes. Before filling out this form, read the instructions on the reverse.

General Information of the Applicant. 1.1. Data of the head of the instance referred to in the National Security Law or of the head of the ANAM, of the person designated by them or of the one that has powers to represent said heads. RFC: First Name(s) First Last Name Second Last Name 1.2. Address for hearing and receiving notifications, as well as the persons authorized for such effects. Street _______________________________ No. and/or exterior letter ____________ No. and/or interior letter ______________ Neighborhood _____________________________________________ Postal Code ____________ Municipality or Alcaldía

Locality _________________________________ Federal Entity _________________________________________ Telephones

Person authorized to hear and receive notifications:

Telephones

Information related to the process. 2.1. Merchandise to be imported. Detailed description Tariff fraction NICO Quantity Unit of measure of commercialization Brand Model Number of series 2.2. Reason or justification for the need to import the merchandise:

2.3. Total value of the merchandise (according to the CFDI, equivalent document or letter of donation, as appropriate). ________________________________________________________________________________

2.4. Customs, customs section or place designated for the entry of the merchandise.

2.5. Customs, customs section or place designated for the dispatch of the merchandise.

2.6. In case of not having the CFDI or equivalent document or document with which to demonstrate the ownership of the merchandise to be imported, indicate with an x that, declares under oath of telling the truth, being the legitimate owner of the merchandise described in this form: 2.7. Data of the officials authorized to receive the merchandise. RFC:

First Name(s) First Last Name Second Last Name Email

Telephone(s)

I declare, under oath, that the data entered in this form is true.

Name and signature of the applicant (Head of the Instance referred to in the National Security Law authorized/ANAM)

38 DIARIO OFICIAL Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS General Information This form is freely printable and must be filled out in two copies by machine or in block letters, with a black or blue ink ballpoint pen and the figures must not invade the limits of the boxes. Presentation Options The process must be presented at the official records office of the ACAJACE. Via SEPOMEX or using the services of courier and package companies. The process takes effect from the date of receipt of the application in accordance with the means of presentation. Specific Indications

In the Item of Information related to the process: a) In item 2.1., you will indicate the detailed description of the merchandise to be imported, indicating the technical or commercial specifications, of the merchandise to be imported, as well as indicate the total quantity (in letters and numbers) of the merchandise to be imported mentioning the unit of measure of commercialization (kilo, gram, meter, piece, liter, pair, set, etc.). In case the space is insufficient, the merchandise can be described in an attached document referencing it in this form. b) In item 2.7., you will indicate the data of the officials authorized to receive the merchandise. In case the space is insufficient, boxes can be added to the form. Requirements
Certificate of appointment of the head of the instance referred to in the National Security Law, of the person designated by him or of the one that has powers to represent said head.
CFDI, equivalent document or document with which to demonstrate the ownership of the merchandise to be imported or, in its case, letter of donation issued by the foreign donor where it indicates the merchandise and the data of said donor [name, Tax Identification Number, address, telephone(s) and email].
Catalogs, photographs and other documentation that contains data that allow the authority to identify the merchandise subject to importation.
Certificate of appointment or letter of designation of the official authorized to receive the merchandise at the customs, customs section or designated place, which must be issued by the instance referred to in the competent National Security Law.
The documentation with which the exemption or the fulfillment of the regulations or restrictions non-tariff that the merchandise must fulfill for its definitive importation is accredited. Additional Information of the Process Once the form has been presented duly filled out complying with the instructions of the same, the authority will respond via letter addressed to the applicant, within a period of three months in accordance with article 37 of the CFF, counted from the date of receipt of the application. Likewise, the authority will send a copy in electronic or digital document to the customs by which the dispatch will be carried out. In case the ACAJACE detects merchandise that is not necessary to carry out the actions destined to National Security, it will communicate it within a term of five days, counted from the day following the day the authorization request is duly integrated. For any clarification in the filling of this form, you can obtain information on the SAT Portal or contact through 55 12 03 1000 extension 43236, or go to the Taxpayer Assistance Modules of the Decentralized Administration corresponding to your tax domicile. Complaints and reports at 55-88-52 -22-22.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 DIARIO OFICIAL 39 B1.

40 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS a) This form shall be filled out by machine or with block capital letters, using a black or blue ink pen. b) This form shall be filled out in pesos without cents, and the amount shall be rounded so that amounts from 1 to 50 cents adjust to the preceding whole peso unit, and amounts from 51 to 99 cents adjust to the following whole peso unit. Example: 1) $150.50 = 150 2) $150.51 = 151 c) This form is presented to the customs office and its annexes for validation in record 514 of the SAAI and to be able to make the corresponding payment. d) Natural persons, when represented for the first time and presenting a promotion, must attach two copies of the notarial power of attorney attesting to the applicant's legal standing, and in the case of legal entities, they must present two copies of the notarial copy of the articles of incorporation and two copies of the power of attorney attesting to the legal standing of their representative. e) When another legal representative is designated, the original and two copies of the power of attorney attesting to their appointment must be attached. f) The RFC (Federal Taxpayer Registry) shall be noted, corresponding to twelve or thirteen positions, and the CURP (Unique Population Registry Code), in the case of natural persons who have the Population Registry Key provided by the SEGOB. g) This form shall not be valid if it contains strikethroughs, scrapings, or erasures. NOTE Regarding amounts paid for IGI, DTA, and, if applicable, Compensatory Duties, the amount actually paid shall be noted in accordance with Appendix 13 of Annex 22. In no case shall VAT and IEPS be offset in Foreign Trade Operations, in accordance with Article 138 of the Regulations. FILLING OUT

GENERAL DATA OF THE TAXPAYER. Note the last name, middle name, and first name(s) or corporate name or business name, and tax address.
MARK WITH AN X IN THE BOX THE REASON FOR WHICH THE COMPENSATION IS APPLIED. Change in Value of the CFDI or equivalent document. Change of CFDI or equivalent document. Modification in Incremental Values. Change to modified data declared in the observations field. Application of preferential tariff treatment in accordance with an Agreement or International Treaty of which the Mexican State is a Party and which is in force. Others, specify the reason for the generation of the credit balance.
DATA OF THE ORIGINAL ENTRY In this box, note the Entry No. to 15 digits, customs section, date of payment of the entry, IGI, DTA, and, if applicable, the Compensatory Duty, noting the total of these concepts in the respective line and finally the code of the operation under the international treaty of which the Mexican State is a Party and which is in force, if applicable, according to Appendix 8 of Annex 22.
DATA OF THE RECTIFICATION ENTRY In this box, you must note the data, following the instructions of point number 3, with the exception of the date of payment of the entry.
AMOUNT SUBJECT TO COMPENSATION In this box, note the Entry No., customs section, and date of payment of the entry on which the compensation is effected. The compensation number field is used in the case where the credit balance obtained from the importation is not exhausted by compensating it against a single tax, requiring the filling out of another compensation notice for the remaining balance pending compensation, in which case they will note the compensation number being made. (Example: 1, 2, 3).
DATA OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE Note the last name, middle name, and first name(s) of the legal representative, their RFC to thirteen digits, their CURP, as well as their signature. ANNEXES

Two copies of the entry that gave rise to the compensation.
Two copies of the rectification entry of the importer.
Copy of the certificate of origin or certification of origin, if applicable.
Two copies of the notice of withdrawal, if applicable.
Two copies of the notarial power of attorney attesting to the legal standing of the applicant (Natural Person or Legal Entity).
Two copies of the notarial copy of the articles of incorporation of the legal entity.
Tariff Fractions.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 41 B2. Notice of temporary export No. Folio: Date of ||||||| Date of ||||||| Exportation: day month year return: day month year Customs/Customs Section: Key:

Exporter data: Full name: ______________________________________________________________________ (Paternal/Maternal surname/first name(s), corporate or business name) Address: _____________________________________________________________________________ R.F.C.
Description and quantity of merchandise:

Signature of the exporter or legal representative 3. Customs/Customs Section Authorization: Name:

Employee badge No.: ___________________________________________

Signature Seal Reviewed Customs 4. Return data: Date: _______________________________ day month year Customs/customs section: ______________________________________________________________ Key: ________________________________________ Name: ________________________________________________________________________________ Employee badge No.: _________________

Signature This notice shall be presented in duplicate: the original for customs and the copy for the exporter.

42 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS This Notice shall be presented, when there is no obligation to present an entry, in accordance with article 116, penultimate paragraph of the Law.

Write clearly, block letters, pen (blue or black ink).
This application must be presented in original and copy.
Keep your application to be shown at the customs office through which you will effect your return.
This document is not valid if it contains scrapings or erasures.
Remember that by providing inaccurate or false data you will be subject to sanctions related to the presumption of smuggling.
The folio number will be recorded by the customs authority receiving the temporary export notice.
Date of export.- Note the date of exit of the merchandise from national territory, indicating the day, month, and year.
Date of return.- The date on which the maximum term allowed by the Law or the Chapter 4.4. of the RGCE, for the temporary export of the merchandise, indicating the day, month, and year.
Customs/Customs Section.- Note the name of the customs or customs section through which the merchandise is exported.
Key.- Note the key of the customs or customs section through which the merchandise is exported. 1.- Exporter data.
Full name.- Note the full name, corporate or business name, as appropriate.
Address.- Note the complete address.
Signature of the exporter or legal representative.- The exporter or the legal representative shall sign their autograph signature. The following data must be filled out by the customs authority: 3.- Customs/Customs Section Authorization:
Name.- Note the full name of the person granting the authorization on behalf of the customs.
Employee badge number.- Note the number of the personal identification (badge) of the customs employee granting the authorization.
Employee signature.- The employee who authorized the application shall sign.
Seal.- Customs/Customs Section Seal.- In this space, the seal of the customs or customs section granting the authorization will be placed. 4.- Return data:
Date.- Note the date of return of the merchandise, starting with the day, month, and year.
Customs/customs section.- Note the name of the customs or customs section through which the merchandise is returned.
Key.- Note the key of the Customs or Customs section that corresponds to it.
Name.- Note the full name of the person granting the authorization for the return of the merchandise, on behalf of the customs.
Employee badge number.- Note the number of the personal identification (badge) of the customs employee granting the authorization.
Employee signature.- The employee who authorized the return shall sign.
R.F.C.- Note their RFC to twelve or thirteen positions as appropriate. 2.- Description and quantity of merchandise.
In this box, note the: quantity, description, nature, state, origin, and other characteristics of the merchandise, as well as the data allowing its identification, or in its absence, the technical or commercial specifications necessary for its identification, such as brand, model, type, serial number, size, color, etc.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 43 B3. Notice of temporary import or export and return of containers IMPORTATION ( ) EXPORTATION ( ) RETURN ( ) No. Folio. DATE OF ENTRY, EXIT OR RETURN: EXPIRATION DATE: ( DD / MM / YY ): ( DD / MM / YY ):

OWNER DATA: Full name (paternal surname/maternal surname/first name [s]): Corporate or business name: Address: Tax identification number or Tax ID Number: Phone: Email:
DATA OF THE PERSON IMPORTING, EXPORTING OR RETURNING THE CONTAINERS: Full name (paternal surname/maternal surname/first name [s]): Corporate or business name: Address: Tax identification number or Tax ID Number: IMMEX Program Number: Phone: Email:
DATA OF THE CARRIER AND/OR WHO PERFORMS THE PROCESS: Full name (paternal surname/maternal surname/first name [s]): Corporate or business name: Address: Tax identification number or Tax ID Number: Phone: Email:
DATA OF THE CONTAINERS: Number of containers: Description: Unit value: SIGNATURE: ______________________________
VALIDATION OF THE IMPORT, EXPORT OR RETURN NOTICE: DATE: Customs/Customs Section: Key: ( DD / MM / YY ): Name: Employee badge No.: Seal SIGNATURE: ____________________________________________________________ Customs/Customs Section
RECTIFICATION: No. folio: Data and observations related to the rectification:
CUSTOMS OR CUSTOMS SECTION INVOLVED IN THE RECTIFICATION: DATE: / / DD / MM / YY Customs/Customs Section: Key: Name: Employee badge No.: Seal SIGNATURE: _____________________________________ Customs/Customs Section

44 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS General Notes. This application must be presented to the entry or exit customs office in triplicate for validation. Complete with block letters and pen. This document is not valid if it contains scrapings or erasures. The person performing the operation must indicate the type of operation to be performed (importation, exportation or return) and fill in fields 1, 2, 3, 4 and 6; the remaining fields are for exclusive use of the customs authority. The following data must be filled out by the customs authority: Date of importation, exportation or return. Note the date of entry, exit or return of the containers to/from national territory, starting with the day, month, and year. Expiration date.- The date on which the temporary importation or exportation expires will be noted, starting with the day, month, and year. 4.-Description of the containers: In this box, note the quantity, unit value, description and other characteristics allowing their identification. Signature.- The person importing, exporting or returning the containers must sign their autograph signature. Fields 5 and 7 must be filled out by the customs authority: 5.- Customs/Customs Section Authorization of the importation, exportation or return: Date, Customs, Customs Section and Key.- Note the date of importation, exportation or return of the containers to/from national territory, starting with the day, month, and year; the name and key of the Customs or Customs Section through which the containers are imported, exported or returned. Name.- Note the full name of the person who grants the authorization on behalf of the customs. The importer or exporter shall provide the following data: No. Folio.- The importer/exporter must assign the folio number, which will consist of an 8-digit key, according to the following: the first 3 digits correspond to the key and section of the customs office where the process is carried out and the next 5 digits correspond to the consecutive registration number of the internal registry of the importer/exporter. 1.-Owner data: Full name (paternal surname/maternal surname/first name(s)), corporate or business name. Note the name of the owner or corporate name, starting with the paternal surname, maternal surname and first name(s), tax identification number, complete address, phone and email. 2.-Data of the importer/exporter or of who returns the containers: Full name (paternal surname/maternal surname/first name(s)), corporate or business name. Note the name or corporate name of who imports, exports or returns the containers, starting with the paternal surname, maternal surname and first name(s), RFC, complete address, phone, email and, if applicable, IMMEX Program number. 3.- Data of the carrier and/or who performs the process: Full name (paternal surname/maternal surname/first name(s)), corporate or business name. Note the name or corporate name of the carrier or of who performs the process starting with the paternal surname, maternal surname and first name(s), RFC, complete address, phone and the data of the document with which they identify. Employee badge No.- Note the number of identification (badge) personal to the customs employee who validates the notice. Signature.- The employee who validated the notice shall sign. Seal of the Customs/Customs Section.- In this space the seal of the Customs or Customs Section that validates the import, export or return notice will be placed. 6.- Rectification: This field must be filled in for the case of return of containers when any clarification regarding the same applies, indicating the folio number involved in the clarification and the observations that apply. 7.- Customs/Customs Section intervening in case of rectification: Date, Customs, Customs Section and Key.- Note the date on which the rectification is carried out in relation to the return of the containers starting with the day, month, and year; the name and key of the Customs or Customs Section through which it is carried out. Name.- Note the full name of the person who intervenes in the rectification on behalf of the customs. Employee badge No.- Note the number of identification (badge) personal to the customs employee who intervenes in the rectification. Signature.- The customs employee intervening in the rectification shall sign. Seal of the Customs/Customs Section.- In this space the seal of the customs or customs section that intervenes in the rectification will be placed.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 45 B4. Notice of introduction of donated merchandise to the country's border strip (Rule 3.3.6., section B). REGISTRATION NUMBER:

Data of the Donee. Name, Corporate or Business Name. RFC: Tax Address: (Street, Number and/or inner/outer letter, Neighborhood, Zip Code, Municipality/Delegation, Federal Entity). Phone: ( ) Fax: ( ) Email: Predominant activity:
Data of the legal representative of the Donee. Name: [Paternal Surname, Maternal Surname, First Name(s)]. RFC: Phone: ( ) Fax: ( ) Email: Data of the Notarial Power of Attorney with which they attest their representation: (Notary No., Deed No., Date, Volume, No. of the RPPyC).
Data of the foreign donor. Name, Corporate or Business Name. RFC or TAX ID NUMBER: Address: Phone: ( ) Fax: ( ) Email:

46 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 4. Description of the merchandise. Mark with an X if the merchandise is: New Used Part of your patrimony Description and value: Quantity: Unit Measure: Tariff fraction, and NICO: Brand: Model: Serial number: 5. Purposes to which the merchandise will be destined. Indicate with an X the purposes to which the merchandise will be destined. Cultural Teaching Public health Social service Research Specify. 6. Protest of telling the truth and signature of the person presenting the declaration: I DECLARE UNDER PROTEST OF TELLING THE TRUTH, THAT THE INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTATION PROVIDED IS COMPLETE, CORRECT AND TRUE. NAME AND SIGNATURE: PLACE: DATE: DD MM YYYY 7. ONLY FOR OFFICIAL USE. DD MM YYYY Customs Employee (Name, signature and badge number): Seal of the Customs or Customs Section.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 47 INSTRUCTIONS This Notice must be filled out electronically, by machine or with block letters if filled out by hand, using blue or black ink and letters in uppercase. It must be filled out in duplicate, keeping one copy the donee and one the Customs or Customs Section. The format and annexes must be presented at the customs office's official records office through which the operation will be processed. Registration Number.- You must note the number of Registration of Donee that the Customs assigned to you.

Data of the applicant.- You must note the Name, Corporate or Business Name, RFC, Tax Address, indicating Street, Number and/or inner/outer letter, Neighborhood, Zip Code, Municipality/Delegation, Federal Entity, Phone Number, Fax, Email and the predominant activity of the company.
Description of the merchandise. - You must mark with an X if the merchandise is new, used, or if it is part of your patrimony and provide the data of Description and value Quantity, Unit, Measure, Tariff fraction, and NICO, Brand, Model and Serial number. In the case that to describe the total of the merchandise to be introduced the fields of the application are not sufficient, you must attach on complementary sheets the Description, Quantity, Unit, Measure, Tariff fraction, and NICO, Brand, Model and Serial number.
Purposes to which the merchandise will be destined.- You must mark with an X the purposes to which the merchandise will be destined are Cultural, Teaching, Public health, Social service or Research, specifying the use that will be given to the merchandise.
Data of the legal representative of the applicant.- You must note the Name, Corporate or Business Name, RFC, the Tax Address, indicating Street, Number and/or inner/outer letter, Neighborhood, Zip Code, Municipality/Delegation, Federal Entity, the Phone Number, Fax and Email. Data of the Notarial Power of Attorney with which they attest their representation.- You must attach a certified copy of the notarial power of attorney with which they attest their representation of the Donee and note the data corresponding to the name of the Notary, number of the Notary, of the Public Deed, Date, Volume, and the number under which said power was registered before the Public Registry of Property and Commerce.
Data of the foreign donor.- You must note the Name, Corporate or Business Name, RFC or Tax Identification Number, the Address, the Phone Number, Fax, Email of the Donor, who must be a foreign person.
Protest of telling the truth and signature of the person who presents the declaration.- The representative or attorney of the Donee, must declare under protest of telling the truth that the information and documentation provided is complete, correct, true and without any omission, signing their name and signature by hand, place where the document is signed and the date, indicating day, month and year.
Only for official use.- The personnel of the customs where the process is carried out must record the date, indicating day, month and year and the name, signature, number of employee badge and seal of the Customs. ANNEXES: The Notice of introduction of donated merchandise to the country's border strip (Rule 3.3.6., section B), in accordance with what is established in section B of rule 3.3.6., must be accompanied by:

The documentation with which it is accredited that the Donor delivers the donated merchandise to them.
If applicable, the complementary sheets for the description of the merchandise to be introduced.

48 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 B5. Notice of modification to the registration of merchandise clearance. Provide the number and date of the official letter with which the registration was granted, and if applicable, of the last renewal:

Name, Corporate and/or Business Name. RFC including the homoclave.
Address for hearing and receiving notifications. Street Number and/or outer letter Number and/or inner letter Neighborhood Zip Code Municipality/Delegation Federal Entity Phone Email DATA OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE APPLICANT LEGAL ENTITY.
Data of the legal representative of the applicant legal entity. Paternal surname Maternal surname First name RFC including the homoclave. Phone Email DATA OF THE PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO HEAR AND RECEIVE NOTIFICATIONS.
Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal surname Maternal surname First name RFC including the homoclave. Phone Email 4.1. Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal surname Maternal surname First name RFC including the homoclave. Phone Email 4.2. Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal surname Maternal surname First name RFC including the homoclave. Phone Email
Note the name and patent number of the customs brokers and/or name and authorization number of the customs attorneys authorized, to promote their foreign trade operations.

If applicable, indicate next to the name, when you need to revoke their designation for registration purposes. Name Patent or authorization Addition Revocation

Note the name, RFC and tax address of the carriers you designate to effect the transport of foreign trade merchandise. Name RFC Addition Revocation
Documents that must be transmitted with this application. The information included in this application, in Word format. Under protest of telling the truth, I declare that the data recorded in this document are true and that the powers granted to me have not been modified or revoked.

NAME AND SIGNATURE OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE APPLICANT LEGAL ENTITY

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 49 INSTRUCTIONS

Submit this application and documents through the Digital Counter. For the purposes of Articles 98 and 100 of the Law and 144 of the Regulations, legal entities registered that request modifications in the registry of merchandise dispatch must indicate the following: Provide the number and date of the official document with which the registration was granted and, if applicable, the last renewal:

Data of the legal entity. The Name, Trade Name and/or Corporate Name and its twelve-position RFC must be entered.
Address for hearing and receiving notifications. The address for hearing and receiving notifications must be indicated, only if it is different from its fiscal address.
The full name, RFC, phone number, and email address of the legal representative of the requesting legal entity must be provided.
and 4.1. Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. The full name, RFC, phone number, and email address of the person designated to hear and receive notifications must be provided. *If required, you can add the necessary fields to declare more than one person authorized to hear and receive notifications.
Enter the name and patent number of the customs brokers and/or name and authorization number of the customs agents authorized to promote your foreign trade operations. *If applicable, you must indicate next to the name, when you need to revoke their designation for registry purposes.
Enter the name, RFC, and fiscal address of the carriers you designate to effect the transfer of foreign trade merchandise. You must provide the name, RFC, and fiscal address of the carriers you designate to effect the transfer of foreign trade merchandise. *If required, you can add the necessary fields.

50 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 Procedure guide for the notice of modification to the registry of merchandise dispatch Who presents it? Legal entities that have obtained authorization in the registry of merchandise dispatch. How is it presented? Through the Digital Counter, using the form called Notice of modification to the registry of merchandise dispatch. To whom is it addressed? To the AGACE. In what cases is it presented? When the data entered in the registry of merchandise dispatch of companies is modified or added in relation to the trade name or corporate name, RFC key, proxy or customs broker, carriers. Requirements: The documentation that accredits the requested modification or addition must be attached, in accordance with the requirements provided for the granting of the registration. When does the presentation of the Notice take effect? On the sixth business day following its presentation, provided that the information is correct. What happens if the customs authority finds discrepancies in the declared information? It will require the applicant to correct the irregularities within a period of fifteen days. If not corrected within said period, the corresponding notice will be considered not presented. Applicable legal provisions: Articles 98, 100 of the Law, 144 of the Regulations and rules 7.5.1. and 7.5.2.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 51 B6. Single notice of renewal in the registry of merchandise dispatch.

Name, Trade Name and/or Corporate Name. RFC including the homoclave
Address for hearing and receiving notifications. Street Number and/or exterior letter Interior Number and/or letter Neighborhood ZIP Code Municipality/Delegation Federal Entity Phone Email DATA OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE REQUESTING LEGAL ENTITY.
Data of the legal representative of the requesting legal entity. Paternal surname Maternal surname Name RFC including the homoclave Phone Email DATA OF THE PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO HEAR AND RECEIVE NOTIFICATIONS.
Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal surname Maternal surname Name RFC including the homoclave Phone Email 4.1. Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal surname Maternal surname Name RFC including the homoclave Phone Email 4.2. Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal surname Maternal surname Name

52 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 RFC including the homoclave Phone Email 5. Applicable requirements. 5.1. Indicate if at the time of entering your application you are up to date in the fulfillment of your fiscal and customs obligations. YES NO 5.2. Indicate if you authorized the SAT to make your positive opinion on the fulfillment of fiscal obligations public. YES NO 5.3. Indicate the data of the payment receipt of the fee. $ . Payment date (dd/mm/yy) Amount in national currency Bank Operation Number Payment Key Trade name or corporate name of the institution in which the payment was made 5.4. Indicate if at the time of entering your application your digital seal certificates are valid. YES NO If affirmative, indicate if during the last twelve months you infringed any of the circumstances provided for in article 17-H Bis of the CFF. YES NO 5.5. Indicate if at the time of entering the application you are in the list of companies published by the SAT in terms of articles 69 with the exception of what is provided in fraction VI, and 69-B, fourth paragraph, of the CFF. YES NO 5.6. Indicate if at the time of entering your application you have updated your contact means for the purposes of the tax mailbox. YES NO 5.7. Indicate if the requesting legal entity has an IMMEX Program. YES Please indicate the program number NO

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 53 If you do not have an IMMEX Program, please provide the following information: Please mark with an X the circumstance in which the requesting legal entity is located: It made imports with a value greater than $106,705,330.00, in the calendar year prior to the one in which the application is presented. It begins its operations and estimates to effect in the start-up exercise imports with a value greater than $106,705,330.00. 5.8. Indicate if at the time of entering your application you are suspended in the Importers Registry or in the Importers Registry of Specific Sectors or Sectoral Exporters Registry. YES NO 5.9. Indicate if you have an inventory control system, for the registration of your foreign trade operations. YES NO Indicate, if applicable, if you have an inventory control system in accordance with the provisions provided for in Annex 24. YES NO If affirmative, attach a file with the report of balances of temporary import merchandise or merchandise subject to foreign trade operations, for a period of one month, which is within the three months prior to the date of the application for the registry of merchandise dispatch of companies. In any case, indicate the following information: Name of the system or data for its identification: Place of residence: (Address(es) in Mexico with access to all its functions of the system) 5.10. Indicate if at the time of entering your application the SAT has filed a criminal complaint or denunciation against the partners, shareholders, as applicable, legal representative and members of the administration of the requesting company or declaration of prejudice, during the last three years prior to the presentation of the application. YES NO 5.11. Indicate if at the time of entering your application you keep accounting in electronic media in accordance with article 28, fraction III, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.5. of the RMF. YES NO 5.12. Indicate if you enter your accounting information monthly through the SAT portal, in accordance with article 28, fraction IV, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.6. of the RMF. YES NO 6. Manifestation for its renewal in the Registry of Merchandise Dispatch. 6.1. Indicate the number of the official document and date in which your merchandise dispatch registration was granted, and in its case, of the last renewal: 6.2. Manifest that you continue to comply with the obligations inherent to the authorization and with the requirements provided for the granting of the authorization. YES NO Documents that must be attached to the application. When it is a person other than the one accredited in previous procedures, a certified copy of the notarial document with which the signer accredits their faculties to perform acts of administration must be attached to the application. Under oath, I declare that the data entered in this document are true and that the faculties granted to me have not been modified and/or revoked. NAME OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE APPLICANT Submit this application through the Digital Counter.

54 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS For the purposes of Articles 98, 100 of the Law and 144 of the Regulations, interested legal entities in obtaining the renewal in the registry of merchandise dispatch must comply with the following:

Data of the legal entity. Its Name, Trade Name and/or Corporate Name and RFC with homoclave must be entered.
Address for hearing and receiving notifications. The address for hearing and receiving notifications must be indicated, only if it is different from its fiscal address.
Data of the legal representative of the requesting legal entity. The full name, RFC, phone number, and email address of the legal representative of the requesting legal entity must be provided.
Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. The full name, RFC, phone number, and email address of the person designated to hear and receive notifications must be provided. If required, you can add the necessary fields to declare more than one person authorized to hear and receive notifications.
Applicable requirements. 5.1. Indicate if at the time of entering your application you are up to date in the fulfillment of your fiscal and customs obligations. You must declare what corresponds. 5.2. Indicate if you authorized the SAT to make your positive opinion on the fulfillment of fiscal obligations public. You must answer what corresponds. 5.3. Indicate the data of the payment receipt of the fee. Indicating the payment date, amount, operation number, payment key, and name of the Credit Institution. 5.4. Indicate if at the time of entering your application your digital seal certificates are valid. You must answer what corresponds. If affirmative, indicate if any of the circumstances provided for in article 17-H Bis of the CFF were infringed, during the last twelve months. You must answer what corresponds. 5.5. Indicate if at the time of entering the application you are in the list of companies published by the SAT, in terms of articles 69 with the exception of what is provided in fraction VI and 69-B, fourth paragraph, of the CFF. 5.6. Indicate if at the time of entering your application you have updated your contact means for the purposes of the tax mailbox. You must answer what corresponds. 5.7. Indicate if the requesting legal entity has an IMMEX Program. You must please indicate the program number. If you do not have an IMMEX Program, provide the following information: a) That you made imports with a value greater than $106,705,330.00 in the calendar year prior to the one in which the application is presented. b) That you begin your operations and estimate to effect in the start-up exercise imports with a value greater than $106,705,330.00. 5.8. Indicate if at the time of entering your application you are suspended in the Importers Registry or in the Importers Registry of Specific Sectors or Sectoral Exporters Registry. You must answer what corresponds. 5.9. Indicate if you have an inventory control system, for the registration of your foreign trade operations. You must answer what corresponds. Indicate, if applicable, if you have an inventory control system in accordance with the provisions provided for in Annex 24. You must answer what corresponds. If affirmative, you must attach a file with the report of balances of temporary import merchandise or merchandise subject to foreign trade operations, for a period of one month, which is within the three months prior to the date of presentation of the application for the registry of merchandise dispatch of companies. In any case, you must indicate the name of the system or data for its identification, the place of residence and address or addresses in Mexico, with access to all the functions of the system. 5.10. Indicate if at the time of entering your application the SAT has filed a criminal complaint or denunciation against the partners, shareholders, as applicable, legal representative and members of the administration of the requesting company or declaration of prejudice, during the last three years prior to the presentation of the application. You must answer what corresponds. 5.11. Indicate if at the time of entering your application you keep accounting in electronic media in accordance with article 28, fraction III, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.5. of the RMF. You must answer what corresponds. 5.12. Indicate if you enter your accounting information monthly through the SAT portal, in accordance with the article 28, fraction IV, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.6. of the RMF.
Manifestation for its renewal in the Registry of Merchandise Dispatch. 6.1 Indicate the number of the official document and date in which your merchandise dispatch registration was granted, and in its case, of the last renewal. 6.2. Manifest that you continue to comply with the obligations inherent to the authorization and with the requirements provided for the granting of the authorization.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 55 Procedure guide for the single notice of renewal in the registry of merchandise dispatch Who presents it? Legal entities that have obtained authorization in the registry of merchandise dispatch of companies. How is it presented? Through the Digital Counter. To whom is it addressed? To the AGACE. When is it presented? Within thirty days prior to the expiration of the validity of its registration. Requirements: I. Be constituted in accordance with Mexican legislation. II. Must be up to date regarding their fiscal obligations. III. Have made through the electronic scheme e5cinco, the payment of the fee that corresponds to the date of presentation of the application, referred to in article 40, subsection a) of the LFD. IV. Not be at the time of entering the application in the list of companies published by the SAT in terms of articles 69 with the exception of what is provided in fraction VI and 69-B, fourth paragraph of the CFF. V. That their digital seal certificates are valid and it has not been proven that any of the circumstances provided for in article 17-H Bis of the CFF were infringed, during the last twelve months. VI. Have updated their contact means for the purposes of the tax mailbox. VII. Declare the number of the valid IMMEX Program, or in case of not having said Program, you must declare, under oath, that the legal entity made imports with a value greater than $106,705,330.00 in the calendar year prior to the one in which the application is presented, or that in the exercise of start of operations it estimates to effect imports with a value greater than $106,705,330.00. VIII. That it is not suspended or cancelled in the Importers Registry or in the Importers Registry of Specific Sectors or Sectoral Exporters Registry. IX. Allow at all times access to AGACE personnel, in case the authority schedules an initial inspection visit or supervision of compliance. X. Have inventory control in accordance with the provisions provided for by the SAT in an automated manner, which maintains at all times the updated registration of the control data of foreign trade merchandise, which must be at the disposal of the customs authority. XI. Declaration under oath in which they declare that the circumstances for which the authorization was granted have not varied and that they continue to comply with the requirements inherent to it. What proceeds once the application is presented? In the case that the customs authority detects the lack of any requirement, it will require the applicant only once for the missing information or documentation, indicating the causes that motivated it and will grant a period of fifteen days for them to correct or disprove the inconsistency, otherwise, it will be understood that they withdrew the promotion. Within what time frame will the authority give a response? In a period not greater than thirty days, counted from the day following the date of the receipt acknowledgment. The thirty-day period will be calculated from when the established requirements are fully covered, as the case may be. After said period has passed, without a resolution having been made, the resolution will be understood as unfavorable. What document is obtained? Resolution by which the registry of merchandise dispatch of companies is granted. Applicable legal provisions: Articles 98, 100 of the Law, 144 of the Regulations and rules 7.5.1., and 7.5.4.

56 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 B7. Notice of option for the determination of provisional value (global transport insurance). Period comprising: Day Month Year Day Month Year Authority before which it is presented Name, trade name or corporate name of the taxpayer RFC Key Address: Street No. and/or exterior letter No. and/or interior letter Neighborhood Postal Code Phone and fax Locality Municipality or Delegation Federal Entity Accumulated income Minimum paid social capital No. of annual global transport insurance policy Cost of global insurance Value of merchandise Applicable factor Insurance Company and address Data of the legal representative RFC

Name and signature Attach copy of the following documentation: I.- Fiscal identification card, notice or certificate of registration in the RFC, provided that the latter does not exceed one month of having been issued by the competent authority. II.- Application for registration in the importers registry. III.- Notarial testimony of the power, by which the person who signs the document is authorized to perform acts of administration. IV.- Notarial testimony of the act of the constitutive deed and, if applicable, of the modifications. V.- Global insurance policy contracted during the year of operations.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 57 INSTRUCTIONS This notice must be filled out by machine or with block letters, with a black or blue ink ballpoint pen. Authority before which it is presented: In this field, the corresponding ADACE will be noted. Name, trade name or corporate name of the taxpayer: In the case of natural persons, the name will be noted, starting with the paternal surname, maternal surname, and name(s); in the case of a legal entity, the trade name or corporate name will be noted. RFC Key: Enter the RFC key. Address: You must enter the address in the order requested. Accumulated income: You must enter the total accumulated income. Minimum paid social capital: In the case of legal entities, you must enter the fixed minimum paid social capital. No. of annual global transport insurance policy: You must enter the number of the annual global transport insurance policy. Cost of global insurance: You will indicate the total amount paid for the global insurance policy of the previous year or the one in effect at the time of importation, as the case may be. Value of insured merchandise: Indicate the transaction value of the merchandise imported in the previous year or those you estimate to import during the year of coverage of the policy, as the case may be. Applicable factor: The factor resulting from dividing the previous concepts, in accordance with what is provided in article 117, fraction I of the Regulations. Insurance Company and address: You will enter the full name of the insurance company and its address. Data of the Legal Representative: Name and signature of the Legal Representative or Proxy, noting their RFC. At your request, you must attach a copy of the following:

Fiscal identification card, notice or certificate of registration in the RFC, provided that the latter does not exceed one month of having been issued by the competent authority.
Application for registration in the importers registry.
Notarial testimony of the power, by which the person who signs the document is authorized to perform acts of administration.
Notarial testimony of the act of the constitutive deed and, if applicable, of the modifications.
Global insurance policy contracted during the year of operations.

58 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 B8. Notice of registration of electronic devices and instruments of work. Customs: __________________________________________ No. of Folio: ______________ Each resident in the country must fill out this form. Name: ||_________________________ Paternal surname Maternal surname Name(s) Address: || Street No. Neighborhood ___________________|| ZIP Code City State R.F.C.____________________________ Date of departure: l__________||_________l Day Month Year Traffic: a) Air ( ) b) Land ( ) c) Maritime ( ) d) Railway ( ) a) Airline and flight number: _____________________________________________________________________ b) Passenger auto-transport line and run: _______________________________________________________ c) Maritime line and registration number: __________________________________________________________ d) Railway line and train number: ___________________________________________________________________ Name of the merchandise Brand Model Serial Number Quantity Made in Observations and/or accessories of the merchandise: I declare under oath that the data entered in this notice are true. Customs Seal

Signature Name and signature of the customs authority

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 59 INSTRUCTIONS 1.- If you are a resident in the country and travel abroad or to the border strip or region, you may carry with you electronic devices or work instruments necessary for the development of your activity, provided that these are instruments or devices that can be normally and commonly transported by a person, in accordance with Article 103 of the Regulations. 2.- If you comply with what is stated in the previous point, you must fill out the registration form for electronic devices or work instruments. 3.- Once filled out, you must go to the customs module in the airport hall of the locality, the customs office for entry by land route, the customs office at the maritime terminal, or the customs office at the railway terminal, for the purpose of having it stamped and signed by the customs authority. 4.- You must record the following data: Personal data: you must record the personal data of the resident in the country. Date of departure: you will record the date of departure abroad or date of entry into the border strip or region. Transport: you will mark with an X the type of transport you use: air, land, sea, or rail. If by air: you will indicate the airline and the flight number on which you are traveling. If by land: you will indicate the passenger auto-transport line and the run on which you are traveling. If by sea: you will indicate the maritime line by which you are traveling and the Control or Registration No., and if by rail: you will indicate the railway line by which you are traveling and the train number. Name of the merchandise: you will indicate the common name of the merchandise. Brand: you will record the commercial brand of the merchandise. Model: to which the merchandise belongs. Serial number: registered on the device or instrument. Quantity: you will record the number of products you are carrying with you. Made in: you will record the country where the merchandise was made. Observations: you may record in this field any other data that helps identify the device or instrument. Signature: the resident will sign this notice. Name and signature: in this field, the name and signature of the customs authority authorizing said notice will be recorded. Seal: the customs authority will seal this notice. 5.- The folio number will be recorded by the customs authority authorizing the notice. If you wish to report any irregularity in the behavior of the customs authority, you may communicate it to the following phone number 55 88 52 22 22.

60 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 B9. MAIN HEADER OF THE NOTICE The main header must be recorded on the first page of every notice.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 61 INSTRUCTIONS MAIN HEADER OF THE NOTICE Field Content

Folio of the notice. Folio number of the notice, integrated by:
The first digit must be the last digit of the year of the operation.
Annual consecutive number generated by the company authorized to assign merchandise to fiscal deposit for exhibition and sale of foreign and national merchandise in international airports, border ports, and high-seas maritime ports (Hereinafter authorized company).
RFC of the company. RFC of the authorized company.
Name or corporate name. Name or corporate name of the authorized company.
Authorization number. Authorization number that ANAM grants to the authorized company.
Means of transport. Indicate the type of means of transport in which the merchandise is conveyed, according to Appendix 3 of Annex 22.
Identification of the transport. Identification of the transport in which the merchandise is conveyed. If the means of transport is a land vehicle, the circulation plates, brand, and model will be recorded. If it is a railroad, the number of the wagon or platform will be recorded. Regarding maritime transport, the name of the vessel will be recorded.
Date of preparation of the notice. Date of preparation of the notice.
Address of the authorized establishment that transfers the merchandise. Address of the authorized establishment that transfers the merchandise.
Authorization number of the authorized establishment that transfers the merchandise. Authorization number that ANAM grants to the authorized establishment that transfers the merchandise.
Address of the authorized establishment that receives the merchandise. Address of the authorized establishment that receives the merchandise.
Authorization number of the authorized establishment that receives the merchandise. Authorization number that ANAM grants to the authorized establishment that receives the merchandise.
Observations. Observations. Data already cited in the notice must not be declared. MERCHANDISE BLOCK
Sequence. Number of the sequence of the merchandise in the notice.
Tariff fraction, and NICO. Tariff fraction, according to the TIGIE and NICO applicable to the merchandise as appropriate.
Product code. Type of product in which the merchandise is classified, according to the inventory control system of the authorized company.
Unit of measure. Unit of measure of the merchandise according to Appendix 7 of Annex 22.
Quantity. Quantity of merchandise according to the unit of measure declared in the previous point.
Value. Commercial value of the merchandise expressed in dollars of the United States of America.
Commercial description of the merchandise. Commercial description of the merchandise. HEADER FOR SECONDARY PAGES OF THE NOTICE
Folio of the notice. Folio number of the notice, integrated by:
The first digit must be the last digit of the year of the operation.
Annual consecutive number generated by the company authorized to assign merchandise to fiscal deposit for exhibition and sale of foreign and national merchandise in international airports, border ports, and high-seas maritime ports (Hereinafter authorized company).
RFC. RFC of the authorized company.
Name, denomination, or corporate name. Name, denomination, or corporate name of the authorized company.
Authorization number. Authorization number that ANAM grants to the company authorized.

62 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 B10. Notice of transfer of merchandise from companies with IMMEX Program, RFE or Authorized Economic Operator. Folio of the notice Type of Operation Type of Transfer Date of Preparation Data of the Company that transfers Certification RFC Program Number Name or corporate name Address of the plant or warehouse of origin Data of the Receiving Company RFC Program Number Name or corporate name Barcode Address of the plant or warehouse of destination Data of the merchandise being transferred Sequence Commercial Description Unit of Measure of commercialization Quantity Value in dollars Customs office of exit of the merchandise Data of the person who prepares the notice e.signature Name CURP Serial Number Notice of transfer of merchandise from companies with IMMEX Program, RFE or Authorized Economic Operator, in accordance with rules 4.3.6., 4.8.11. and 7.3.3., fraction XXI. Page of

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 63 INSTRUCTIONS HEADER OF THE TRANSFER NOTICE, FOR THE MAIN PAGE AND THE SECONDARY PAGES, IF ANY. Field Content

Folio of the Notice Number of folio of the Notice, integrated by:
A digit to indicate the last digit of the current year.
Seven more digits for the annual consecutive number assigned by the person who transfers the merchandise. NOTE: Does not apply, regarding the field Type of operation, numeral 3.
Date of preparation Date of preparation of the notice.
Type of Operation Type of Operation in question:
Between localities, warehouses, or plants of the same company with IMMEX Program.
Between a company with IMMEX Program and companies of Submanufacturing or Subcontracting.
Between a company with IMMEX Program or authorized person to assign merchandise to the regime of strategic fiscalized enclosure and the company that performs the repair, maintenance, or calibration of machinery and equipment (it will be delivered printed before the corresponding ADACE).
Temporary export of merchandise from the Authorized Economic Operator, for repair, maintenance, or substitution abroad (it will be delivered printed before the corresponding Customs).
Type of Transfer Type of Transfer in question:
From border region or strip to the interior of the national territory.
From the national Territory to border region or strip.
From one point of the border region or strip to another of the same, when it is required to transit through the rest of the national territory.
Regarding transfers referred to in the field Type of operation, numeral 3.
Regarding transfers to a customs office of exit, for the type of operation, of numeral 4. DATA OF THE COMPANY THAT TRANSFERS
RFC RFC of the company that transfers the merchandise.
Program Number IMMEX Program Number of the company that transfers the merchandise, if applicable.
Name or corporate name Name or corporate name of the company that transfers the merchandise.
Address of the plant or warehouse of origin Address of the plant or warehouse where the merchandise to be transferred is located.

64 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 DATA OF THE RECEIVING COMPANY 9. RFC RFC of the company that receives the merchandise. 10. Program Number IMMEX Program Number of the company that receives the merchandise, if applicable. In case of submanufacturing or subcontracting operations or company of repair or maintenance, it is declared null. 11. Name or corporate name Name or corporate name of the company that receives the merchandise. 12. Address of the plant or warehouse of destination Address of the plant or warehouse where the transferred merchandise is received. DATA OF THE MERCHANDISE BEING TRANSFERRED 13. Sequence Number of the sequence of the merchandise in the notice. 14. Commercial description Commercial description of the merchandise necessary and sufficient, to be able to physically identify the merchandise. 15. Unit of measure of commercialization Key corresponding to the unit of measure of commercialization of the merchandise, according to Appendix 7 of Annex 22. 16. Quantity Quantity of merchandise according to the unit of measure of commercialization. 17. Value in dollars Commercial value of the merchandise expressed in dollars of the United States of America. 18. Customs office of Exit. Indicate the Customs office through which the temporary export of the merchandise will be carried out, in accordance with rule 7.3.3., fraction XXI. GENERAL DATA 19. Barcode The barcode formed by must be recorded: Folio of the notice: 1 digit, corresponds to the last digit of the current year. 7 digits, annual consecutive number assigned by the person who transfers the merchandise. This numbering must start with 0000001. RFC of the person who transfers the merchandise. Validation receipt generated by the SAAI. After each field, including the last one, the control characters, carriage return and line feed must be presented. NOTE: Does not apply, regarding the field Type of operation, numeral 3. DATA OF THE PERSON WHO PREPARES THE NOTICE 20. Name Name of the person who prepares the notice. 21. CURP CURP of the person who prepares the notice. 22. Serial Number Serial number of the certificate of e.signature of the person who prepares the notice. 23. e.signature e.signature of the electronic notice, generated by the person who prepares the same.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 65 B11. Electronic notice of import and export. Patent or Authorization Customs Office of Clearance No. Entry Folio of Notice Certification Means of Transport RFC of the Carrier Economic Number Plates Description of the merchandise Barcode Unit of Measure of Commercialization Quantity e.signature

66 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS HEADER OF THE NOTICE FOR THE MAIN PAGE AND THE SECONDARY PAGES IF ANY Field Content

Patent or Authorization. Patent of the customs agent or Authorization of the customs agency, customs attorney, importer or exporter who promotes the clearance.
Customs Office of Clearance. Key of the Customs Office of Clearance, according to Appendix 1 of Annex 22.
No. Entry. Number of Document of the consolidated entry that covers the shipment, according to the following: 1 digit, must correspond to the last digit of the current year, unless it is a consolidated entry initiated in the immediate previous year or the original entry of a rectification. 6 digits, which will be progressive numbering by customs office in which they are authorized for clearance, assigned by each customs agent or customs agency, customs attorney, importer or exporter, referred to all types of entries.
Folio of the Notice. Consecutive number per entry that the customs agent or customs agency, customs attorney, importer or exporter, assigns to the shipment. GENERAL DATA Field Content
Means of Transport. Key of the means of transport in which the merchandise is conveyed, according to Appendix 3 of Annex 22.
RFC of the carrier. RFC of the carrier that conveys the merchandise to the Customs/Customs section of clearance.
Economic Number. Economic number when the merchandise is transported in trailer, semi-trailer or container. Otherwise, it is declared null.
Plates. Number of plates of the transport that conveys the merchandise to the Customs/Customs section of clearance. This field is optional.
Description of the merchandise. Materials, parts, components, or packaging material used in the elaboration, transformation, or repair process of products of the sector (for example: indicate electrical sector, electronic, auto parts, automotive, etc.) can be indicated.
Unit of Measure of Commercialization. Key corresponding to the unit of measure of commercialization of the merchandise, according to Appendix 7 of Annex 22. Regarding the operations referred to in rules 3.7.32. and 7.3.3., fraction XXX, in other cases it is declared null.
Quantity. Quantity of merchandise according to the unit of measure of commercialization. Regarding the operations referred to in rules 3.7.32. and 7.3.3., fraction XXX, in other cases it is declared null.
Barcode. The barcode printed by the customs agent or customs agency, customs attorney, importer or exporter, according to what is stated in section CFDI or equivalent document of consolidated entries of Appendix 17 of Annex 22. FOOTER e.signature. e.signature of the electronic notice, corresponding to the customs agent or customs agency, customs attorney, importer or exporter, who promotes the clearance. It must be printed in four copies, the corresponding one to the Customs, customs agent or customs attorney, carrier and importer or exporter.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 67 B12. Notice of transfer of merchandise from companies with IMMEX Program in the Authorized Economic Operator modality, item controller of companies. Folio of the Notice RFC and name or corporate name of the Company Controller Program Number Data of the company that transfers Certification RFC Name or corporate name Address of the plant or warehouse of origin Data of the receiving company RFC Name or corporate name Electronic validation receipt Date and time of validation Address of the plant or warehouse of destination Barcode Data of the merchandise being transferred Sequence Unit of measure Quantity Description Name and CURP of the legal representative who authorizes the notice Notice of transfer of merchandise from companies with IMMEX Program in the modality of controller of companies in accordance with rule 7.3.4., fraction II, subsection b). Page of

68 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS HEADER OF THE TRANSFER NOTICE, FOR THE MAIN PAGE AND THE SECONDARY PAGES IF ANY Field Content

Folio of the Notice. Number of folio of the Notice, integrated by:
A digit to indicate the last digit of the current year.
Seven more digits for the annual consecutive number assigned by the controller of companies.
RFC and name or corporate name of the Controller of Companies. RFC and name or corporate name of the Controller of Companies.
Program Number. IMMEX Program Number granted to the Controller of Companies. DATA OF THE COMPANY THAT TRANSFERS AND OF THE COMPANY THAT RECEIVES
RFC of the company that transfers. RFC of the company that transfers the merchandise.
Name or corporate name of the company that transfers. Name or corporate name of the company that transfers the merchandise.
Address of the plant or warehouse of origin. Address of the plant or warehouse where the merchandise to be transferred is located.
RFC of the receiving company. RFC of the company that receives the merchandise.
Name or corporate name of the receiving company. Name or corporate name of the company that receives the merchandise.
Address of the plant or warehouse of destination. Address of the plant or warehouse where the transferred merchandise is received. DATA OF THE MERCHANDISE BEING TRANSFERRED
Sequence. Number of sequence of the merchandise in the Notice.
Unit of measure. Key of the unit of measure of commercialization of the merchandise being transferred, according to Appendix 7 of Annex
Quantity. Quantity of merchandise according to the unit of measure of commercialization.
Description. Description of the merchandise being transferred.
Electronic validation receipt. Electronic validation receipt issued by the SAAI M3.
Date and time of validation. Date and time of validation of the Notice.
Barcode. IMMEX Program granted to the Controller of Companies, folio of the Notice up to 8 characters (alphanumeric) and electronic signature generated by the SAAI M3 up to 7 characters (alphanumeric). After each field, including the last one, the control characters, carriage return and line feed must be presented. FOOTER OF THE TRANSFER NOTICE
Name of the legal representative who authorizes the notice. Full name of the legal representative who authorizes the notice with their e.signature.
CURP of the legal representative who authorizes the notice. CURP of the legal representative who authorizes the notice with their e.signature.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 69 B13. Notices referred to in rule 7.2.1., related to the Registry in the Scheme of Certification of Companies. Mark with an X the type of request in question: IVA and IEPS Modality Item A Item AA Item AAA Commercial and Importer Modality Authorized Economic Operator Modality Item Import and/or Export Item Controller Item Aircraft Item SECIIT Item Textile Item Strategic Fiscalized Enclosure Item Logistics Outsourcing Item General Warehouse of Deposit Certified Commercial Partner Modality Item Auto Land Transporter Item Customs Agent Item Railway Transporter Item Industrial Park Item Fiscalized Enclosure Item Courier and Package Service Mark with an X the type(s) of notice in question: Notice due to change of name or corporate name, or fiscal address, or addresses where the production process is carried out. Notice of modifications of partners, shareholders, members or members, sole administrator or board of directors and legal representatives. Notice of modifications of foreign clients and suppliers with whom foreign trade operations were carried out and national suppliers. Notice of merger or split of two or more legal entities that count with Registry in the Scheme of Certification of Companies, in any of its modalities and one of them subsists. Notice of merger or split of companies with Registry in the Scheme of Certification of Companies when a new society results, extinguishing one or more companies with Registry in the Scheme of Certification of Companies valid. Notice due to merger of a company that is registered in the scheme of certification of companies with one or more companies that do not count with the Registry in the Scheme of Certification of Companies and the one that counts with said registry subsists.

70 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Notice to resolve observations regarding the minimum security standards indicated in your registration resolution. Notice to resolve observations regarding the minimum security standards, derived from any supervision and compliance inspection. Notice when modifications are made to the information provided in the Company Profile(s); Strategic Tax Inspected Premises; Land Auto Carrier; Customs Broker; Rail Carrier; Industrial Parks; Tax Inspected Premises; Courier and Parcel Services or General Warehouse, as applicable. Notice of addition of Industrial Parks when the housed facilities belong to the same Taxpayer Registry Code (RFC) of the Corporate body of the companies that have the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme under the Certified Commercial Partner modality, Industrial Park category. Notice to submit the form known as Company Profile, Strategic Tax Inspected Premises Profile, Land Auto Carrier Profile, Customs Broker Profile, Rail Carrier Profile, Industrial Parks Profile, Tax Inspected Premises Profile, Courier and Parcel Services Profile or General Warehouse Profile, as applicable. Notice of opening of new installations and/or removal of installations reported in your initial request or when they have ceased to carry out foreign trade operations. Notice of addition or modification of representatives, customs office of assignment or additional ones and/or societies to which it belongs, under the customs patent with which its Certified Commercial Partner registration was obtained. Notice of addition or revocation of authorized transport companies to carry out the transfer of foreign trade merchandise, for companies that have the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, under the Authorized Economic Operator modality. Notice related to security incidents. Notice when the situation regarding the document with which the legal use and enjoyment of the property or properties where the production processes or service provision take place varies or changes, regarding the validity, the parties and the address. Notice of registration or deregistration of third parties contracted to provide customs management, storage, transfer and/or distribution services of foreign trade merchandise on behalf of the company with Registration under the Logistics Outsourcing category. Notice of deregistration of the third party that has an expired or cancelled Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, Certified Commercial Partner modality, in its case, registration of another third party to operate on behalf of the company with Registration under the Logistics Outsourcing category.

Provide the number and date of the letter with which the registration was granted and, if applicable, with which the last renewal was granted.

Name, Denomination and/or Trade Name. Name, Denomination and/or Trade Name: Taxpayer Registry Code (RFC) including the homoclave:

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 71 2. Address for hearing and receiving notifications. Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/Territorial Demarcation Federal Entity Telephone Email DATA OF THE PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO HEAR AND RECEIVE NOTIFICATIONS. 3. Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal surname Maternal surname Name Taxpayer Registry Code (RFC) including the homoclave Telephone Email 3.1. Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal surname Maternal surname Name Taxpayer Registry Code (RFC) including the homoclave Telephone Email 3.2. Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal surname Maternal surname Name Taxpayer Registry Code (RFC) including the homoclave Telephone Email 4. Changes of denomination or trade name, fiscal domicile, or of the domicile or domiciles where the production process is carried out. Select the change that is reported Change of denomination or trade name. Change of fiscal domicile. Changes of domiciles where the production process is carried out. 4.1. In case of having made changes in the denomination or trade name: State the folio of the acknowledgment of updates of fiscal situation movements to the RFC: Attach document in original or certified copy duly notarized where the due change of denomination or trade name is recorded. 4.2. In case of having made a change of fiscal domicile, declare the following: State the folio of the acknowledgment of updates of fiscal situation movements to the RFC:

72 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 Previous fiscal domicile. Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/ Territorial Demarcation Federal Entity Telephone Email Current fiscal domicile. Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/ Territorial Demarcation Federal Entity Telephone Email 4.3. In case of having made changes of domiciles where the production process is carried out, declare the following: Folio number of the acknowledgment of updates of fiscal situation movements to the RFC: Domiciles that are added. Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/ Territorial Demarcation Federal Entity Telephone Email Domiciles that are deregistered. Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/ Territorial Demarcation Federal Entity Telephone Email Indicate the folio number of the acknowledgment of updates of fiscal situation of your opening or closing establishment procedure. In case of having added a new domicile where production processes are carried out, attach document where the production process is described in detail. 5. Notice of modifications of partners, shareholders, members or members, sole administrator or board of directors and legal representatives. Declare the information required in the following table: Full Name In their capacity as Nationality Obligated to Tax in Mexico (YES/NO) Revocation New Appointment To be up to date in the fulfillment of their tax obligations for the new appointments, provided that they are obligated to tax in Mexico. In case of not being obligated to tax in Mexico, they must present the documentation that accredits this.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 73 6. Notice of modifications of foreign clients and suppliers with whom foreign trade operations were carried out and national suppliers. 6.1. In case of modifications related to the foreign clients and suppliers with whom foreign trade operations were carried out: Supplier Name Address Country of Origin Registration of Supplier Deregistration of Supplier Client Name Address Country of Origin Client Registration Client Deregistration 6.2. In case of modifications of national suppliers, you must attach: An electronic file in Excel format containing the total list of your input suppliers acquired in national territory and/or those companies that transfer merchandise to you through virtual customs declarations linked to the process under the regime for which you have authorized registration, indicating the values of the operations with each of them, the percentage it represents and the type of movement it carries out (registrations and deregistrations). 7. Notice of merger or split of two or more legal entities that are registered in the Business Certification Scheme under the same modality and one of them survives. Date on which the merger or split takes effect: T.R.C. Denomination or Trade Name of the merged or split society(ies): Denomination or Trade Name of the merging or splitting society. State the folio of the acknowledgment of updates of fiscal situation movements to the RFC: Attach document in original or certified copy duly notarized where the merger or split is recorded with its registration slip before the Public Registry of Property and Commerce. 8. Notice of merger or split of companies that have the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, when a new society results or one or more companies with valid Registration are extinguished. Date on which the merger or split takes effect: T.R.C. Denomination or Trade Name of the merged or split society(ies): Denomination or Trade Name of the merging or splitting society. Attach document in original or certified copy duly notarized where the merger or split is recorded with its registration slip before the Public Registry of Property and Commerce. State the folio of the acknowledgment of updates of fiscal situation movements to the RFC:

74 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 9. Notice of merger of a company that is registered in the Business Certification Scheme with one or more companies that do not have the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme and the one that has said Registration survives: Date on which the merger takes effect. T.R.C. Denomination or Trade Name of the merged society(ies): Denomination or Trade Name of the merging society. Indicate the folio number of the acknowledgment of updates of fiscal situation of the merger. Attach document in original or certified copy duly notarized where the merger is recorded with its registration slip before the Public Registry of Property and Commerce. 10. Data of the installations. For the case of companies that have obtained their Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, according to what is established in rules 7.1.4. and 7.1.5., it is necessary to indicate the new installations that belong to the RFC of the requesting legal entity and ensure that it is attached to this request, in the format of the (the) profile(s) of the Company; Strategic Tax Inspected Premises; Land Auto Carrier; Customs Broker; Rail Carrier; Industrial Parks; Tax Inspected Premises; Courier and Parcel Services or General Warehouse, for each of the installations that carry out foreign trade operations, as well as the modifications to the previously declared installations. 10.1. Name and type of the installations. (Add the necessary rows according to the number of installations). Mark with an X if you request addition. Mark with an X if you request modification. Mark with an X if you request deregistration. Name and/or Denomination: Type of Installation: (Industrial Plant, Warehouse, distribution center, admin offices, etc.) Address: Carries out Foreign Trade Operations: Yes No In case of modification, indicate which sub-standards changed: Name and/or Denomination: Type of Installation: (Industrial Plant, Warehouse, distribution center, administrative offices, etc.) Address: Carries out Foreign Trade Operations: Yes No In case of modification, indicate which sub-standards changed: Once the above has been stated, it is requested from the SAT through the AGACE to carry out inspections at the installations indicated here, with the exclusive purpose of verifying what is stated in the format of the (the) profile(s) of the Company; Strategic Tax Inspected Premises; Land Auto Carrier; Customs Broker; Rail Carrier; Industrial Parks; Tax Inspected Premises; Courier and Parcel Services or General Warehouse, which I attach duly filled out to this request.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 75 11. When it comes to the notice referred to in rule 7.2.1., first paragraph, fraction III, you must deliver to the AGACE the following: The form known as Company Profile, Strategic Tax Inspected Premises Profile, Land Auto Carrier Profile, Customs Broker Profile, Rail Carrier Profile, Industrial Parks Profile, Tax Inspected Premises Profile, Courier and Parcel Services Profile or General Warehouse Profile, as applicable, duly filled out and on magnetic media for each of the installations where foreign trade operations are carried out. 11.1. When it comes to the notice referred to in rule 7.2.1., third paragraph, fraction III and fourth paragraph, fraction II, you must attach the following: Magnetic media, containing the format of the (the) Profile(s) of the Company; Strategic Tax Inspected Premises; Land Auto Carrier; Customs Broker; Rail Carrier; Industrial Parks; Tax Inspected Premises; Courier and Parcel Services or General Warehouse, corresponding for each of the new installations or modifications, or in its case, when the addition of Industrial Parks is carried out. 12. Modifications indicated in rule 7.2.1., fourth paragraph, fraction III: 12.1. Customs Offices and Customs Broker Societies. Mark with an X if you request modification(s) of the customs office of assignment or additional ones and/or societies to which it belongs, under the customs patent with which its Certified Commercial Partner registration was obtained. (Please briefly indicate the type of modification: change, registration and deregistration, addition, etc.). Indicate the following: Modification Customs office of assignment Additional authorized customs offices Societies of which the patent is a part, in accordance with fraction II of article 163 of the Law, repealed by Decree published in the DOF, June 25, 2018. (Add the rows that are necessary) Name and/or Social Denomination T.R.C. 12.2. Representative(s) of the Customs Broker. Indicate the name of the persons who have served as your representatives and the customs offices before which they acted. These must be up to date in the fulfillment of their tax obligations. (Mention only those that have been added or in case they are no longer authorized as your representatives or agents. Add the rows that are necessary). Full Name (First Name(s) and Surname(s), without abbreviations) RFC with homoclave Customs Office(s) in which it acts Addition Revocation 13. Notice of addition or revocation of authorized transport companies to carry out the transfer of foreign trade merchandise, for companies that have the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the Commercializer and Importer or Authorized Economic Operator modalities. 13.1. Write the name and RFC of the authorized transport companies to carry out the transfer of foreign trade merchandise, that you add or revoke. Name RFC Addition Revocation

76 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 14. Notice related to security incidents. 14.1. When any type of contamination that the cargo or merchandise has suffered at any point in the logistical process occurs. You must attach the documentation that supports compliance with the minimum security standards. 15. In case that the situation varies or changes regarding the document with which the legal use and/or enjoyment of the property or properties where the production processes or service provision take place is accredited, regarding the validity, the parties and the address. Domicile with which the legal use and/or enjoyment was accredited. Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/ Territorial Demarcation Federal Entity Previous validity: to_____. Current validity: to___. Name of the parties Character of the parties You must attach the corresponding document. 16. Notice of registration or deregistration of third parties contracted to provide customs management, storage, transfer and/or distribution services of foreign trade merchandise on behalf of the company that have the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality, Logistics Outsourcing category. 16.1. Write the name, denomination or trade name, RFC and type of registration of the contracted third parties, that you register or deregister, as applicable. Name, denomination or trade name RFC Type of Registration Registration Deregistration 17. Notice of deregistration of the third party that has an expired or cancelled Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, Certified Commercial Partner modality, in its case registration of another third party to operate on behalf of the company with Registration under the Logistics Outsourcing category. 17.1. Write the name, denomination or trade name and RFC of the third party that you deregister; in case of registering another third party with Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, Certified Commercial Partner modality valid, name, denomination or trade name, RFC and type of registration. Deregistration Registration Name, denomination or trade name RFC Name, denomination or trade name RFC Type of Registration 18. Classification of Information. The information provided during this procedure for inscription in the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme is classified by this company as (Mark with an X in the box the selected option): Public Confidential Under oath of telling the truth, I declare that the data recorded in this document are true and that the powers granted to me to represent the applicant have not been modified and/or revoked. NAME AND SIGNATURE OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE APPLICANT

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 77 INSTRUCTIONS In accordance with rule 7.2.1., natural or legal persons who obtain the certification referred to in rules 7.1.2., 7.1.3., 7.1.4. and 7.1.5., will be subject to the permanent compliance of obligations, among them those established in fractions III and IV of the first paragraph and I of the second paragraph of rule 7.2.1. Thus, companies certified in VAT and IEPS matters, must select the box of the notice they need to present, being able to mark more than one box if necessary. The date and number of the letter with which the certification was granted must be provided, and in its case, the date and number of the letter of its last renewal. The modality with which the authority granted the certification in VAT and IEPS matters must be indicated. The modality with which the authority granted the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme must be indicated.

Data of the natural or legal person. The Name, Denomination and/or Trade Name and RFC of twelve or thirteen positions must be recorded.
Address for hearing and receiving notifications. The address for hearing and receiving notifications must be indicated, only in the case that it is different from your fiscal domicile.
Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. The full name, RFC, telephone and email of the person designated to hear and receive notifications must be provided. If required, you can add the necessary fields to declare more than one person authorized to hear and receive notifications.
Changes of denomination or trade name, fiscal domicile, or of the domicile or domiciles where the production process is carried out. 4.1. In case of having made changes in the denomination or trade name. Attach document in original or certified copy duly notarized where the due change of denomination or trade name is recorded. The movement number to the RFC must be declared. 4.2. In case of having made a change of fiscal domicile. The previous fiscal domicile and the current fiscal domicile must be indicated. The movement number to the RFC must be declared. 4.3. In case of having made changes of domiciles where the production process is carried out. The movement number to the RFC must be declared. The location of the domiciles that are added and/or in case, those that are deregistered must be indicated. In the case where a new domicile is added, where production processes are carried out, a document must be attached where its main production process is described in detail (in terms of value or volume of production) that shows step by step the flow of temporarily imported merchandise, from the point of origin, the point of entry to the country (customs), its reception at the company, materials used, storage, its integration into the production process, carrying out its production process or service, point of exit (customs) and its destination (country) or discharge (return, virtual transfer, certificates of destruction of waste, certificates of transfer of merchandise CTM, among others), as well as the complementary processes and services that add value to its final product (sub-manufacturing processes). The description can be presented in the form of a flowchart, provided that it contains the description of each step according to the previous paragraph.
Notice of modifications of partners, shareholders, members or members, sole administrator or board of directors and legal representatives. The table must be filled out according to the data requested in it. In any case, the name of those not obligated to tax in the country must be indicated.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 77

78 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Likewise, new appointments must be current in fulfilling their tax obligations, provided they are obligated to pay taxes in Mexico.

For those not obligated to pay taxes in Mexico, the following must be taken into account:

In the case of partners or shareholders, the document titled "List of partners, shareholders, or associates, residents abroad" must be submitted, in accordance with official form number 96, from Section A of Annex 1 of the current RMF.

In the case of legal representative, sole administrator, and/or members of the board of directors, by way of example and not limitation, documents may be submitted that certify that such persons are not obligated to pay taxes in Mexico, such as: opinion of compliance with tax obligations with the legend "No tax obligations," tax residence certificate from the country where they pay taxes, tax returns from the country where they are obligated to pay taxes, passport issued by their country of origin, etc.

Notice of modifications of foreign clients and suppliers with whom foreign trade operations were carried out and domestic suppliers.

6.1. In the case of modifications related to foreign clients and suppliers with whom foreign trade operations were carried out. The table must be filled in with the data contained therein.

6.2. For notices of modifications of domestic suppliers made by companies that have Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, IVA and IEPS category A modality, an electronic file in Excel format must be attached containing at minimum the following information:

Name or corporate name | RFC | High | Low | Carries out virtual operations Yes/No

An electronic file in Excel format must be attached containing the complete list of their suppliers of inputs acquired in national territory and/or those companies that transfer goods to them through virtual customs entries linked to the process under the regime for which the registration is authorized, indicating the values of the operations with each of them, the percentage that represents, and the type of movement carried out (highs and lows).

The minimum information required for the identification of the operations, by way of example and not limitation, must be presented according to the following list:

Notice of merger or spin-off of two or more legal entities that have Registration in the Company Certification Scheme under the same modality and one of them subsists. The table must be filled in according to the data requested, indicating the folio number of the acknowledgment of movements of tax situation update of the merger or spin-off.

Attach document in original or certified copy duly notarized where the merger or spin-off is recorded with its registration slip before the Public Property and Commerce Registry.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 79

Notice of merger or spin-off of companies that have Registration in the Company Certification Scheme when a new society results, extinguishing one or more companies with active registration. The table must be filled in according to the data requested, indicating the folio number of the acknowledgment of movements of tax situation update of the merger or spin-off.

Attach document in original or certified copy duly notarized where the merger or spin-off is recorded with its registration slip before the Public Property and Commerce Registry.

Notice of merger of a company that has Registration in the Company Certification Scheme with one or more companies that do not have Registration in the Company Certification Scheme and the one that has said registration subsists. The table must be filled in according to the data requested, indicating the folio number of the acknowledgment of movements of tax situation update of the merger.

The transfer of all fixed assets and inputs that the company receives, if any, must be accredited.

Attach document in original or certified copy duly notarized where the merger or spin-off is recorded with its registration slip before the Public Property and Commerce Registry.

Data of the facilities.

The new facilities belonging to the RFC of the requesting legal entity must be indicated, and it must be ensured that the present request is attached, in the format of the (the) Profile (s) of the company; Strategic Tax Inspected Facility; Land Auto Transporter; Customs Broker; Rail Transporter; Industrial Parks; Tax Inspected Facility; Courier and Parcel Service or General Warehouse of Deposit, for each of the facilities that carry out foreign trade operations, as well as the modifications to the previously declared facilities.

10.1. Name and type of the facilities.

The address, type of facility, and address of the facilities must be indicated, adding the necessary rows according to the number of facilities.

Likewise, the SAT must be requested through the AGACE to carry out inspections of the indicated facilities, with the exclusive purpose of verifying what is stated in the format of the (the) Profile (s) of the company; Strategic Tax Inspected Facility; Land Auto Transporter; Customs Broker; Rail Transporter; Industrial Parks; Tax Inspected Facility; Courier and Parcel Service or General Warehouse of Deposit, which is attached duly filled in to the present request.

Regarding the notice referred to in rule 7.2.1., first paragraph, fraction III, must be delivered before the AGACE:

The format named Profile of the company, Profile of the Strategic Tax Inspected Facility, Profile of the Land Auto Transporter, Profile of the Customs Broker, Profile of the Rail Transporter, Profile of Industrial Parks, Profile of the Tax Inspected Facility, Profile of Courier and Parcel Service or Profile of the General Warehouse of Deposit, as applicable, duly filled in and on magnetic media, for each of the facilities where foreign trade operations are carried out.

11.1. Regarding the notice referred to in rule 7.2.1., third paragraph, fraction III and fourth paragraph, fraction II, must attach:

Magnetic media, containing the format of the (the) Profile (s) of the Company; Strategic Tax Inspected Facility; Land Auto Transporter; Customs Broker; Rail Transporter; Industrial Parks; Tax Inspected Facility; Courier and Parcel Service or General Warehouse of Deposit, corresponding to each of the new facilities or modifications or, in its case, when the addition of Industrial Parks is carried out.

80 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Regarding what is stated in rule 7.2.1., fourth paragraph, fraction III, must indicate:

12.1. Customs and Customs Broker Societies.

The customs office of assignment and the additional customs offices must be indicated, as well as the modification to them.

Regarding the societies of which the customs patent is part, the name and/or corporate name and the RFC must be indicated.

12.2. Mandatary(ies) of the Customs Broker.

The name of the persons who have served as their mandataries and the customs offices before which they acted must be indicated. Mentioning only those that have been added or in their case no longer find themselves authorized as their representatives or mandataries.

Notice of addition or revocation of transport companies authorized to carry out the transfer of foreign trade goods, of companies that have Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Commercializer and Importer or Authorized Economic Operator modalities.

13.1. The name and RFC of the transport companies authorized to carry out the transfer of foreign trade goods, which are added or revoked, must be noted.

Notice related to security incidents.

14.1. When any type of contamination that the cargo or merchandise has suffered at any point in the logistical process occurs.

The documentation that supports compliance with the minimum security standards must be attached.

Notice when the situation varies or changes regarding the document with which the legal use and/or enjoyment of the property or properties where the productive processes or the provision of services are carried out is accredited, referring to the validity, the parties, and the address.

The address with which the legal use and/or enjoyment of the property was accredited must be manifested, the previous validity, and the new validity which must be minimum of one year.

Additionally, the document that accredits the situation that varied or changed the use or enjoyment of the property or properties must be attached.

Notice of high or low of third parties contracted to provide customs management, storage, transfer, and/or distribution services of foreign trade goods in the name of the company that has Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality, Logistics Outsourcing category.

16.1. The name, corporate name or trade name, RFC, and type of certification of the third parties contracted, which are added or removed, as applicable, must be noted.

Notice of removal of the third party that has expired or cancelled its Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, Certified Commercial Partner modality, in its case, addition of another third party to operate in the name of the company with Registration under the Logistics Outsourcing category.

17.1. The name, corporate name or trade name, and RFC of the third party that is removed must be noted; in its case, another third party with active Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, Certified Commercial Partner modality, can be added, for which the name, corporate name or trade name, RFC, and type of registration must be noted.

Classification of Information.

The option must be marked in the box.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 81

Procedure Instructions for Notices referred to in rule 7.2.1., related to Registration in the Company Certification Scheme

Who presents it? Legal or moral persons.

Where is it presented?

In the case of the IVA and IEPS modality, before the AGACE, through the SAT Portal, accessing the Digital Counter, in accordance with rule 1.2.1.
In the case of the Commercializer and Importer, Authorized Economic Operator, and/or Certified Commercial Partner modalities, before the AGACE, in accordance with rule 1.2.1.

What document is obtained at the end of the procedure?

In the case of the IVA and IEPS modality, no document is obtained, nevertheless, a reception folio will be obtained.
In the case of the Commercializer and Importer, Authorized Economic Operator, and/or Certified Commercial Partner modalities, no document is obtained, nevertheless, an acknowledgment of receipt will be obtained.

When is it presented?

When they are in any of the following situations, in accordance with the following: a) Change of corporate name or trade name, or tax address, or addresses where the productive process is carried out, within a period not greater than five days after the change. b) Modifications of partners, shareholders, members or members, sole administrator or board of directors, and legal representatives, during the first five days of each month. c) Modifications of foreign clients and suppliers with whom foreign trade operations were carried out and domestic suppliers, during the month immediately following the modification. d) Merger or spin-off of two or more legal entities that have Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, in any of their modalities and one of them subsists, within ten days after the agreements have been registered. e) Merger or spin-off of companies with Registration in the Company Certification Scheme when a new society results, extinguishing one or more companies with active Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, within ten days after the agreements have been registered. f) Merger of a company that is registered in the Company Certification Scheme with one or more companies that do not have Registration in the Company Certification Scheme and the one that has said registration subsists, within ten days after the agreements have been registered. g) To remedy observations regarding the minimum security standards indicated in their registration resolution, within a period not greater than six months counted from the date of registration. h) To remedy observations regarding the minimum security standards, which derive from any supervision inspection of compliance, within a period not greater than twenty days counted from the date of its notification. i) Modifications to the information provided in the (the) Profile (s) of the company; of the Strategic Tax Inspected Facility; Land Auto Transporter; Customs Broker; Rail Transporter; Industrial Parks; Tax Inspected Facility; Courier and Parcel Service or General Warehouse of Deposit, corresponding, within the month following the modification, when the circumstances for which the registration was granted have varied and derived from these, changes or modifications in the information provided and given to the authority are required. j) To give notice to present the format named Profile of the Company, Profile of the Strategic Tax Inspected Facility, Profile of the Land Auto Transporter, Profile of the Customs Broker, Profile of the Rail Transporter, Profile of Industrial Parks, Profile of the Tax Inspected Facility, Profile of Courier and Parcel Service or Profile of the General Warehouse of Deposit, as applicable, duly filled in and on magnetic media, when the opening of new facilities where foreign trade operations are carried out is carried out, within three months counted from the date of the acknowledgment of receipt of the same.

82 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

k) Closure of establishments or in its case has ceased to carry out foreign trade operations under which it obtained its registration, within the first five days after such operation is carried out. l) Addition or modification of mandataries, customs office of assignment or additional and/or societies to which it belongs, under the customs patent with which its registration as Certified Commercial Partner was obtained, within the first five days in which the addition or modification is carried out. m) Notice of addition or revocation of transport companies authorized to carry out the transfer of foreign trade goods, of companies that have Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Commercializer and Importer or Authorized Economic Operator modalities, in the month following the semester, for this purpose, the periods comprised from January to June and from July to December of each fiscal year will be considered as semesters. n) Notice related to security incidents, when any type of contamination that the cargo or merchandise has suffered at any point in the logistical process occurs, within the first five days after said incident. o) To give notice to the AGACE, through the Digital Counter, when the situation varies or changes regarding the document with which the legal use and enjoyment of the property or properties where the productive processes or the provision of services are carried out is accredited, referring to the validity, the parties, and the address, within five days after. p) To remove the third party that has expired or cancelled its Registration in the Company Certification Scheme under the Certified Commercial Partner modality, in its case, being able to add another third party to its list, within thirty days counted from when it no longer appears published in the SAT Portal in the List of Commercial Partner that corresponds.

Requirements:

In the case of the Commercializer and Importer or Authorized Economic Operator and Certified Commercial Partner modalities: a) Indicate the new facilities belonging to the RFC of the requesting legal entity. b) Format of the (the) Profile (s) of the company; Strategic Tax Inspected Facility; Land Auto Transporter; Customs Broker; Rail Transporter; Industrial Parks; Tax Inspected Facility; Courier and Parcel Service or General Warehouse of Deposit, on magnetic media for each of the facilities that carry out foreign trade operations, as well as the modifications to the previously declared facilities.
In the case of the notice referred to in rule 7.2.1., first paragraph, fraction III: Profile Format of the company, Profile of the Strategic Tax Inspected Facility, Profile of the Land Auto Transporter, Profile of the Customs Broker, Profile of the Rail Transporter, Profile of Industrial Parks, Profile of the Tax Inspected Facility or Profile of Courier and Parcel Service, as applicable, for each of the facilities where foreign trade operations are carried out.
In the case of the notice referred to in rule 7.2.1., third paragraph, fraction III: Profile Format of the company for each of the new facilities or modifications indicated in numeral 4, where foreign trade operations are carried out, under the RFC with which the authorization provided for in rule 7.1.4. was obtained.

Conditions:

Having obtained the Registration in the Company Certification Scheme.

Additional Information: Not applicable.

Applicable Legal Provisions: Articles 28-A of the IVA Law and 15-A of the IEPS Law and 100-A of the Law and rules 7.1.4., 7.1.5. and 7.2.1.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 83

B15. Single Notice of Renewal in the Registration of the Company Certification Scheme. Mark with an X the type of request in question: IVA and IEPS Modality Category A Category AA Category AAA Commercializer and Importer Modality Authorized Economic Operator Modality Importation and/or Exportation Category Controlling Company Category Aircraft Category SECIIT Category Textile Category Strategic Tax Inspected Facility Category Logistics Outsourcing Category Certified Commercial Partner Modality Transporter Category Customs Broker Category Rail Transport Category Industrial Park Category Tax Inspected Facility Category Courier and Parcel Service Category General Warehouse of Deposit Category

Name, Corporate Name and/or Trade Name. Name, Corporate Name and/or Trade Name: RFC including the homoclave:
Address for hearing and receiving notifications. Street Number and/or exterior letter Interior Number and/or letter Neighborhood ZIP Code Municipality/Delegation Federal Entity Telephone Email

84 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

DATA OF THE PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO HEAR AND RECEIVE NOTIFICATIONS.

Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal Surname Maternal Surname Name RFC including the homoclave Telephone Email

3.1. Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal Surname Maternal Surname Name RFC including the homoclave Telephone Email

Number of official letter and date in which its Registration in the Company Certification Scheme was granted and, in its case, of the last renewal.
I declare under oath that the circumstances for which the Registration in the Company Certification Scheme was granted, have not varied and I continue to comply with the inherent requirements of the same. YES NO
Indicate if you have made the payment of the right corresponding to the date of presentation of the request, referred to in article 40, subsection m) of the LFD. YES NO

Indicate the date on which you make the payment, the amount, bank operation number, and payment key. $ . Payment Date (dd/mm/yy) Amount in national currency Bank Operation Number Payment Key

Indicate if you wish to carry out the homogenization of the validity of the Authorized Economic Operator modality with the validity of the IVA and IEPS modality, categories AA or AAA, to the effect that the latter prevails, according to the category granted. YES NO

Once the above has been declared, I authorize the SAT, through the AGACE, to carry out the inspections referred to in rules 7.1.1., fraction IX and 7.2.1., first paragraph, fraction VIII, to the facilities where productive processes are carried out, with the purpose of verifying the information recorded in this request and in the Profile that corresponds to rules 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction IV and third paragraph, fraction IV and 7.1.5., fractions I, subsection b), II, subsection b), III, subsection a), IV, subsection a), V, subsection b), VI, subsection e), VII, subsection b), which I attach to the present.

Under oath, I declare that the data recorded in this document are true and that the powers granted to me to represent the applicant have not been modified and/or revoked. NAME AND SIGNATURE OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE APPLICANT

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 85 INSTRUCTIONS

In the case of the VAT and IEPS Modality, transmit this request through the Digital Counter on the electronic website www.ventanillaunica.gob.mx.
In the case of the Commercializer and Importer, Authorized Economic Operator and/or Certified Commercial Partner modalities: a) Submit this request and the attached documents at the AGACE registry office. b) You may also send your notice via SEPOMEX or using the services of courier companies. In accordance with rule 7.2.3., the AGACE may renew the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme referred to in rules 7.1.2., 7.1.3., 7.1.4. and 7.1.5., provided that they are not subject to the cancellation process established in rules 7.2.4. and 7.2.5., submit through the digital counter as established by the SAT, the form known as the Unique Notice of Renewal of Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, within thirty days prior to the expiration of the validity period, declaring under oath that the circumstances under which the authorization was granted have not changed and that they continue to meet the requirements inherent to it. The authorization shall be considered renewed the day after the date of the receipt acknowledgment of the notice referred to in the previous paragraph, issuing the corresponding acknowledgment. The modality and the sector with which the authority granted the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme must be indicated.
Data of the natural or legal person. Their RFC of twelve or thirteen positions must be entered.
Address for hearing and receiving notifications. The address for hearing and receiving notifications must be indicated, only in the case that it is different from their tax address. 2.1. Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. The full name, RFC, telephone and email of the person designated to hear and receive notifications must be provided. If required, you can add the necessary fields to declare more than one person authorized to hear and receive notifications.
Number of official document and date on which your Registration in the Business Certification Scheme was granted and, if applicable, the last renewal.
Declare under oath that the circumstances under which your Registration in the Business Certification Scheme was granted have not changed and that you continue to meet the requirements inherent to it.

86 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 Procedure Guide for the Unique Notice of Renewal in the Registration of the Business Certification Scheme Who presents it? Natural or legal persons. Where is it presented?

In the case of the VAT and IEPS modality, before the AGACE, through the SAT Portal, accessing the Digital Counter, in accordance with rule 1.2.1.
In the case of the Commercializer and Importer, Authorized Economic Operator and/or Certified Commercial Partner modality, before the AGACE, in accordance with rule 1.2.1. What document is obtained upon completion of the procedure? No documentation will be obtained; however, a receipt acknowledgment folio for the notice will be obtained. When is it presented? Within the thirty days prior to the expiration of the validity of the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme. Requirements:
Declare: a) Number of official document and date on which the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme was granted, and if applicable, the last renewal. b) Under oath that the circumstances under which the authorization was granted have not changed and that you continue to meet the requirements inherent to it.
Payment of fees corresponding to the date of submission of the request, in accordance with articles 4, fifth paragraph and 40, penultimate paragraph of the LFD.
Favorable report issued by the authorized Civil Association, Chambers or Confederation in accordance with rule 7.1.9., which certifies compliance with what is provided in the Guidelines for the Electronic System for the Control of Inventories of Temporary Imports, in accordance with rule 7.1.10., which is in force. Conditions
Having obtained the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in any modality. Additional Information
Once the receipt acknowledgment folio for the notice is obtained, the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme shall be considered renewed the following day. Applicable Legal Provisions: Articles 100-A and 100-B of the Law, 28-A, first paragraph of the VAT Law and 15-A, first paragraph of the IEPS Law; 4, fifth paragraph and 40 of the LFD and rules 1.2.1., 7.1.2., 7.1.3., 7.1.4., 7.1.5., 7.1.10. 7.2.3., 7.2.4. and 7.2.5.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 87 B16. Electronic notice of rejection (Rule 1.8.2.). GENERAL DATA RFC Pre-validator Business Name REJECTION DETAIL VIN Supplier Name Rejection Reason Date of Rejection Filling Guide for the Electronic Notice of Rejection Format (Rule 1.8.2.) Those authorized to provide the services of electronic pre-validation of the data entered in the customs declarations in accordance with rule 1.8.1., have the obligation to fill out this format, if as a result of the review of the vehicle history, the vehicle does not meet the conditions to be imported in accordance with rule 3.5.1., fraction II. · Columns and/or rows cannot be added or removed. · Sheets cannot be added or the name (Rejection) changed. · Use one file per rejection. · All data is required. The following fields will be filled in, as indicated below: GENERAL DATA Field Content RFC Indicate the RFC of the authorized person (13 positions) to provide the services of electronic pre-validation of the data entered in the customs declarations in accordance with rule 1.8.1. Example: AAAA010101XXX. Business Name Indicate the Business Name corresponding to the RFC of the Authorized person who provides the services of electronic pre-validation of the data entered in the customs declarations in accordance with rule 1.8.1. REJECTION DETAIL VIN Indicate the Vehicle Identification Number, which corresponds to the combination of alphanumeric characters assigned by vehicle manufacturers or assemblers, for identification purposes. Supplier Name Indicate the name of the company providing used vehicle background information in the country of origin, with which the consultation was made, exactly as it appears on the internet page of said provider. Example: Carfax. Rejection Reason Indicate only the numeral corresponding to the reason for rejection, using the Catalog of Rejection Reasons. Date of Rejection Record the date of rejection of the vehicle with date format dd/mm/yyyy (already configured in the format file). Example: 15/10/2016. CATALOG OF REJECTION REASONS Numeral Description 1 Stolen. 2 Totaled. 3 Restricted or prohibited for circulation in the country of origin, under any of the following conditions: 3.01 Parts only. 3.02 Assembled parts. 3.03 Total loss. Except when it concerns vehicles whose title is of the Salvage type, as well as those that additionally bear the labels clean; rebuilt/reconstructed; or corrected. 3.04 Dismantlers.

88 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 3.05 Destruction. 3.06 Non repairable. 3.07 Non rebuildable. 3.08 Non street legal. 3.09 Flood. Except when it additionally bears the labels clean; rebuilt/reconstructed; or corrected. 3.10 Junk. 3.11 Crush. 3.12 Scrap. 3.13 Seizure / Forfeiture. 3.14 Off-highway use only. 3.15 Water damage. 3.16 Not eligible for road use. 3.17 Recovered (Salvage), when it concerns the following types: Except when it concerns vehicles whose title is of the Salvage type other than those indicated here, as well as those that additionally bear the labels clean; rebuilt/reconstructed; or corrected. 3.17.1 - DLR SALVAGE. 3.17.2 - SALVAGE-PARTS ONLY. 3.17.3 - LEMON SALVAGE. 3.17.4 - SALVAGE LETTER-PARTS ONLY. 3.17.5 - FLOOD SALVAGE. 3.17.6 - SALVAGE CERT-LEMON LAW BUYBACK. 3.17.7 - SALVAGE CERTIFICATE-NO VIN. 3.17.8 - SALVAGE TITLE W/ NO PUBLIC VIN. 3.17.9 - DLR/SALVAGE TITLE REBUILDABLE. 3.17.10 - SALVAGE THEFT. 3.17.11 - SALVAGE TITLE-MANUFACTURE BUYBACK. 3.17.12 - COURT ORDER SALVAGE BOS. 3.17.13 - SALVAGE / FIRE DAMAGE. 3.17.14 - SALVAGE WITH REPLACEMENT VIN. 3.17.15 - BONDED SALVAGE. 3.17.16 - WATERCRAFT SALVAGE. 3.17.17 - SALVAGE KATRINA. 3.17.18 - SALVAGE TITLE WITH ALTERED VIN. 3.17.19 - SALVAGE WITH REASSIGNMENT. 3.17.20 - SALVAGE NON REMOVABLE. 3.18 Stolen (Stolen). Only when the title indicates that it was recovered, and this latter status remains in force. 3.19 Frame Damage. 3.20 Fire Damage. 3.21 Recycled. 3.22 Crash Test Vehicle. 4 Others.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 89 B17. Notice of safe return of foreign vehicles. Before filling out this format, read the instructions on the reverse. Indicate the corresponding data, according to the type of expired permit: Temporary import permit for vehicles.

Temporary import permit.

Temporary import permit number of the vehicle:

Date of issue: ______________________________ Expiration date:__________________________ Date of issue: ____________________________________ Number and date of the customs declaration for Definitive Import to border region or fringe:

Expiration date:________________________________ If it is the second time the notice is presented, indicate the following: Date of receipt acknowledgment and ADACE before which it was presented:

The reasons of force majeure or fortuitous event, for which the transfer of the vehicle to the border fringe or region or to the exit customs office was not carried out, in accordance with the first notice:

General Information of the Applicant Natural Person RFC First Name(s) First Last Name Second Last Name Nationality: Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood ZIP Code Municipality/Territorial Demarcation Federal Entity Telephone: Email:
Information related to the procedure 2.1. General Information of the Vehicle: Indicate the data of the vehicle corresponding to the type of expired permit: Brand: Type: Model: Serial Number (VIN): License plate number and State: Title of ownership or CFDI number or equivalent document: Indicate with an x, that you declare, under oath, that the described vehicle is not subject to any PAMA or judicial process. 2.2 In the case of the return abroad of vehicles with an expired Temporary Import Permit, indicate the customs office through which the vehicle will leave. 2.3 Indicate, if applicable, the means by which said vehicle will be transported (container, platform, etc.). Serial Number: I declare under oath that the data entered in this format is true.

Name and signature of the applicant (Importer, vehicle owner)

90 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS General Information This format is freely printable and must be filled out in two copies by machine or in block letters, with a black or blue ink ballpoint pen and the figures must not invade the limits of the boxes. Presentation Options The procedure must be presented at the registry office of the ADACE corresponding to the place where the vehicle is located. Specific Indications In the applicant's general information section when it concerns a resident abroad, the box must be left blank, unless they have an RFC. In the section information related to the procedure, in point 2.1., the serial number must be declared when the importer has this information. If the space in the format is insufficient, it can be described in an attached document referencing the same. Requirements

Temporary import permit or temporary vehicle import permit.
Document backing the ownership of the vehicle, CFDI or equivalent document.
Importer's driver's license.
Present the acknowledgment of the first notice, if submitting for the second time, in addition to attaching the aforementioned documentation, as applicable. Additional Procedure Information No document is obtained; however, the receipt acknowledgment is obtained. The notice must contain the received stamp of the ADACE and be presented before the CIITEV Module, located at the corresponding customs office with the documentation requested in the Requirements section of this format, so that BANJERCITO personnel can register the exit of the vehicle. In all cases, it is the obligation of the importer or authorized person to present at the CIITEV Modules located at the corresponding customs office, the temporarily imported vehicle, the temporary import permit; as well as, if applicable, the units registered in said permit or declaration under oath in a free-form document indicating the cause for which the permit is not presented. The foregoing, so that BANJERCITO personnel can register the exit of the vehicle, since otherwise the exit registration will not proceed. For any clarification in filling out this format, you can obtain information on the SAT Portal or contact MarcaSAT 55 627 22 728. Complaints and reports to 55 885 22 222.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 91 B18. Notice to extend the deadline granted by the SE to change to the definitive import regime or return goods temporarily imported abroad (4.3.8.). Before filling out this format, read the instructions on the reverse.

General Information of the Applicant. Legal Person RFC

Business name or corporate name. 1.1 Address for hearing and receiving notifications, as well as the persons authorized for such purposes. Street______________________________________________________________________________________________________ Number and/or exterior letter ______________________ Number and/or interior letter ___________________________________________ Neighborhood _______________________________________________________ Postal Code ____________________________________ Municipality or Territorial Demarcation _________________________ Locality ________________________________________________ Federal Entity ________________________________________ Telephones ___________________________________________________ Authorized personnel to hear and receive notifications ____________________________________________________________________ Telephones _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Data of the Legal Representative. RFC

First Name(s) First Last Name Second Last Name Indicate with an x, that you declare, under oath, that the legal representative has the powers to perform administrative acts or those necessary to carry out the procedures of this procedure. 3. Information related to the procedure. 3.1. Cancellation of the IMMEX Program. Notification method of the IMMEX Program cancellation Number of Official Document or folio Date of notification Day Month Year By Official Document (personal notification) By VUCEM Acknowledgment Expiration date of the sixty natural days granted by the SE. Day: Month: Year: 3.2. If you have a new IMMEX Program, indicate the following: IMMEX Program Number: Date on which the new IMMEX Program was authorized: Day: Month: Year: 3.3. Regarding the Extension. Indicate the expiration date of the one hundred eighty natural days, of the extension requested in the present format. Day: Month: Year: I declare, under oath, that the data entered in this format is true.

Name and signature of the applicant (Legal Representative of the Company with IMMEX Program)

92 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS General Information. This format is freely printable and must be filled out in two copies by machine or in block letters, with a black or blue ink ballpoint pen and the limits of the boxes must not be invaded. Presentation Options. The procedure may be presented at the registry office of the ACAJACE. Via SEPOMEX or using the services of courier and package companies. Requirements:

Official document or acknowledgment of cancellation of the IMMEX Program.
Notification of the cancellation of the IMMEX Program, or the receipt acknowledgment of the cancellation procedure issued by the Digital Counter.
Notarial power of attorney or articles of incorporation where the legal representative is authorized to perform administrative acts.
Authorization of the new IMMEX Program, if the SE authorizes it within the sixty-day period. Additional Procedure Information. No document is obtained; however, the receipt acknowledgment is obtained. If the notice is presented after the sixty natural days following the date of notification of the respective IMMEX Program cancellation, is not accompanied by all the documents indicated in the requirements section and does not comply with the indicated instructions, it will not produce any legal effect. That the IMMEX Program has not been canceled in terms of article 25 of the IMMEX Decree. If the space is insufficient, the missing information can be written in an attached document, referencing the same. For any clarification in filling out this format, you can obtain information on the SAT Portal or contact MarcaSAT 55 627 22 728. Complaints and reports to 55 885 22 222.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 93 B19. Notice for the transfer of auto parts located in the border fringe or region to the terminal automotive industry or manufacturing of self-propelled vehicles in the rest of the national territory. Before filling out this format, read the instructions on the reverse.

General Information of the Applicant Legal Person RFC:

Business name or corporate name. 1.1. Address for hearing and receiving notifications, as well as the persons authorized for such purposes. Street No. and/or exterior letter No. and/or interior letter _______ Neighborhood_______ Postal Code ________________________ Municipality or Territorial Demarcation_________________________________ Locality __________________________ Federal Entity

Telephones ________________________________________________________________________________________________ Authorized personnel to hear and receive notifications: ______________________________________________________ Telephones ________________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Data of the Legal Representative RFC:

First Name(s) First Last Name Second Last Name Indicate with an X that you declare, under oath, that the legal representative has the powers to perform administrative acts or those necessary to carry out the procedures of this procedure. 3. Information related to the procedure 3.1. Data of the terminal automotive industry or self-propelled vehicle manufacturing company receiving the transferred goods. Legal Person RFC:

Business name or corporate name. 3.2. Detailed description of the goods subject to transfer.

3.3. Supply period of the goods that have been sold to the terminal automotive industry or self-propelled vehicle manufacturing company.

dd/mm/yyyy 3.4. Address of the terminal automotive industry or self-propelled vehicle manufacturing company where the transfer of the goods will be carried out. Street ___________________________________________________________________________ No. and/or exterior letter ___________ No. and/or interior letter _______________Neighborhood _______________________________________________ Postal Code ________________ Municipality or Delegation _________________________________________________ Locality _______________________________ Federal Entity ________________________________________ Telephones ________________________________________ 3.5. In the case of goods susceptible to being individually identified, the following information must be indicated, in order to distinguish them from other similar ones. Serial Number: Part: Brand: Model: The technical or commercial specifications necessary to distinguish said goods from other similar ones. I declare, under oath, that the data entered in this format is true.

Name and signature of the applicant (Legal Representative of the Legal Person of the Auto Parts Industry Company).

94 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS General Information This form is freely printable and must be filled out in duplicate, either typed or in block letters, using a black or blue ink pen, and the figures must not invade the limits of the boxes. Presentation Options The procedure may be submitted at the official records office of the ACAJACE. It may also be submitted via SEPOMEX or using the services of courier and package delivery companies. The procedure takes effect from the date of receipt of the application in accordance with the method of presentation. Specific Instructions In the event that the space is insufficient in items 3.2 or 3.5 under the Related Information section, the missing information may be written on an attached document by referencing it. Requirements

Sworn statement under oath of truth by the legal representative of the automotive terminal industry or truck vehicle manufacturing company receiving the merchandise, declaring: a) That the merchandise has been acquired by the automotive terminal industry or truck vehicle manufacturing company and that it assumes joint liability, in terms of Article 26, Section VIII, of the Federal Tax Code (CFF), in case of non-compliance. b) The supply period of the merchandise that has been sold to the automotive terminal industry or truck vehicle manufacturing company. c) The address of the automotive terminal industry or truck vehicle manufacturing company where the transfer of the merchandise will take place. d) Detailed description of the merchandise subject to transfer for the automotive terminal industry or truck vehicle manufacturing company located in the rest of the national territory.
Notarial power of attorney or articles of incorporation authorizing the legal representative of the automotive terminal industry or truck vehicle manufacturing company to perform administrative acts.
Notarial power of attorney or articles of incorporation authorizing the legal representative of the auto parts industry company to perform administrative acts.
Valid IMMEX Program Authorization issued by the SE (Secretariat of Economy). Additional Information on the Procedure No document is obtained; however, a receipt acknowledgment is granted. The documents that must accompany the transfer of parts and components from the border strip or region to the rest of the country are:
Original of the receipt of the notice of transfer of parts and components from the border strip or region to the rest of the country.
Original of the CFDI or equivalent document of the merchandise in question, which must contain the IMMEX Program number, data of the vehicle in which the merchandise is transferred, the address to which the merchandise will be transferred, and must state under oath of truth that this operation is carried out in terms of Rule 4.3.12. For any clarification in filling out this form, information can be obtained from the SAT Portal or by contacting MarcaSAT: 55 627 22 728. Complaints and reports to 55 885 22 222.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 95 B20. Notification of Volumetric Storage Capacity (Rule 2.3.8.). Before filling out this application, read the instructions on the reverse. Number of the official document with which the authorization or concession was granted Date of the official document dd/mm/yyyy

Name and/or Corporate Name: __________________________________________________________________ RFC including the homoclave ______________________________________________________________________ LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE DATA
Legal representative data Paternal surname Maternal surname First name RFC including the homoclave ______________________________________________________________________ Phone Email Indicate with an x, that you declare, under oath of truth, that the legal representative has the authority to perform administrative acts or those necessary to carry out the procedures for this procedure. AUTHORIZED SURFACE AND OCCUPIED VOLUMETRIC CAPACITY DATA
Authorized surface and occupied space Total authorized surface m2 Volumetric storage capacity m3 Occupied volumetric space 18% 20% Attach the following documentation: I.- Photographic support where the 18% and 20% of the occupied volumetric storage capacity is visible. II.- Copy of the Authorization official document and, if applicable, official document of extension or expansion of surface. III.- Copy of the notarial testimony of the power of attorney, by which the person signing the document is authorized to perform administrative acts or power of attorney signed before two witnesses and ratified by the signatures of the grantor and witnesses before the tax authorities, notary or public official. IV.- Copy of the taxpayer or legal representative's identification, after checking with the original. I declare, under oath of truth, that the data recorded in this application is true.

Name and signature of the applicant (Legal Representative of the Legal Entity)

96 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 FILLING INSTRUCTIONS The form must be presented before the corresponding Customs Office in accordance with the territorial jurisdiction where the authorized or concessioned party is located. For the purposes of Article 15, Section IV of the Law, legal entities that have authorization or concession to provide services for handling, storage, and custody of merchandise, must indicate the following: Provide the number and date of the official document with which the authorization was granted, and if applicable, the corresponding extension:

Data of the holder of the authorization or concession. The Name, Denomination or Corporate Name and their 12-position RFC must be recorded.
You must provide the full name, RFC, phone, and email of the legal representative of the authorized or concessioned legal entity.
You must register the total authorized surface, taking into account, if applicable, the expansion or reduction of: The surface expressed in square meters (m 2), The volumetric storage capacity expressed in cubic meters* The actually occupied volumetric space (18% and 20%)

The volumetric storage capacity must be in function of the total authorized surface.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 97 C2. Certificate of origin of agricultural products. Date: ||||||| Day Month Year Fill out typed or in block letters. 1.- Name and address of the ejidal commissioner, the representative of the colonists or communal members, the agricultural or livestock association. Name: _________________________________________________________________________________________________ Address: ________________________________________________________________________________________________

RFC, if applicable: __________________________________________________________________________________________ 2.- Population to which they are destined: ________________________________________________________________________ Municipality: _______________________________________________________________________________________________ State: __________________________________________________________________________________________________ 3.- Description of the merchandise 4.- Quantity 5.- Weight 6.- Volume I declare under oath of truth that:

The information contained in this document is true and I take responsibility for proving what is declared here. I am aware that I will be responsible for any false or omitted declaration made in or related to this document.
I commit to preserving and presenting, if required, the necessary documents that support the content of this certificate, as well as to notify in writing to all persons to whom I deliver this certificate, of any change that could affect the accuracy or validity of it.
The goods are of national origin and meet the origin requirements applicable to them.
This certificate is composed of _____ sheets, including all its annexes. 7.- Authorized signature of the ejidal commissioner, the representative of the colonists or communal members, the agricultural or livestock association to which the small owner belongs or of the SADER.

Signature Seal

98 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 C3. Merchandise Transfer Certificate.

ADACE
NO. OF FOLIO:
NO. OF ATTACHED SHEETS:
DATE OF ISSUE:
PERIOD:
ORIGINAL: COMPLEMENTARY: DATA OF THE AUTOMOTIVE TERMINAL INDUSTRY OR TRUCK VEHICLE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY
DENOMINATION OR CORPORATE NAME 8. R.F.C.
TAX ADDRESS STREET AND NUMBER POSTAL CODE NEIGHBORHOOD FEDERAL ENTITY
LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE DATA 11. R.F.C.
NO. OF NOTARIAL TESTIMONY DATA OF THE AUTO PARTS INDUSTRY
DENOMINATION OR CORPORATE NAME 14. R.F.C.
TAX ADDRESS STREET AND NUMBER POSTAL CODE NEIGHBORHOOD FEDERAL ENTITY
NO. OF IMMEX PROGRAM A. PARTS AND COMPONENTS DESTINED FOR THE NATIONAL MARKET
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION 19. QUANTITY 20. DOCUMENTS THAT COVER THE MERCHANDISE DESTINED FOR THE NATIONAL MARKET FRONT

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 99 B. PARTS AND COMPONENTS EXPORTED TO COUNTRIES OTHER THAN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, CANADA, MEMBER STATES OF THE COMMUNITY OR OF THE EFTA. 21. PART NUMBER 22. DESCRIPTION 23. QUANTITY EXPORTED 24. NO. EXPORT ENTRY 25. DATE OF THE EXPORT ENTRY 26. CUSTOMS OF THE EXPORT ENTRY 27. NAME AND SIGNATURE OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE REVERSE

100 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 C. PARTS AND COMPONENTS EXPORTED TO THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, CANADA, MEMBER STATES OF THE COMMUNITY OR OF THE EFTA.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA OR CANADA
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION 30. QUANTITY EXPORTED
NO. EXPORT ENTRY
DATE OF THE EXPORT ENTRY
CUSTOMS OF THE EXPORT ENTRY
MEMBER STATES OF THE COMMUNITY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QUANTITY EXPORTED NO. EXPORT ENTRY DATE OF THE EXPORT ENTRY CUSTOMS OF THE EXPORT ENTRY
MEMBER STATES OF THE EFTA PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QUANTITY EXPORTED NO. EXPORT ENTRY DATE OF THE EXPORT ENTRY CUSTOMS OF THE EXPORT ENTRY
NAME AND SIGNATURE OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE REVERSE

101 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS This form will be filled out typed or in block capital letters, with a black or blue ink pen and the figures must not invade the limits of the boxes. This form will not be valid if it has strikethroughs, scrapes or amendments.

You will write the ADACE code.
You will write the consecutive folio number of the certificate, which will be composed of 16 digits, which are conformed in the following way: 3 digits of the name of the issuing company. 2 digits of the month. 4 digits of the year. 3 digits of the first three letters of the R.F.C. of the recipient. 4 digits of the consecutive number of certificates.
You will write the number of sheets attached to this certificate, each additional sheet must be folioed with consecutive numbers.
You will write the day, month and year in which the certificate was prepared.
You will write the month and year in which the operations covered by the certificate were carried out.
Indicate with an X if the certificate is original or complementary. DATA OF THE AUTOMOTIVE TERMINAL INDUSTRY OR TRUCK VEHICLE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY.
Denomination or corporate name.
RFC.
Tax address: Street, Number, Postal Code, Neighborhood and Federal Entity.
Legal representative data (paternal surname, maternal surname and first name(s)).
RFC of the legal representative.
Number of Notarial Testimony. DATA OF THE AUTO PARTS INDUSTRY.
Denomination or corporate name.
RFC.
Tax Address: Street, Number, Postal Code, Neighborhood and Federal Entity.
IMMEX Program Number, assigned by the SE. A. PARTS AND COMPONENTS DESTINED FOR THE NATIONAL MARKET.
Part number: you will write the part number, series or lot that corresponds to the part or component acquired from the auto parts industry company, which must match that indicated in the CFDI, equivalent document or document that covers the physical delivery of the part or component.
Description of the part or component: you will write the description of the part or component, in case the space is insufficient you may present attached sheet(s), provided that you write the number of sheets that make up the attachment, in the corresponding box.

102 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 19. Total quantity of each part or component destined for the national market. 20. You will write the number of the document that covers the merchandise destined for the national market. B. PARTS AND COMPONENTS EXPORTED TO COUNTRIES OTHER THAN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, CANADA, MEMBER STATES OF THE COMMUNITY OR OF THE EFTA. 21. Part number: write the part number, series or lot that corresponds to the part or component acquired from the auto parts industry company, which must match that indicated in the CFDI, equivalent document or document that covers the physical delivery of the part or component. 22. Description of the part or component: you will write the description of the part or component, in case the space is insufficient you may present attached sheet(s), provided that you write the number of sheets that make up the attachment, in the corresponding box. 23. Exported Quantity: you will write the total quantity of each part or component exported. 24. Export Entry: the one corresponding to the entry that covers the export of the part or component or of the vehicle to which each part or component is incorporated. 25. Date of the export entry. 26. Customs of the export entry: you will write the name of the customs or customs section corresponding. 27. Name and Signature of the Legal Representative. Original: for the receiving company. Copy: for the person issuing the certificate. Important note: the certificate must be printed on letterhead paper of the issuing company. C. PARTS AND COMPONENTS EXPORTED TO THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, CANADA, MEMBER STATES OF THE COMMUNITY OR OF THE EFTA. 28. Part number: you will write the part number, series or lot that corresponds to the part or component acquired from the auto parts industry company, which must match that indicated in the CFDI, equivalent document or document that covers the physical delivery of the part or component. 29. Description of the part or component: you will write the description of the part or component, in case the space is insufficient you may present attached sheet(s), provided that you write the number of sheets that make up the attachment, in the corresponding box. 30. Exported Quantity: you will write the total quantity of each part or component exported. 31. Export Entry: the one corresponding to the entry that covers the export of the part or component or of the vehicle to which each part or component is incorporated. 32. Date of the export entry. 33. Customs of the export entry: you will write the name of the Customs or Section corresponding. 34. Name and Signature of the Legal Representative. Original: for the receiving company. Copy: for the person issuing the certificate. Important note: the certificate must be printed on letterhead paper of the issuing company.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 103 D2.

104 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 105

106 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 107 D3.

108 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 109

110 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 D4.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 111

112 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 113

114 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 115

116 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 117

118 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 D5.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 119

120 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 121 D6. Document of origin of extracted, industrialized or manufactured mineral products. Date: ||||||| Day Month Year Fill out typed or in block letters. TO BE FILLED OUT BY THE INTERESTED PARTY 1.- Name, denomination or corporate name and tax address of the individual or legal entity: Name:

Address:

RFC:

2.- Population to which they are destined: ___________________________________________________________________ Municipality: ______________________________________________________________________________________ State: ________________________________________________________________________________________ 3.- Place where the products subject to the entry from the border strip or region to the rest of the country are extracted, manufactured, industrialized.

4.- Description of the merchandise 5.- Quantity 6.- Weight 7.- Volume 8.- I declare under oath of truth that:

The information contained in this document is true and I take responsibility for proving what is declared here. I am aware that I will be responsible for any false or omitted declaration made in or related to this document.
I commit to preserving and presenting, if required, the necessary documents that support the content of this document, as well as notifying in writing to all persons to whom I deliver this document, of any change that could affect the accuracy or validity of it. This certificate is composed of _____ sheets, including all its annexes.

Signature of the interested party or their legal representative EXCLUSIVE FOR OFFICIAL USE 9.- Signature of presentation before customs. Name of the customs: ________________________________________________ Customs Code: __________________________________________________ Employee Name: ________________________________________________ Employee Badge No.: _____________________________________________

Signature Seal

122 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 D7.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 123

124 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 125

126 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 127

128 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 D8. Temporary import declaration for trailers, semi-trailers and container carriers. Declaration Number Consecutive Number by Transport Company Economic Number Data of the Transport Company. Certifications Name, denomination or corporate name: R.F.C.: Tax Address: Data of the Authorized Company. Name, denomination or corporate name: R.F.C.: Data of the Unit. Transport Date of issue Brand Model Time of issue Line Economic No. Electronic Signature Serial No. License Plate No. Barcode Nominal Value Tariff Fraction. Type Unit This document must be presented by the interested party, both at the time of its introduction to national territory, as well as upon RETURN of the vehicle, for certification by the electronic computing system printer of the SAT, without which the annotations of introduction and return appearing in this Temporary Import Declaration will not be valid; with basis in Articles 16-B and 107 of the Law, 19 and 21 of the Internal Regulations of the SAT, as well as Rule 4.2.1. I declare under oath of truth that I will return, within the legal timeframe granted, the vehicle described above, aware that if I do so late I will be subject to the sanction established in Article 183, Section II of the Law, and that I will refrain from committing infractions or crimes related to the improper use or destination of said vehicle during its stay in national territory. Likewise, I declare under oath of truth that the data recorded is true.

Name and Signature

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 129 INSTRUCTIONS Field Content

Name, trade name or corporate name of the carrier. Name, trade name or corporate name of the carrier company requesting the temporary importation.
Tax ID (RFC) of the carrier company. Tax ID (RFC) of the carrier company. In cases where the temporary importation is carried out by a foreigner, the code EXTR920901TS4 will be entered.
Fiscal address of the carrier company. Fiscal address of the carrier company, or, if it is a foreigner, the address recorded in official documents, composed in its case by street, exterior number, interior number, postal code, municipality, city, Federal Entity and country.
Name, trade name or corporate name of the authorized company. The name, trade name or corporate name of the company authorized by ANAM, in terms of article 16-B of the Law, must be entered.
Tax ID (RFC) of the authorized company. Tax ID (RFC) of the company authorized by ANAM, in terms of article 16-B of the Law.
Unit data. The type of transport (road, rail, maritime), brand, model, line, economic number, serial number, license plate number, nominal value, tariff fraction, and type of unit (trailer, semi-trailer, or container chassis) must be entered. In the case of the serial number, only the digits should be printed within parentheses.
Customs declaration number. Folio number composed of:
One digit to indicate the Authorized Company code.
Three digits to indicate the Customs code.
One digit to indicate the last digit of the current year.
Six more digits for the annual consecutive number per Customs assigned by the authorized company issuing the customs declaration. Each of these groups of digits must be separated by two blank spaces, except between the digit corresponding to the last digit of the current year and the six digits of the progressive numbering.
Consecutive number by carrier company. Consecutive number of customs declarations processed by the Carrier Company in the year.
Date of Issue. Day, month and year in which the validation of the Customs Declaration is carried out by the Integral Administrative Software (SAIT).
Time of Issue. Hour, minutes and seconds in which the validation of the Customs Declaration is carried out by the SAIT.
Electronic Signature. Electronic Signature generated by the SAIT.
Barcode. SAIT Key with 2 characters (numeric), Customs clearance code with 3 characters (numeric), folio of the temporary import customs declaration for trailers, semi-trailers and container chassis up to 7 characters (alphanumeric), and Electronic Signature generated by the SAIT up to 7 characters (alphanumeric). After each field, including the last one, the control characters, carriage return and line feed must be presented.
Name and signature. Signature of the carrier, legal representative or person authorized by the legal representative.

130 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 E1. Official seal for internal transit control by air.

E3. Company Profile. Acknowledgment of Receipt First Time: Renewal: Addition: Modification: The data provided will replace those provided when you requested your authorization. General Information. The objective of this Profile is to ensure that companies implement security practices and processes that secure their supply chain to mitigate the risk of contamination of their goods with illicit products. Those companies interested in obtaining their registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality under the headings of Importer and/or Exporter, Holding Company, Aircraft, SECIIT Textile and Logistics Outsourcing referred to in rule 7.1.4. of the current RGCE, must demonstrate that they have documented and verifiable processes required in this document according to the model or corporate design they have established based on risk management, seeking during the implementation of minimum security standards the application of an analysis culture that supports preventive and reactive decision-making against threats and/or risk circumstances in accordance with the values, mission, vision, codes of ethics and conduct of the company itself. Filling Instructions:

You must fill out a profile for each of the facilities that operate under the same Tax ID (RFC), where they carry out manufacturing processes of foreign trade products and, in their case, those facilities related as: industrial and/or manufacturing plants, warehouses, distribution centers, consolidation, among others. This information must coincide with what was stated in your Application for Registration in the Company Certification Scheme.
Detail how the company complies with or exceeds what is established in each of the subsections as indicated.
The format of this document is divided into two sections, as detailed below:
Standard. Standard Description 1.1 Sub-standard. Sub-standard Description Response. Explanatory Notes Describe and/or attach... Points to highlight... Recommendation:
...
Indicate how you comply with what is established in each of the sub-standards, therefore you must attach the procedures in Spanish that, in their case, are required, or provide a detailed explanation of what is requested in the Response field. The field referring to Explanatory Notes is a guide regarding the points that must be included in the Response, of each sub-standard, indicating in an indicative manner those points that should not be excluded from your response. In the same way, in some of the Explanatory Notes fields, Recommendations are included, which intend to be a guide in case that, prior to the presentation of this document, what is requested is not available, and in this way it can help to elaborate and implement it, based on this suggestion. In this sense, it must be understood that any recommendation indicated here is not considered an obligation.
Once this Company Profile has been answered, it must be attached to the Application for Registration in the Company Certification Scheme referred to in the first paragraph of rule 7.1.4., fraction IV. For the purpose of verifying what is stated in the previous paragraph, the SAT through the AGACE may carry out an inspection of the facility indicated here, with the exclusive purpose of verifying what is stated in this document.
Any incomplete Company Profile will not be processed.
Any question related to the Application for Registration in the Company Certification Scheme and the Company Profile, please direct it to the contacts that appear on the SAT Portal.
In the case of being authorized with the Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, this format must be updated annually, in accordance with what is established in rule 7.2.1., third paragraph, fraction III.
As a result of the issuance of the authorization, specific Requirements may result, which must be resolved within the deadline indicated by the authority for such purposes. Facility Data. A Company Profile must be filled out for each of the facilities that belong to and operate under the same Tax ID (RFC) and that in their processes handle goods that are subject to foreign trade. The facilities can be industrial and/or manufacturing plants, warehouses, distribution centers, etc. Facility Information. Company Profile Number: Tax ID (RFC) Name and/or Corporate Name: Name and/or Designation of the Facility Type of Facility Street Exterior Number and/or Letter Interior Number and/or Letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/Delegation Federal Entity Plant Age (years of operation): Predominant activity of the plant: Products manufactured or handled in this plant: (As applicable) Average No. of monthly shipments (EXP): (By transport means) Average No. of monthly shipments (IMP): (By transport means) Total No. of employees at this facility: Facility Surface Area (m2):

Certifications in security programs: (Please indicate if this facility has a certification from any of the following programs) C-TPAT. Yes No Level: Pre-Applicant Applicant Certified Certified/Validated C-TPAT Account number (8 digits): Manufacturer Identification Code (MID): Date of last visit at this facility: Authorized Economic Operator from other countries (AEO) Yes No Program: Registration: Other supply chain security programs Yes No Program: Registration: Certifications: (Please indicate if you have certifications that you consider impact your supply chain process, for example: ISO 9000; Reliable Logistics Processes, among others) Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity:

Supply chain security planning. The company must elaborate documented policies and procedures to carry out an analysis that allows the identification of risks and weaknesses in its supply chain with the objective that the company's senior management implements strategies that help mitigate the risk in its company. 1.1 Risk Analysis. The company must establish measures to identify, analyze and mitigate security risks within the supply chain and its facilities. For the above, it must develop a written process to determine risks based on its organization's model (example: location of facilities, type of goods and country of origin, volume, customers, suppliers, routes, personnel hiring, classification and handling of documents, information technology, potential threats, etc.), which allows it to implement and maintain appropriate security measures. This procedure must be updated at least once a year, so that it allows the permanent identification of other risks or threats considered in its operation and in the supply chain, as a result of some security incident or when they originate from changes in the company's initial conditions, as well as to identify that the policies, procedures and other control and security mechanisms are being complied with. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate what are the sources of information used to qualify risks during the analysis phase. Attach the documented procedure to identify risks in the supply chain and the facilities of your company, which must include at least the following points: Periodicity with which it reviews and/or updates the risk analysis. Aspects and/or areas of the company that are incorporated into the risk analysis. Methodology or techniques used to perform the risk analysis. Those responsible for reviewing and/or updating the risk analysis of the company.

Likewise, the documented procedure to identify risks in the supply chain and its facilities, must contemplate the risk appreciation and management process, and include the following aspects: Establishment of a context (cultural, political, legal, economic, geographic, social, etc.). Identification of risks in its supply chain and its facilities. Risk analysis (causes, consequences, probabilities and existing controls to determine the level of risk as high, medium and low). Risk evaluation (decision making to determine the risks to be treated and priority for implementing the treatment). Risk treatment (application of alternatives to change the probability of risks occurring). Risk monitoring and review (monitoring of the results of the risk analysis and verification of the effectiveness of its treatment). Recommendation: It is suggested to use risk administration, management and evaluation techniques according to international standards ISO 31000, ISO 31010 and ISO 28000 that, according to your business model, you must implement. 1.2 Security Policies. The company must have a policy oriented to prevent, secure and recognize threats in the security of the supply chain, such as smuggling, money laundering, arms trafficking, trafficking of people, prohibited goods and acts of terrorism. Response: Explanatory Notes: State the supply chain and company facility security polic(y/ies), who is the responsible for their review, as well as the periodicity with which their update is carried out. Such polic(y/ies) must be communicated to employees through a program and/or dissemination campaign. 1.3 Internal Audits in the Supply Chain. In addition to routine monitoring in control and security, it is necessary to schedule and carry out periodic audits, which allow evaluating all processes in terms of security in the supply chain in a more critical and deep manner. Audits must be carried out by authorized personnel and, if possible, independent of the audited activity, although they can be part of the organization. A documented procedure must be established for its execution. Although it is necessary that audits are exhaustive, their focus must be adjusted to the size of the organization and the nature of the risks. Audits can be general or focus on selected topics according to circumstances. The senior management of the organization must review the results of the audits, and undertake the corrective or preventive actions required. The review process must guarantee that the necessary information is collected to allow management to make this evaluation. The review must be documented.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure to carry out an internal audit, focused on security in the supply chain, make sure to include the following points: Indicate the type of internal or external audits in security matters that are carried out in the company. Indicate who participates in them, and the records that are made of them, as well as the periodicity with which they are carried out. Indicate if the company's management verifies the result of security audits, and if it carries out and/or implements preventive, corrective and improvement actions. 1.4 Contingency and/or Emergency Plans. There must be a documented contingency plan to ensure business continuity in the event of a situation that affects the normal development of the company's foreign trade activities and operations in its supply chain (for example: closure of customs, bomb threat, detection of suspicious packages, power outage, theft and/or damage to goods, threats, blockades or road closures, among others). Such plans must be communicated to personnel through periodic training, as well as carrying out tests, practical exercises or simulations of the contingency and emergency plans to verify their effectiveness, from which you must keep a record (for example: result reports, minutes, video recordings, photographs, etc.). Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure or emergency plan, in case of an emergency or security situation, that affects the normal development of the company's foreign trade activities. This procedure must include, by way of illustration and not limitation, the following:

What situations it contemplates.
What mechanisms it uses to disseminate and ensure that these plans are effective.
Contemplate the carrying out of simulations and how they are documented.
Physical Security. The company must have established mechanisms and documented processes to prevent, detect or dissuade unauthorized personnel from entering the facilities. All sensitive areas of the company must have physical barriers, control and dissuasion elements against unauthorized access. 2.1 Facilities. Facilities must be constructed with materials that can resist unauthorized access. Periodic documented inspections must be carried out to maintain the integrity of the structures and in case an irregularity has been detected, the corresponding repair must be made. Likewise, the territorial limits, as well as the various accesses, internal routes and the location of the buildings must be fully identified.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate the predominant materials with which the facility is constructed (for example: metal structure and sheet metal walls, brick walls, concrete, cyclone mesh, among others), and indicate how the review and maintenance of the integrity of the structures is carried out. Attach a distribution or architectural plan of the complex, where the limits of the facilities can be identified, access routes, emergency exits, location of the buildings and boundaries. 2.2 Accesses in Doors and Booths. The entrance or exit doors of vehicles and/or personnel must be attended, controlled, watched and/or supervised. The number of access doors must be kept to the minimum necessary. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate how many doors and/or accesses exist in the facilities, as well as the operating hours of each one, and indicate how they are monitored (in case of having assigned personnel, indicate the quantity). Detail if there are doors and/or accesses blocked or permanently closed. 2.3 Perimeter Fences. Perimeter fences and/or peripheral barriers must be installed to secure the company's facilities, based on a risk analysis. Fences, interior barriers or a mechanism to identify and segregate international cargo, as well as high-value and dangerous cargo, must be used. These must be inspected regularly and keep a record of the review with the purpose of ensuring their integrity and identifying damage. Storage areas, high-value, dangerous, and/or restricted-access areas, must be clearly identified and monitored to prevent unauthorized entry. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the type of fence, peripheral barrier and/or walls with which the company has, make sure to include the following points: Specify which areas are segregated. Indicate their characteristics (material, dimensions, etc.). In case of not having fences, please justify the reason in detail. Periodicity with which the integrity of the perimeter walls is verified and the records that are kept.

Describe how the cargo destined for foreign countries, dangerous material and high-value material is segregated; make sure to include the following points: Indicate how you separate national merchandise and foreign trade merchandise, and if it is additionally identified (for example: different packaging, labels, packaging, among others). Identify and indicate the restricted access areas. (dangerous goods, high value, confidential, etc.). Recommendation: The procedure for the inspection of perimeter walls could include: a) Responsible personnel to carry out the process. b) How and how often the inspections of fences, perimeter walls and/or peripheral barriers and buildings are carried out. c) How the inspection record is kept. d) Who is responsible for verifying that the repairs and/or modifications comply with the technical specifications and necessary security requirements. 2.4 Parking Lots. Access to the parking lots of the facilities must be controlled and monitored. Private vehicles (of employees, visitors, suppliers, contractors, among others) must be prohibited from parking within the merchandise handling and storage areas, as well as in adjacent areas. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the control and monitoring of parking lots, make sure to include the following points: Those responsible for controlling and monitoring access to parking lots. Identification of parking lots (specify if the visitor and employee parking is separated from storage and handling areas). How entry and exit control of vehicles is carried out to the facilities. (Indicate the records that are made for parking control and existing control mechanisms, for example: badges, card readers, lanyards, etc.). Policies or mechanisms to not allow the entry of private vehicles to storage and handling areas.

2.5 Control of keys and lock devices. Windows, doors, as well as inner and outer fences, according to their risk analysis, must be secured with locking devices. The company must have a documented procedure for the management and control of keys and/or locking devices for inner areas considered critical. Furthermore, they must keep a record and establish signed responsibility letters from persons who have keys or authorized access according to their level of responsibility and tasks within their work area. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if all doors, windows, inner and outer entrances have locking or security mechanisms. Attach the documented procedure for the management and control of keys and/or locking devices, ensure it includes the following points: Persons responsible for administering and controlling key security. Format and/or control record for key lending. Treatment of lost or undelivered keys. Indicate if there are areas accessed with electronic devices and/or other access mechanisms.

2.6 Lighting. Lighting inside and outside the facilities must allow clear identification of persons, materials, and/or equipment located there, including the following areas: entrances and exits, areas for handling and storing merchandise, perimeter and peripheral walls, inner fences, and parking areas, and must have an emergency and/or backup system in sensitive areas. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the operation and maintenance of the lighting system, ensure you include the following points: Indicate which areas are illuminated and which have a backup system (indicate if it has an auxiliary power plant or other mechanism to supply electricity in case of contingency). How do you ensure that the lighting system is appropriate in each of the company's areas, allowing clear identification of personnel, materials, and/or equipment located there. Recommendations: The procedure may include: a) Person responsible for controlling lighting systems. b) How the lighting system is controlled. c) Operating hours. d) Identification of areas with permanent lighting. e) Maintenance and review program. (If it coincides with another process, indicate it).

2.7 Communication devices. The company must have communication devices and/or systems to contact security personnel and/or authorities immediately in case of an emergency and security situation. Additionally, a backup system must be available and its proper functioning verified periodically. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure that personnel must follow to contact the company's security personnel or, if applicable, the corresponding authority. Indicate if operational and administrative personnel have or have access to devices (landlines, mobile phones, alert and/or emergency buttons, etc.) to communicate with security personnel and/or the relevant person (these must be accessible to users to ensure a prompt reaction). Indicate what type of communication devices the company's security personnel use (landlines, cell phones, radios, alarm systems, etc.). Describe the procedure for controlling and maintaining communication devices, ensure you include the following points: Policies for assigning mobile communication devices. Maintenance program for fixed and mobile communication devices. Indicate if you have backup communication devices in case the permanent system fails, and if so, briefly describe them. Recommendation: The procedure may include: a) Person responsible for the proper functioning and maintenance of communication devices. b) Record of verification and maintenance of devices. c) Method of assigning communication devices.

2.8 Alarm systems and closed-circuit television and video surveillance (CCTV). Alarm and closed-circuit television (CCTV) systems must be used to monitor, notify, or deter unauthorized access and prohibited activities in the facilities and notify the corresponding area, in addition to being used as evidence in investigations derived from any security incident. These systems must be installed according to a prior risk analysis, such that areas involving the handling and storage of merchandise, raw materials, and packaging materials, security inspections of cargo vehicles, as well as the access of personnel, visitors, suppliers, passenger vehicles, and cargo vehicles are monitored and watched. These systems must allow clear identification of the area or environment being monitored, be recording permanently, and maintain a backup of recordings for at least one month, considering that, if their logistics processes exceed this period, the backup retention period must be increased, in order to have the necessary elements to assign responsibility in case of a security incident. The CCTV system must have a documented operation procedure that includes supervision of the equipment's good condition, verification of the correct position of cameras, indicate the frequency with which backups of recordings must be made, as well as those responsible for its operation. This system must have restricted access.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have contracted an external alarm central service, and if so, describe the following points: Indicate if all doors and windows have alarm sensors, as well as the areas where motion sensors are available. Procedure to follow in case an alarm is activated. Describe the documented procedure for operating the CCTV system, ensure you include the following points: Indicate the number of CCTV cameras installed, and their location by area. (Detail if it covers loading and unloading zones, including the entry and exit points of the facilities, to cover the movement of vehicles and individuals, and where the inspection mentioned in sub-standard 7.2 is carried out). Indicate the location of the CCTV system, where the monitors are located, who reviews them, as well as operating hours, and if applicable, if there are remote monitoring stations. Indicate how recordings are reviewed. (Random, weekly, special events, restricted areas, etc.). Indicate for how long these recordings are kept. (Must be at least one month). Indicate if the CCTV system is backed up by an electrical power plant or some other mechanism to supply electricity.

Physical access controls. Physical access controls are mechanisms or procedures that prevent and deny unauthorized entry to the facilities, maintain control of the entry of employees, visitors, and suppliers, in addition to protecting the company's assets. Access controls must include the identification of all employees, visitors, and suppliers at all entry points. Likewise, records must be kept and the documented mechanisms or procedures for entering the facilities must be permanently evaluated, being the basis for starting to integrate security as one of the primary functions within any company.

3.1 Security personnel. The company must have security and surveillance personnel. This personnel plays an important role in the physical protection of the facilities and merchandise during its transport, handling, and storage within the company, as well as for controlling the entry and exit of all persons to the property. Security personnel must have a documented procedure to carry out their functions and have full knowledge of the mechanisms and procedures in emergency situations, detection of unauthorized persons, or any security incident in the facility.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure for the operation of security personnel and ensure you include the following points: Indicate the number of security personnel working in the company. Indicate the positions and/or functions of the personnel and operating hours. If an external service is contracted, provide general data of the company (Tax ID, Legal Name, Address), and specify the number of employed personnel, operational details, records, and reports they use to perform their functions. If armed personnel are available, describe the procedure for the control and storage of weapons.

3.2 Employee identification. There must be an employee identification system for access to the facilities. Employees should only have access to those areas they need to perform their functions. The management or company security personnel must properly control the delivery and return of badges, ID cards, and/or employee identification credentials. Procedures for the delivery, return, and change of access devices (for example, keys, badges, and/or credentials, proximity cards, etc.) must be documented. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for employee identification and ensure you include the following points: Identification mechanisms (badge and/or photo ID, access control, biometrics, proximity cards, etc.). Indicate how personnel hired by a business partner, working within the facilities (contractors, subcontractors, in-house sub-manufacturing services, etc.) are identified. Describe how the company delivers, changes, and withdraws employee identification and access controls and ensure you include the responsible areas for authorizing and administering them. Attach the documented procedure for the control of identifications.

3.3 Visitor and supplier identification. To access the facilities, visitors and suppliers must present official photo identification for documentation upon arrival and a record must be kept. All visitors must be accompanied by company personnel during their stay in the facilities and ensure that the visitor always wears the provisional identification provided in a visible place. This procedure must be documented.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for controlling access of visitors and suppliers, ensure you include the following points: Indicate what records are kept (personal forms for each visit, logbooks, among others). Indicate who is the person responsible for accompanying the visitor and/or supplier and if there are restricted areas for their entry.

3.4 Procedure for identifying and removing unauthorized persons or vehicles. The company must have documented procedures that specify how to identify, confront, or report unauthorized or unidentified persons and/or vehicles; this procedure must be communicated to responsible personnel through training. The training must be documented. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to identify, confront, or report unauthorized or unidentified persons and/or vehicles. The procedure must include: a) Responsible personnel. b) Designate a person or area responsible for being informed of security incidents. c) Instructions for confronting and approaching unidentified personnel. d) Indicate in which cases the corresponding authorities must be reported. e) How security incidents and measures adopted in each case are recorded.

3.5 Courier and package deliveries. Courier and packages intended for company personnel must be examined upon arrival and departure, before being distributed to the corresponding areas and destinations. Likewise, the company must have a documented procedure for the receipt and review of courier and packages, which must be communicated to responsible personnel through training. The training must be documented. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the receipt and review of courier and packages and ensure you include the following: Personnel in charge of carrying out the procedure. Indicate how the personnel or provider of the courier and package service is identified. (Indicate if an additional procedure to the supplier access procedure is required). Indicate how the review of courier and/or packages is carried out, what mechanism is used, the records kept, and if applicable, incidents detected. Describe the characteristics or elements to determine what courier and/or packages are suspicious. Indicate what action is taken in case of detecting suspicious courier and/or packages.

Business partners. The company must have written and verifiable procedures for the selection and contracting of business partners (carriers, for the transport and/or distribution of merchandise subject to foreign trade, customs brokers, warehouses, sub-manufacturing companies, manufacturers, sellers, parts and raw material suppliers, cleaning service providers, private security, personnel hiring, among others), and according to their risk analysis, require them to comply with security measures to strengthen the international supply chain.

4.1 Selection criteria. There must be documented procedures for the selection, monitoring, or renewal of commercial relationships with business associates or suppliers, which include interviews, reference verification, evaluation methods, and use of provided information. The information derived from the investigation and/or evaluation of business associates and/or suppliers must be documented and integrated into a file (physical or electronic). Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the selection of business partners, this includes any type of supplier, having a commercial relationship with the company and the service outsourcing company, in its supply chain (it is in the next sub-standard where it is requested to differentiate those at risk in its supply chain), ensure you include the following points: What information is required from your business partner. What aspects are reviewed and investigated. Indicate if you maintain a physical or electronic file of each of your business partners. Indicate how the services of your business partner are evaluated and what points you review. Recommendation: The file could include the following: Company data (name, Tax ID, activity, etc.). Company presentation. Legal representative data. Proof of address. Commercial references. Contracts, agreements, and/or confidentiality agreements, security policies. If applicable, certificate or certification number in the security programs to which it belongs.

4.2 Security requirements. The company must have a documented procedure in which, according to its risk analysis, it requests additional security requirements from those business partners that intervene in its supply chain, whether as suppliers of materials for the manufacture, packaging, or packing of merchandise subject to foreign trade, as well as service providers that likewise intervene in customs management, control, handling, transport, and/or distribution thereof. These requirements must be based on the Company Profile established by the AGACE generically, or if it exists, the specific Profile for each actor in the supply chain corresponding to it. The company must request from its business partners the documentation that certifies or proves that they comply with the minimum security standards established in this document, either through a written declaration issued by the legal representative of the partner, agreements or contractual clauses, or with documentation that supports compliance with the requirements established in another Authorized Economic Operator program. For the case of the Service Outsourcing Company that has business partners contracted to provide on its behalf the services of customs management, storage, transport, and/or distribution of merchandise subject to foreign trade, they must be registered in the Registry of the Enterprise Certification Scheme, in the modalities of Authorized Economic Operator and Certified Business Partner in any of its areas or have the C-TPAT program, granted by the CBP. In the case of the company's business partners that provide their services inside the facilities, they must be obligated to comply with these supply chain security requirements.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe how you carry out the identification of business partners that require compliance with minimum security standards. Ensure you include the following points: Indicate if you have a register of business partners that must comply with security requirements, and mention what type of providers these are (carriers for the transport and/or distribution of merchandise subject to foreign trade, warehouses, custody service, private security company, customs brokers, etc.). Indicate in what documentary way (agreements, accords, contractual clauses, among others), you ensure that your business partners comply with security requirements. Indicate if there are contractual agreements regarding the implementation of security measures with your service providers inside your company, such as: private security, cafeteria, gardening, cleaning and maintenance services, information technology providers, etc. Indicate if you have business partners to whom membership in a supply chain security program is required (for example: C-TPAT or another Authorized Economic Operator program of the WCO).

4.3 Business partner reviews. The company must carry out periodic evaluations of the processes and installations of business associates based on a risk analysis and they must maintain the security standards required by the company, and keep records of them, as well as the corresponding follow-up. When inconsistencies are found, the company must communicate them to its partner and/or supplier and provide a justified period to address the identified observations or, otherwise, have the necessary measures to sanction them. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for verifying the security requirements (processes and installations) of your business partners, ensure you include the following points: Frequency with which visits to the business partner are made (these must be at least once a year). Record or report of the verification, and if applicable, the corresponding follow-up. Indicate what action measures are taken in case business partners do not comply with the established security requirements.

If you have business partners with C-TPAT certification or another supply chain security certification program, indicate the frequency with which their status is reviewed, how you register it, and the actions you take in case it is detected that it is suspended and/or cancelled. Recommendation: The procedure may include:

Frequency of visits;
Points of review in security matters;
Preparation of reports;
Feedback and agreements with the business partner;
Follow-up to agreements;
Measures in case of detecting non-compliance with requirements;
Record of evaluations;
Area or person responsible for carrying out this procedure.
Process security. Control measures must be established to guarantee the integrity and security of merchandise in processes related to transport, handling, customs clearance, storage, and/or distribution of cargo throughout the supply chain. These procedures must be documented and ensure the integrity of your shipment from the point of origin to its final destination.

5.1 Process mapping. A map must be available showing step by step the logistical process of the flow of merchandise and the required documentation through its international supply chain. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the document where the mapping of processes through which your merchandise passes is illustrated or described, from the point of origin to the destination, in order to have a general overview of each of the steps involved in the elaboration and delivery of the final product. Include in your response, the names (Tax ID and Legal Name) of the companies that provide you with services in your logistics chain (at least those involved in points 3 to 6 of the following paragraph). This mapping can be written and/or graphical, must contain at least the following aspects:

Origin of: a. Raw material. b. Container, packaging, and/or packing. c. Container and/or Semi-trailer.
Delivery and/or Receipt of merchandise.
Transfer of merchandise.
Storage and/or Distribution.
Customs Clearance.
Delivery to final destination.
Information flow related to the merchandise. If applicable, indicate if there is a sub-manufacturing process and provide the general data of the company (Name, Tax ID/RFC, Address) and the SE permit in which the authorization as a sub-manufacturing company is granted, as well as the productive process they perform.

5.2 Warehouses and distribution centers. If the company has warehouses and distribution centers for the merchandise subject to foreign trade, outside the production and/or manufacturing facilities belonging to it, these must be subject, according to their characteristics, to what is established in this document, in order to maintain integrity in their supply chain.

Response: Explanatory Notes: According to the mapping of processes of your merchandise, if the logistics chain of foreign trade merchandise includes moving to a warehouse or distribution center, these must comply with the minimum security requirements established by the AGACE. In this way, they are obligated to fill out a Company Profile for each of these facilities mentioned above. For the above, indicate how many warehouses and/or distribution centers you use, provide their general data (name and address), and briefly explain what activity takes place in this facility. Additionally, include also those warehouses and/or distribution centers that are used for national products, fixed assets, among others, as a reference (these do not need to fill out a Company Profile). Likewise, indicate if these belong to the company or if it is a service contracted through a third party. In this case, according to the supplier selection criteria mentioned in the section regarding Commercial Partners, indicate how you ensure that they meet the minimum security requirements (warehouses and/or distribution centers managed by a third party are not obligated to present a Company Profile).

5.3 Delivery and receipt of cargo. The company must ensure the identification of transport operators who carry out the delivery or receipt of the cargo. Likewise, the company must designate a person responsible for supervising the loading or unloading of the shipment, verifying the detailed description of the merchandise, weight, labels, marks, and quantity, comparing this information with the corresponding purchase or delivery orders.

Likewise, the driver transporting the merchandise must be provided with the required documentary information for its correct transfer, which includes, by way of example and not limitation, destination, route to be maintained, contact data and/or procedure in case of any security incident or inspection by any authority, among others.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure in which you indicate the procedure for the delivery and receipt of the cargo and ensure that the following points are included: Method to identify transport operators. Documentation delivered to operators. Person responsible for supervising the loading or unloading of the merchandise and checking the information.

Recommendation: The delivery and receipt procedure of the merchandise may include:

Inspection method at the access point to the company.
Designation of responsible personnel to receive the driver and the merchandise upon arrival.
Maintenance of a schedule of expected arrivals and handling of unexpected arrivals.
Recording of transport documents and customs documents accompanying the entry and exit of merchandise.
Designate responsible personnel to supervise the loading and/or unloading process of merchandise.
Weighing, counting, measuring, and marking of merchandise. (Compare with provided documentation).
In the case of merchandise exit, verify if there are additional security requirements imposed by clients.
Verification of the integrity of any lock and/or seal on the loading and/or unloading (how they are used and recorded in documents, locks or seals placed according to the procedure established in the standards and according to current legal requirements).
Identification and reporting of discrepancies.
In the case of merchandise exit, indicate what documentation will be delivered to the carrier.
Report to the corresponding department the receipt and/or exit of the merchandise.

5.4 Merchandise tracking procedure. The company is responsible for monitoring the integrity of its merchandise throughout the supply chain, so it must have documented procedures that establish the use of a tracking and supervision diary of activities or equivalent technology to follow the movement of the transport vehicle carrying the foreign trade merchandise. The company must establish documented internal procedures or with its supplier to ensure at all times the location of the carrier's vehicle in transit. These procedures must be carried out under a risk analysis that includes, by way of example and not limitation, the identification of predetermined routes, estimated delivery times, as well as between intermediate points (yards, exit customs, customs broker's facilities or customs agency, freight agents, among others). Likewise, measures and actions to be taken in case of identifying any delay in the route due to weather conditions, traffic, route changes, or inspection by any authority or any security incident must be included. The supervision data and registration of all vehicles in transit carrying foreign trade merchandise must be preserved for one month in case the authority and/or the carrier must perform an evaluation due to a security incident.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to monitor the transfer of the merchandise. This procedure must include, among other aspects according to your operation: If you have GPS, indicate the type of system implemented by the units you use and, if it is a third-party or subcontracted service, describe the consultation tools you have available to monitor the merchandise. Identification of routes and estimated transfer times. Instructions in case of delay in the route. (stops, route changes, mechanical failures, accidents, etc.). Detail if you have a means to communicate with the carrier during its transfer and if you have more than one form of communication. Indicate the records kept, as well as the time they must be safeguarded. If the tracking is performed by a third party, indicate who is responsible and how it is verified that it is being carried out correctly, according to the procedures the company indicates. Indicate if the company uses custody services for its shipments and, if so, indicate if there is a documented process for their operation in which the policies and restrictions are indicated, as well as the means of communication between the escort and the carriers (if applicable, indicate the Tax ID/RFC and legal name of the company providing the service).

Recommendation: It is suggested to ensure that the transport services used have a permanent global positioning system, which facilitates the monitoring and tracking of shipments.

5.5 Report of discrepancies in the cargo. There must be documented procedures to detect and report missing, excess, prohibited merchandise, or any other discrepancy in the delivery or receipt of the merchandise, which must be investigated and resolved. It must be verified that the cargo matches what is indicated in the description declared in the packing list or the shipping document, specifying the detailed description of the merchandise and the data that allow for its correct identification and quantification.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to detect and report discrepancies in the delivery or receipt of the merchandise and ensure that it includes the following points: Persons responsible for carrying out the review. Documents to be checked. Areas to which the information is reported. This procedure must be applied both to the merchandise received from importation; if applicable, in the review at intermediate points; as well as in the final delivery of the merchandise to its client.

5.6 Processing of cargo information and documentation. The company must have documented procedures to ensure that the electronic and/or documentary information used during the movement and clearance of the cargo is legible, complete, accurate, and protected against changes, loss, or introduction of erroneous information. Likewise, there must be documented procedures to corroborate that the information received from business associates is reported accurately and timely.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for processing cargo documentation, ensure you include the following points: Detail how you transmit relevant information and documentation regarding the transfer of your cargo with all those involved in your supply chain. (Indicate if you use a specific control computer system and briefly explain its function). Likewise, detail how you validate that the provided information is legible, complete, accurate, and protected. Indicate how business associates transmit information to the company and ensure its protection.

5.7 Inventory Management, control of packaging, container, and packing material. The company must have documented procedures for inventory control and storage of the cargo and periodic reviews and audits must be carried out to prove its correct management. Likewise, it must have a documented procedure for the control of packaging, container, and packing material of the merchandise.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for inventory management. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: The frequency with which you carry out stock verification. (Periodic inventory). Indicate if there is a scheduled calendar documented to perform them. Indicate what is done in case of excesses and shortages in inventories. Indicate the treatment given to the control and handling of packaging, container, and packing material, and if applicable, of shrinkage, waste, or excess material.

Recommendation: The applicant's procedures may include:

Warehouse only accessible to authorized personnel.
Frequency of stock control.
Control of incoming merchandise, transfers to other warehouses, permanent and temporary withdrawals.
Actions taken if irregularities, discrepancies, losses, or thefts are identified.
Treatment of deterioration or destruction of merchandise.
Separation of various types of merchandise, for example, high value or dangerous.
Customs Management. The company must have documented procedures in which internal and operational policies are established, as well as the necessary controls for the proper compliance of customs obligations. Likewise, it must have specialized personnel and documented procedures that establish the verification of the information and documentation generated by the customs broker or, if applicable, ensure the processes performed by the customs attorney.

6.1 Customs clearance management. The company must have a documented procedure in which the criteria for the selection of a Customs Broker or, if applicable, a customs attorney are established, who, according to national legislation, are authorized to promote on behalf of others the clearance of merchandise.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the selection procedure for the Customs Broker or Customs Attorney and ensure that it includes the following points: Selection criteria. Evaluation methods and periodicity. Indicate the full name and the patent number and/or authorization of the customs broker or customs attorney authorized to promote your foreign trade operations.

6.2 Customs obligations. The company must have a documented procedure that establishes the inventory control of foreign trade merchandise as established in article 59, fraction I of the Law and the information referred to in Annex 24, sections I and II, as applicable. The company must have a documented procedure for the compliance of customs obligations derived from the foreign trade operations it carries out. This must include, at least, the compliance with what is established in article 59, fractions II and III of the Law, which will allow the verification of the origin and provenance of the merchandise, as well as the correct determination of the customs value. These procedures regarding the origin of the merchandise must describe the cases in which the origin of the same is declared and the documentation with which it must be demonstrated. In the case of companies that introduce merchandise into the national territory under a deferral program or a tariff refund program, the company must have a procedure in which it describes how it determines the payment of foreign trade taxes, according to what is provided in the Treaties of which Mexico is a part, in accordance with what is established in article 63-A of the Law. In the case of having a development program authorized by the SE, it must have documented procedures to comply with what is required in the same, among which are inventory control, return deadlines, and restrictions regarding the change of destination of temporarily imported merchandise, among others established in article 24 of the IMMEX Decree, as well as the Annual Report of Foreign Trade Operations referred to in article 25 of said decree.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the procedure by which inventory control is established in terms of fraction I of article 59 of the Law. Attach the procedure to comply with customs obligations derived from the verification of the country of origin and the valuation of foreign trade merchandise in terms of fractions II and III of article 59 of the Law. Regarding, for the effects of restrictions on the refund of customs duties on exported products and on customs duty deferral programs, origin only needs to be demonstrated when the imported merchandise is originating and is subsequently sent to another signatory Party of the international treaty in question. Regarding countervailing duties, origin must be demonstrated when the tariff fraction of the imported merchandise is subject to such measures. And origin must also be demonstrated regarding merchandise imported with preferential tariff treatment under any treaty of which Mexico is a part. Origin will be considered demonstrated when the company has the certificate of origin or another document provided for in the applicable provisions. Indicate if you have an IMMEX Program authorized by the SE, and if so, attach the procedure to comply with the obligations established in articles 24 and 25 of the IMMEX Decree, among which are, by way of example and not limitation, the following: Register where productive processes are carried out. Return of merchandise within authorized deadlines. Automated inventory control. Annual Operations Report, among others. In case of having any other export promotion program, attach the procedure to comply with the obligations derived from it.

6.3 Customs verification. The company, in order to guarantee compliance with the mandate entrusted to a third party, as well as to verify the truthfulness of the information declared in its name before the competent authorities, must have documented procedures so that the personnel designated by the company periodically verifies that the customs declarations registered in its accounting match what appears registered in the SAAI Web and, if applicable, report to the customs authority any discrepancy in this information. The company, likewise, must have a procedure for the filing of customs declarations for their proper control. Likewise, the company must have documented procedures, in which the periodic verification of the correct tariff classification of merchandise subject to foreign trade and the verification of the tariff and non-tariff regulations and restrictions to which they are subject are established.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the procedure established to verify the information registered in the SAAI Web, and compare it with the customs declarations and documentation requested from the customs broker and/or customs attorney. Attach the documented procedure for the verification of the correct tariff classification and NICO. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Method for the review and verification of the tariff classification and NICO of the merchandise and their corresponding tariff rates, regulations, and non-tariff restrictions. Maintenance of an updated file of foreign trade products. Detail what items it concentrates in the same (tariff fraction, NICO, Rates, Regulations, Opinions, among others) and with what periodicity it is updated. The tools, systems, programs, or technical information you use to classify your merchandise. Report to the corresponding areas the changes in tariff fractions and the implications that are generated in rates and regulations; likewise when it comes to changes in NICOs.

Security of cargo vehicles, containers, train cars, trailers, and/or semi-trailers. Security must be maintained in the means of transport (cargo vehicles, vans, among others), containers, train cars, trailers, and semi-trailers to protect them from the introduction of unauthorized persons and/or materials. For this reason, it is necessary to have documented procedures to identify, review, seal, and maintain their integrity. For this reason, it is necessary to have procedures to correctly seal and maintain the integrity of containers and trailers from the point of origin. A high-security seal must be applied to all containers and trailers for foreign trade shipments, which must comply with or exceed the ISO 17712 standard for high-security seals.

7.1 Cargo integrity and use of seals in containers and trailers. The company must have a documented procedure where the means of transport are identified and, if applicable, the containers, train cars, and/or semi-trailers used in its international logistics chain, and indicate how their integrity is maintained. For this reason, as one of the security mechanisms, the company must use High Security locks or seals that comply with or exceed the ISO 17712 Standard in all containers and loaded trailers that are subject to foreign trade and maintain their integrity until delivery at the final destination. For this, the company must have documented procedures to place and verify the correct application of seals, their inspection at intermediate points, final destination, and their replacement when opened by any authority. Likewise, it is necessary to have a documented procedure for their administration which includes the control, assignment, safeguarding, handling of discrepancies, and destruction of seals and locks. Regarding the supplier of the seals and/or locks, it must be demonstrated how these comply with the ISO 17712 Standard.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Detail the type of vehicles, means of transport, as well as containers and semi-trailers that the company uses for the transfer of its merchandise (maritime containers, dry boxes, railway containers, tanks, among others). Indicate if the transport units, containers, and/or trailers are owned by the company or a third party. Indicate the transport companies contracted to carry out the transfer of foreign trade merchandise, indicating their name or legal name, Tax ID/RFC, and fiscal address. Attach the documented procedure for the placement and review of seals and/or locks on vehicles, means of transport, containers, train cars, trailers, and/or semi-trailers. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Verify that the seal or lock is intact and determine if there is evidence of improper manipulation. In case of using a high-security lock, bottle type, use the VVTT inspection method: a) V- View the seal and lock mechanisms of the container (View). b) V- Verify the seal number (Verify). c) T- Pull the seal to ensure it is correctly placed (Tug). d) T- Twist and turn the seal to ensure it has closed (Twist and Turn). Review and compare the documentation containing the number of the original seal or lock and, if applicable, of the additional ones carried during the transfer of the merchandise. Review that the closing devices, hinges, and pins are attached to the trailer or container and welded or riveted. Indicate how you assign and replace high-security locks, in the case that, during the route, it is inspected by any other authority.

Attach the documented procedure for the control and handling of locks. This must include, among other aspects according to your operations:

What type of seals and/or locks you use in your operations (foreign trade, transit, storage, etc.). Who and how the locks and/or seals are safeguarded. How discrepancies in lock numbers are handled. Indicate who the supplier(s) are and how it is verified that the specifications of the seals and/or locks comply with ISO 17712 (attach certificate issued by the certifying company responsible for verifying compliance with the corresponding ISO).

7.2 Inspection of means of transport, containers, rail cars, trailers, and semi-trailers. There must be established procedures to verify the physical integrity of the structure of the means of transport, container, rail cars, trailers, and/or semi-trailers before loading, including the reliability of the door locking mechanisms, with the aim of identifying natural or hidden compartments.

Inspections of means of transport or cargo vehicles, containers, and trailers (land or rail cargo) must be systematic and carried out upon entry and exit from the company and/or at the cargo loading point; and if the infrastructure allows, before arriving at the customs office for clearance. A record of these inspections must be kept and carried out in a place monitored by the CCTV system; this system must cover the entire inspection process.

The documented procedure for your inspection must include, in an illustrative but not exhaustive manner, the following review points:

Means of Transport, Trailers, Rail Cars, Semi-trailers, and Containers

Bumpers, tires, and rims;
Doors and tool compartments;
Battery box and air filters;
Fuel tanks;
Interior of the cab/dormitory;
Windshield, deflectors, and roof;
Chassis and fifth-wheel area.
Front wall;
Left and right sides;
Floor;
Interior and exterior roof;
Interior and exterior of doors;
Lower external section;
If applicable, the refrigeration system.

For means of transport with a trailer or integrated cargo compartment, the items indicated in the Trailers section must be added to the means of transport points.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to carry out the security inspection of means of transport, containers, trailers, and semi-trailers. This must include, among other aspects according to your operations:

Those responsible for carrying out the inspection. Definition of the place(s) where the inspection takes place and indicate if it is monitored by the CCTV system.

The review points for means of transport, trailers, semi-trailers, and containers, both for security and quality. Attach the established format for the inspection of means of transport or cargo vehicles, containers, rail cars, trailers, and/or semi-trailers. Indicate whether the repair or maintenance of transport units, containers, or trailers is performed on-site or carried out with an external provider.

7.3 Storage of vehicles, means of transport, containers, rail cars, trailers, and semi-trailers. In the event that the means of transport, containers, trailers, and/or semi-trailers destined to transport foreign trade goods are empty and must be stored in parking areas, they must be secured with a lock and/or indicative seal, or in a secure area that is guarded and/or monitored.

When it is necessary to store any loaded container, trailer, and/or semi-trailer, it must be located in a secure and monitored area to prevent access and manipulation, and closed with a high-security lock according to ISO 17712 standard.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if the company stores containers, trailers, and/or semi-trailers for subsequent dispatch, or in the case of those that are empty, and how it maintains their integrity within its facilities:

In case of using locks and/or seals for empty containers, trailers, and semi-trailers, indicate what type you use. In case of using any container, trailer, and/or semi-trailer as storage for raw material and/or any other type of goods, indicate how you maintain their integrity and security.

Personnel Security. There must be documented procedures for the registration and evaluation of persons wishing to obtain employment within the company and to establish methods for conducting periodic verifications of current employees.

Additionally, there must be continuous training programs for personnel that disseminate the company's security policies, as well as the consequences and actions to be taken in case of any breach or security incident.

8.1 Employment background checks. The company must have documented procedures to verify the information stated in the curriculum vitae and application of candidates with potential for employment, in accordance with local legislation, either independently or through an external company.

Similarly, for positions that, due to their sensitivity, require it and affect the security of shipments subject to foreign trade, in accordance with their previously conducted risk analysis, they must consider requesting stricter requirements for hiring, which must be carried out periodically.

All information regarding personnel must be kept in personal files, which must have restricted access.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for hiring personnel, and ensure you include the following:

Requirements and documentation demanded. Tests and exams requested. Indicate the areas and/or critical positions identified as risky, according to your analysis, and indicate the following:

Indicate what the additional requirements are for specific areas and/or job positions (non-criminal background letter, socioeconomic studies, clinical (drug use) studies, etc.). If applicable, indicate the positions or work areas where they are required and with what frequency they are carried out.

Indicate if, prior to hiring, the candidate must sign a confidentiality agreement or a similar document.

In case of hiring a service agency for personnel hiring, indicate if this agency has documented procedures for personnel hiring and how you ensure they comply with the same.

Explain briefly what they consist of.

The personnel hiring procedures may include: a) Thorough checks of the work and personal backgrounds of new employees. b) Confidentiality and liability clauses in employee contracts. c) Specific requirements for critical positions. d) If applicable, the periodic update of the socioeconomic and physical/medical study of employees working in critical and/or sensitive areas.

8.2 Personnel termination procedure. There must be documented procedures for personnel termination that include the handover of identification and any other item provided to them to perform their functions (keys, uniforms, badges and/or credentials, computer equipment, passwords, tools, etc.). Likewise, this procedure must include termination in those computer systems, access systems, among others that may exist.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for personnel termination, and ensure you include the following:

How the handover of identifications, access controls, and other equipment is performed.

Indicate if you have a record and/or format that identifies and ensures the handover of material and termination in computer systems (if applicable, please attach).

Indicate if you maintain records of personnel who ended their employment relationship with the company, so that in case it was for security reasons, you can warn your service providers and/or business associates.

In the case where the company has personnel hired by its business partners and working within the facilities, it must ensure that they comply with the requirements established for the rest of its employees.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if the company has an updated system or database, both for personnel employed directly, as well as those hired through a service provider company:

This personnel must be hired in accordance with the current labor laws and regulations.

Information and Documentation Security. There must be prevention measures to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of the information and documentation generated by the company's systems, including those used for exchanging information with other members of the supply chain. Likewise, there must be documented policies that include measures against their misuse.

9.1 Classification and handling of documents. There must be procedures to classify documents according to their sensitivity and/or importance. Sensitive and important documentation must be stored in a secure area that only allows access to authorized personnel. The useful life of the documentation must be identified and procedures for its destruction must be established.

The company must conduct reviews regularly to verify access to information and ensure that it is not used improperly.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the registration, control, and storage of printed documentation (classification and filing of documents).

Recommendation: The procedures may include: a) Control register for delivery, loan, etc., of documentation. b) Restricted access to the archive area. c) Storage and classification policies. d) An updated security plan that describes the measures in force regarding the protection of documents against unauthorized access, as well as against deliberate destruction or loss of the same.

9.2 Information technology security. In the case of automated systems, individual accounts requiring periodic password changes must be used. There must be policies, procedures, and IT technology standards established that must be communicated to employees through training.

There must be written procedures and infrastructure to protect the company against losses, theft, leakage, hacking, and/or information ransomware, as well as a system or software established to identify the abuse of information technology systems and detect inappropriate access and/or improper manipulation or alteration of commercial and business data, as well as a written procedure for the application of appropriate disciplinary measures to all offenders.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for archiving your information and protecting it from possible losses. Ensure you include the following points:

Indicate the frequency with which information backups are carried out.

Who has access to them and who authorizes the recovery of information.

Describe the procedure for the protection of your computer systems and how you guarantee information security, ensure you indicate the following:

Indicate if the systems are protected by passwords and with what frequency they are modified.

Indicate if there are information security policies for their protection.

Indicate the mechanisms or systems to detect abuse or intrusion by unauthorized persons to your systems.

Indicate the corrective policies and/or sanctions in case of detection of any violation of information security policies.

Indicate if business partners have access to the company's computer systems. If so, indicate what programs and how they control access to them.

Indicate if the computer equipment has a backup power supply system that allows business continuity.

The procedures regarding the backup of the company's information may include: a) How and for how long data is stored. b) Business continuity plan in case of incident and how to recover information. c) Frequency and location of backup copies and archived information. d) If backup copies are stored in sites alternative to the facilities where the data processing center (DPC) is located. e) Tests of the validity of data recovery from backup copies.

Recommendation: The procedures regarding the protection of the company's information may include:

An updated and documented policy for the protection of the company's computer systems against unauthorized access and deliberate destruction or loss of information.
Detail if you operate with multiple systems (headquarters/sites) and how these systems are controlled.
Who is responsible for the protection of the company's computer system (responsibility should not be limited to one person, but to several, so that each can control the actions of the rest).
How access authorizations and system access levels are granted (access to sensitive information should be limited to personnel authorized to make information modifications).
Password format, frequency of changes, and who provides those passwords.
Name of the firewall and anti-virus used (include licensing-related information).
Deletion, maintenance, or update of user details.
Measures planned to handle incidents in case the system is compromised.
Security Training and Awareness. There must be a documented awareness program on threats established and maintained by security personnel to recognize and create awareness about threats from terrorists and smugglers at each point in the supply chain. Employees must know the procedures established in the company to consider a situation and how to report it. Specific training must be provided to employees in security, shipping, and receiving areas; as well as to those who receive and open mail and packages.

10.1 Training and awareness on threats. The company must have a training and awareness program on supply chain security policies directed at all its employees (operational and administrative) and, additionally, make informational material available regarding the procedures established in the company to consider a situation that threatens its security and know how to report it.

Likewise, specific training must be offered according to their functions to help employees maintain cargo integrity, perform container, trailer, and/or semi-trailer reviews, receive and review mail and packages, disseminate policies, procedures, and IT technology standards (theft, leakage, hacking, and/or information ransomware), prevent operations with proceeds of illicit origin, recognize internal conspiracies, protect access controls, as well as training regarding smuggling and merchandise theft.

In addition to security training programs, an awareness program on alcohol and drug consumption must be included. These topics must be established as part of new employee induction and periodic update programs must be maintained.

Training programs must encourage active employee participation in security controls and mechanisms, as well as maintain records of all training efforts provided by the company and the list of those who participated in them (videos, photographs, minutes, attendance lists, intranet or other system, didactic material, PowerPoint presentations, brochures, etc.).

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have a training program on security and prevention of security incidents in the supply chain for all employees working for the company (administrative, operational, direct or indirect). Explain briefly what the training program consists of and ensure you include the following:

Brief description of the topics taught in the program.

When they are taught. (Induction, specific periods, resulting from audits, security incidents, etc.).

Frequency of training, as well as updates and reinforcement.

Indicate how participation in supply chain security training is documented (videos, photographs, minutes, attendance lists, intranet or other system, didactic material, PowerPoint presentations, brochures, etc.).

Explain how employee participation in supply chain security issues is encouraged.

10.2 Awareness for transport means operators. The company must inform the operators of the means of transport it uses for the transfer of goods destined for foreign trade about the security policies regarding loading and unloading procedures, handling of security incidents, changing locks in case of inspection by other authorities, among others, that are implemented.

In the case where the transport service is provided by a business partner, it must ensure that the operators and/or drivers know all the security policies and procedures established.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the dissemination program on supply chain security focused on transport means operators and ensure you include the following:

Indicate how this dissemination is carried out.

Indicate the topics covered.

In case of using the services of a business partner for the transfer of your goods, indicate how operators are informed about the company's security policies and procedures.

Indicate how participation in supply chain security training for transport means operators is documented (videos, attendance lists, brochures, etc.).

Recommendation: The topics that may include, in an illustrative but not exhaustive manner, are:

Access and security policies at the facilities.
Handover-receipt of merchandise.
Confidentiality of cargo information.
Transfer instructions.
Accident and emergency reports.
Instructions for placing locks and/or seals in case of inspection by other authorities.
Installation and testing of security alarms and unit tracking, when applicable.
Identification of authorized formats and documents to be used.
Handling and Investigation of Incidents. There must be documented procedures to report and investigate security incidents in the supply chain, the actions to be taken to prevent their recurrence, as well as to notify security personnel and/or other competent authorities. The investigation and analysis of incidents must be documented (physical and/or electronic file).

11.1 Reporting of anomalies and/or suspicious activities. In the event of detection of anomalies and/or suspicious activities related to supply chain security and in accordance with your logistics processes, these must be reported to security personnel and other competent authorities, keeping a record of such anomalies and/or unusual activities.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure to report anomalies and/or suspicious activities and ensure you include the following:

Who is responsible for reporting incidents.

Detail how you determine and identify with which authority to communicate in different scenarios or presumption of suspicious activities.

Mention if you keep a record of the reporting of these activities and/or suspicions.

11.2 Investigation and analysis. There must be written procedures for the analysis and investigation of security incidents in the supply chain to determine their cause, as well as corrective actions to prevent them from happening again. The information derived from this investigation must be documented and available at all times for authorities that so require.

This information must include the documentation generated to carry out the foreign trade operation of the affected goods that allows identifying each of the processes the goods went through, up to the point where the incident was detected, and that allows recognizing the vulnerability of the chain.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure to initiate an investigation in case any incident occurs and ensure you include the following:

Person responsible for carrying out the investigation.

Documentation that integrates the incident security investigation file.

The documents to be included in the file derived from the investigation, in an illustrative but not exhaustive manner, may be:

General information of the shipment, purchase order. Transport request; confirmation of means of transport; identification of transport operator (access records, exit, security inspection records, etc.). Container inspection formats; exit order; delivery records. CCTV system videos. Documentation generated for the carrier (packing list, bill of lading, instruction sheet). Documentation generated for business partners (description of goods, proformas, CFDI or equivalent documents, etc.). Documentation generated by the business partner (customs entries, manifests, tracking and inspection reports, videos if applicable, etc.). Unit tracking and monitoring report (GPS tracking).

E4. Customs Broker Profile. Acknowledgment of Receipt First Time: Renewal: Addition: Modification: The data you provide will replace the data you provided when you requested your authorization.

General Information. The objective of this Profile is to ensure that the Customs Broker implements security practices and processes, based on the minimum criteria established in this profile, which help strengthen the supply chain by mitigating the risk of contamination in shipments with illicit products and likewise reducing the risk of incurring incidents during the customs clearance of goods.

Customs brokers interested in obtaining the authorization referred to in Rule 7.1.5 of the current General Rules of Foreign Trade (RGCE) must have documented and verifiable processes. Likewise, the Customs Broker interested in the aforementioned authorization must integrate the criteria required in this document into the business model or design they have established, seeking during the implementation of security standards the application of an analysis culture that supports decision-making consistent with the values, mission, vision, codes of ethics and conduct of the Customs Broker itself.

It is important to mention that the scope of the minimum security criteria required in this profile is applicable to the essential operation performed by the Customs Broker, mainly to processes related to the customs clearance of goods.

Likewise, and taking into account the variety of integrated logistics services that a customs broker can currently provide to its clients, certain additional criteria are contemplated to be fulfilled, specifically for customs brokers who concentrate or have holding yards and/or maneuvers for the means of transport of goods subject to foreign trade in the same facilities where they provide their services.

Filling Instructions:

You must fill out a profile for each of the facilities associated with the customs office of assignment, as well as for each of the facilities associated with the additional customs offices of the customs patent. This information must coincide with what was stated in your application for Certified Commercial Partner of Customs Broker.
Detail how the customs broker complies with or exceeds what is established in each of the subsections as indicated.
The format of this document is divided into two sections, as detailed below:
Standard Description of the standard 1.1 Sub-standard Description of the sub-standard Response Explanatory Notes Describe and/or attach... Points to highlight... Recommendation:
...
Indicate how you comply with what is established in each of the sub-standards; therefore, you must attach the procedures in Spanish. These procedures must be characterized by describing or defining the objective the document pursues, the start and end of the process, measurement indicators, requirements, documents or formats to be used, responsible parties, among others.
In cases where only an explanation of the procedure is required, it must be detailed and placed in the Response field. The field regarding Explanatory Notes is a guide regarding the points that must be included in the Response of each sub-standard, indicating in an indicative manner those points that should not be excluded from your response. Likewise, in some of the Explanatory Notes fields, Recommendations are included, which intend to be a guide in case, prior to the presentation of this document, the requested items are not available, and in this way can help elaborate and implement them, using this suggestion as a basis. In this sense, it must be understood that any recommendation indicated here is not considered an obligation.
Once this Customs Broker Profile has been answered, it must be attached to the Registration Application in the Company Certification Scheme referred to in the first paragraph of Rule 7.1.5, fraction II, subsection b). For the purpose of verifying what was stated in the previous paragraph, the SAT through AGACE may conduct an inspection of the facility, with the exclusive purpose of verifying what is stated in this document.
Any incomplete Customs Broker Profile will not be processed.
Any questions regarding the Registration Application in the Company Certification Scheme and the Customs Broker Profile, please direct them to the contacts that appear on the SAT Portal.
In the event of being authorized with the Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, this format must be updated annually, in accordance with what is established in Rule 7.2.1, fourth paragraph, fraction I.
For the renewal of the certified commercial partner, the procedure marked in Rule 7.2.3 will be followed.
As a result of the issuance of the authorization, specific requirements may arise which must be resolved within the timeframe indicated by the authority for such effects.

Installation Data You must fill out a profile for each of the facilities associated with the customs office of assignment, as well as for each of the facilities associated with the additional customs offices under the customs patent.

Customs Broker Information Name of Customs Broker ____________________ Patent : ________________ Authorization: Assignment: _________ Assignment: ________________ Authorized Customs Offices (name) : Name and/or Denomination of the installation: Type of Installation (administrative offices, facilities with merchandise storage or transport service, etc.): Street Number and/or exterior letter Interior Number and/or letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/Delegation Federal Entity Age of the Installation (years of operation) Predominant activity Types of services: Does it validate customs declarations in this installation: Average monthly number of operations (EXP): (By means of transport, maritime, air, land, rail, etc.) Average monthly number of operations (IMP): (By means of transport, maritime, air, land, rail, etc.) Total number of employees in this installation: Installation Surface Area (M2): Certifications in security programs: (Please indicate if this installation has a certification from any of the following programs) Supply Chain Security Programs Yes No Program: Registration: Certifying Body: Certifications: (Please indicate if you have certifications that you consider impact your supply chain process, for example: ISO 9000; Reliable Logistics Processes, among others) Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity:

Supply Chain Security Planning. The Customs Broker must elaborate documented policies and procedures to carry out an analysis that allows the identification of risks and weaknesses in its supply chain with the objective of implementing strategies that help mitigate risk in its operations. Likewise, risk management must be carried out systematically through identification and analysis that allows for evaluation and treatment thereof.

1.1 Risk Analysis. The Customs Broker must have measures to identify, analyze, and mitigate security risks throughout the supply chain, including its facilities. For the above, it must have a written and verifiable procedure to determine risk in all its operations, based on its organization's model (e.g., location of facilities, type of merchandise and country of origin, volume, clients, suppliers, routes, personnel hiring, classification and handling of documents, information technology, potential threats, etc.) that allows it to implement and maintain appropriate security measures. This procedure must be executed at least once a year, so that it allows identifying other threats or risks that are considered in its operation and in the supply chain, as a result of some incident or that originate from changes in the initial conditions of the facilities and processes of the customs broker, as well as to identify that the policies, procedures, and other control and security mechanisms are being complied with.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate what are the sources of information used to qualify risks during the analysis phase. Attach the documented procedure to identify risks in your daily operations throughout the supply chain and in your facilities, which must include as a minimum the following points. Periodicity with which you review and/or update the risk analysis. Aspects and/or areas that the customs broker incorporates into the risk analysis. Methodology or techniques used to perform the risk analysis. Responsible parties for reviewing and/or updating the risk analysis of the company. Likewise, the documented procedure to identify risks in the supply chain and its facilities, should contemplate the risk appreciation and management process, and include the following aspects: Establishment of a context (cultural, political, legal, economic, geographic, social, etc.). Identification of risks in your supply chains and your facilities. Risk analysis (causes, consequences, probabilities and existing controls to determine the level of risk as high, medium and low). Risk evaluation (decision making to determine the risks to be treated and priority for implementation of treatment). Risk treatment (application of alternatives to change the probability that risks occur). Risk monitoring and review (monitoring of the results of the risk analysis and verification of the efficacy of its treatment). Recommendation: It is suggested to use risk administration, management and evaluation techniques according to international standards ISO 31000, ISO 31010 and ISO 28000 that, according to your business model, should be implemented.

1.2 Security Policies. Customs brokers must have policies oriented towards preventing, securing, and recognizing threats to supply chain security, such as smuggling, trafficking of weapons, people, prohibited goods, acts of terrorism, as well as in the exchange of information, reflected in the corresponding procedures.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Enumerate the policies on supply chain and facility security, who is responsible for their review, as well as the periodicity with which their update is carried out.

1.3 Internal Audits in the Supply Chain. In addition to routine monitoring in control and security, it is necessary to schedule and carry out audits at least once a year that allows evaluating all processes regarding security in the supply chain. Audits must be carried out by authorized personnel and, if possible, independent of the audited activity, although they can be part of the organization. A documented procedure must be established for their execution. While it is necessary that audits are exhaustive, their focus must be adjusted to the size of the organization and the risks. The senior management of the organization must review the results of the audits, analyze the causes, and undertake the required corrective and/or preventive actions. The review process must guarantee that the necessary information is collected to allow management to perform this evaluation. The review must be documented.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure to carry out an internal audit, focused on security in the supply chain, ensure you include the following points: Indicate the type of internal or external audits, in terms of security in the supply chain, that the customs broker has implemented. Indicate who participates in them, and the records that are made of them, as well as the periodicity with which they are carried out. Indicate if management or the customs broker verifies the result of the security audits, and if it carries out and/or implements preventive, corrective and improvement actions.

1.4 Contingency and/or Emergency Plans related to Supply Chain Security. There must be a documented contingency plan related to supply chain security and its facilities to ensure business continuity in the event of a situation that affects the normal development of activities and foreign trade operations. Such plans must be communicated to administrative and operational personnel through dissemination programs and periodic training, as well as carrying out tests, practical exercises, or simulations of the contingency and emergency plans to verify their effectiveness, from which you must keep a record (for example: result reports, minutes, video recordings, photographs, etc.).

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the contingency and/or emergency plan related to supply chain security and your facilities, in case of an emergency or security situation, that affects the normal development of foreign trade activities (cancellation or suspension of patent, closure of customs, foreign trade activities considered risky according to your analysis, acts of terrorism, blockades, robberies, accidents, etc.). This procedure must include, by way of example and not limitation, the following:

What situations it contemplates;
What mechanisms it uses to disseminate and ensure that these plans are effective.
Include the carrying out of simulations and how they are documented.
Physical Security. The customs broker must have established mechanisms to prevent, detect, or dissuade the entry of unauthorized personnel into its facilities, and in its case, yards for the means of transport of goods located in the same facilities, as well as the area where sensitive information is safeguarded. According to the customs broker's risk analysis, the sensitive areas identified in its facilities must have physical barriers, control elements, and dissuasion against unauthorized access.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate the predominant materials with which the facilities are constructed (for example, metal structure and sheet metal walls, brick walls, concrete, cyclone mesh, among others.), and indicate how the review and maintenance of the structures is carried out. Attach a distribution or architectural plan of the facilities, where the limits of the facilities, access routes, emergency exits, location of buildings or offices, as well as the adjacencies can be identified.

2.2 Accesses in doors and booths. The entrance or exit doors of personnel and/or vehicles of the customs broker's facilities or in its case access to the yards for the means of transport of goods located in the same place, must be attended and/or supervised either by means of own duly trained personnel or by private security personnel. The number of access doors must be kept to the minimum necessary.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate how many doors and/or accesses exist in the facilities, as well as the operating hours of each one, and indicate how they are monitored (In case of having assigned personnel, indicate the quantity). Detail if there are doors and/or blocked accesses, or permanently closed.

2.3 Perimeter Walls. Perimeter walls and/or peripheral barriers must be installed to secure the customs broker's facilities, based on a risk analysis. In the case of having a yard for the means of transport of goods located in the same facilities, it must be delimited, as well as the place where any maneuver and/or handling of cargo takes place as appropriate. These must be inspected regularly and keep a record of the review in order to ensure their integrity and identify damage.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the type of fence, peripheral barrier, and/or walls with which the customs broker's facilities are equipped, ensure you do not exclude the following points: Indicate the characteristics of the same (material, dimensions, etc.). In case of not having walls, please justify in detail the reason. Periodicity with which the integrity of the perimeter walls is verified, and the records that are kept. In case of having a yard for means of transport in your facilities, describe how it is delimited. Recommendation: The procedure for the inspection of the perimeter walls may include: a) Responsible personnel to carry out the process. b) How and with what frequency the inspections of the fences, perimeter walls and/or peripheral and the buildings are carried out. c) How the inspection record is carried out. d) Who is responsible for verifying that the repairs and/or modifications comply with the technical specifications and security requirements necessary.

2.4 Parking Lots. In the case of having parking lots in the facilities, access to them must be controlled and monitored. It must be prohibited for private vehicles (of employees, visitors, suppliers, and contractors, among others) to park, if applicable, within the yard for means of transport, as well as in adjacent areas.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the control and monitoring of the parking lots, ensure you do not exclude the following points: Responsible for controlling and monitoring access to the parking lots. Identification of the parking lots (if applicable) specify if the employee parking, visitors, is separated from the areas of storage and handling of merchandise. How the entry and exit control of vehicles to the facilities is carried out. (Indicate the records that are made for the control of the parking lot and the existing control mechanisms, for example: badges, card readers, lanyards, etc.). Policies or mechanisms (if applicable) to not allow the entry of private vehicles to the areas of storage and handling of merchandise.

2.5 Key and Lock Device Control. Windows, doors, as well as inner and outer fences must be secured with locking devices. These devices must be implemented based on the customs broker's risk analysis. Likewise, they must have documented procedures for the handling, safeguarding, assignment, and control of keys in the facilities, keeping a record and establishing signed responsibility letters from the persons who have keys or authorized access according to their level of responsibility and tasks within their area of work.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure(s) for the control, safeguarding, assignment, and handling of the keys of the facilities, offices, and interior areas. Ensure that said procedures include the following points: Responsible for administering and controlling the security of the keys. Format and/or control record for the loan of keys. Treatment of loss or non-return of keys. Indicate if there are areas in which access is made with electronic devices and/or any other access mechanism.

2.6 Lighting. Lighting inside and outside the facilities must allow for clear identification of persons, materials, and/or equipment located therein, including the following areas: entrances, exits, perimeter and/or peripheral walls, interior fences, and parking areas, where applicable. An emergency and/or backup system must be available in sensitive areas. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the operation and maintenance of the lighting system. Ensure that you do not exclude the following points: Indicate which areas are illuminated and which have a backup system (Indicate if you have an auxiliary power plant or any other mechanism to supply electricity in case of any contingency). How do you ensure that the lighting system has continuity in the event of a power outage in each of the areas of the facilities, so as to allow clear identification of the personnel, materials, and/or equipment located there. The procedure must include: a) Person responsible for controlling the lighting systems. b) How the lighting system is controlled. c) Operating hours. d) Identification of areas with permanent lighting. e) Maintenance and inspection program.

2.7 Alarm systems and closed-circuit television and video surveillance (CCTV). Alarm and closed-circuit television (CCTV) systems must be used to monitor, notify, or deter unauthorized access and prohibited activities in the facilities and notify the corresponding area, as well as be used as a tool of evidence in investigations derived from any security incident. These systems must be installed, monitored, and watched according to a prior risk analysis so that areas involving the access of personnel, visitors, and suppliers are kept under watch and monitoring, and where applicable, areas for access by passenger vehicles and cargo vehicles. Such systems must allow clear identification of the area or environment being monitored, be permanently recording, and maintain a backup of recordings for at least one month, in order to have the necessary elements to assign responsibilities in case of a security incident. The CCTV system must have a documented operation procedure that includes supervision of the good condition of the equipment and verification of the correct position of the cameras, indicating the frequency with which backups of recordings must be made, as well as those responsible for their operation. Said system must have restricted access. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have contracted an external alarm central service, and if so, describe the following points: Indicate if doors and windows have alarm sensors or motion sensors. Procedure to follow in case an alarm is activated.

Describe the documented procedure for the operation of the CCTV system, ensure that you do not exclude the following points: Indicate the number of installed CCTV cameras, technical characteristics, and their location. (Detail if it covers the entry and exit points of the facilities, to cover the movement of vehicles and individuals, as well as the vehicle storage area). Indicate the location of the CCTV system, where monitors are located, who reviews them, as well as the operating hours, and if applicable, if there are remote monitoring stations. Indicate if recordings are reviewed periodically and how. (random, weekly, special events, restricted areas, etc.). Indicate how long these recordings are kept. (Must be at least one month). Indicate if the CCTV system is backed up by an electrical power plant or any other mechanism to supply electricity.

Physical access controls. Physical access controls are mechanisms or procedures that prevent and impede unauthorized entry to the facilities, maintain control of entry for administrative personnel and/or visitors, as well as for operators/drivers of transport means where applicable, and protect the goods of the customs broker. Access controls must include the identification of all employees, visitors, and suppliers at all entry points. Likewise, records must be kept and mechanisms or documented procedures for entry to the facilities must be permanently evaluated, being the basis for beginning to integrate security as one of the primary functions within them.

3.1 Security personnel. According to your risk analysis, the customs broker must have security and surveillance personnel. This personnel plays an important role in the physical protection of the facilities and, where applicable, the yard where cargo vehicles are stored, as well as for controlling the access of all persons to the property. Security personnel must have a documented procedure to carry out their functions, and have full knowledge of the mechanisms and procedures in emergency situations, detection of unauthorized persons, or any incident in the facilities. Likewise, the customs broker must have devices and/or communication systems in order to have immediate contact with security personnel and/or the corresponding authorities. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure for the operation of the security personnel, and ensure that you include the following points: Describe the procedure that personnel must perform to contact security personnel or, where applicable, the corresponding authority. Indicate what communication devices the security personnel uses (landline phones, cell phones, radios, alarm system, etc.). Indicate the number of security personnel working in the customs broker's facilities. Indicate the positions and/or functions of the personnel, and operating hours.

In case of hiring an external service, provide general data of the company (Tax ID, legal name and address), specify number of employed personnel, operational details, records, reports, etc. In case of having armed personnel; describe the procedure for the control and safeguarding of weapons.

3.2 Identification of employees, visitors, and suppliers. There must be an identification system for employees, visitors, and suppliers for access to the facilities. Employees should only have access to those areas they need to perform their functions. Visitors and suppliers must present official photo identification for documentation upon arrival and a record must be kept. All visitors must be accompanied by personnel working for the customs broker during their stay in the facilities. The management or security personnel of the customs broker must properly control the delivery and return of identification badges for employees, visitors, and suppliers and ensure that they always wear the provided identification in a visible place. This procedure must be documented, as well as procedures for the delivery, return, and change of access devices (for example, keys, badges, credentials, proximity cards, etc.). Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the control of identifications. Describe the procedure for the identification of employees, and ensure that you include the following points: Identification mechanisms (badge and/or photo credential, uniform, access control, biometrics, proximity cards, etc.). Indicate how personnel hired by a business partner, who works within the facilities, is identified. (Contractors, Sub-contractors, etc.). Describe how the customs broker delivers, changes, and withdraws identifications and access controls from the employee and ensure that you include the responsible areas for authorizing and administering them. Describe the procedure for access control of visitors and suppliers, ensure that you do not exclude the following points: Indicate what records are kept (Personal forms for each visit, logbooks). Indicate who is the person responsible for accompanying the visitor and/or supplier, and if there are restricted areas for their entry.

3.3 Procedure for identification and withdrawal of unauthorized or identified persons or vehicles. The customs broker must have documented procedures that specify how to identify, confront, or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles; said procedure must be communicated to responsible personnel through training. The training must be documented.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to identify, confront, or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles. The procedure must include: a) Responsible personnel. b) Designate a person or area responsible for being informed of security incidents. c) Instructions for confronting and addressing unidentified personnel. d) Indicate in which cases the corresponding authorities must be reported. e) Indicate how the registration of incidents and measures taken in each case is carried out.

3.4 Courier and package deliveries. Courier and packages destined for the customs broker or their personnel must be examined upon arrival and before being distributed to the corresponding area. Likewise, the customs broker must have a documented procedure for the receipt and review of courier and packages, which must be communicated to responsible personnel through training. The training must be documented. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the receipt and review of courier and packages and ensure that you include the following: Personnel in charge of carrying out the procedure. Indicate how the personnel or service provider is identified. (Indicate if an additional procedure is required beyond the supplier access procedure). Indicate how the review of courier and/or packages is carried out, what mechanism is used, the records kept, and if applicable, the detected incidents. Describe the characteristics or elements to determine what courier and/or packages are suspicious. Indicate what action is taken in case of detecting suspicious courier and/or packages.

Commercial partners. The Customs Broker must have written and verifiable procedures for the selection and contracting of commercial partners (partnerships with other customs brokers, correspondent agencies, manufacturing companies, warehouses, transport companies, sellers, clients, service providers, companies that provide document digitization services, etc.) and according to their risk analysis, require them to comply with security measures to strengthen the international supply chain.

4.1 Selection criteria. There must be documented procedures for the selection, follow-up, and/or renewal of commercial relationships with business associates or suppliers, which include interviews, reference verification, evaluation methods, and use of provided information. The information derived from the investigation and/or evaluation of business associates and/or suppliers must be documented and integrated into a file (physical or electronic). The Customs Broker must have a written procedure for the identification of vulnerable activities established in Article 17, fraction XIV, as well as for compliance with the obligations established in Article 18 of the LFPIORPI. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the selection of commercial partners, this includes any type of client or supplier, that has a commercial relationship with the customs broker and ensure that you include the following points: What information is required from your commercial partner. What aspects are reviewed and investigated. (the result of the investigation must be integrated into the file). Indicate if you maintain a physical or electronic file for each of your commercial partners. For the case of suppliers, indicate how the services of your commercial partner are evaluated and what points are reviewed. Likewise, the files for each of them must contain at least the documents that identify them fiscally and administratively depending on the type of relationship that is had with the commercial partner. Considering the following: Delegation of authority: It will be granted in original regardless of what has been delivered electronically, for each foreign trade operation that is carried out. Copy of the mandate or power of attorney of the legal representative, if applicable. Certified copy of the company's articles of incorporation (properly identified before the Public Registry of Property and Commerce). Registration in the RFC of the importer or exporter. Notice of change of fiscal address, if applicable. Copy of official identification with photo of the importer/exporter and of the legal representative, in case of being a legal entity. Attach the documented procedure for compliance with the LFPIORPI, which must contain as a minimum: Actions to take when any of the vulnerable activities marked in the cited Law are identified. Notices to the SHCP. Integration of files of clients susceptible to this Law.

Recommendation: The file could include the following: Company data (name, RFC, activity, etc.). Data of the legal representative. Proof of address. Commercial references. Contracts, agreements, and/or confidentiality agreements. Security policies. If applicable, certificate or certification number in the security programs to which it belongs.

4.2 Security requirements. The Customs Broker must have a documented procedure in which, according to their risk analysis, they request additional security requirements from those commercial partners that intervene in their supply chain such as transporters, private security companies, service providers for loading and unloading of merchandise, correspondent agencies, in addition to those resulting from the analysis performed. These requirements must be based on the minimum security requirements established by the AGACE in a generic manner, or if they exist, the specific Profile for each actor in the supply chain that corresponds to them. The customs broker must request from their commercial partners the documentation that accredits or proves that they comply with the minimum security standards established in this document, either through a written declaration issued by the legal representative of the partner, agreements or contractual clauses or with documentation that supports compliance with the requirements established in any other Authorized Economic Operator program. In the case of commercial partners that provide a service within the customs broker's facilities, they must be obligated to comply with the security requirements established by him, for example providers that offer gardening, cleaning, cafeteria services, etc. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe how you carry out the identification of commercial partners that require compliance with minimum standards in terms of security and how, these comply with such requirements. Ensure that you do not exclude the following points: Indicate if you have a register of commercial partners that must comply with requirements in terms of security, and mention what type of services they provide (transport, storage, custodian service, security, correspondent agencies, service for loading and unloading of merchandise, etc.). Indicate in what documentary way (agreements, agreements, contractual clauses, among others) you ensure that your commercial partners comply with the requirements in terms of security. Indicate if there are contractual agreements, regarding the implementation of security measures with your service providers inside your company, such as: private security, cafeteria, gardening, cleaning and maintenance services, providers of information technology, etc. Indicate if you have commercial partners to whom it is required to belong to a supply chain security program. (For example: C-TPAT or any other Authorized Economic Operator program of the WCO). Indicate the total number of customs declarations and the global value of those carried out for each of the facilities from which the validation of the customs declarations is transmitted in each of the authorized customs offices of the customs broker's license.

In the case of partnerships with other customs brokers, a list of the Customs Broker's certified clients that are managed by said partnership must be available. Indicate the total annual number of customs declarations and the global value of those that are managed by each of the partnerships with other customs brokers to which they belong and indicate the following: Name or denomination of the partnership. Customs offices through which the partnership operates. Full address of the installation(s). Describe how you ensure that the partnerships you have with other customs brokers and in which your license is not an affiliation or additional one, comply with the minimum requirements in terms of security.

4.3 Commercial partner reviews. The Customs Broker must carry out periodic evaluations of the processes and installations of business associates based on a risk analysis, in compliance with the security standards required by the customs broker, and keep records of the same, as well as the corresponding follow-up. When inconsistencies are found, these must be communicated to the partner and/or supplier and provide a justified period established in a procedure to address the identified observations, or in case of non-compliance, have the necessary measures to sanction it. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the verification of the requirements in terms of security (processes and installations) of your commercial partners, ensure that you include the following points: Frequency of visits to the commercial partner. (these must be at least once a year). Record or report of the verification and if applicable, the corresponding follow-up. Indicate what action measures are taken in case that commercial partners do not comply with the established security requirements. In case of having commercial partners with the C-TPAT certification or another security certification program in the supply chain, indicate the frequency with which their status is reviewed, and the actions taken in case it is detected that it is suspended and/or cancelled. For partners who have such security certification (granted by a customs authority), it will not be necessary to make visits, as long as the status of the certification is valid.

Recommendation: The procedure may include:

Frequency of visits.
Points of review in terms of security.
Preparation of reports.
Feedback and agreements with the commercial partner.
Follow-up to agreements.
Measures in case of detection of non-compliance with the requirements.
Record of evaluations.
Area or person responsible for carrying out this procedure.
Process security. Control measures must be established to guarantee the integrity and security of processes related to the flow of information provided by the importer/exporter, shipper, supervised facility, etc., that is used for the movement of merchandise and their foreign trade operations, ensuring at all times that this information is legible and is protected against exchange, theft, loss, or introduction of erroneous data. Likewise, established procedures must exist to prevent and detect undeclared merchandise or materials, and prevent unauthorized personnel from having access to the merchandise and to the transport means and containers. These procedures must be documented and ensure the integrity of shipments from the point of origin to their final destination.

5.1 Process mapping. There must be a process map that describes step by step the information and operational flow for the transfer of foreign trade merchandise throughout the supply chain, allowing for a broad view of their operations in terms of foreign trade. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the document where the mapping of processes through which the flow of information and merchandise passes is illustrated or described, from the point where they receive it until its delivery, in order to have a general overview of each of the steps that involve the receipt, the clearance of the merchandise until its delivery at the final destination. This mapping can be written and/or graphical, must contain at least the following aspects:

Verification of the corresponding registry.
Delegation of authority.
Revalidation of the transport document, if applicable.
Preliminary review before clearance.
Tariff Classification.
Entry of the customs declaration.
Compliance with regulations and non-tariff restrictions. (mandatory requirement to have permits from the competent authority before presenting the goods for customs clearance).
Generation of the COVE (if applicable).
Value Declaration.
Determination of contributions.
Review of information transmitted to the SEA with the documentation generated from the shipment (Gloss).
Payment of contributions.
Payment of maneuvers.
Validation of the customs declaration.
Presentation of goods before the automated selection mechanism.
Free customs clearance.
Customs Inspection.
Procedure in case of sample taking (The importer may provide them through their Customs Broker at the time of clearance as long as the samples contain the seals, labels, or any means that manifest that the laboratory result is preserved sterile, or the authority may perform it).
Handling and control of security means, high-security padlocks/seals, and others.
Verification of the delivery of the goods at the agreed destination, if applicable.
Procedure for the re-exportation of goods.
Procedure for the promotion of the withdrawal of an import or export.
Subdivision of the shipment.
Effective communication to customs authorities for cases that represent a risk in terms of security.
Shipment expense account.
Measurement for customer satisfaction.
Complaint handling.
Verification of goods in transport.
Consolidation of the shipment.
Formation of the electronic file of each of the customs declarations or customs documents (article 167 of the Law).

5.2 Delivery, receipt, and discrepancies in the cargo. The customs broker must supervise, according to the type of operations performed and based on their risk analysis, the loading or unloading of the shipment, verifying the detailed description of the goods, weight, labels, marks, quantities, and other data that help to fully quantify and identify the goods, comparing this information with the corresponding invoices, bill of lading, air waybill, or packing list. Considering and derived from these reviews, the documented procedures to detect and report missing, excess, prohibited, or any other discrepancy in the delivery or receipt of the goods, which must be investigated and resolved. Likewise, the driver transporting the goods must be provided with the required documentary information for their correct transfer (for example: customs declaration, packing list, invoice, etc.). Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure indicating step by step how the delivery and receipt of the cargo is carried out. Attach the documented procedure to detect and report discrepancies in the delivery or receipt of the goods and ensure it includes the following points: Responsible parties for carrying out the review. Documents to be compared. Areas to which the information is reported. This procedure must be applied to the goods received from import, export; and if applicable, in the review at intermediate points.

5.3 Processing of cargo information and documentation. The customs broker must have written procedures to ensure that both the electronic and/or documentary information sent by their clients starting from their service request, during the movement and dispatch of the transfer of goods, as well as that generated on their own behalf, is legible, complete, accurate, timely, and protected against changes, losses, or introduction of erroneous information. In the same way, there must be documented procedures to corroborate that the information received by business associates is reported accurately and timely. The customs broker must have the information of each shipment of goods they perform, in an accessible and secure manner, in written or electronic form. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the processing of cargo information and documentation. Briefly explain what it consists of. Detail how you receive and transmit relevant information and documentation for the transfer of foreign trade goods with your commercial partners (Indicate if you use a specific computer control system and briefly explain its function). Likewise, detail how you guarantee that the information provided is legible, complete, accurate, and protected. Indicate how business associates transmit information to the customs broker, and how they ensure its protection.

5.4 Inventory Management, control of packaging, container, and packing material. If applicable, documented procedures must be in place for inventory control and storage of the cargo, and periodic reviews must be carried out to verify their correct management (for example, in the case of subdivision of invoices or shipping documents, etc.). Likewise, if applicable, you must have a documented procedure for the control and supervision of the packaging and packing material of the goods (for example, in the processes of labeling the goods). Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for inventory management. This must include, according to your operation, among other aspects, the following: The frequency with which you carry out stock verification. (Periodic inventory). Indicate if there is a documented scheduled calendar to perform them. Indicate what is done in the case of excesses and shortages in inventories. Indicate the treatment given to the control and handling of packaging, container, and packing material. Regarding waste or excess packaging and packing material, indicate the procedure carried out for its handling and/or destruction. Recommendation: The applicant's procedures may include:

Warehouse only accessible to authorized personnel.
Frequency of stock control.
Control of incoming goods, transfers to other warehouses, consolidation or deconsolidation.
Actions taken if irregularities, discrepancies, losses, or thefts are identified.
Treatment of deterioration or destruction of goods.
Separation of various types of goods, for example, high value, hazardous.

5.5 Internal communication. The Customs Broker must have devices and/or communication systems in order to have immediate contact with the personnel of the different areas responsible for carrying out the customs clearance of the goods. Additionally, a backup system must be available and its proper functioning verified periodically. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe in detail how the customs broker communicates with the personnel responsible for carrying out the clearance of the goods, mainly with those who have direct contact with the goods and with the means of transport (agents, dependents, classifiers, etc.). Indicate if operational and administrative personnel have or are equipped with devices (radios, mobiles, landline phones) to communicate with each other and/or with the relevant parties. These must be accessible to users, to be able to react promptly. Describe the procedure for the control and maintenance of communication devices, ensure you do not exclude the following points: Policies for the assignment of mobile communication devices. Maintenance program for fixed and mobile communication devices. Indicate if you have backup communication devices in case the permanent system fails, and if so, detail briefly. Recommendation: The procedure may include: a) Responsible for the good functioning and maintenance of communication devices. b) Record of verification and maintenance of devices. c) Method of assignment of communication devices.

Customs Management. The customs broker must have documented procedures, in which internal and operational policies are established, as well as the necessary controls for the due compliance of customs obligations, in order to guarantee the fulfillment of the entrusted mission. Likewise, they must have specialized personnel and documented procedures, which establish the verification of the information and documentation generated in their name.

6.1 Customs Clearance Management. The Customs Broker must have documented procedures that detail each of the steps shown in their process mapping established in sub-standard 5.1. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the procedures for each of the points or steps contemplated in their process mapping (5.1). These procedures must include the following points: Responsible for each procedure. Formats and Documents used. Systems used. Actor of the logistics chain with which information is exchanged. The review of these procedures that detail the operation of the customs clearance of the goods must at all times coincide with the information and/or documentation provided by the client. Mainly on the following topics:

Tariff Classification. (Support of information or technical sheets of the goods that the client sends to the Customs Broker for correct classification).
Compliance with regulations and non-tariff restrictions. [Interaction with their clients and the different government departments for the compliance of regulations and non-tariff restrictions (RRNA)].
Value Declaration (The verification and confirmation of the information provided by the client will serve as support for the use of the valuation methods established in the Law).
Payment of contributions. (the exchange of information generated for the payment of contributions must be clear and precise with the client).

6.2 Control in precincts. The Customs Broker must have documented procedures that contemplate the control of the official badges requested for the personnel entering the fiscal precincts, for example: customs agent, dependent, etc. Likewise, one of the customs obligations is the evaluation and certification of the figure of the customs agent, so they must have a documented procedure to comply with what is established in the Law. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure that describes the control of official badges for personnel entering the fiscal precincts, ensure you include the following points: a) Procedure for Requesting badges with Associations or Confederations. b) Badge use policies. c) Infractions related to the improper use of badges. d) Fines applicable to infractions related to the improper use of badges. There must be an updated list of the badges requested, as well as those that have been deactivated. Describe the process that the customs agent must follow to apply the evaluations and keep their certifications of activities such as: a) The supervision of previous and derived acts of customs clearance. b) Preparation of the customs declaration. c) The set of acts and formalities relative to the entry of goods into the national territory and their exit from it. The customs broker must have the corresponding evidence supporting the evaluations and certifications of the aforementioned topics.

Security of cargo vehicles, containers, trailers, and/or semi-trailers. Depending on the case, security must be maintained in the means of transport, tractors (cargo vehicles, pickup trucks, among others), containers, trailers, and semi-trailers to protect them from the introduction of unauthorized persons and/or materials. For this reason, it is necessary to have documented procedures to review, seal, and maintain their integrity.

7.1 Use of seals and/or padlocks in containers and trailers. The customs broker must have, if applicable, a documented procedure, where the means of transport, containers, and/or semi-trailers, and high-security seals used in the international logistics chain are identified, indicating how their integrity is maintained. For this reason, as one of the security mechanisms, the customs broker must use High Security padlocks or seals that meet or exceed ISO 17712 Standard in all containers and loaded trailers that are subject to foreign trade. For this, the customs broker must have documented procedures to correctly place high-security seals and verify their integrity. Likewise, in said procedure, it is necessary for the customs broker to include what is related to the administration of high-security seals, which includes, the control, assignment, safeguarding, handling of discrepancies, and destruction of seals and padlocks. Regarding the provider of the seals and/or padlocks, it must be demonstrated how these comply with ISO 17712. In case of having a yard for storing cargo vehicles at the customs broker's facilities, empty containers must be secured with a padlock and/or indicative seal, or in a secure area that is guarded and/or monitored by the CCTV system. When it is necessary to store (overnight) any loaded container, trailer, and/or semi-trailer, it must be in a secure area and monitored by the CCTV system to prevent access and manipulation, and must be closed with a high-security padlock. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if the customs broker has its own transport units, containers, and/or trailers. Attach the documented procedure for the placement and review of seals and/or padlocks in vehicles, means of transport, containers, train cars, trailers, and/or semi-trailers. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Verify that the seal or padlock is intact and determine if there is evidence of improper manipulation. Use the VVTT inspection method: a) V- View the seal and lock mechanisms of the container (View). b) V- Verify the seal number (Verify). c) T- Pull the seal to ensure it is correctly placed (Tug). d) T- Twist and turn the seal to ensure. (Twist and Turn). Review and compare the documentation containing the number of the original seal or padlock, and, if applicable, of the additional ones carried during the transfer of the goods. Review that the closing devices, hinges, and pins, are attached to the trailer or container, and welded or riveted. Indicate how you assign and replace high-security padlocks, in case that during the route, it is inspected by another authority. Attach the documented procedure for the control and handling of padlocks. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Inventory of padlocks and/or seals. Who and how padlocks and/or seals are safeguarded. How discrepancies in padlock numbers are attended. Record of padlocks used at the time of customs inspection. For the case of lost or stolen padlocks, describe the procedure followed by the customs broker. Indicate who the supplier(s) is/are and how it is proven that the specifications of the seals and/or padlocks comply with ISO 17712. (Attach certificate of conformity, issued by the certifying company responsible for verifying compliance with the corresponding ISO). In the case of having a yard for storing cargo vehicles at the customs broker's facilities, describe how you ensure the care of the integrity of the means of transport.

7.2 Inspection of means of transport, containers, trailers, and semi-trailers In case of having a yard for storing means of transport, the customs broker must have established procedures to verify the physical integrity of the structure of the means of transport, container, train cars, trailers, and/or semi-trailer before loading it, even the reliability of the door lock mechanisms, in order to identify natural or hidden compartments. The inspections of the means of transport or cargo vehicles, containers, and trailers (land or railway cargo) must be systematic and have records of these, as well as carry them out in places monitored by the CCTV system. The documented procedure for its inspection must include, enumeratively but not limitatively, the following review points: Means of Transport Trailers, Train Cars, Semi-trailers, and Containers

Bumper, tires, and rims;
Doors and tool compartments;
Battery box and air filters;
Fuel tanks;
Interior of the cabin / bedroom;
Windshields, deflectors, and roof;
Chassis and fifth wheel area.
Front Wall;
Left and Right Side;
Floor;
Interior and exterior Roof;
Interior and exterior of Doors;
Lower external section;
If applicable, the refrigeration system.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to carry out the inspection of means of transport, containers, trailers, and semi-trailers. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Responsible parties for carrying out the inspection. Definition of the place(s) where the inspection is carried out and indicate if it is monitored by the CCTV system. The review points for means of transport, trailers, semi-trailers, and containers, both for security and quality. Attach the established format for the inspection of means of transport or cargo vehicles, containers, train cars, trailers, and/or semi-trailers. Indicate if the repair or maintenance of transport units, containers, or trailers is carried out in the same facilities or is carried out with an external provider.

Personnel Security. Documented procedures must be in place for the registration and evaluation of people who wish to obtain employment with the customs broker and establish methods to perform periodic verifications of current employees. There must also be continuous training programs for administrative and operational staff, dissemination of the customs broker's security policies, as well as the consequences and actions to be taken in case of any breach or security incident.

8.1 Verification of work history. The customs broker must have documented procedures to verify the information recorded in the curriculum and application of candidates with the possibility of employment, in accordance with local legislation, either on their own or through an external company. Likewise, for positions that by their sensitivity so require and affect the security of shipments that are subject to foreign trade, in accordance with their previously carried out risk analysis, they must consider requesting stricter requirements for their hiring and during their stay at work when they are hired, which must be carried out periodically at least once a year. All information regarding personnel must be kept in personal files, which must have restricted access. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure for the hiring of personnel and ensure you do not exclude the following: Requirements and documentation demanded. Tests and exams requested. Indicate the critical areas and/or positions that have been identified as risky, according to your analysis, and indicate the following:

Indicate if there are additional requirements for specific areas and/or job positions. (Letter of non-criminal record, Socioeconomic Studies, Clinical (drug use), etc.) If applicable, indicate the positions or work areas in which they are required and with what frequency they are carried out. Indicate if prior to hiring, the candidate must sign a confidentiality agreement or a similar document. In case of hiring a service agency for the hiring of personnel, indicate if this agency has documented procedures for the hiring of personnel and how you ensure they comply with the same. Briefly explain what they consist of. The procedures for the hiring of personnel may include: a) Exhaustive checks of the work and personal history of new employees. b) Confidentiality and responsibility clauses in employee contracts. c) Specific requirements for critical positions. If applicable, the periodic update of the socioeconomic and physical/medical study of employees who work in critical and/or sensitive areas.

8.2 Procedure for personnel dismissal. Documented procedures must exist for the dismissal of personnel, which must include the delivery of identifications, and any other item that has been provided to them to perform their functions (Keys, uniforms, badges and/or credentials, computer equipment, passwords, tools, etc.). Likewise, this procedure must include the dismissal from those systems, both computer and access, among others that may exist. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the dismissal of personnel, and ensure you do not exclude the following: How the delivery of identifications, uniforms, keys, and other equipment is carried out and confirmed. Indicate if you have a record and/or format, in which the delivery of material and dismissal from computer systems is identified and ensured. (If applicable, please attach). Indicate if you maintain records of personnel who ended their labor relationship, so that in case it was for security reasons, their service providers and/or business associates are prevented.

8.3 Personnel Administration. The customs broker must maintain an updated list of employees hired directly by them, as well as those hired through a third party. The customs broker must carry out and maintain updated records of affiliation with social security institutions and other legal labor records. In the case where the customs broker has personnel hired by their business partners and working within the facilities, they must ensure that they comply with the requirements established for the rest of their employees. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate whether the customs broker has an updated database, both of personnel hired directly, as well as that hired through a service provider company, and ensure that it includes, by way of example and not limitation, the following points: Full name. Updated photograph at least every five years. Personal data (age, name, date of birth, phone number, address, CURP, IMSS number, blood type, allergies, etc.). Affiliation. Work history. Illnesses. Medical exams. Training. Psychometric exams. Toxicological exams. Results of periodic evaluations. Observations. This personnel must be hired in accordance with the current labor laws and regulations.

Information and Documentation Security. There must be prevention measures to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of information and documentation related to foreign trade operations, including those used for the exchange of information with other members of the supply chain. Likewise, there must be policies that include measures against the misuse of information.

9.1 Classification and Handling of Documents. There must be procedures to classify documents according to their sensitivity and/or importance. Sensitive and important documentation must be stored in a secure area that only allows access to authorized personnel. The useful life of the documentation must be identified and procedures for its destruction must be established in accordance with the corresponding legislation. Some of the sensitive information referred to in the previous paragraph and depending on the case may be: Integration of documentation prior to customs clearance. Export/Import declaration. Packing list. Bill of lading. (Air waybill, Bill of lading, and waybill) as applicable. Copy of the documents that prove compliance with non-tariff restrictions and regulations on imports that have been issued in accordance with the corresponding laws. The document on the basis of which the provenance and origin of the goods are determined for the application of tariff preferences. The document in which the guarantee granted by deposit made in the guarantee customs account referred to in Article 84-A of the Law is recorded, when the declared value is lower than the estimated price established by the SE. The weight or volume certificate issued by the certifying company authorized by the Secretariat through rules, regarding the clearance of bulk goods at maritime traffic customs, in the cases established by the Regulations of the Law. The information that allows identification, analysis, and control as indicated by the Secretariat through rules. Manifestation of the value of the goods. Spreadsheet for the determination of contributions, benefits, and/or accessories. Responsibility letter (technical and safety data sheet MSDS if applicable). Insurance policy for the goods cleared. The customs broker must conduct reviews regularly to verify access to information and ensure that it is not used improperly. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the registration, control, and storage of printed documentation (classification and filing of documents). Recommendation: The applicant's procedures may include: a) Control register for delivery, loan, among other documents. b) Restricted access to the archive area. c) Storage and classification policies. d) An updated security plan that describes the measures in force regarding the protection of documents against unauthorized access, as well as against deliberate destruction or loss of the same.

9.2 Information Technology Security. The customs broker must have the ability to preserve the confidentiality, integrity, availability, and auditability of the information generated as a result of the foreign trade operations they carry out between the authorities, their clients, and other actors. In the case of automated systems, individual accounts must be used that require periodic password changes. There must be policies, procedures, and information technology standards established that must be communicated to employees through training. There must be written procedures and infrastructure to protect the customs broker against losses, theft, leakage, hacking, and/or information kidnapping, as well as a system established to identify the abuse of information technology systems and detect inappropriate access and/or improper manipulation or alteration of commercial and business data, as well as a written procedure for the application of appropriate disciplinary measures to all offenders. Sensitive information must be protected through these information security policies, in addition to having backup copies.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for archiving your information and protecting it from possible losses. Ensure that you do not exclude the following points: Indicate the frequency with which backup copies are carried out. Who has access to them, and who authorizes the recovery of the information. Describe the procedure for the protection of your computer systems that guarantee the security of the information, ensure that you indicate the following: Indicate if the systems are protected by passwords and how often they are modified. Indicate if there are information security policies for their protection. Indicate the mechanisms or systems to detect abuse, or intrusion of unauthorized persons to your systems. Indicate the corrective policies and/or sanctions in case of detection of any violation of information security policies. Indicate if business partners have access to the customs broker's computer systems. If so, indicate what programs and how they ensure access control to them. Indicate if the computer equipment has a backup power supply system that allows business continuity. The procedures regarding the backup of the customs broker's information must include at least the following: a) How and for how long the data is stored. b) Business continuity plan in case of incident and how to recover the information. c) Frequency and location of backup copies and archived information. d) If backup copies are stored in alternative sites to the facilities where the DPC (data processing center) is located. e) Tests of the validity of data recovery from backup copies.

The procedures regarding the protection of the customs broker's information must include at least the following:

An updated and documented policy for the protection of the customs broker's computer systems against unauthorized access and deliberate destruction or loss of information.
Detail if you operate with multiple systems (headquarters/sites) and how these systems are controlled.
Who is responsible for the protection of the customs broker's computer system (responsibility should not be limited to one person but to several so that each can control the actions of the rest).
How access authorizations and access levels to the computer system are granted. (Access to sensitive information should be limited to authorized personnel to make modifications to the information).
Password format, frequency of changes, and who provides those passwords.
Firewalls and anti-virus used.
Deletion, maintenance, or updating of user details.
Measures planned to deal with security incidents in case the system is compromised.
Security Training and Awareness. There must be a threat awareness program designed and updated by the customs broker to recognize and create awareness about threats in their logistics processes, smuggling, shipment contamination, information leakage, etc. Administrative and operational employees must know the company's established procedures to consider a situation and how to report it. Additional training must be provided to employees who, due to their functions, are in direct contact with the goods and/or means of transport, as well as to employees who are in critical and/or sensitive areas determined under their risk analysis.

10.1 Training and Awareness on Threats. The customs broker must have a training and awareness program on security policies in the supply chain, directed to all their employees (operational and administrative) and, additionally, make informational material available regarding the procedures established by the customs broker to consider a situation that threatens their security and how to report it. These training programs must encourage active employee participation in security controls and mechanisms; the customs broker must ensure that all their employees know, understand, and apply supply chain security policies, as well as maintain records of all training efforts provided and the list of those who participated in them. Likewise, and with the purpose of maintaining the integrity of operations and processes related to the customs clearance of goods, personnel must receive specific training according to their functions. The topics that may include are: maintaining cargo integrity, conducting container, trailer, and/or semi-trailer reviews (if applicable), receipt and review of courier and parcel services, dissemination of information technology policies, procedures, and standards (theft, leakage, hacking, and/or information kidnapping), prevention of operations with proceeds of illicit origin, recognition of internal conspiracies, protection of access controls, control of high-security seals, use of official badges, as well as training regarding smuggling and merchandise theft.

In addition to security training programs, a program on awareness of alcohol and drug consumption must be included. These topics must be established as part of new employee induction and periodically maintain update programs. Training programs must encourage active employee participation in security controls and mechanisms, as well as maintain records of all training efforts provided by the customs broker and the list of those who participated in them (videos, photographs, minutes, attendance lists, intranet or other system, didactic material, PowerPoint presentations, brochures, etc.). Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have a training program on security and prevention of security incidents in the supply chain for all employees (administrative, operational, direct or indirect). Briefly explain what the training program consists of and ensure that you include the following: Brief description of the topics taught in the program. When they are taught (Induction, specific periods, derived from audits, security incidents, etc.). Frequency of training, as well as updates and reinforcement. Indicate how participation in supply chain security training is documented (videos, photographs, minutes, attendance lists, intranet or other system, didactic material, PowerPoint presentations, brochures, etc.). Explain how employee participation in security matters is encouraged.

Handling and Investigation of Incidents. There must be documented procedures to report and investigate security incidents in the supply chain and the actions to be taken to prevent their recurrence, as well as to notify security personnel and/or other competent authorities. The investigation and analysis of incidents must be documented (physical and/or electronic file).

11.1 Reporting of Anomalies and/or Suspicious Activities. In case of detection of anomalies and/or suspicious activities, related to the security of the supply chain and in accordance with your logistics processes, these must be reported to security personnel and/or other competent authorities, keeping a record of such anomalies and/or unusual activities. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure to report anomalies and/or suspicious activities, and ensure that you do not exclude the following: Who is responsible for reporting security incidents. Detail how you determine and identify with which authority to communicate in different scenarios or presumption of suspicious activities. Mention if you keep a record of the reporting of these activities and/or suspicions and briefly describe.

11.2 Investigation and Analysis. There must be written procedures for the analysis and investigation of security incidents in the supply chain to determine their cause, as well as corrective actions to prevent them from happening again. The information derived from this investigation must be documented and available at all times for the authorities that so require. This information and documentation generated to carry out the foreign trade operation must be included in a file for the purpose of identifying each of the processes through which said operation went until the point where the incidence was detected and that allows recognizing the vulnerability of the chain. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure to initiate an investigation in case any security incident occurs, and ensure that you do not exclude the following: Responsible for carrying out the investigation. Documentation that integrates the investigation file of the foreign trade operation related to the security incident. The documents to be included in the file derived from the investigation, by way of example and not limitation, may be: General information of the shipment, Purchase Order. Transport request; Confirmation of means of transport; Identification of the transport operator (Access records, exit, registration of security inspections, etc.). Container Inspection Forms; Exit Order; delivery records. CCTV system videos. Documentation generated for the carrier (Packing list, Waybill, instruction sheet). Documentation generated for business partners (Description of goods, Proformas, invoices, etc.). Documentation generated by the business partner (Customs declarations, Manifests, Tracking and inspection reports, videos if applicable, etc.).

E5. Profile of the Land Auto Transporter. Acknowledgment of Receipt First Time: Renewal: Addition: Modification: The data you provide will replace the data you provided when you requested your authorization. General Information. The objective of this Profile is to ensure that the land auto transporter implements security practices and processes that ensure their supply chain, mitigating the risk of contamination of their vehicles with illicit products, as well as loss, theft, and/or any other factor that could compromise the security of the supply chain. Land auto transporters interested in obtaining the authorization referred to in rule 7.1.5., of the current RGCE, must have documented and verifiable processes. Likewise, the transport company interested in the authorization mentioned above must integrate the criteria required in this document into the model or business design it has established, seeking during the implementation of security standards the application of an analysis culture that supports decision-making in accordance with the values, mission, vision, codes of ethics, and conduct of the company itself. As an example of the points or topics requested of interested parties during the filling of this document, and which require analysis to identify risks that affect the supply chain, and in turn help detect their treatment, are the following: points of origin and destination, routes, facilities, volume of operations, yard security, previous security incidents, interaction with business partners, mainly. Filling Instructions:

You must fill out a profile of the main installation, as well as each of the main installations where vehicles are used and safeguarded for the transfer of foreign trade goods. In the case of yards and/or branches that are also under the same RFC, they will not have to develop a profile for each of them; however, what is strictly established in sub-standard 7.3., of this document, must be followed. This information must coincide with what is stated in your application for Certified Trading Partner.
Detail how the company complies with or exceeds what is established in each of the numerals as indicated.
The format of this document is divided into two sections, as detailed below:
Standard. Description of the standard 1.1 Sub-standard. Description of the sub-standard Response. Explanatory Notes. Describe and/or attach... Points to highlight... Recommendation:
...
Indicate how you comply with what is established in each of the sub-standards, therefore you must attach the procedures in Spanish; these procedures must be characterized by describing or defining the objective the document pursues, the start and end of the process, measurement indicators, requirements, documents or formats to be used, responsible parties, among others.
In cases where only an explanation of the procedure is required, it must be detailed and placed in the Response field. The field regarding Explanatory Notes is a guide regarding the points that must be included in the Response of each sub-standard, indicating in an indicative manner those points that should not be excluded from your response. Likewise, in some of the Explanatory Notes fields, Recommendations are included, which intend to be a guide in case that, prior to the presentation of this document, the requested items are not available, and in this way help elaborate and implement them, having said suggestion as a base. In this sense, it must be understood that any recommendation indicated here is not considered an obligation.
Once this Land Auto Transporter Profile is answered, it must be attached to the Application for inscription in the Certified Trading Partner registry referred to in the first paragraph of rule 7.1.5., fraction I, subsection c.
For the purpose of verifying what is stated in the previous paragraph, the SAT through the AGACE may carry out an inspection of the installation indicated here, with the exclusive purpose of verifying what is stated in this document.
Once this Land Auto Transporter Profile is answered, it must be attached to the Application for inscription in the Certified Trading Partner registry referred to in the first paragraph of rule 7.1.5., fraction I, subsection c.
For the purpose of verifying what is stated in the previous paragraph, the SAT through the AGACE may carry out an inspection of the installation indicated here, with the exclusive purpose of verifying what is stated in this document.
Any incomplete Land Auto-Transporter Profile will not be processed.
Any question relative to the Application for Certified Trading Partner and the Land Auto Transporter Profile, please direct it to the contacts that appear on the SAT Portal.
In the case of being authorized as a Certified Trading Partner, this format must be updated in accordance with what is established in rule 7.2.1., fourth paragraph, fraction I.
As a result of the issuance of the authorization, specific requirements may result which must be resolved within the timeframe indicated by the authority for such effects. Installation Data. You must fill out a profile of the main installation, as well as each of the main installations where vehicles are used and safeguarded for the transfer of foreign trade goods. In the case of yards and/or branches that are also under the same RFC, they will not have to develop a profile for each of them; however, what is strictly established in sub-standard 7.3., of this document, must be followed. This information must coincide with what is stated in your application for Certified Trading Partner. Installation Information Land Auto Transporter Profile Number: of RFC: Name and/or Business Name: Name and/or Denomination of the Installation Type of Installation Street: Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/Delegation Federal Entity

Installation Age (years of operation): Predominant Activity (Transfer / Long Haul) Service Type (General/Specialized Cargo): Average number of monthly shipments (EXP): (By transport mode) Average number of monthly shipments (IMP): (By transport mode) Total number of employees at this installation: Installation Surface Area (M²): Total number of yards and/or branches (owned and/or leased) that are authorized and used for the storage of transport means: Certifications in security programs: (Please indicate if this installation has a certification from any of the following programs) C-TPAT. Yes No Level: Pre-Applicant Applicant Certified Certified/ Validated CTPAT Account number (Eight digits): Date of last visit to this installation: Partners in Protection (PIP) Yes No Registration No.: Authorized Economic Operator from other countries (AEOs) Yes No Program: Registration: Other Supply Chain Security Programs Yes No Program: Registration: Certifications: (Please indicate if you have certifications that you consider impact your supply chain process, for example: ISO 9000; Reliable Logistics Processes, among others) Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity:

Supply Chain Security Planning. The transport company must carry out systematic risk management that allows for the identification, analysis, evaluation, and treatment of risks and weaknesses in its supply chain and facilities, with the objective that management (which) implements strategies, develops documented policies and procedures that help mitigate and deter such risks and therefore contribute elements that strengthen supply chain security. 1.1 Risk Analysis. The transport company must establish measures to identify, analyze, and mitigate security risks throughout the supply chain, including its facilities. Therefore, it must develop a written procedure in which risks are determined based on its organization's model (example: volume, units, yards, routes, potential threats, etc.), which allows it to implement and maintain appropriate security measures. This procedure must be carried out at least once a year, so that it allows identifying other risks or threats in the operation, which may arise from the result of an incident or originate from changes in the company's initial conditions, as well as to identify that policies, procedures, and other control and security mechanisms are being complied with. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure you use to identify risks in your daily operations throughout the supply chain and its facilities (yards and/or branches, offices, boarding houses, mechanical workshops, etc.) make sure to include the following points: Frequency with which you carry out this procedure. Which aspects and/or areas of the transport company are incorporated into the risk analysis. Service Type: Long haul. Internal and international transit. Transfer. Consolidated. Recommendation: It is suggested to use risk assessment techniques in accordance with the current international standard ISO 31000, and in specifically ISO 31010, where according to your business model, they must implement. 1.2 Security Policies. Companies must have a manual of policies oriented towards preventing, securing, and recognizing threats to supply chain security, such as smuggling, trafficking of weapons, people, prohibited goods, and acts of terrorism. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have a manual of policies on supply chain security focused on guaranteeing the integrity of your resources (units, operators, facilities, yards and/or branches, etc.) as well as to ensure the transport of goods, owned by third parties or own, and indicate who is responsible for its review and update.

1.3 Internal Audits in the Supply Chain. In addition to routine monitoring in control and security, it is necessary to schedule and carry out audits, at least once a year, that allow evaluating all processes in matters of security in the supply chain, in a more critical and deep manner. Audits must be carried out by authorized personnel and, if possible, independent of the audited activity, although they can be part of the organization. A documented procedure must be established for their execution. Although it is necessary that audits are exhaustive, their focus must be adjusted to the size of the organization and the nature of the risks. Audits can be general or focus on selected topics according to circumstances. The senior management of the organization must review the results of the audits, and undertake the corrective or preventive actions required. The review process must guarantee that the necessary information is collected to allow management to make this evaluation. The review must be documented. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure to carry out an internal audit, focused on security in the supply chain, make sure to include the following points: Indicate the type of internal or external audits, in matters of security, that are carried out in the company. Indicate who participates in them, and the records that are made of them, as well as the frequency with which they are carried out. Indicate if the Company's Management verifies the result of the security audits, and if it carries out and/or implements preventive, corrective, and improvement actions. 1.4 Contingency and/or Emergency Plans. There must be a documented contingency plan to ensure business continuity, incidents of any kind that affect the normal development of the transport company's operations. Such plans must be communicated to administrative and operational personnel through periodic training, as well as carrying out tests, practical exercises, or simulations of the protection plans and contingency and emergency procedures to verify their effectiveness, from which a record must be kept. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented emergency procedure or plan, or emergency or security situations that may affect the functioning of the company (blockades, robberies, accidents, spills, mechanical failures, etc.). This procedure must include, by way of illustration and not limitation, the following:

What situations it contemplates.
What mechanisms it uses to disseminate and ensure that these plans are effective. In the case of transport companies of Hazardous Materials and Waste, an emergency sheet must be attached indicating the actions to be taken in case of incident or accident (leaks, spills, explosions, fires, etc.).
Physical Security. The transport company must have established mechanisms to prevent, detect, or deter the entry of unauthorized personnel into its administrative offices, yards (branches) and/or boarding houses where it safeguards information and transport means (tractors), containers, trailers, or semi-trailers respectively. All sensitive areas of the company must have physical barriers, control elements, and dissuasion against unauthorized access. 2.1 Facilities. Facilities must be constructed with materials that can resist unauthorized access. Periodic documented inspections must be carried out to maintain the integrity of the structures, and in case an irregularity has been detected, the corresponding repair must be carried out. Likewise, the territorial limits must be fully identified, as well as the various accesses, internal routes, and the location of the buildings. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate the predominant materials with which the facilities are constructed (for example, metal structure and sheet metal walls, brick walls, wood, among others. Explain how you carry out the review and maintenance of the integrity of the structures. Attach a distribution or architectural plan of the whole, where the limits, access routes, and the location of offices, yards and/or boarding houses can be identified. 2.2 Accesses at Gates and Booths. The entrance or exit doors of vehicles and/or personnel accessing the yards and/or boarding houses of cargo vehicles and administrative offices, must be attended and/or supervised either by own personnel or by security personnel. The number of access doors must be kept to the minimum necessary. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate how many doors and/or accesses exist in the facilities, as well as the operating hours of each one, and indicate how they are monitored (In case of having assigned personnel, indicate the quantity). Detail if there are doors and/or accesses blocked, or permanently closed. 2.3 Perimeter Fences. Perimeter fences and/or peripheral barriers must be installed to secure the company's facilities, based on a risk analysis. The area of the yards and/or boarding houses must be delimited for cargo vehicles (tractors), trailers, and/or semi-trailers and/or containers as applicable. These must be inspected regularly and keep a record of the review with the purpose of ensuring their integrity and identifying damage. In the case of providing cargo storage services, this zone must be clearly delimited, identified, and monitored according to the service required (national or international, as well as high value and dangerous) to prevent unauthorized entry. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the type of fence, peripheral barrier, and/or walls with which the company has, make sure to include the following points: Point out the characteristics of the same (material, dimensions, etc.). In case of not having fences, please justify detailedly the reason. Frequency with which the integrity of the perimeter fences is verified, and the records that are kept. Indicate how your yards are divided. (Describe briefly, in what way you separate tractors, containers, trailers, and/or semi-trailers with cargo domestic and/or international, empty, under repair and/or maintenance; cargo vehicles; workshops; offices; among others). Recommendation: The procedure for the inspection of the fences perimeter could include: a) Responsible personnel to carry out the process. b) How and how often the inspections of the fences, perimeter fences and/or peripheral barriers and buildings are carried out. c) How the inspection record is kept. d) Who is responsible for verifying that the repairs and/or modifications comply with the technical specifications and security requirements necessary. 2.4 Parking Lots. Access to the parking lots of the facilities must be controlled and monitored. It must be prohibited for private vehicles (of employees, visitors, suppliers and contractors, among others) to park within the handling and storage areas of transport means, containers, trailers, and semi-trailers, as well as in adjacent areas. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the control and monitoring of the parking lots, make sure to include the following points: Those responsible for controlling and monitoring access to the parking lots. Identification of the parking lots (specify if the employee, visitor parking is separated from transport means, containers, trailers, and semi-trailers). How entry and exit control of vehicles is carried out to the facilities. (Indicate the records that are made for parking control).

2.5 Key and Lock Device Control. According to the risk analysis, windows, doors, and inner and outer fences must be secured with locking devices. The transport company must have documented procedures for the handling, safeguarding, assignment, and control of the keys of the facilities and cargo vehicles, designating those responsible for the administration, control, and record of these. Likewise, a record must be kept of the people who, based on their functions, have keys or authorized access. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure or procedures for control, safeguarding, assignment, and handling of the keys of the transport means and of the facilities, offices, and interior areas. Make sure that these procedures include the following points: Those responsible for administering and controlling the security of the keys. Control record for the loan of keys. Treatment of loss or non-return of keys. Indicate if there are areas where access is granted with electronic devices and/or some other access mechanism. In case of using keyed padlocks that are placed on containers, trailers, and/or semi-trailers within the facilities, describe in detail the criteria for the handling, control, and safeguarding of the keys of said padlocks. 2.6 Lighting. Lighting inside and outside the facilities must allow clear identification of people, material, and/or equipment located there, including the following areas: entrances, exits, parking or storage areas for tractors, trailers, rolling equipment, perimeter fences and/or peripheral barriers, inner fences, handling and storage of the merchandise (in case of providing this service). An emergency and/or backup system must be available in sensitive areas. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the operation and maintenance of the lighting system. Make sure to include the following points: Indicate which areas are illuminated and which have a backup system (Indicate if you have an auxiliary power plant). How do you ensure that the lighting system is appropriate in each of the areas of the company, in such a way that it allows a clear identification of the personnel, material, and/or equipment that it covers. Recommendations: The procedure may include: a) How the lighting system is controlled. b) Operating hours. c) Maintenance and review program.

2.7 Communication Devices. The transport company must have devices and/or communication systems with the purpose of having immediate contact with security personnel and/or with the emergency and security authorities in case they are required. Additionally, a backup communication system must be available and its proper functioning verified periodically. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure that personnel must perform to contact security personnel or, in its case, with the corresponding authority. Indicate if operational and administrative personnel have or dispose of devices (landlines, mobile phones, alert buttons and/or emergency), to communicate with security personnel and/or with whom it corresponds. (These must be accessible to users, to be able to have a prompt reaction). Indicate what communication devices the security personnel of the transport company uses (landlines, cellulars, radios, alarm system, etc.). Describe the procedure for the control and maintenance of the communication devices, make sure to include the following points: Policies for the assignment of mobile communication devices Program for the maintenance of fixed and mobile communication devices Indicate if you have backup communication devices in case the permanent system fails, and in its case, detail briefly. Indicate if the company's operators/drivers use phones, radios, cell phones, CB band, or some other means for their internal communication and the policies of assignment of the same. Recommendation: The procedure may include: a) Responsible for the proper functioning and maintenance of the communication devices. b) Verification and maintenance record of the devices. c) Method of assignment of communication devices. 2.8 Alarm Systems and Closed-Circuit Television and Video Surveillance (CCTV). Alarm systems and closed-circuit television (CCTV) systems must be used to monitor, notify, or deter unauthorized access and prohibited activities in the facilities and notify the corresponding area, in addition to being used as a tool of proof in investigations derived from any incident. These systems must be placed according to a prior risk analysis, in such a way that areas involving the access of personnel, visitors, suppliers, and cargo and passenger vehicles are kept under surveillance and monitoring, as well as the areas where vehicles and containers are normally located (parking lots, storage where they stay overnight) and in case where merchandise is stored (if they provide this service).

These systems must allow clear identification of the area or environment being monitored, be permanently recording, and keep a backup of the recordings for at least one month, considering that, in the case that your logistics processes exceed this period, the period of maintenance of these backups must be increased, with the purpose of having the necessary elements in case of an incident. The CCTV system must have a documented operation procedure that includes the supervision of the good condition of the equipment and the verification of the correct position of cameras, indicating the frequency with which the backup of the recordings must be performed, as well as those responsible for its operation. Said system must have restricted access. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have contracted an external alarm central service, and in its case, describe the following points: Indicate if doors and windows have alarm sensors or motion sensors. Procedure to follow in case an alarm is activated. Describe the documented procedure for the operation of the CCTV system, make sure to include the following points: Indicate the number of CCTV cameras installed, technical characteristics and their location. (Detail if it covers the entry and exit points of the facilities, to cover the movement of vehicles and individuals, as well as the storage place of the vehicles). Point out the location of the CCTV system, where the monitors are located, who reviews them, as well as the operating hours, and in its case, if there are remote monitoring stations. Indicate if the recordings are reviewed periodically and in what way. (random, every week, special events, restricted areas, etc.). Indicate for how long these recordings are kept. (Must be at least one month). Indicate if the CCTV system is backed up by an electrical power plant. 3. Physical Access Controls. Physical access controls are mechanisms or procedures that prevent and prevent unauthorized entry to the facilities (administrative offices, yards and/or boarding houses of the transport means, merchandise warehouse (in case of providing this service), likewise, they maintain control of entry to operators/drivers, administrative personnel and/or visitors and protect the company's assets. Access controls must include the identification of all employees, visitors, and suppliers at all entry points. Likewise, records must be kept and the mechanisms or documented procedures for entry to the facilities must be permanently evaluated, being the basis to begin integrating security as one of the primary functions within any company.

3.1 Security Personnel. The transport company must have security and surveillance personnel. This personnel plays an important role in the physical protection of facilities, yards and/or parking lots where cargo vehicles (tractors), trailers and containers are stored, as well as for controlling access of all persons to the property. Security personnel must have a documented procedure to carry out their functions, and have full knowledge of mechanisms and procedures in emergency situations, detection of unauthorized persons, or any incident at the facilities. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure for the operation of security personnel, and ensure you include the following points: Indicate the number of security personnel working at the company. Specify the positions and/or functions of the personnel, and operating hours. In case of hiring an external service, specify the number of personnel employed, operational details, records, reports, etc. In case of having armed personnel; describe the procedure for the control and safeguarding of weapons.

3.2 Identification of employees, visitors and suppliers. There must be an identification system for employees, visitors and suppliers for access to the facilities. Employees should only have access to those areas they need to perform their functions. Visitors and suppliers must present official photo identification upon arrival and a record must be kept. All visitors must be accompanied by company personnel during their stay at the facilities. Management or the company's security personnel must adequately control the issuance and return of identification badges for employees, visitors and suppliers and ensure that they always wear the provided identification in a visible place. This procedure must be documented, as well as procedures for the delivery, return and exchange of access devices (for example, keys, proximity cards, etc.). Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the control of identifications. Describe the procedure for the identification of employees, and ensure you include the following points: Identification mechanisms (Photo ID, uniform, etc.). Indicate how personnel hired by a business partner, working within the facilities, are identified. (Contractors, Sub-contractors, etc.). Describe how the company issues, changes and withdraws employee identification and access controls and ensure you include the responsible areas for authorizing and administering them. Describe the procedure for controlling access for visitors and suppliers, ensure you include the following points: Specify what records are kept (Personal forms for each visit, logbooks). Specify who is the person responsible for accompanying the visitor and/or supplier, and if there are restricted areas for their entry.

3.3 Procedure for identification and removal of unauthorized persons or vehicles. The company must have documented procedures that specify how to identify, confront or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to identify, confront or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles. Recommendation: Procedures may include: a) Responsible personnel. b) Designate a person or area responsible for being informed of incidents. c) Instructions for confronting and addressing unidentified personnel. d) Specify in which cases the corresponding authorities must be reported. e) How the recording of incidents and measures taken in each case is carried out.

3.4 Messenger and package deliveries. Messenger and package deliveries intended for company personnel must be examined upon arrival and before being distributed to the corresponding area. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the receipt and review of messenger and package deliveries and ensure you include the following: Indicate how the service provider is identified. (Specify if an additional procedure to the supplier access procedure is required). Specify how packages are reviewed and/or what mechanism is used, as well as the records kept. Specify what action is taken in the event of detecting a suspicious package. Recommendation: Procedures may include: a) Responsible personnel. b) How company personnel from external companies are identified, in addition to what is required for the rest of the suppliers. c) What must be done in the event of detecting a suspicious package. d) How the review is carried out. e) Indicate how the inspection record and, in case, the detected incidents are carried out.

Commercial Partners. The transport company must have written and verifiable procedures for the selection and contracting of commercial partners (manufacturing companies, manufacturers or assemblers, sellers, parts and/or spare parts suppliers, mechanical suppliers or any other service) and according to their risk analysis, require them to comply with security measures to strengthen the international supply chain.

4.1 Selection Criteria. There must be documented procedures for the selection, monitoring or renewal of business relationships with business associates or suppliers, which include interviews, reference verification, evaluation methods and use of the information provided. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the selection of commercial partners (this includes any type of supplier, that has a business relationship with your company; it is in the next sub-standard where it is requested to differentiate those at risk in your supply chain) and ensure it includes the following points: What information is required from your commercial partner. What aspects are reviewed and investigated. Indicate if you maintain a file for each of your commercial partners. Specify how the services of your commercial partner are evaluated and what points you review. Recommendation: The file could include the following: Company data (name, RFC, activity, etc.). Legal representative data. Proof of address. Commercial references. Contracts, agreements and/or confidentiality agreements. Security policies. In case, certificate or certification number in the security programs to which they belong.

4.2 Security Requirements. The transport company must have a documented procedure in which, according to its risk analysis, it requests additional security requirements from those commercial partners that intervene in its supply chain such as, Sub-contracted Transporters, Customs Agents, Private Security, companies that provide the service of Repair of Transport Means, Providers of Service for Loading and Unloading of merchandise, as well as those resulting from the analysis carried out. These requirements must be based on the Company Profile established by the AGACE in a generic manner, or in case it exists, the specific Profile for each actor in the supply chain that corresponds to it. The company must request from its commercial partners the documentation that accredits or proves that they comply with the minimum security standards established in this document, either through a written declaration issued by the legal representative of the partner, agreements or contractual clauses or with documentation that supports compliance with the requirements established in some other Authorized Economic Operator program. In the case of the company's commercial partners that provide their services within the facilities, they must be obliged to comply with these supply chain security requirements, for example companies that provide gardening, cleaning, cafeteria services, etc.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe how you carry out the identification of commercial partners that require compliance with minimum security standards and how these comply with such requirements. Ensure you include the following points: Indicate if you have a register of commercial partners that must comply with security requirements, and mention what type of providers these are (Transporters, Warehouses, Custody Service, Security Company, Transport Means Repair Service, Loading and Unloading Service, Customs Agents, etc.). Indicate in what documentary way (agreements, accords, contractual clauses, among others), you ensure that your commercial partners comply with security requirements. Indicate if there are contractual agreements regarding the implementation of security measures with your service providers inside your company, such as: security guards, cleaning and maintenance services, etc. Indicate if you have commercial partners to whom it is required to belong to a supply chain security program, either by certification by a foreign authority or the private sector. (For example: C-TPAT, PIP or any other Authorized Economic Operator program of the WCO).

4.3 Commercial Partner Reviews. The company must carry out periodic evaluations of the processes and facilities of business associates based on risk and they must maintain the security standards required by the company, and keep records of them, as well as the corresponding follow-up. When inconsistencies are found, the transport company must communicate this to its commercial partner and provide a justified period to address the identified observations, or otherwise, implement the necessary measures to sanction it. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for verifying the security requirements of your commercial partners, ensure you include the following points: Frequency of visits to the commercial partner. Record or report of the verification and in case, the corresponding follow-up. Specify what action measures are taken in case that commercial partners do not comply with the established security requirements.

In case of having commercial partners with C-TPAT certification or another supply chain security certification program, indicate the frequency with which their status is reviewed, and the actions you take in case it is detected that this is suspended and/or cancelled. Recommendation: The procedure may include:

Frequency of visits.
Security review points;
Preparation of reports.
Feedback and agreements with the commercial partner.
Follow-up to agreements.
Measures in case of detecting non-compliance with requirements.
Record of evaluations.
Process Security. Control measures must be established to guarantee the integrity and security of processes related to transport means, handling and storage of foreign trade merchandise (if applicable), throughout the supply chain. Likewise, there must be established procedures to prevent, detect or dissuade undeclared materials or unauthorized personnel from having access to transport means and containers. These procedures must be documented with the intention and objective of maintaining the integrity of the transport means and the shipment at all times from the point of origin to its final destination.

5.1 Process Mapping. There must be a process map that describes step by step the operational flow for the transfer of foreign trade merchandise, throughout the supply chain that includes, by way of example and not limitation, and regarding the service requested by the contractor, the following: assignment of the transport means, container, trailer, inside and outside the yards according to availability, entry to the facilities of the manufacturer, supplier or seller that describes the loading and unloading of the merchandise, the transfer with authorized routes and rest points. Likewise, the land transporter must have written procedures for the designation of operators/drivers, previously designed routes, collection of cargo and delivery of foreign trade merchandise to the final destination; handling of documentation specific to the shipment during loading and/or unloading maneuvers or in advance; communication during the route of the shipment between intermediate or final points, its relationship with other actors in the supply chain such as logistics operators, Customs Agents among others and the contracting clients. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure where you describe in detail the operational flow of your general transport service and the type of service you provide, which includes the designation of operators/drivers, vehicles/units, previously designed routes, cargo collection and delivery, document handling, communication during the operation with other actors in the supply chain including your contracting clients. This process must include, at least the following:

Service Request.
Assignment of Unit and container or Trailer.
Assignment of Operator.
Service Confirmation.
Instructions to the Transporter.
Cargo Collection. a) Identification with the company. b) Instructions Letters for delivery.
Consolidation of merchandise/Container Seal (if applicable).
Storage during wait for shipping instructions or dispatch order.
Transfer of merchandise to port, border, exit customs. Constant communication with the transport company and the contracting company. (During the transfer and at the end of the service).
Transfer to de-consolidation point (if applicable).
Waiting storage.
De-consolidation.
Transfer to final destination.
Information flow associated with the shipment. Administrative management process (General process of sending documentary information, and billing). For the purposes of the administrative management and billing process, the transport company must have a documented procedure to receive and register the service request that the user will require, which must contain, at least the following: Service Request, which includes by way of example and not limitation at least the following information:
Origin (Collection).
Destination.
Cargo specifications (domestic, international, dangerous, high value, etc.).
Delivery time and date.
Freight cost.
Insurance. a) Assignment of unit and operator. b) Preparation and delivery of Documentation.

c) In the case that the transport company, provides the border crossing of the merchandise, it must have a documented procedure, which includes, at least the following: Instructions to coordinate with other service providers that intervene in the customs clearance and border crossing (Customs Agents, DOT, Consolidators/ De- Consolidators, among others). d) Documentation to be presented at Customs. e) Personal protective equipment, or any special request from the Customs Agent or the Customs Agency. 7. Guideline for loading and unloading of merchandise at Customs and/or with the client.

5.2 Delivery and receipt of cargo. The transport company must make known to the operators/drivers of the transport that carry out the delivery or receipt of foreign trade cargo the criteria and conditions that their clients (manufacturers, suppliers, etc.) demand for the handling of their cargo, as well as comply with the security guidelines that the company has to enter their facilities at the time of collection and/or delivery of the foreign trade cargo. The transport company must give its clients prior to the delivery of the shipment and the carrying out of loading and unloading maneuvers in the vehicles designated for such effects the information regarding the operators/drivers so that they can be fully identified upon arriving at their facilities. The transport company must have an updated database with detailed information about its operators/drivers. The operator/driver must know the documents that will be delivered to them, which cover the ownership of the cargo to be transported, such as the dispatch or transfer order, as well as the instruction sheet that will precisely establish the contact data of the person to whom they must direct themselves in the event of any incident, inspection by any other authority or modification of the original conditions of the shipment, routes designated by the client among others. Likewise, with the documentation delivered to them, they must corroborate at the time of loading and unloading of the merchandise the number of packages and the assigned locks described in them. Furthermore, the transport company must issue for each shipment, a bill of lading duly documented, which must contain, in addition to the fiscal requirements, the applicable provisions contained in the Federal Self-Transport and Auxiliary Services Regulations. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure in which you indicate step by step how the delivery and receipt of the cargo is carried out.

5.3 Merchandise tracking procedure. The transport company is responsible for monitoring the integrity of the transport means, as well as the merchandise from the moment of loading until its delivery at the established destination. There must be a device capable of tracking the position of the vehicles in which the merchandise is transported via GPS/Satellite Link during the time the transfer lasts, having continuous geographic coverage during the route. Said device must have the following characteristics: a) Ensure that the device cannot be removed from the unit in which it was fixed without this being detected and authorized. b) Recognize a Geofence (deviation limit). c) Know the position of the vehicle at all times.

d) The device must have a Unique Identification Number (serial number). e) When an alert is detected, the device must be able to automatically change the transmission of the vehicle's position, so that it is reported every 15 minutes, as long as the condition that triggered the alert remains. f) The device must be autonomous in its operation; that is, it does not require vehicle energy during its journey. It is required that the device has an alert scheme, at least for the following cases: Device out of Geofence. Device exceeds immobility time. Vehicle exceeds time of stay in the country. Unauthorized removal of the device. Likewise, the company must establish documented procedures to ensure at all times the location of the transporter's vehicle in transit. These procedures must be carried out under a risk analysis that includes, by way of example and not limitation, the identification of predetermined routes, estimated delivery times, as well as between intermediate points (yards, exit customs, customs agent or customs agency facilities, freight agents, authorized meal stops, fuel loading, routine mechanical reviews, among others). Likewise, measures and actions to be taken in the event of identifying any delay in the route due to weather conditions, traffic, mechanical incident, route changes or the inspection of any authority or any incident in terms of security must be included. There must be trained and authorized personnel for the permanent monitoring and/or traceability of shipments that transport foreign trade merchandise. The supervision and registration data of all vehicles in transit that transport foreign trade merchandise must be preserved for one month in case that the authority and/or the transporter must carry out an evaluation due to a security incident. Response: Explanatory Notes: Detail if a review of predetermined routes is carried out based on your risk analysis individually or collectively with your clients and how it is documented. Likewise, the monitoring of shipments must be documented, and this record must contain the following information:

Operator Name.

Origin and destination of the service.

Client.
Type of cargo.
Unit location records.
Driver's hours of service logbook, which is a daily record containing the necessary data to know the effective driving time and determine the rest according to the Federal Highway Traffic Regulations. Attach the documented procedure to monitor the vehicles or transport means that transport foreign trade merchandise.

Recommendation: The procedure must include, by way of example and not limitation, the following: a) The area and person(s) responsible in the transport company for tracking and monitoring shipments. b) Indicate who are the persons authorized to monitor and/or track foreign trade operations and how they have been instructed and trained to perform this task. c) Indicate by what means and/or systems they perform the monitoring of shipments. d) Frequency for reviewing the status of shipments and according to their risk analysis. e) Indicate the communication means available with the transport unit operator. (Indicate if there is more than one way to communicate: Cell phone, tracking system, global positioning systems (GPS), fixed supervision points, etc.). f) Indicate the frequency with which clients are informed of the location of their shipments, or if they share any tracking system. g) Indicate if there are documented procedures to act or report in case of a delay in the route. (Stoppages, route changes, mechanical failures, accidents, etc.). Indicate if the operator is trained to handle mechanical failures of the units.

5.4 Processing of information and cargo documentation. Transport companies must have written procedures to ensure that both the electronic and/or documentary information sent by their clients starting from their service request, during the movement and dispatch of the cargo transfer, as well as that generated on their own account, is legible, complete, accurate, timely, and protected against changes, loss, or introduction of erroneous information. In the same way, there must be documented procedures to corroborate that the information received by business associates is reported accurately and timely. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the processing of cargo documentation. Briefly explain what it consists of. Detail how you receive and transmit relevant information and documentation for the transfer of foreign trade merchandise with your business partners (Indicate if you use a specific computer control system and briefly explain its function). Likewise, detail how you guarantee that the information provided is legible, complete, accurate, and protected.

Customs Management. The transport company must have documented procedures, in which internal and operational policies are established, as well as the necessary controls for the due compliance of customs obligations. 6.1 Customs Obligations. For the case of transport companies that enter fiscal or supervised premises to transfer foreign trade merchandise, they must have a documented procedure for obtaining the CAAT registration, in accordance with what is established in articles 1 and 20 of the Law and rule 2.4.5. Companies that have the Registration to carry out the transit of merchandise in accordance with Rule 4.6.11, must have a documented procedure with the objective of complying with what is established in Rule 4.6.18. Regarding internal transits of foreign trade merchandise referred to in articles 127 of the Law, 189 of the Regulations, and rule 4.6.11, the transport company must have a documented procedure that guarantees notice to customs authorities caused by late arrival, indicating the causes that originated the delay, the place where the transport means is located, the transit petition number, and the status of the official seals, if applicable. (Article 188 of the Regulations). For the purposes of what is stipulated in article 128 of the Law and rule 4.6.17, the transport company, if applicable, must have a documented procedure that guarantees that the internal transit of merchandise must be carried out within the maximum timeframes established in Annex 15. For cases of destruction of merchandise provided for in article 94 of the Law and 141 of the Regulations, the transport company must have a documented procedure by which it guarantees the delivery of notices in a clear, precise, and exact manner to the customs of destination. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have the CAAT registration. Attach the procedure that describes the steps to follow for obtaining the CAAT (this procedure must include the steps to follow to obtain the radiofrequency identification device number (transponder). Indicate if you have the Registration to carry out the Transit of Merchandise, if affirmative, attach the following procedures: Documented procedure to comply with Rule 4.6.18, which must include, by way of example and not limitation, the following:

Notices to the authority, regarding changes in the information provided for obtaining the registration.
Integrate and maintain an updated automated daily register of service users.
Integration of a file for each service user. Attach the documented procedure that guarantees notice to customs authorities caused by late arrival in accordance with article 188 of the Regulations. Attach the documented procedure referred to in article 189 of the Regulations and, if applicable, describe how you guarantee compliance with the timeframes established for transfers referred to in Annex 15.

Security of cargo vehicles, containers, trailers, and/or semi-trailers. Security must be maintained in the transport means, tractors, containers, trailers, and semi-trailers (cargo vehicles, pickup trucks, vans, among others), to protect them from the introduction of unauthorized persons and/or materials. For this reason, it is necessary to have documented procedures to review, seal, and maintain their integrity. 7.1 Use of seals and/or locks on containers and trailers. The use and placement of seals or locks on transport means (containers, trailers, and semi-trailers) is considered a critical and necessary process to maintain the integrity of shipments transporting foreign trade merchandise. Therefore, the company must document procedures that include the control, safeguarding, assignment, and replacement of locks and seals that meet or exceed ISO 17712 standard. The transport company must verify and evidence that during loading points, as well as in reviews by any authority or due to changes in the original conditions of the shipment, high-security seals or locks that meet or exceed ISO 17712 standard are applied and placed correctly; for the case of consolidated cargo collection and delivery operations that do not use consolidation centers to sort or consolidate the cargo before reaching the destination, the transport company must, at each stop and before reaching the destination, place high-security seals on the trailer, semi-trailer, or container. Likewise, the company must have documented procedures that clearly describe how high-security seals will be controlled by the transporter during route transit, and that, by way of example and not limitation, contain the following: A. Verify the correct placement of seals or locks according to the VVTT inspection method to evidence and discard improper manipulations: V- View the seal and lock mechanisms of the container. V- Verify the seal number. T- Pull the seal to ensure it is correctly placed. T- Twist and turn the seal to ensure. B. Review and compare the documentation containing the number of the original seal or lock and any additional ones carried during the transfer of merchandise. C. In the case of containers and trailers, place the high-security seal on the right door or, if applicable, if the company uses cable seals, it must be placed on both vertical bars of the container. D. Review that closing devices, hinges, and pins are attached to the trailer or container, and welded or riveted. E. Consider the type of reports and records that will be made if the seal is removed, even by official authorities or due to an incident during the transfer of the cargo, which must contemplate the installation of a second seal as a replacement and its proper notification to the owner of the merchandise. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure for the review of seals and/or locks on vehicles, transport means, containers, trailers, and/or semi-trailers. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Verify that the seal or lock is intact and determine if there is evidence of improper manipulation. Use the VVTT inspection method. Review and compare the documentation containing the number of the original seal or lock and, if applicable, the additional ones carried during the transfer of merchandise. Review that closing devices, hinges, and pins are attached to the trailer or container, and welded or riveted. Indicate how you assign and replace high-security locks, in case that during the route, it is inspected by another authority.

7.2 Inspection of transport means, containers, trailers, and semi-trailers. The transport company must have procedures to permanently carry out a review of transport means (tractors), containers, empty trailers, and semi-trailers with the purpose of identifying natural or hidden compartments, using a checklist or format that includes the main points to review. This review must be carried out by operators/drivers or personnel designated by the company for this purpose. Likewise, the physical-mechanical conditions of the transport means must be reviewed periodically to verify their proper functioning. Such reviews and inspections must be systematic, and carried out upon entry and exit of yards or storage sites; at the merchandise loading point (contracting company); and if the infrastructure allows, before arriving at the dispatch customs. This inspection must be monitored by the CCTV system. The documented procedure for its inspection must include, by way of example and not limitation, the following review points:

Transport Means	Containers, Trailers, and Semi-trailers

Bumper.
Tires and rims (tractor and trailer).
Floor (tractor).
Gasoline tanks.
Compartments inside the cabin / bedroom / doors and tool compartments/passenger section and roof.
Air tanks.
Chassis and fifth wheel area.
Drive axles.
Exhaust pipe.
Engine / Battery box / Air box and filters.
Trailer base.
Exterior and interior doors.
Right side wall.
Internal and external roofs.
Front wall.
Left side wall.
Internal floor.
Axle or skid plate.
If applicable, the refrigeration system.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to carry out the inspection of transport means, containers, trailers, and semi-trailers. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Persons responsible for carrying out the inspection. Formats used to carry out the inspection that comply with the minimum requirements indicated in this sub-standard; likewise, Regarding transport companies of Hazardous Materials and Waste, each vehicle must have a Daily Visual Inspection Log of the Autotransport Unit. Description of the place(s) where the inspection is carried out and indicate if it is monitored by the CCTV system.

Likewise, describe the procedure carried out on transport means, cargo vehicles, trailers, semi-trailers, and/or containers, which contemplates the physical-mechanical conditions for daily operation on federal jurisdiction roads and bridges. This procedure must additionally include the following: Responsible personnel. Places where inspections are carried out. In case any physical-mechanical condition and/or anomaly is detected that affects the proper functioning of the units, how they are reported, and what measures must be taken. Indicate what type of record is kept. For cases where, due to major structural modifications in transport means such as axles, springs, chassis modifications, and even cabin adaptations, among others, the owner and person responsible for the vehicle fleet must contemplate, in accordance with their risk analysis, a more exhaustive review of the vehicle in question to ensure its integrity, regarding this: Indicate if the repair or maintenance of transport units (tractors), containers, or trailers, are carried out in the same facilities, or are carried out with an external provider. Briefly describe how the delivery-receipt of vehicles that underwent modifications as mentioned in the previous paragraph is carried out.

7.3 Storage of vehicles, transport means, containers, trailers, and semi-trailers. The transport company must maintain the integrity at all times of the transport means (tractors, containers, trailers, and/or semi-trailers among others) by establishing controls within its facilities. If these are empty and must be stored in parking areas, they must be secured with a lock and/or indicative seal or, if applicable, in a secure area that is guarded and/or monitored. When it is necessary to store any container, trailer, and/or semi-trailer with foreign trade merchandise, it must be in a secure and monitored area to prevent access and manipulation, as well as closed with a high-security lock according to ISO 17712 standard. If during the route on the authorized path to the final destination, it is considered to move to a facility that is authorized as a storage yard for vehicles, transport means, containers, trailers, and semi-trailers, whether owned by the company or through a third party, the transport company must guarantee that these facilities meet the minimum criteria in terms of security based on the Company Profile established by AGACE, or if applicable, any other Authorized Economic Operator program.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe how you ensure the integrity of the transport means that transfer foreign trade merchandise (boxes, containers, trailers, and/or semi-trailers). Indicate the types of seals and/or locks used for boxes, containers, trailers, and/or semi-trailers. Indicate how many facilities the company contemplates for the storage of vehicles, transport means, containers, trailers, and semi-trailers and add the following data for each of these: Name or denomination of the facility. Full address of the facility. Surface area of the facility marked in m2. Indicate how many foreign trade shipments enter the facility (imp/exp). Number of people working in this facility. In case any facility has been visited by C-TPAT, indicate the date on which the visit was carried out. Indicate in each of the facilities which one belongs to the company or is a service contracted through a third party. Describe how you ensure that your business partner providing the storage service meets the minimum requirements in terms of security.

Personnel Security. There must be documented procedures for the registration and evaluation of persons wishing to obtain employment within the transport company and establish methods to carry out periodic verifications of current employees. There must also be continuous training programs for administrative and operational staff that disseminate the company's security policies, as well as the consequences and actions to be taken in case of any offense. 8.1 Verification of work history. The transport company must have documented procedures to verify the information recorded in the curriculum and application of candidates with the possibility of employment, in accordance with local legislation, either on their own or through an external company. This procedure must contemplate the creation and updating of personnel files, which must have restricted access and contain the following information, by way of example and not limitation: Employment application. Updated photograph (in electronic or printed format). Copy of official identification. Copy of the valid federal driver's license issued by the SICT according to the type of service to be provided. Copy of the updated proof of address. Copy of the birth certificate. Registration with Social Security Institutions. Recommendation letters. Evaluations (Toxicological Exam mandatory for operators/drivers) at least every six months. Contracting terms. Minimum mechanical knowledge exam.

Likewise, for sensitive positions that have been identified in the previously carried out risk analysis and directly affect the security of the transport means, they must consider requesting stricter requirements for their hiring, which must be carried out periodically (e.g., Operators/drivers). Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure for the hiring of personnel and ensure you include the following: Requirements and documentation demanded. Tests and exams requested. Indicate the areas and/or critical positions that have been identified as risky, according to your analysis and indicate the following: Indicate if there are additional requirements for specific areas and/or jobs. (Certificate of no criminal record, Socioeconomic Studies, Clinical (drug use), etc.). If applicable, indicate the jobs or areas of work where they are required and with what frequency they are carried out. Indicate if prior to hiring, the candidate must sign a confidentiality agreement or a similar document. Indicate the medical and toxicological exams carried out on operators/drivers. In case of hiring a service agency for the hiring of personnel, indicate if this has documented procedures for the hiring of personnel and how you ensure they comply with the same. Briefly explain what they consist of.

8.2 Procedure for personnel dismissal. There must be documented procedures for personnel dismissal, which include the delivery of identifications, and any other item that has been provided to perform their functions (Keys, uniforms, computer equipment, tools, etc.). Likewise, this procedure must include the deactivation in those systems, both computer and access, among others that may exist. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for personnel dismissal, and ensure you include the following: How the delivery of identifications, uniforms, keys, and other equipment is carried out. Indicate if you have a register and/or format, in which the delivery of material is identified and ensured, and deactivation in computer systems. (If applicable, please attach). Indicate if you keep records of personnel who ended their labor relationship with the transport company, so that in case it was for security reasons, to warn their service providers and/or business associates.

8.3 Personnel Administration. An updated list of employees hired directly by the company, as well as those hired through a third party, must be maintained. Likewise, the registration of affiliation with Social Security Institutions and other legal labor records must be carried out and kept updated. In the case that the company has personnel hired by its business partners and working within the facilities, it must ensure that they comply with the requirements established for the rest of its employees. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if the company has an updated database, both of personnel hired directly, as well as that hired through a service provider company, and ensure it includes, by way of example and not limitation, the following points:

Full name.
Updated photograph at least every five years.
Personal data (age, name, date of birth, phone number, address, CURP, IMSS number, blood type, allergies, etc.).
Affiliation.
Work history.
Diseases.
Medical exams.
Training.
Type of license and status thereof (they must have a register of transporter licenses with the corresponding validity, in order to avoid their drivers traveling with an expired license).
Results of periodic evaluations.
Observations.
This personnel must be hired in accordance with the current labor laws and regulations.

Information and Documentation Security. There must be prevention measures to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of information and documentation related to shipments that transfer foreign trade merchandise, including those used for the exchange of information with other members of the supply chain. Likewise, there must be policies that include measures against misuse. 9.1 Classification and handling of documents. There must be procedures to classify documents according to their sensitivity and/or importance, with special emphasis on that received from their contractors where information related to routes, materials, merchandise, and/or goods to be transferred, instruction letters, schedules, client names and/or contacts, among others, is described. Sensitive and important documentation must be stored in a secure area that only allows access to authorized personnel. Reviews must be conducted regularly to ensure that documents are not used improperly. The useful life time of documentation and/or files must be identified and procedures for their destruction must be established. The company must have updated and safeguarded files of transport means, containers, trailers, and semi-trailers, with the following: Proof of ownership or legal possession of the vehicle with invoice, sales letter, petition, lease contract, or document from the National Vehicle Registry. Circulation card.

Valid civil liability insurance policy for third-party damages or guarantee fund. Pollutant low-emission certificate. In the case of the transport of hazardous materials and waste, the transport company must have an insurance policy for environmental damage. The foregoing in accordance with what is stipulated in the Federal Self-Transportation and Auxiliary Services Regulations and the Regulations for the Land Transport of Hazardous Materials and Waste. Answer: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the registration, control, and storage of printed documentation (classification and filing of documents). Recommendation: The applicant's procedures may include: a) Control register for delivery, loan, etc., of documentation. b) Restricted access to the archive area. c) Storage and classification policies. d) An updated security plan describing the measures in force regarding the protection of documents against unauthorized access, as well as against deliberate destruction or loss thereof. 9.2 Information Technology Security. In the case of automated systems, individual accounts requiring periodic password changes must be used. There must be established information technology policies, procedures, and standards that must be communicated to employees through training. There must be written procedures and infrastructure to protect the company against information loss, as well as an established system to identify abuse of information technology systems and detect inappropriate access and/or improper manipulation or alteration of business and commercial data, as well as a written procedure for the application of appropriate disciplinary measures to all offenders. Answer: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for archiving your information and protecting it from possible losses. Ensure you include the following points: State the frequency with which backups are carried out. Who has access to them, and who authorizes the recovery of information. Describe the procedure for protecting your computer systems to guarantee information security; ensure you indicate the following: Indicate if the systems are protected by passwords and how frequently they are modified. State if there are information security policies for their protection. Indicate the mechanisms or systems to detect abuse or intrusion by unauthorized persons into your systems. Indicate the corrective policies and/or sanctions in case of detection of any violation of information security policies. Indicate if the computer equipment has a backup power supply system that allows business continuity. Recommendation: The procedures regarding the company's information backup may include: a) How and for how long the data is stored. b) Business continuity plan in case of incident and how to recover the information. c) Frequency and location of backups and archived information. d) If backups are stored in sites alternative to the facilities where the DPC (data processing center) is located. e) Tests of the validity of data recovery from backups. Recommendation: The procedures regarding the protection of the company's information may include:

An updated and documented policy for the protection of the company's computer systems against unauthorized access and deliberate destruction or loss of information.
Detail if you operate with multiple systems (headquarters/sites) and how such systems are controlled.
Who is responsible for the protection of the company's computer system (responsibility should not be limited to one person but to several so that each can control the actions of the others).
How access authorizations and system access levels are granted. (Access to sensitive information should be limited to authorized personnel to make information modifications).
Password format, frequency of changes, and who provides those passwords.
Firewalls and anti-virus used.
Deletion, maintenance, or updating of user details. Measures planned to handle incidents in case the system is compromised.
Security training and awareness. There must be a threat awareness program designed and updated by the transport company's personnel to recognize and create awareness about threats from terrorists and smugglers at each point in the supply chain. Administrative and operational employees must know the company's established procedures to consider a situation and how to report it. Additional training must be provided to operators/drivers, as well as to employees who are in critical and/or sensitive areas determined under their risk analysis. 10.1 Training and threat awareness. The company must have a training and awareness program on supply chain security policies directed at all its employees, and additionally, make informational material available regarding the procedures established in the company to consider a situation that threatens its security and how to report it. The company must have an additional program for its operators/drivers who use it for the transport of goods destined for foreign trade, which includes specific topics according to their functions that allow them to maintain the integrity of transport means and their cargo, incident handling, changing locks in case of inspection by other authorities, among others, that are implemented. Likewise, specific training according to their functions must be offered to help employees maintain the integrity of trailers and tractors, recognize internal conspiracies, and protect access controls. In addition to security training programs, a program on awareness of alcohol and drug consumption must be included. These topics must be established as part of new employee induction and periodic update programs must be maintained. Training programs must encourage active employee participation in security controls and mechanisms, as well as maintain records of all training efforts provided by the company, and the list of those who participated in them. The foregoing, in accordance with the regulation established by the SICT, which establishes that permit holders have the obligation to provide their drivers with training and coaching to achieve efficient, safe, and effective service provision. Answer: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have a training program on security and prevention in the supply chain for all employees. Briefly explain what it consists of and ensure you include the following: Brief description of the topics taught in the program. When they are taught. (Induction, specific periods, etc.). Frequency of training and, if applicable, updates. Indicate how participation in supply chain security training is documented. Explain how employee participation in security matters is encouraged. Indicate if you have a training program on supply chain security focused on operators/drivers. Briefly explain what it consists of. Indicate how participation in supply chain security training is documented. Explain how employee participation in security matters is encouraged. Indicate how you keep a record of participants in training. Frequency of training and, if applicable, updates. The topics that may include, by way of example and not limitation:
Access and security policies at facilities.
Delivery-receipt of merchandise.
Confidentiality of cargo information.
Transport instructions.
Accident and emergency reports.
Instructions for placing locks and/or seals in case of inspection by other authorities.
Installation and testing of security alarms and unit tracking, where applicable. Identification of authorized formats and documents that you will use.
Handling and investigation of incidents. There must be documented procedures to report and investigate incidents in the supply chain and the actions to be taken to prevent their recurrence. 11.1 Reporting of anomalies and/or suspicious activities. In case of detection of anomalies and/or suspicious activities, these must be notified to security personnel and/or other competent authorities. Answer: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure to report anomalies and/or suspicious activities, and ensure you include the following: Who is responsible for reporting incidents. Detail how you determine and identify with which authority to communicate in different scenarios or presumption of suspicious activities. Mention if you keep a record of the reporting of these activities and/or suspicions and briefly describe. 11.2 Investigation and analysis. There must be written procedures for the analysis and investigation of incidents to determine their cause, as well as corrective actions to prevent them from happening again. The information derived from this investigation must be documented and available at all times for authorities that so require. This information and documentation generated to carry out foreign trade operations must be included in a file with the purpose of allowing the identification of each of the processes that the transport means went through, up to the point where the incidence was detected, and allowing the recognition of the vulnerability of the chain.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure to initiate an investigation, in case any incident occurs, and ensure you include the following: Responsible for carrying out the investigation. Documentation that integrates the investigation file, among which the following must not be missing: Information related to the operator(s)/driver(s), vehicles (tractors), containers, trailers and/or semi-trailers, merchandise, and routes. Recommendation: The documents to be included in the file derived from the investigation, by way of example and not limitation, may be: General information of the shipment, Purchase Order. Transport request; Confirmation of transport means; Identification of the transport operator (Access records, etc.). Container Inspection Forms; Exit order; delivery records. CCTV system videos. Documentation generated for the transporter (Packing list, Bill of Lading, instruction sheet). Documentation generated for business partners (Merchandise description, Proformas, invoices, etc.). Documentation generated by the business partner (Customs declarations, Manifests, Tracking and inspection reports, videos if applicable, etc.). Unit tracking and monitoring report (GPS tracking).

E6. Courier and Package Profile. Acknowledgment of Receipt First Time: Renewal: Addition: Modification: The data you provide will replace the data you provided when you requested your authorization. General Information The objective of this Profile is to ensure that courier and package companies have security practices and processes implemented at their facilities, focused on strengthening the supply chain and mitigating the risk of contamination of shipments with illicit products. Courier and package companies interested in obtaining the authorization referred to in rule 7.1.5. of the current General Rules of Foreign Trade (RGCE) must demonstrate that they have documented and verifiable processes; likewise, they must integrate the criteria required in this document according to the business model or design they have established, seeking during the implementation of security standards, the application of a risk analysis culture supported by decision-making in accordance with the values, mission, vision, codes of ethics, and conduct of the company itself. In case the courier and package company has authorization for a Fiscalized Facility or Strategic Fiscalized Facility; in addition to complying with what is provided in this document, it must accredit the requirements and guidelines established for the control, surveillance, access routes, infrastructure, equipment, and security of foreign trade merchandise established by the ANAM and may prove its compliance with that which coincides with what is established in this profile. Filling Instructions:

You must fill out a profile for each of the main facilities where you consolidate foreign trade merchandise and, if applicable, for those facilities related as: warehouses, distribution centers, among others. The number of profiles presented must coincide with the facilities manifested in your application for registration as a Certified Commercial Partner under the courier and package category and with the addresses registered with the RFC.
In each sub-standard, the courier and package company must detail how it complies with or exceeds what is established in each of the numerals as indicated.
The format of this document is divided into two sections, as detailed below:
Standard. Standard Description 1.1 Sub-standard. Sub-standard Description Response. Explanatory Notes Describe and/or attach... Points to highlight... Recommendation:
...
Indicate how you comply with what is established in each of the sub-standards, therefore you must attach the procedures in Spanish that, if applicable, are required, or provide a detailed explanation of what is requested in the Response field. The section regarding Explanatory Notes is intended to be used as a guide regarding the points that must be included in the Response or in the attached procedures, as the case may be, for each sub-standard, indicating in an indicative manner those points that should not be excluded from your response. In this sense, it must be understood that any recommendation indicated here is not considered an obligation.
Once this Courier and Package Profile is answered, you must attach it to the Registration Application in the Enterprise Certification Scheme, Certified Commercial Partner modality referred to in the first paragraph of rule 7.1.5., first paragraph, fraction VI, item e). For the purpose of verifying what is manifested in the previous paragraph, the SAT through the AGACE may carry out an inspection of the facility, with the exclusive purpose of verifying what is manifested in this document.
Any incomplete courier and package company profile will not be processed.
Any question relative to the Registration Application and the Courier and Package Profile, please direct it to the contacts that appear on the SAT Portal.
In case of being authorized as a Certified Commercial Partner, this format must be updated annually, in accordance with what is established in rule 7.2.1., fourth paragraph, first fraction.
As a result of the issuance of the authorization, specific requirements may result which must be resolved within the timeframe indicated by the authority for such effects. Installation Data A Courier and Package Company Profile must be filled out for each of the cargo consolidation facilities and which in their processes handle foreign trade merchandise. Installation Information Profile Number of Courier and Package: of RFC Name and/or Business Name Name and/or Denomination of the Installation Type of Installation Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/Delegation Federal Entity Age of the installation (years of operation): Activity carried out in the installation: Preponderant products handled in the installation of the courier and package company: (As applicable) Avg. number of monthly shipments (EXP): (By transport means) Avg. number of monthly shipments (IMP): (By transport means) Total number of employees at this installation: Installation surface area (m2): Certifications in security programs: (Please indicate if this installation has a certification from any of the following programs) C-TPAT. Yes No Level: Pre-Applicant Applicant Certified Certified/Validated C-TPAT Account number (8 digits): Date of last visit at this installation: Partners in Protection (PIP) Yes No Registration No.: Authorized Economic Operator from other countries (OEA's) Yes No Program: Registration: Other Supply Chain Security Programs Yes No Program: Registration: Certifications: (Please indicate if you have certifications that you consider impact your supply chain process, for example: ISO 9000; Reliable Logistics Processes, among others) Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity:
Supply chain security planning. The company must elaborate documented policies and procedures to carry out an analysis that allows the identification of risks and weaknesses in its supply chain with the objective of implementing strategies that help mitigate the risk in the operations of its organization. 1.1 Risk analysis. The courier and package company must have measures to identify, analyze, and mitigate risks that could result in alterations of foreign trade merchandise during its handling, guarding, custody, and transport in its supply chain and facilities, under the guideline of a documented procedure. Such analysis must be based on its organization's model (example: type of merchandise, volume, clients, routes, information leakage, potential threats, etc.), so that it allows implementing and maintaining security measures. This procedure must be updated at least once a year, so that it allows permanently identifying new threats or risks that are considered in the operation, as a result of any incident, or that originate from changes in initial conditions, as well as to identify that the policies, procedures, control mechanisms, and security are being complied with.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Explain how you identify, analyze, and mitigate risks related to your supply chain and facilities. Indicate what sources of information are used to qualify risks during the analysis phase. Attach the documented procedure to identify risks in the supply chain and the facilities of your company; ensure you include the following points: State the periodicity with which you carry out this procedure. Indicate what aspects and/or areas of the company are incorporated into the risk analysis. Describe what methodology you use to determine a risk analysis. Mention who are the responsible parties for updating the company's risk analysis. The geographic and social context of the installation. The risks identified at the installation and in its supply chain or logistics. The rating given to each risk. The controls imposed on each identified risk, in order to mitigate it. The review and/or update period of the risk analysis results. Recommendation: It is suggested to use the Administration, management, and evaluation of risks techniques according to the international standards ISO 31000, ISO 31010, and ISO 28000 that, according to your business model, you should implement. 1.2 Security policies. The courier and package company must have policies oriented to prevent, secure, and recognize threats in supply chain security, such as smuggling, trafficking of weapons, persons, prohibited merchandise, acts of terrorism, as well as those threats associated with information exchange. Such policies must be reflected in the corresponding procedures and/or manuals. Answer: Explanatory Notes: Enumerate the company's policies in the supply chain and its facilities, who is responsible for their review, as well as the periodicity with which their update is carried out.

1.3 Internal audits in the supply chain. In addition to routine monitoring in control and security, it is necessary to schedule and carry out audits at least once a year, under the guidelines of a documented procedure that allows evaluating all processes regarding security in the supply chain and its facilities. Audits must be carried out by authorized personnel and, whenever possible, independent of the audited activity, although they may be part of the organization. The focus and execution must be adjusted to the size of the organization and the nature of the risks identified during the analysis in accordance with point 1.1. Senior management must review the audit results, analyze the causes, and undertake corrective or preventive actions required through a systematic evaluation with the information available for this purpose. The review must be documented. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the documented procedure to carry out an internal audit, focused on supply chain security, ensuring you include the following points: Indicate the type of internal or external audits, in terms of supply chain security, that the courier and package company performs. Indicate who participates in them, and the records that are generated, as well as the periodicity with which they are carried out. Indicate how the senior management of the company verifies the result of the audits in terms of supply chain security and if it determines to carry out preventive, corrective, and improvement actions in the processes.

1.4 Contingency and/or emergency plans related to supply chain security. There must be a documented contingency plan to ensure business continuity in case of disruption to the normal development of activities in the facilities and during the transport, handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise in accordance with its logistical process in the supply chain (for example: customs closures, threats, blockades, among others). The company must carry out tests, practical exercises, or simulations of the supply chain contingency and emergency plans to verify their effectiveness, for which records must be kept. Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented emergency or contingency procedure, in case of an emergency or security situation, that affects the normal development of activities in the facilities, during the transport, handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise in accordance with its logistical process in the supply chain. This procedure must include, by way of example and not limitation, the following:

What situations it covers.
What mechanisms it uses to guarantee that the business continuity plan is effective.
Physical security. The courier and package company must have established mechanisms and documented processes to prevent, detect, or deter the entry of unauthorized personnel into the facilities. All sensitive areas of the company must have physical barriers, control elements, and deterrents against unauthorized access.

2.1 Facilities. Facilities must be constructed with materials that can resist unauthorized access. Periodic documented inspections must be carried out to maintain the integrity of the structures, and in case any irregularity is detected, the corresponding repair must be made. Likewise, territorial limits, various access points, internal routes, and the location of buildings must be fully identified. Response: Explanatory notes: Indicate the predominant materials with which the facility is constructed (for example, metal structure and sheet metal walls, brick walls, wood, among others), and indicate how the review and maintenance of the integrity of the structures is carried out. Attach a general distribution or architectural plan, where the limits, access routes, traffic flow, and location of the buildings can be identified.

2.2 Access at gates and booths. The entrance or exit doors for personnel and/or vehicles of the company's facilities must be attended and/or supervised either by company personnel or by security personnel. The number of access doors must be kept to the minimum necessary. Response: Explanatory notes: Indicate how many doors and/or accesses exist in the facilities, as well as the operating hours of each, and indicate how they are monitored (in case of having assigned surveillance personnel, indicate the quantity). Detail if there are blocked and/or permanently closed doors and/or accesses and their location.

2.3 Perimeter walls. Perimeter walls and/or peripheral barriers must be installed to secure the facilities of the courier and package company, particularly the areas for storage, custody, and warehousing of foreign trade merchandise, high-value, hazardous, in accordance with applicable regulations, restricted access areas, and others determined in accordance with its risk analysis, in order to prevent unauthorized entry. These must be inspected regularly and keep a record of the inspection in order to ensure their integrity and identify damage. The storage, high-value, hazardous, and/or restricted access areas must be clearly identified and monitored to prevent unauthorized entry. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the type of peripheral barrier and/or walls that the facility has, ensuring you include the following points: Specify which areas it segregates in the facility as being critical and/or sensitive. Indicate their characteristics (material, dimensions, etc.).

In case of not having walls, please justify the reason in detail. Periodicity with which the integrity of the perimeter walls is verified, and the records that are kept. Describe how the cargo destined for foreign countries, hazardous material, and high-value material is segregated; ensuring you include the following points: Indicate how it separates national merchandise and foreign trade merchandise, and if it is additionally identified (for example: different packaging; labels; crating, among others). Identify and indicate the restricted access areas (hazardous merchandise, high-value, confidential, etc.). Recommendation: The procedure for inspecting perimeter walls could include: a) Responsible personnel to carry out the process. b) How and with what frequency the inspections of fences, perimeter walls, and/or peripheral barriers and buildings are carried out. c) How the inspection record is kept. d) Who is responsible for verifying that repairs and/or modifications meet the technical specifications and necessary security requirements.

2.4 Parking lots. Access to the parking lots of the facilities must be controlled and monitored, in accordance with applicable provisions. It must be prohibited for private vehicles (of employees, visitors, suppliers, and contractors, among others) to park within the merchandise handling and storage areas, as well as in adjacent areas. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for the control and monitoring of parking lots, ensuring you include the following points: Responsible for controlling and monitoring access to the parking lots. Identification of the parking lots (specify if the visitor parking is separated from the merchandise storage and handling areas). How the entry and exit of vehicles to the facilities is controlled (indicate the records that are made for parking control). Policies or mechanisms to prevent the entry of private vehicles into the merchandise storage and handling areas.

2.5 Key and lock device control. Windows, doors, and interior and exterior fences, according to their risk analysis, must be secured with locking devices. The company must have a documented procedure for the handling and control of keys and/or locking devices for the interior areas that have been considered critical. Likewise, a record must be kept of the persons who have keys or authorized access in accordance with their level of responsibility and tasks within their work area. Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure or procedures for the handling, safeguarding, assignment, control, and non-return of keys, in the facilities, offices, interiors, and critical and/or sensitive areas. Ensure that these procedures include the following points: Responsible for administering and controlling the security of the keys. Control record for the loan of keys. Treatment of loss or non-return of keys. Indicate if there are areas where access is gained with electronic devices and/or any other access mechanism.

2.6 Lighting. Lighting inside and outside the facilities must allow for clear identification of persons, material, and/or equipment located there, including the following areas: entrances and exits, merchandise handling and storage areas, perimeter and/or peripheral walls, interior fences, and parking areas, and must have an emergency and/or backup system in sensitive areas. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for the operation and maintenance of the lighting system. Ensure you include the following points: Indicate which areas are illuminated and which have a backup system (indicate if it has an auxiliary power plant). How it ensures that the lighting system has continuity in the event of a power outage in each of the areas of the facility and with special emphasis on the areas considered critical and/or sensitive, in such a way as to allow clear identification of the personnel, material, and/or equipment it covers. Recommendations: The procedure may include: a) Responsible for the control of lighting systems. b) How the lighting system is controlled. c) Operating hours. d) Identification of areas with permanent lighting. e) Maintenance and review program (in case it coincides with another process, indicate it).

2.7 Communication devices. The company must have communication devices and/or systems for the purpose of contacting security personnel and/or emergency and security authorities as required, immediately. Additionally, it must have a backup system and verify its proper functioning periodically. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure that personnel must perform to contact the company's security personnel or, in their case, the corresponding authority. Indicate if operational and administrative personnel have or have access to devices (landline phones, mobile phones, alert and/or emergency buttons) to communicate with security personnel and/or the corresponding person (these must be accessible to users, to be able to have a prompt reaction). Indicate what communication devices the company's security personnel uses (landline phones, cell phones, radios, alarm system, etc.). Describe the procedure for the control and maintenance of communication devices, ensuring you include the following points: Policies for the assignment of mobile communication devices. Maintenance program for fixed and mobile communication devices. Indicate if it has backup communication devices, in case the permanent system fails and, if so, detail briefly. Recommendation: The procedure may include: a) Responsible for the proper functioning and maintenance of communication devices. b) Record of verification and maintenance of the devices. c) Method of assignment of communication devices.

The courier and package company must have documented operating procedures for the aforementioned systems. In the case of CCTV, it must include the supervision of the good condition of the equipment, the verification of the correct position of the cameras, the maintenance for backing up recordings for at least sixty days in accordance with rule 2.3.8., for those that have authorizations for supervised precinct and strategic supervised precinct; for other cases, the recording period must be at least thirty days; the continuity of operation in case of power supply failures, as well as those responsible for their operation. These systems must have restricted access. Response: Explanatory notes: Indicate if you have contracted an external alarm central service and, if so, describe the following points: Indicate if doors and windows have alarm sensors or motion sensors. Procedure to follow in case an alarm is activated. Describe the documented procedure for the operation of the CCTV system, ensuring you include the following points: Indicate the number of CCTV cameras installed, technical characteristics, and their location (detail if it covers the entry and exit points of the facilities, to cover the movement of vehicles and individuals, as well as the place of storage of foreign trade merchandise). Indicate the location of the CCTV system, where the monitors are located, who reviews them, as well as the operating hours, and if there are remote monitoring stations. Indicate if the recordings are reviewed periodically and how (random, weekly, special events, restricted areas, etc.). Indicate for how long these recordings are kept (must be at least one month). Indicate if the CCTV system is backed up by an electrical power plant.

Physical access controls. Physical access controls are mechanisms or procedures that prevent and prevent unauthorized entry to the facilities, maintain control of the entry of employees and visitors, and protect the company's assets. Access controls must include the identification of all employees, visitors, and suppliers at all entry points. Likewise, the mechanisms or documented procedures for entry to the facilities must be kept and permanently evaluated, being the basis for beginning to integrate security as one of the primary functions within any company.

3.1 Security personnel. The company must have security and surveillance personnel. This personnel plays an important role in the physical protection of the facilities and of the merchandise during its transport and handling within the company, as well as for controlling the access of all persons to the property. Security personnel must have a documented procedure to carry out their functions and have full knowledge of the mechanisms and procedures in emergency situations, detection of unauthorized persons, or any incident in the facility.

Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the documented procedure for the operation of security personnel and ensure you include the following points: Indicate the number of security personnel working in the company. Indicate the positions and/or functions of the personnel and operating hours. In case of contracting an external service, provide the general data of the company (RFC, trade name, address), and specify the number of personnel employed, operational details, records, reports, etc. In case of having armed personnel, describe the procedure for the control and safeguarding of weapons.

3.2 Employee identification. There must be an employee identification system for the purpose of access to the facilities. Employees should only have access to those areas they need to perform their functions. The management or security personnel of the company must properly control the delivery and return of identification badges for employees, visitors, and suppliers. Procedures for the delivery, return, and change of access devices (for example, keys, proximity cards, etc.) must be documented. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for employee identification and ensure you include the following points: Identification mechanisms (photo ID, biometrics, etc.). Indicate how personnel contracted by a business partner, who works within the facilities (contractors, subcontractors, in-house services, personnel from merchandise handling companies, etc.) are identified. Describe how the company delivers, changes, and withdraws employee identification and access controls and ensure you include the responsible areas for authorizing and administering them. Attach the documented procedure for the control of identifications.

3.3 Visitor and supplier identification. To have access to the facilities, visitors and suppliers must present official identification with a photograph for documentation upon arrival and a record must be kept. All visitors must be accompanied by company personnel during their stay in the facilities and ensure that the visitor always wears the provisional identification provided in a visible place. This procedure must be documented.

Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for the access control of visitors and suppliers, ensuring you include the following points: Indicate what records are kept (personal forms for each visit, logbooks). Indicate who is the person responsible for accompanying the visitor and/or supplier and if there are restricted areas for their entry.

3.4 Procedure for identification and removal of unauthorized persons or vehicles. The company must have documented procedures that specify how to identify, confront, or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles. Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure to identify, confront, or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles. Recommendation: The procedures may include: a) Responsible personnel. b) Designate a person or area responsible for being informed of incidents. c) Instructions for confronting and directing unidentified personnel. d) Indicate in which cases the corresponding authorities must be reported. e) How the record of incidents and the measures adopted in each case is carried out.

3.5 Courier and package deliveries. Courier and package deliveries intended for company personnel must be examined upon arrival and before being distributed to the corresponding area. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for the receipt and review of courier and packages and ensure you include the following: Indicate how the service provider is identified (indicate if it requires an additional procedure to the supplier access procedure). Indicate how the packages are reviewed and/or what mechanism it uses, as well as the records that are kept. Indicate what action it takes in the event of detecting a suspicious package.

Recommendation: The procedures may include: a) Responsible personnel. b) How the external company's personnel are identified, in addition to what is required for the rest of the suppliers. c) What must be done in case a suspicious package is detected. d) How the review is carried out. e) Indicate how the inspection record is kept and, if applicable, the detected incidents. 4. Commercial Partners. The company must have written and verifiable procedures for the selection and contracting of commercial partners (Carriers; material suppliers, service providers such as cleaning, security, personnel hiring; providers of cargo, unloading and handling services; subcontractors; shipping or airline lines, etc.) and, according to their risk analysis, require them to comply with security measures to strengthen the international supply chain. 4.1 Selection Criteria. There must be documented procedures for the selection, monitoring, or renewal of business relationships with business associates or suppliers, which include interviews, reference verification, evaluation methods, and the use of provided information. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the selection of commercial partners; this includes any type of business associate, suppliers related to your logistics process and supply chain, as well as potential and predominant clients who hire your services frequently and/or those who have a commercial relationship with your company, and ensure it includes the following points: What information is required from your commercial partner. What aspects are reviewed and investigated (the result of the investigation must be integrated into the file). Indicate if you maintain a file for each of your commercial partners. State how you evaluate your commercial partner's services and what points you review. Recommendation: The file could include the following: Company data (name, RFC, activity, etc.). Legal representative data. Proof of address. Commercial references. Contracts, agreements, and/or confidentiality agreements. Security policies. If applicable, certificate or certification number in the security programs to which it belongs.

4.2 Security Requirements. The company must have a documented procedure in which, according to its risk analysis, it requests additional security requirements from those commercial partners involved in services such as messaging and package delivery, as well as service providers that similarly intervene in the control, handling, transport, and/or coordination of merchandise subject to foreign trade. These requirements must be based on the Profile of the Messaging and Package Company established by the AGACE in a generic manner or, if it exists, the specific Profile for each actor in the supply chain corresponding to it. The company must request from its commercial partners the documentation that accredits or proves that they comply with the minimum security standards established in this document, either through a written declaration issued by the legal representative of the partner, agreements, or contractual clauses with documentation supporting compliance with the requirements established in any other Authorized Economic Operator program. In the case of the company's commercial partners who provide their services within the facilities, they must be obliged to comply with these supply chain security requirements. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe how you carry out the identification of commercial partners that require compliance with minimum security standards. Ensure you include the following points: Indicate if you have a record of commercial partners that must comply with security requirements, and mention what type of providers these are (carriers, warehouses, security companies, customs brokers, companies authorized to provide cargo, unloading, and handling services, etc.). Indicate in what documentary form (agreements, accords, contractual clauses, among others) you guarantee that your commercial partners comply with security requirements. Indicate if there are contractual agreements regarding the implementation of security measures with your service providers inside your company, such as: Customs Brokers, security guards, cleaning services, gardening, cafeteria, maintenance, information technology providers, etc. Indicate if you have commercial partners to whom membership in a supply chain security program is required, whether certified by a foreign authority or the private sector (for example: C-TPAT, PIP, or any other Authorized Economic Operator program of the WCO).

4.3 Commercial Partner Reviews. The company must perform periodic evaluations of the processes and facilities of business associates based on risk, and they must maintain the security standards required by the company, and keep records of them, as well as the corresponding follow-up. When inconsistencies are found, the company must communicate them to its partner or supplier and provide a justified period to address the identified observations or, otherwise, have the necessary measures to sanction them. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for verifying the security processes and facilities of commercial partners; ensure you include the following points: Frequency of visits to the commercial partner (this must be at least once a year). Record or report of the verification and, if applicable, the corresponding follow-up. State what action measures are taken if commercial partners do not comply with the established security requirements. If you have commercial partners with C-TPAT certification or another supply chain security certification program, indicate the frequency with which their status is reviewed and the actions you take if it is detected that they are suspended and/or cancelled. Recommendation: The procedure may include:

Frequency of visits;
Points to review regarding security;
Preparation of reports;
Feedback and agreements with the commercial partner;
Follow-up on agreements;
Measures in case of detecting non-compliance with requirements;
Record of evaluations.
Process Security. Control measures must be established to guarantee the integrity and security of the merchandise and processes related to handling, customs clearance, and storage of cargo. These procedures must be documented and ensure integrity is maintained from the point of receipt until delivery. 5.1 Process Mapping. There must be a map that shows step by step the logistics process of the flow of foreign trade merchandise and the required documentation through its international supply chain.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the document where you illustrate or describe the general mapping of your logistics process and the security processes that foreign trade merchandise, owned by third parties, undergoes from the point where your operation originates until its end or destination, in order to have a general overview of each of the steps involved in the receipt, storage, handling, custody, and delivery of messaging and package cargo. Include in the mapping, the names (RFC and Corporate Name) of the companies involved in your general logistics process. This mapping can be written and/or graphical, as long as it describes at least the following aspects:

Collection, delivery, and/or receipt of foreign trade merchandise at the (the) distribution center(s) and/or collection points.
Security in the transport of merchandise to a fiscalized or supervised facility.
Security in storage and/or distribution in a fiscalized or supervised facility.
Process security during customs clearance.
Security in international transport (air, land, sea, or multimodal).
Security in de-customs and/or de-consolidation in the destination country.
Delivery to final destination. 5.2 Warehouses and Distribution Centers. If the messaging and package company has warehouses and/or distribution centers registered under the same RFC, they must be subject, according to their characteristics, to what is established in this document, in order to maintain integrity in the supply chain. Likewise, indicate if you have commercial partners who provide any warehouse, distribution center, or other services inside your facilities, which must at all times comply with the minimum security standards established by the company itself. Response: Explanatory Notes: According to the mapping of your logistics process, if foreign trade merchandise is transferred or moved to another warehouse and/or alternate distribution center different from the one operated by the messaging and package company, you must indicate if they are registered under your R.F.C., providing their general data (Name and address) and briefly explaining what activity is carried out in that or those facilities (Cross Dock, temporary warehouse, etc.).

Likewise, indicate if these belong to the company or if it is a service contracted through a third party and are part of a shareholder group. In this case, according to the supplier selection criteria mentioned in the section on Commercial Partners of this document, indicate how you ensure compliance with minimum security requirements (warehouses administered by a third party are not obliged to present a Messaging and Package Profile). Facilities that have a concession or authorization for a Fiscalized Facility or Strategic Fiscalized Facility; registered under your R.F.C. must fill out for each authorized facility, the Profile of the corresponding modality and sector. 5.3 Cargo Delivery and Receipt. The messaging and package company must guarantee the supervision of the identification of operators of its own or subcontracted transport means, who carry out the collection, delivery, or receipt of foreign trade merchandise inside or outside its facilities, warehouses, and/or distribution centers. Likewise, it must designate the area responsible for supervising the loading or unloading of the shipment, even according to instructions received from clients for its handling and transport. On the other hand, it must supervise, inspect, and verify through mechanisms, tools, or non-intrusive technology available to it, the integrity of the transport means and the foreign trade merchandise entering or leaving the messaging and package company, comparing the information described in the exchange lists received previously according to the traffic or transport modality in question. Likewise, it must guarantee that the driver transporting foreign trade merchandise, during delivery or receipt, has the required documentary information before undergoing customs clearance formalities and authorizing its exit. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure in which you indicate how you carry out the delivery and receipt of cargo. Ensure you include the following points: Method to identify transport operators. Documentation delivered to operators. Responsible for supervising the identification numbers of transport means during the loading or unloading of containers, dry boxes, UDLS, if applicable, in the case of consolidated merchandise, de-consolidation process, and comparison of information.

Non-intrusive technology for the review and supervision of entries and exits of the messaging and package company, explaining the maintenance plan for the proper functioning of the equipment (calibration). Recommendation: The cargo delivery and receipt procedure may include:

Inspection method at the access point to the messaging and package company.
Designation of responsible personnel to receive the driver and merchandise upon arrival.
Coordination of the messaging and package company areas that receive exchange lists from transporters prior to their arrival and with the customs offices where customs clearance formalities are fulfilled.
Record of the introduction to the messaging and package company of merchandise with full and consolidated cargo.
Release deadlines.
Prior requests.
Services offered by the messaging and package company for the movement of merchandise prior to customs clearance. Attach the documented procedure to detect and report discrepancies in the delivery or receipt of transport means that transport merchandise, and ensure it includes the following points: Responsible for carrying out the review. Documents to compare. Areas to which the information is reported. 5.4 Cargo Tracking Procedure. In accordance with its risk analysis, the messaging and package company must monitor the movement of foreign trade merchandise inside and outside its facility through a tracking and supervision diary of activities or technology in the following stages: during collection; arrival at its cargo consolidation centers, storage, custody, and release of foreign trade merchandise, in order to guarantee compliance with customs clearance formalities, ensuring at all times to have the following information: number and information of the bill of lading, packing list, waybill, or other transport documents, as applicable, name and address of the consignee or sender, description, value, and origin of the merchandise, physical location in the facility, among others, in accordance with applicable regulations. For the purposes of tracking units via land, the company must include in the aforementioned procedure, the identification of predetermined routes, estimated times for collection and delivery at warehouses and/or distribution centers or collection points, if applicable, intermediate points. Likewise, describe the measures in case of identifying delays in the route due to weather conditions, traffic, route changes, authority inspections, or security-related incidents. The supervision data and record of all maneuvers in the messaging and package company must be preserved for one month in case the authority needs to perform an evaluation when required.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to monitor internal transfers in the messaging and package company of complete and/or consolidated foreign trade merchandise. This procedure must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Indicate the type of system you have implemented, if any, the query tools you have available to monitor the merchandise. Identification of estimated transfer times and maneuvers in messaging and package companies according to the transport in question. Detail the communication means you have available. If the tracking is carried out by a third party, indicate who is responsible, and how it is verified that it is being carried out correctly, according to the procedures the company indicates to them. 5.5 Cargo Discrepancy Report. There must be documented procedures to detect and report missing, excess, prohibited merchandise, or any other discrepancy in the delivery or receipt of the merchandise collected prior to fulfilling customs clearance formalities, in order to have information that aids the corresponding investigations by authorized consignees and, if applicable, by competent authorities. Likewise, you must describe the measures and actions to be taken in case of identifying the transport and handling of illicit, undeclared, and prohibited merchandise, or those that by their nature put user security at risk, which could be during the following processes: receipt, delivery, warehouse for prior reviews, consolidated, de-consolidated, transport means yards, and if applicable, according to the services offered. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to detect and report discrepancies in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, and ensure it includes the following points: Responsible for carrying out the review. Documents to compare. Areas to which the information is reported. This procedure must be applied to consolidated merchandise and located in the warehouse. 5.6 Processing of Cargo Information and Documentation. The messaging and package company must have documented procedures to ensure that the electronic and/or documentary information used during the movement, storage, custody, handling, and dispatch of cargo is legible, complete, accurate, and protected against changes, loss, or introduction of erroneous information. Likewise, there must be documented procedures to corroborate that the information received from business associates is reported accurately and timely so that the merchandise is subjected to customs clearance formalities.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for processing cargo documentation; ensure you include the following points: Detail how you transmit and/or receive information related to the transport and handling of cargo in the messaging and package company (indicate if you use a specific control computer system and briefly explain its function). Likewise, detail how you validate that the provided information is legible, complete, accurate, and protected. State how business associates transmit information to the messaging and package company and ensure its accuracy, for example: the use of the institutional application Remote Query of Customs Declarations to corroborate the payment of contributions and/or compensatory fees for exit authorization. 5.7 Inventory Management, Control of Packaging, Container, and Packing Material. The messaging and package company must have documented procedures for inventory control and cargo storage; these must be carried out with periodic reviews and audits to prove their correct management. Likewise, it must have a documented procedure for the control of packaging, container, and packing material of the merchandise. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for inventory management. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: The frequency with which you carry out stock verification. (Periodic inventory). Indicate if there is a documented scheduled calendar to perform them. Indicate what is done in case of surpluses and shortages in inventories. State the treatment given to the control and handling of packaging, container, and packing material, and, if applicable, shrinkage, waste, or excess material. Recommendation: The applicant's procedures may include:

Warehouse accessible only to authorized personnel.
Frequency of stock control.
Control of incoming merchandise, transfers to other warehouses, permanent and temporary withdrawals.
Actions taken if irregularities, discrepancies, losses, or thefts are identified.
Treatment of deterioration or destruction of merchandise.
Separation of various types of merchandise, for example: high value or dangerous.
Customs Management. The company must have documented procedures that establish internal and operational policies, as well as the necessary controls for the due compliance of customs obligations. Likewise, it must have specialized personnel and documented procedures that establish the verification of the information and documentation generated by the customs broker or, where applicable, ensure the processes carried out by the customs representative.

6.1 Customs Clearance Management. The company must have a documented procedure that establishes the criteria for the selection of a Customs Broker or, where applicable, a Customs Representative, who, in accordance with national legislation, are authorized to promote the clearance of goods.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for selecting the customs broker or customs representative and ensure it includes the following points: Selection criteria. Evaluation methods and frequency. Indicate the full name and patent number and/or authorization of the customs broker or customs attorney authorized to promote your foreign trade operations.

6.2 Customs Obligations. The courier and package company must have a documented procedure for compliance with customs obligations arising from the foreign trade operations it carries out. This must include at least the following: the communication process with customs authorities when they are aware of the transfer and custody of values exceeding the amount determined by the authority in accordance with Article 9 of the Law. The transmission of cargo manifests through the SEA (Digital Counter) and the deadlines established, in accordance with Article 38 of the Regulations of the Law and Rule 1.9.15 of the Rules; notices in cases of destruction, loss, and deterioration of goods; the customs clearance process through the company's legal representative whenever the amounts do not exceed the determined limits, the established exceptions, and the determination of payment of the global rate that corresponds. For cases where it provides the service of electronic pre-validation of data, establish how it complies with the obligations foreseen in Rule 1.8.2; the notices that must be sent to the authorities regarding explosive goods and firearms; the update of data in the CAAT registry and its frequency. The return processes of goods when they are in deposit at the Customs; regarding the use of the generic RFC in case of global operations and the use of RFC for individual operations.

In addition to the above, the courier and package company, if it has authorization as a Strategic Supervised Premises, Fiscal Deposit, manufacturing, transformation, or repair in a Supervised Premises, must have a documented procedure for compliance with customs obligations arising from the foreign trade operations it handles. This must include at least the following: a) the annual guarantee that must be paid to the tax interest in accordance with the average value of the goods it handles; b) The identification of the physical space for the customs inspection carried out by customs authorities; c) the physical space designated for handling, storage, and custody services regarding goods that have become property of the federal treasury; d) the free storage and custody of goods in accordance with the regulations; e) process of transfer of goods between warehouses; f) process to prove payment on the revenues for being a supervised premises; g) regarding the authorization for goods to be subject to manufacturing, transformation, or repair, where applicable.

On the other hand, it must include in the procedure, the communication process with consignees in case of destruction or loss of goods; guarantee the exchange of information through a simultaneous system containing the data indicated in Rule 2.3.8 of the RGCE and establish protocols related to the treatment, communication, storage, and custody of foreign trade goods under the internal transit regime.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Attach the procedure to comply with your customs obligations.

6.3 Customs Verification. The courier and package company, in order to guarantee the compliance of the information of the operations for the customs clearance of foreign trade goods, as well as to verify the truthfulness of the information declared to the competent authorities, must have documented procedures to verify that the customs declarations it receives for its release processing from the company, match what is registered in the SAAI Web and, where applicable, report to the customs authority any discrepancy in said information. The company, likewise, must have a procedure for the filing of the corresponding release records.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Attach the procedure established to verify the information registered in the SAAI Web, and cross-check that the contributions and/or compensatory tariffs had been paid prior to the release of the shipments to submit to the formalities of customs clearance.

Security of cargo transport means. The courier and package company must cooperate with users and competent authorities to maintain the security of transport means, to protect them from the introduction of persons, illicit, prohibited, or unauthorized materials. For this reason, it is necessary to have documented procedures to inspect, seal, and maintain their integrity.

7.1 Use of seals and/or locks. The strategic supervised premises, where applicable, must identify the cargo transport means, own or subcontracted, that transport foreign trade goods that may be: maritime, air, national land, cross-border, railway, and/or multimodal, which are subject to the placement of seals and/or locks that comply with or exceed the international standard ISO 17712 in order to guarantee at all times the integrity of the cargo.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: List, according to your risk analysis and logistical process, the transport means that are subject to the placement of high-security seals and/or locks. Attach the documented procedure for the supervision of placement and review of seals and/or locks in the transport means that transport foreign trade cargo. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: The use of seals and/or locks that comply with or exceed the ISO17712 standard. If applicable, use the VVTT inspection method.

Review and cross-check the documentation containing the number of the original seal or lock for purposes of entries or exits of the courier and package company. Indicate how you assign and replace high-security locks, in the case of maneuvers such as prior inspection, replacement, among others.

7.2 Inspection of transport means. There must be established procedures to verify the physical integrity of the structure of the transport means, entering or leaving the courier and package company in accordance with their nature, even the reliability of the locking mechanisms in them with the purpose of identifying natural or hidden compartments, as the case may be. The inspections of the transport means must be systematic and have records of these, as well as carry them out in places monitored by the CCTV system. The documented procedure for its inspection must include, enumeratively but not limitatively, the following review points:

Transport Means Trailers, Train Cars, Semitrailers and Containers

Bumpers, tires, and rims;
Doors and tool compartments;
Battery box and air filters;
Fuel tanks;
Cabin/dormitory interior;
Windbreaks, deflectors, and roof;
Chassis and fifth wheel area.
Front wall;
Left and right side;
Floor;
Interior and exterior roof;
Interior and exterior of doors;
Lower external section;
If applicable, the refrigeration system.

For transport means with a trailer or integrated cargo compartment, the points indicated in the Trailers section must be added to the transport means points.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to carry out the inspection of the transport means in accordance with their nature and logistical process that is dealt with in the entries and exits of the courier and package company. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Those responsible for carrying out the inspection. Definition of the place(s) where the inspection takes place and indicate if it is monitored by the CCTV system. The security review points for transport means, trailers, semitrailers, containers, railway transportation and/or multimodal in accordance with official provisions. Formats established for the inspection of transport means.

7.3 Storage of vehicles, transport means, containers, train cars, trailers, and semitrailers. In case the transport means, containers, trailers, and/or semitrailers that will be destined to transport foreign trade goods are empty and must be stored in the parking areas, they must be secured with a lock and/or indicative seal or, where applicable, in a secure area that is guarded and/or monitored. When it is necessary to store any loaded container, trailer, and/or semitrailer, it must be in a secure and monitored area to prevent access and manipulation and closed with a high-security lock in accordance with ISO 17712 standard.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if the company stores the containers, trailers, and/or semitrailers for their subsequent clearance or, where applicable, those that are empty and how it maintains their integrity within its facilities. In case of using locks and/or seals, indicate what type you use. In case of using any container, trailers, and/or semitrailers as a warehouse for raw materials and/or any other type of goods, indicate how you maintain their integrity and security.

Personnel Security. The company must have documented procedures for the registration and evaluation of persons who wish to obtain employment within the courier and package company, establishing methods to perform periodic verifications of current employees. Likewise, there must be continuous training programs for administrative and operational staff in which the company's supply chain security policies, consequences, and actions to consider in case of any offense are disseminated.

8.1 Verification of work history. The company must have documented procedures to verify the information recorded in the curriculum and application of candidates with the possibility of employment, in accordance with local legislation, either on their own or through an external company. Likewise, for positions that due to their sensitivity so require and affect the security of the shipments, in accordance with the risk analysis previously carried out, they must consider requesting stricter requirements for their hiring, which must be carried out periodically. All information regarding personnel must be kept in personal files, which must have restricted access.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the hiring of personnel and ensure you include the following: Requirements and documentation demanded. Tests and exams requested. Indicate the areas and/or critical positions that have been identified as risky, according to your analysis and indicate the following:

Indicate if there are additional requirements for areas and/or specific work positions. (Letter of non-criminal record, Socioeconomic Studies, Clinical (drug use), etc.) If applicable, indicate the positions or work areas in which they are required and with what frequency they are carried out. Indicate if prior to hiring, the candidate must sign a confidentiality agreement or a similar document. In case of hiring a service agency for the hiring of personnel, indicate if it has documented procedures for the hiring of personnel and how it ensures that they comply with the same. Briefly explain what they consist of. Recommendation: The procedures for the hiring of personnel may include: a) Exhaustive checks of the work and personal backgrounds of new employees. b) Confidentiality and responsibility clauses in employee contracts. c) Specific requirements for critical positions. d) If applicable, the periodic update of the socio- economic and physical/medical study of employees who work in critical and/or sensitive areas.

8.2 Procedure for personnel dismissal. There must be documented procedures for the dismissal of personnel, which include the delivery of identifications, and any other item that has been provided to perform their functions (keys, uniforms, computer equipment, tools, etc.). Likewise, this procedure must include the dismissal in computer systems and access, among others that may exist.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the dismissal of personnel and ensure you include the following: How the delivery of identifications, access controls, and other equipment is carried out. Indicate if you have a record and/or format, in which you identify and ensure the delivery of material and dismissal in computer systems (if applicable, please attach). Indicate if you keep records of personnel who ended their labor relationship with the company, so that in case it was for security reasons, you prevent their service providers and/or business associates.

8.3 Personnel Administration. The company must maintain an updated list of permanent employees. Likewise, it must carry out and maintain updated records of affiliation to social security institutions and other legal labor records. In the case that the company has personnel hired by its business partners and works within the facilities, it must ensure that they comply with the requirements established for the rest of its employees.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if the company has an updated database, both of the personnel employed directly, as well as that hired through a service provider company. This personnel must be hired in accordance with the laws and regulations of labor order in force.

Security of information and documentation. There must be prevention measures to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of the information and documentation related to foreign trade operations, including those used for the exchange of information with other participants in the supply chain. Likewise, there must be policies that include measures against their misuse.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the registration, control, and storage of printed and electronic documentation (classification and filing of documents). Recommendation: The applicant's procedures may include: a) Control register for delivery, loan, among other documents. b) Restricted access to the archive area. c) Storage and classification policies. d) An updated security plan that describes the measures in force regarding the protection of the documents against unauthorized access, as well as against deliberate destruction or loss of the same.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure to archive your information and protect it from possible losses. Ensure you include the following points: Indicate the frequency with which backups are carried out. Who has access to them, and who authorizes the recovery of the information. Describe the procedure for the protection of your computer systems that guarantee the security of the information, ensure you indicate the following: Indicate if the systems are protected under passwords and with what frequency they are modified. Indicate if there are information security policies for their protection. Indicate the mechanisms or systems to detect abuse, or intrusion of unauthorized persons to your systems. Indicate the corrective policies and/or sanctions in case of the detection of any violation of the information security policies. Indicate if business partners have access to the company's computer systems. If applicable, indicate what programs and how they ensure control of access to them. Indicate if the computer equipment has a backup power supply system that allows business continuity. The procedures regarding the backup of the company's information must include at least the following: a) How and for how long the data is stored. b) Business continuity plan in case of incident and how to recover the information. c) Frequency and location of backup copies and archived information. d) If backup copies are stored in sites alternative to the facilities where the DPC (data processing center) is located. e) Tests of the validity of the recovery of the data from backup copies.

The procedures regarding the protection of the agency's information must include at least the following:

An updated and documented policy for the protection of computer systems against unauthorized access and deliberate destruction or loss of information.
Detail if you operate with multiple systems (headquarters/sites) and how these systems are controlled.
Who is responsible for the protection of the computer system (responsibility should not be limited to one person but to several so that each can monitor the actions of the others).
How access authorizations and access levels to the computer system are granted. (Access to sensitive information should be limited to authorized personnel to make modifications to the information).
Password format, frequency of changes, and who provides those passwords.
Firewalls and anti-virus software used.
Deletion, maintenance, or updating of user details.
Measures planned to handle incidents in case the system is compromised.
Security training and awareness. There must be an awareness program designed and updated by the company's personnel to recognize and create awareness about threats in their logistics processes, smuggling, shipment contamination, information leaks, etc. Administrative and operational employees must know the company's established procedures to assess a situation and how to report it. Additional training must be provided to employees who, due to their functions, are in direct contact with goods and/or transport means, as well as to employees who are in critical and/or sensitive areas determined under their risk analysis.

10.1 Training and awareness on threats. The company must have a training and awareness program on supply chain security policies directed at all its employees, and additionally, make informational material available regarding the procedures established in the company to assess a situation that threatens its security and how to report it. Likewise, specific training must be offered according to their functions to help employees maintain cargo integrity, conduct container, trailer, and/or semi-trailer inspections, recognize internal conspiracies, and protect access controls. In addition to security training programs, an awareness program on alcohol and drug consumption must be included. These topics must be established as part of new employee onboarding and periodic update programs must be maintained. Training programs must encourage active employee participation in security controls and mechanisms, as well as maintain records of all training efforts provided by the company and the list of those who participated in them.

Response: Explanatory notes: Indicate if you have a training program on security and prevention in the supply chain for all direct and indirect employees. Briefly explain what it consists of, and ensure you include the following:

Brief description of the topics taught in the program. When they are taught (onboarding, specific periods, etc.). Frequency of training and, if applicable, updates. Indicate how participation in supply chain security training is documented. Explain how employee participation in security matters is encouraged.

10.2 Awareness for transport medium operators. The company must inform the operators of the transport means it uses for the transfer of goods originating from or destined for foreign trade about the security policies regarding loading and unloading procedures, incident handling, lock changes in case of inspection by other authorities, among others, that are implemented. In the case where the transport service is provided by a business partner, the company must ensure that operators know all established security policies and procedures.

Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the dissemination program on supply chain security focused on transport medium operators and ensure you include the following: Indicate how this dissemination is carried out. Point out the topics covered. In case you use the services of a business partner for the transfer of your goods, indicate how operators are informed about the company's security policies and procedures. Indicate how participation in supply chain security training for transport medium operators is documented.

Recommendation: The topics that may be included, by way of example and not limitation, are:

Access and security policies at facilities.
Delivery/receipt of goods.
Confidentiality of cargo information.
Transfer instructions.
Accident and emergency reports.
Instructions for placing locks and/or seals in case of inspection by other authorities.
Installation and testing of security alarms and unit tracking, where applicable.
Identification of authorized formats and documents to be used.
Handling and investigation of incidents. Documented procedures must exist to report and investigate incidents in the supply chain and the actions to be taken to prevent recurrence.

11.1 Reporting of anomalies and/or suspicious activities. In the event of detection of anomalies and/or suspicious activities related to supply chain security and in accordance with your logistics processes, these must be notified to security personnel and/or other competent authorities.

Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for reporting anomalies and/or suspicious activities and ensure you include the following: Who is responsible for reporting incidents. Detail how you determine and identify which authority to contact in different scenarios or presumption of suspicious activities. Mention if you keep a record of anomaly and/or suspicious activity reports and briefly describe what it consists of.

11.2 Investigation and analysis. Written procedures must exist for the analysis and investigation of incidents in the supply chain to determine their cause, as well as corrective actions to prevent them from occurring again. The information derived from this investigation must be documented and available at all times for authorities that so require. This information and generated documentation must be included in a file for the purpose of allowing the identification of each of the processes the operation went through until the point where the incident was detected and allowing the recognition of the vulnerability of the supply chain.

Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the documented procedure to initiate an investigation in case an incident occurs, and ensure you include the following: Responsible for carrying out the investigation. Documentation that integrates the file of the foreign trade operation investigation.

Recommendation: The documents to be included in the file derived from the investigation must include at least the following: General information of the shipment, Service Order. Transport request; Confirmation of transport means; Identification of the transport operator (Access records, etc.). Transport medium inspection forms; Exit orders; records of collection, delivery, and receipt of foreign trade goods. CCTV system video recordings. Documentation generated for the carrier, documentation generated for clients, suppliers, business partners, customs authorities, documentation generated by clients, suppliers, business partners, customs authorities.

E7. Profile of the Tax Inspection Facility. Acknowledgment of Receipt First Time: Renewal: Addition: Modification: The data provided will replace the data provided when you requested your authorization. General Information The objective of this Profile is to ensure that tax inspection facilities have security practices and processes implemented at their facilities, focused on strengthening the supply chain and mitigating the risk of contamination of shipments with illicit products. Tax inspection facilities interested in obtaining the authorization referred to in Rule 7.1.5. of the current General Rules of Foreign Trade (RGCE) must demonstrate that they have documented and verifiable processes; likewise, they must integrate the criteria required in this document according to the business model or design they have established, seeking during the implementation of security standards, the application of a risk analysis culture supported by decision-making consistent with the values, mission, vision, codes of ethics, and conduct of the company itself. What is established in this Profile must be accredited independently of the requirements and guidelines established for control, surveillance, access routes, infrastructure, equipment, and security of foreign trade goods established by ANAM, to grant the Tax Inspection Facility authorization, and compliance can be proven with that which coincides with what is established in this profile.

Filling Instructions:

You must fill out one profile for each of the facilities that have a concession or authorization as a tax inspection facility. The number of profiles presented must coincide with the facilities that have a concession or authorization to provide handling, storage, and custody services for foreign trade goods in accordance with articles 14 and 14-A of the Law, manifested in your application for registration as a certified business partner under the tax inspection facility modality, as well as indicating all domiciles registered with the RFC.
In each sub-standard, the tax inspection facility must detail how it complies with or exceeds what is established in each of the sections as indicated.
The format of this document is divided into two sections, as detailed below:
Standard. Description of the standard 1.1 Sub-standard. Description of the sub-standard Response. Explanatory notes Describe and/or attach... Points to highlight... Recommendation:
...
Indicate how you comply with what is established in each of the sub-standards, therefore you must attach the procedures in Spanish that, if applicable, are required, or provide a detailed explanation of what is requested in the Response field. The section regarding Explanatory notes is intended to be used as a guide regarding the points that must be included in the Response or in the attached procedures, as appropriate, for each sub-standard, indicating in an indicative manner those points that should not be excluded from your response. In this sense, it must be understood that any recommendation indicated here is not considered an obligation.
Once this Profile of the Tax Inspection Facility is answered, it must be attached to the Application for registration in the Certified Business Partner registry referred to in the first paragraph of Rule 7.1.5., fraction V, subsection b. For the purpose of verifying what is stated in the previous paragraph, SAT through AGACE may conduct an inspection at the facility indicated here, with the exclusive purpose of verifying what is stated in this document.
Any incomplete Profile of the Tax Inspection Facility will not be processed.
Any question relative to the Application for registration and the Profile of the Tax Inspection Facility, please direct it to the contacts appearing on the SAT Portal.
In the case of being authorized as a Certified Business Partner, this format must be updated annually, in accordance with what is established in Rule 7.2.1., fourth paragraph, fraction I.
As a result of the issuance of the authorization, specific requirements may result which must be resolved within the timeframe indicated by the authority for such effects.

Installation Data A Profile of the Tax Inspection Facility must be filled out for each of the facilities that operate under the concession or authorization of Tax Inspection Facility and that provide handling, storage, and custody services for foreign trade goods.

Installation Information Profile Number of the Tax Inspection Facility: of RFC Name and/or Business Name: Name and/or Denomination of the Installation Type of Installation Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/Delegation Federal Entity Age of the installation (years of operation): Activity carried out at the installation: Preponderant products handled in the Tax Inspection Facility: (As applicable) Avg. No. of monthly shipments (EXP): (By transport means) Avg. No. of monthly shipments (IMP): (By transport means) Total number of employees at this installation: Installation Surface Area (M2 ):

Certifications in security programs: (Please indicate if this installation has a certification from any of the following programs) C-TPAT. Yes No Level: Pre-Applicant Applicant Certified Certified/ Validated C-TPAT Account number (8 digits): Date of last visit at this installation: Partners in Protection (PIP) Yes No Reg. No.: Authorized Economic Operator from other countries (AEOs) Yes No Program: Reg. No.: Other Supply Chain Security Programs Yes No Program: Reg. No.: Certifications: (Please indicate if you have certifications that you consider impact your supply chain process, for example: ISO 9000; Reliable Logistics Processes, among others) Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity:

Supply chain security planning. The company must develop documented policies and procedures to carry out an analysis that allows the identification of risks and weaknesses in its supply chain with the objective of implementing strategies that help mitigate risk in the organization's operations.

1.1 Risk analysis. The authorized tax inspection facility must have measures to identify, analyze, and mitigate risks that could result in alterations of foreign trade goods during their handling, guarding, custody, and transfer in its supply chain and facilities, under the guideline of a documented procedure. Such analysis must be based on the organization's model (e.g.: type of goods, volume, clients, routes, information leakage, potential threats, etc.), so that it allows implementing and maintaining security measures. This procedure must be updated at least once a year, so that it allows permanently identifying new threats or risks considered in the operation, resulting from an incident, or originating from changes in initial conditions, as well as to identify that policies, procedures, control mechanisms, and security are being complied with.

Response: Explanatory notes: Explain how you identify, analyze, and mitigate risks related to your supply chain and facilities. Indicate what sources of information are used to qualify risks during the analysis phase. Attach the documented procedure to identify risks in the supply chain and your company's facilities, ensure you include the following points: Point out the frequency with which you carry out this procedure.

Indicate what aspects and/or areas of the company are incorporated into the risk analysis. Describe what methodology you use to determine a risk analysis. Mention who are the responsible parties for updating the company's risk analysis. The geographic and social context of the installation. The risks identified at the installation and in its supply chain or logistics. The rating given to each risk. The controls imposed on each identified risk, in order to mitigate it. The review and/or update period of the risk analysis results.

Recommendation: It is suggested to use Administration, management, and risk evaluation techniques according to international standards ISO 31000, ISO 31010, and ISO 28000 that, according to your business model, you should implement.

1.2 Security policies. Tax inspection facilities must have policies oriented to prevent, secure, and recognize threats to supply chain security, such as smuggling, trafficking of weapons, persons, prohibited goods, acts of terrorism, as well as those threats associated with information exchange. Such policies must be reflected in the corresponding procedures and/or manuals.

Response: Explanatory notes: Enumerate the company's policies in the supply chain and its facilities, who is responsible for their review, as well as the frequency with which their update is carried out.

Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the documented procedure to carry out an internal audit, focused on security in the supply chain, ensure you include the following points: Point out the type of internal or external audits, in matters of security in the supply chain, that are carried out at the facility. Indicate who participates in them, the records that are generated, as well as the frequency with which they are carried out. Indicate how the company's senior management verifies the results of audits on supply chain security, and if it determines to carry out preventive, corrective, and improvement actions in the processes.

1.4 Contingency and/or emergency plans related to supply chain security. A documented contingency plan must exist to ensure business continuity in case of disruption to the normal development of activities at the facilities and during the transfer, handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade goods according to its logistics process in the supply chain (For example: customs closure, threats, blockades, among others). The company must carry out tests, practical exercises, or simulations of the supply chain contingency and emergency plans to verify their effectiveness, of which a record must be maintained.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure or emergency plan, in case of an emergency or security situation, that affects the normal development of activities at the facilities, during the transfer, handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade goods according to its logistics process in the supply chain. This procedure must include, by way of example and not limitation, the following:

What situations it covers.
What mechanisms it uses to guarantee that the business continuity plan is effective.
Physical security. The tax inspection facility must have established mechanisms and documented processes to prevent, detect, or deter the entry of unauthorized personnel to the facilities. All sensitive areas of the company must have physical barriers, control elements, and deterrents against unauthorized access. The above may be accredited through compliance with the control, surveillance, access routes, infrastructure, equipment, and security measures of the tax inspection facility and foreign trade goods established by ANAM, provided that such measures are sufficient to prove what is established in this standard.

2.1 Facilities. Facilities must be constructed with materials capable of resisting unauthorized access. Periodic documented inspections must be carried out to maintain the integrity of the structures, and in the event that an irregularity is detected, the corresponding repair must be performed. Likewise, the territorial limits, as well as the various access points, internal routes, and the location of the buildings, must be fully identified. Response: Explanatory notes: Indicate the predominant materials with which the facility is constructed (for example, metal structure and sheet metal walls, brick walls, wood, among others), and indicate how the review and maintenance of the integrity of the structures is carried out. Attach a general distribution or architectural plan, where the limits, access routes, traffic flow, and the location of the buildings can be identified.

2.2 Accesses in doors and booths. The entrance or exit doors for personnel and/or vehicles of the company's facilities must be attended and/or supervised either by company personnel or by security personnel. The number of access doors must be kept to the minimum necessary. Response: Explanatory notes: Indicate how many doors and/or accesses exist in the facilities, as well as the operating hours of each, and indicate how they are monitored (in case of having assigned surveillance personnel, indicate the quantity). Detail if there are doors and/or accesses that are blocked, or permanently closed and their location.

2.3 Perimeter walls. Perimeter walls and/or peripheral barriers must be installed to secure the facilities of the supervised precinct, and particularly, the areas for storage, custody, and storage of merchandise, foreign trade, high value, dangerous, in accordance with applicable regulations, areas with restricted access, and others determined in accordance with your risk analysis in order to prevent unauthorized entry. These must be inspected regularly and keep a record of the review in order to ensure their integrity and identify damage. The storage, high value, dangerous, and/or restricted access areas must be clearly identified and monitored to prevent unauthorized entry. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the type of peripheral barrier and/or walls that the facility has, ensuring you include the following points: Specify which areas are segregated in the facility as being considered critical and/or sensitive. Indicate their characteristics (material, dimensions, etc.). In case of not having walls, please justify the reason in detail. Frequency with which the integrity of the perimeter walls is verified, and the records that are kept. Describe how the cargo destined for foreign countries, dangerous material, and high-value material is segregated; ensure you include the following points: Indicate how you separate national merchandise and foreign trade merchandise, and if it is additionally identified (For example: different packaging; labels; packaging, among others). Identify and indicate the restricted access areas. (Dangerous goods, high value, confidential, etc.). Recommendation: The procedure for the inspection of perimeter walls could include: a) Responsible personnel to carry out the process. b) How and with what frequency the inspections of the fences, perimeter walls and/or peripheral barriers and buildings are carried out. c) How the inspection record is kept. d) Who is responsible for verifying that the repairs and/or modifications meet the technical specifications and necessary security requirements.

2.4 Parking lots. Access to the parking lots of the facilities must be controlled and monitored, in accordance with applicable provisions. It must be prohibited for private vehicles (of employees, visitors, suppliers, and contractors, among others) to park within the merchandise handling and storage areas, as well as in adjacent areas. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for the control and monitoring of the parking lots, ensuring you include the following points: Responsible for controlling and monitoring access to the parking lots. Identification of the parking lots (specify if the visitor parking is separated from the merchandise storage and handling areas). How entry and exit of vehicles to the facilities is controlled. (Indicate the records that are made for parking control). Policies or mechanisms to prevent the entry of private vehicles into the merchandise storage and handling areas.

2.5 Key and lock device control. Windows, doors, and interior and exterior fences, according to your risk analysis, must be secured with locking devices. The company must have a documented procedure for the handling and control of keys and/or locking devices for the interior areas that have been considered critical. Likewise, a record must be kept of the persons who have keys or authorized access according to their level of responsibility and tasks within their work area. Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure or procedures for the handling, safeguarding, assignment, control, and non-return of keys, in the facilities, offices, interiors, and critical and/or sensitive areas. Ensure that these procedures include the following points: Responsible for administering and controlling key security. Control register for key lending. Treatment of loss or non-return of keys. Indicate if there are areas where access is gained with electronic devices and/or some other access mechanism.

2.6 Lighting. Lighting inside and outside the facilities must allow for clear identification of persons, material, and/or equipment located there, including the following areas: entrances and exits, merchandise handling and storage areas, perimeter and/or peripheral walls, interior fences, and parking areas, and must have an emergency and/or backup system in sensitive areas. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for the operation and maintenance of the lighting system. Ensure you include the following points: Indicate which areas are illuminated and which have a backup system (indicate if you have an auxiliary power plant). How do you ensure that the lighting system has continuity in the event of a lack of supply in each of the areas of the facility and with special emphasis on the areas considered as critical and/or sensitive, in such a way that it allows for clear identification of the personnel, material, and/or equipment it covers. Recommendations: The procedure may include: a) Responsible for the control of lighting systems. b) How the lighting system is controlled. c) Operating hours. d) Identification of areas with permanent lighting. e) Maintenance and review program (in case it coincides with another process, indicate it).

2.7 Communication devices. The company must have communication devices and/or systems for the purpose of contacting security personnel and/or emergency and security authorities as required. Additionally, it must have a backup system and verify its proper functioning periodically. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure that personnel must perform to contact the company's security personnel or, in their case, the corresponding authority. Indicate if operational and administrative personnel have or have access to devices (landlines, mobile phones, alert and/or emergency buttons) to communicate with security personnel and/or the appropriate person (these must be accessible to users, to be able to react promptly). Indicate what communication devices the company's security personnel use (landlines, cell phones, radios, alarm system, etc.). Describe the procedure for the control and maintenance of communication devices, ensuring you include the following points: Policies for the assignment of mobile communication devices. Maintenance program for fixed and mobile communication devices. Indicate if you have backup communication devices, in case the permanent system fails, and if so, briefly detail. Recommendation: The procedure may include: a) Responsible for the proper functioning and maintenance of communication devices. b) Verification and maintenance register of the devices. c) Method of assignment of communication devices.

2.8 Alarm systems and closed-circuit television and video surveillance (CCTV). Alarm and closed-circuit television (CCTV) systems must be used to monitor, notify, or deter unauthorized access and prohibited activities in the facilities and notify the corresponding area, in addition to being used as a tool of proof in investigations derived from any incident. These systems must be placed systematically according to a prior risk analysis and applicable regulations, in such a way that it allows for clear identification of the area or environment that monitors, supervises the areas involving the entry and exit of authorized personnel, suppliers, loading and unloading areas, storage and custody of foreign trade merchandise, transport medium yards, private and cargo vehicle yards, among other areas considered critical and/or sensitive on a permanent and uninterrupted basis in accordance with its operation and the coordination established with the customs office, the DGIA, or the AGCTI, as applicable. The supervised precinct must have documented operating procedures for the aforementioned systems. For the case of the closed-circuit television and video surveillance (CCTV) system, it must include supervision of the good condition of the equipment, verification of the correct position of the cameras, maintenance for the backup of recordings for at least sixty days in accordance with rule 2.3.8, continuity in operation in the event of power supply failures, as well as those responsible for their operation. These systems must have restricted access.

Response: Explanatory notes: Indicate if you have contracted an external alarm central service, and if so, describe the following points: Indicate if doors and windows have alarm sensors or motion sensors. Procedure to follow in case an alarm is activated. Describe the documented procedure for the operation of the CCTV system, ensuring you include the following points: Indicate the number of CCTV cameras installed, technical characteristics, and their location (detail if it covers the entry and exit points of the facilities, to cover the movement of vehicles and individuals, as well as the place of storage of foreign trade merchandise). Indicate the location of the CCTV system, where the monitors are located, who reviews them, as well as the operating hours, and if applicable, if there are remote monitoring stations. Indicate if the recordings are reviewed periodically and how. (random, weekly, special events, restricted areas, etc.). Indicate for how long these recordings are kept (it must be at least one month). Indicate if the CCTV system is backed up by an electrical power plant.

Physical access controls. Physical access controls are mechanisms or procedures that prevent and prevent unauthorized entry to the facilities, maintain control of the entry of employees and visitors, and protect the company's assets. Access controls must include the identification of all employees, visitors, and suppliers at all entry points. Likewise, records must be kept and the mechanisms or documented procedures for entry to the facilities must be permanently evaluated, being the basis for beginning to integrate security as one of the primary functions within any company. The evaluation of what is stipulated in this sub-standard will be carried out in accordance with the applicable regulatory provisions for the Supervised Precinct.

Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the documented procedure for the operation of security personnel and ensure you include the following points: Indicate the number of security personnel working in the company. Indicate the positions and/or functions of the personnel and operating hours. In case of contracting an external service, provide the general data of the company (Tax ID, Trade Name, address), and specify the number of personnel employed, operational details, records, reports, etc. In case of having armed personnel, describe the procedure for the control and safeguarding of weapons.

3.2 Employee identification. There must be an employee identification system for the purpose of access to the facilities. Employees should only have access to those areas they need to perform their functions. The management or security personnel of the company must adequately control the delivery and return of identification badges for employees, visitors, and suppliers. Procedures for the delivery, return, and change of access devices (for example, keys, proximity cards, etc.) must be documented. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for the identification of employees and ensure you include the following points: Identification mechanisms (photo ID, biometrics, etc.). Indicate how contracted personnel by a business partner, who works within the facilities (contractors, subcontractors, in-house services, personnel from merchandise handling companies, etc.) is identified. Describe how the company delivers, changes, and withdraws employee identification and access controls and ensure you include the areas responsible for authorizing and administering them. Attach the documented procedure for the control of identifications.

3.3 Identification of visitors and suppliers. To have access to the facilities, visitors and suppliers must present official identification with a photograph for documentation upon arrival and a record must be kept. All visitors must be accompanied by precinct personnel during their stay in the facilities and ensure that the visitor always wears the provisional identification provided in a visible place. This procedure must be documented. For the case of suppliers and users who work regularly in the precinct, the company must have a physical validation system for identification badges in accordance with the guidelines established by the Local Customs Administration of its jurisdiction to grant entry and exit authorizations, if applicable.

3.4 Procedure for identification and removal of unauthorized persons or vehicles. The company must have documented procedures that specify how to identify, confront, or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles. Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure to identify, confront, or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles. Recommendation: The procedures may include: a) Responsible personnel. b) Designate a person or area responsible for being informed of incidents. c) Instructions for confronting and addressing unidentified personnel. d) Indicate in which cases the corresponding authorities must be reported. e) How the record of incidents and the measures adopted in each case is carried out.

3.5 Courier and package deliveries. Courier and package deliveries destined for company personnel must be examined upon arrival and before being distributed to the corresponding area. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for the reception and review of courier and packages and ensure you include the following: Indicate how the service provider is identified. (Indicate if an additional procedure to the supplier access procedure is required). Indicate how packages are reviewed and/or what mechanism is used, as well as the records that are kept. Indicate what action is taken in the event of detecting a suspicious package.

Recommendation: The procedures may include: a) Responsible personnel. b) How company personnel from the external company is identified, in addition to what is required for the rest of the suppliers. c) What should be done in case a suspicious package is detected. d) How the review is carried out. e) Indicate how the inspection record and, if applicable, the detected incidents are carried out.

Business partners The company must have written and verifiable procedures for the selection and contracting of business partners (Transporters; material suppliers, service providers such as cleaning, security, personnel contracting; providers of loading, unloading, and merchandise handling services; subcontractors; shipping or airline lines, etc.) and according to your risk analysis, require them to comply with security measures to strengthen the international supply chain.

4.1 Selection criteria. There must be documented procedures for the selection, follow-up, or renewal of commercial relationships with business associates or suppliers, which include interviews, reference verification, evaluation methods, and use of the information provided. Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure for the selection of business partners, this includes any type of business associate, suppliers that have a relationship with your logistics process and with the supply chain, as well as potential and predominant clients of hiring their service frequently and/or those that have a commercial relationship with your company and ensure you include the following points: What information is required from your business partner. What aspects are reviewed and investigated (the result of the investigation must be integrated into the file). Indicate if you maintain a file for each of your business partners. Indicate how the services of your business partner are evaluated and what points you review. Recommendation: The file could include the following: Company data (name, Tax ID, activity, etc.). Legal representative data. Proof of address. Commercial references. Contracts, agreements, and/or confidentiality agreements. Security policies. In case applicable, certificate or certification number in the security programs to which it belongs.

4.2 Security requirements. The company must have a documented procedure in which, according to your risk analysis, it requests additional security requirements from those business partners that intervene in the service provided by the supervised precinct, as well as from service providers that likewise intervene in the control, manipulation, transport, and/or coordination of merchandise subject to foreign trade. These requirements must be based on the Profile of the Supervised Precinct established by the AGACE in a generic manner, or in case it exists, the specific Profile for each actor in the supply chain that corresponds to it. The company must request from its business partners the documentation that accredits or proves that it complies with the minimum security standards established in this document, either through a written declaration issued by the legal representative of the partner, agreements, or contractual clauses with documentation that supports compliance with the requirements established in some other Authorized Economic Operator program. In the case of the company's business partners that provide their services inside the facilities, they must be obliged to comply with these supply chain security requirements. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe how you carry out the identification of business partners that require compliance with minimum security standards. Ensure you include the following points: Indicate if you have a register of business partners that must comply with security requirements, and mention what type of providers these are (transporters, warehouses, private security companies, customs brokers, companies authorized to provide loading, unloading, and merchandise handling services, etc.). Indicate in what documentary way (agreements, agreements, contractual clauses, among others) you guarantee that your business partners comply with security requirements. Indicate if there are contractual agreements regarding the implementation of security measures with your service providers inside your company, such as: customs brokers, security guards, cleaning services, gardening, cafeteria, maintenance, information technology providers, etc. Indicate if you have business partners to whom membership in a supply chain security program is required, either by certification by a foreign authority or the private sector (for example: C-TPAT, PIP, or any other Authorized Economic Operator program of the WCO).

4.3 Reviews of commercial partners. The company must perform periodic evaluations of the processes and facilities of business partners based on risk, and these must maintain the security standards required by the company, and keep records of the same, as well as the corresponding follow-up. When inconsistencies are found, the company must communicate this to its partner or supplier and provide a justified period to address the identified observations, or in case of failure, take the necessary measures to sanction them. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for the verification of security processes and commercial partner facilities, ensure you include the following points: Frequency of visits to the commercial partner (this must be at least once a year). Record or report of the verification and, if applicable, the corresponding follow-up. Indicate what action measures are taken in case commercial partners do not comply with the established security requirements. In case of having commercial partners with C-TPAT certification or another supply chain security certification program, indicate the frequency with which their status is reviewed and the actions taken in case it is detected that they are suspended and/or cancelled. Recommendation: The procedure may include:

Frequency of visits.
Review points on security matters.
Preparation of reports.
Feedback and agreements with the commercial partner.
Follow-up on agreements.
Measures in case of detection of non-compliance with the requirements.
Record of evaluations.
Process security. Control measures must be established to guarantee the integrity and security of the merchandise and of the processes related to the handling, customs clearance, and storage of cargo. These procedures must be documented and ensure that integrity is maintained from the point of receipt until delivery. 5.1 Process mapping. A map must be available showing step by step the logistical process of the flow of foreign trade merchandise and the required documentation through its international supply chain.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the document where the mapping of processes through which the merchandise passes is illustrated or described, from the point of origin to delivery. This mapping can be written and/or graphical, must contain at least the following aspects:

Origin of the merchandise: a. National or nationalized merchandise. b. Foreign merchandise for exhibition, sale or distribution. c. Merchandise for its elaboration, transformation or repair. d. Merchandise whose origin or destination is the transfer to companies with programs of the SE.
Customs of clearance.
Transfer of the merchandise.
Delivery and/or receipt of the merchandise.
Customs Clearance.
Delivery to the consignee.
Information flow related to the merchandise.
Abandonments, destruction of merchandise, among others. 5.2 Warehouses and distribution centers. In case the supervised premise has commercial partners that provide any warehouse, distribution center or other services inside its facilities, they must be subject to, according to their characteristics, what is established in this document, in order to maintain integrity in their supply chain. Response: Explanatory notes: According to the mapping of your logistical process, if the foreign trade merchandise is transferred or transferred to another warehouse and/or distribution center alternative or different from the one that operates under your authorization or concession as a supervised premise, you must indicate if they are registered under your Tax ID (R.F.C.) providing their general data (name and address) and explaining briefly what activity is carried out in that or those installations (cross dock, temporary warehouse, etc.). Likewise, indicate if these belong to the company or is a service contracted through a third party and/or are part of a shareholder group. In this case, according to the supplier selection criteria mentioned in the section on Commercial Partners of this document, indicate how you ensure that they meet the minimum requirements in terms of security. Facilities that have a concession or authorization of Supervised Premise must coincide with the number of Profiles presented, as well as indicate all addresses that are registered under the Tax ID (RFC).

5.3 Delivery and receipt of cargo. The supervised premise must guarantee the supervision of the identification of the operators of the own or subcontracted transport means, who carry out the collection, delivery or receipt of foreign trade merchandise inside or outside its facilities, warehouses and/or distribution centers. Likewise, it must designate the responsible area to supervise the loading or unloading of the shipment, even according to the instructions received from clients for its handling and transfer. On the other hand, it must supervise, inspect and verify through mechanisms, tools or non-intrusive technology that it has available, the integrity of the transport means and of the merchandise subject to foreign trade that enters or leaves the supervised premise, comparing the information described in the exchange lists received previously according to the traffic or mode of transport involved. Likewise, it must guarantee that the driver who transports foreign trade merchandise, during delivery or receipt, has the required documentary information before being subject to the formalities of customs clearance and authorizing its exit. Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure in which you indicate how you carry out the delivery and receipt of cargo and ensure that the following points are included: Method to identify transport operators. Documentation delivered to operators. Responsible for supervising the identification numbers of the transport means during the loading or unloading of containers, dry boxes, UDLS, railway platforms, air waybills, in their case, in the case of consolidated merchandise, process of de-consolidation and comparison of the information. Recommendation: The procedure for delivery and receipt of the merchandise may include:

Inspection method at the access point to the premise.
Designation of the personnel responsible for receiving the driver and the merchandise upon arrival.
Coordination of the premise areas who receive the exchange lists from the transporters prior to their arrival and with the customs where the formalities of customs clearance are fulfilled.
Record of the introduction to the supervised premise of consolidated merchandise.
Release deadlines.
Prior requests.
Services offered by the premise for the movement of merchandise prior to customs clearance.

Attach the documented procedure to detect and report discrepancies in the delivery or receipt of transport means that transport merchandise and ensure that it includes the following points: Responsible for carrying out the review. Documents to be compared. Areas to which the information is reported. 5.4 Merchandise tracking procedure. In accordance with your risk analysis, the supervised premise must monitor the movement of foreign trade merchandise in its installation through a tracking journal and supervision of activities or a technology during the arrival, storage, custody and release of foreign trade merchandise to comply with the formalities of customs clearance, guaranteeing at all times to have the following information: number and information of the bill of lading, packing list, waybill or other transport documents, as applicable, name and address of the consignee or sender, description, value, origin of the merchandise and the physical location in the premise. The above must be accredited according to the guidelines of a documented procedure. The supervision data and registration of all maneuvers in the supervised premise must be preserved for one month in case the authority needs to perform an evaluation when so required. Response Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure to monitor the transfers, internal transfers in the supervised premise of consolidated and/or de-consolidated foreign trade merchandise. This procedure must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Indicate the type of system you have implemented in your case the query tools that you have available to monitor the merchandise. Identification of estimated transfer times and maneuvers in supervised premises according to the transport involved. Detail the means of communication you have available. In case the tracking is carried out by a third party, indicate who is responsible, and how it is verified that it is being carried out correctly, according to the procedures that the company indicates to them. 5.5 Report of discrepancies in cargo. There must be documented procedures to detect and report missing, excess, prohibited merchandise or any other discrepancy in the delivery or receipt of the merchandise containerized, consolidated and/or de-consolidated prior to complying with the formalities of customs clearance with the purpose of having information that contributes to the corresponding investigations by authorized consignees and, if applicable, by the competent authorities. Likewise, you will have to describe the measures and actions to be taken in case of identifying the transfer and handling of illicit, undeclared and prohibited merchandise or those that by their nature put at risk the security of users who could be in the following processes: reception, delivery, warehouse for prior reviews, consolidated, de-consolidated, yards of transport means and, if applicable, according to the services offered.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure to detect and report discrepancies in the delivery or receipt of the merchandise and ensure that it includes the following points: Responsible for carrying out the review. Documents to be compared. Areas to which the information is reported. This procedure must be applied to merchandise consolidated and located in warehouse. Describe and enumerate the risk areas identified in the supervised premise. 5.6 Processing of information and cargo documentation. The supervised premise must have documented procedures to ensure that the electronic and/or documentary information used during the movement, storage, custody, maneuvers and clearance of the cargo, is legible, complete, accurate and protected against changes, loss or introduction of erroneous information. Likewise, there must be documented procedures to corroborate that the information received from business partners is reported accurately and timely so that the merchandise is subject to the formalities of customs clearance. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for the processing of the cargo documentation, ensure you include the following points: Detail how you transmit and/or receive information related to the transfer and maneuvers of cargo in the supervised premise (indicate if you use a specific control information system and explain briefly its function). Likewise, detail how you validate that the information provided is legible, complete, accurate and protected provided by foreign trade users, transporters, shipping lines, railway companies, among others that converge in the premise. 5.7 Inventory management, control of packaging, container and packing material. The supervised premise must have documented procedures for automated inventory control, in accordance with its authorization to provide handling, storage and custody services for foreign trade merchandise, likewise they must include abandonments, destructions, etc. in accordance with applicable regulations and conduct reviews periodically. Packaging, container, packing materials, if applicable, must be controlled and supervised to prevent them from being susceptible to manipulation prior to their use.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure for inventory management. This must include, according to your operation among other aspects, the following: Mention what type of system you use for the exchange of information with the authority for inventory purposes. Who is your supplier. Indicate if you have a contingency plan in case of system failures. Mention where it is physically located and who are the responsible for its operation. The frequency with which you carry out the verification of stock (periodic inventory). Indicate if there is a scheduled calendar documented to perform them. Indicate what is done, in case of excesses and shortages in inventories. Indicate the treatment given to the control and handling of packaging, container and packing material. Recommendation: The applicant's procedures may include:

Warehouse only accessible to authorized personnel.
Control of incoming merchandise, transfers to other warehouses, consolidation or de- consolidation.
Actions taken if irregularities, discrepancies, losses or thefts are identified.
Treatment of deterioration or destruction of the merchandise.
Separation of the various types of merchandise, for example: high value, dangerous.
Customs management. The company must have documented procedures in which internal and operational policies are established, as well as the necessary controls for the proper compliance of customs obligations.

6.1 Customs obligations. The supervised premise must have a documented procedure for the compliance of customs obligations due to having federal authorization. This must include at least the following: a) the annual guarantee that must be paid to the tax interest according to the average value of the merchandise they handle; b) The identification of the physical space for the customs recognition carried out by customs authorities; c) the physical space destined for handling, storage and custody services in the case of merchandise that has become property of the federal treasury; d) the free storage and custody of merchandise in accordance with regulations; e) process of transfer of merchandise between warehouses; f) process to prove the payment of revenues for being a supervised premise; g) regarding the authorization for merchandise to be subject to elaboration, transformation or repair, if applicable. On the other hand, it must include in the procedure mentioned in the previous paragraph, the communication process with consignees in case of destruction or loss of merchandise, guarantee the exchange of information through a simultaneous system containing the data indicated in rule 2.3.8. and establish protocols related to the treatment, communication, storage and custody of foreign trade merchandise under the internal transit regime. Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the procedure to comply with your customs obligations. 6.2 Customs verification. The supervised premise, in order to guarantee the compliance of the information of the operations for the realization of customs clearance of foreign trade merchandise, as well as to verify the truthfulness of the information declared to the competent authorities, must have documented procedures to verify that the petitions that it receives for its release procedure from the premise, coincide with what appears registered in the SAAI Web and, if applicable, report to the customs authority any discrepancy in said information. The company, likewise, must have a procedure for the filing of the corresponding release records and safeguard them for at least one month. Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the procedure established to verify the information that appears registered in the SAAI Web, and cross-check that the contributions and/or compensatory quotas had been paid prior to the release of the shipments to be subject to the formalities of customs clearance. Indicate how business partners transmit information with the supervised premise and ensure the accuracy of the same, for example: the use of the institutional application Remote Petition Query to corroborate the payment of contributions and/or compensatory quotas, identification of transport means, weight, among others, for exit authorization. 7. Security of cargo transport means. The supervised premise must cooperate with users and competent authorities to maintain the security of transport means, to protect them from the introduction of persons, illicit, prohibited or unauthorized materials. For this reason, it is necessary to have documented procedures to review, seal and maintain the integrity of the same. 7.1 Use of seals and/or locks. The supervised premise must identify the transport means of its own or subcontracted cargo that transport foreign trade merchandise complete or consolidated that may be: maritime, air, national land, cross-border, railway and/or multimodal that are subject to the placement of seals and/or locks that comply or exceed the international standard ISO 17712 with the purpose of guaranteeing at all times the integrity of the cargo.

For this case, the company must have a documented procedure in which, in accordance with its risk analysis, it supervises the placement of seals and/or locks on the transport means that transport foreign trade merchandise in accordance with its logistical process and in those traffic flows that require it due to their high probability of occurrence and impact of the identified risk and during maneuvers in the premise. In it, it must evidence controls that allow accrediting that it supervises the portability of seals and/or locks resulting from entries or exits of the supervised premise. In all cases, it must use the VVTT inspection method to mitigate improper manipulations according to the following: V- View the seal and lock mechanisms of the container. V- Verify the seal number. T- Pull the seal to ensure it is correctly placed. T- Twist and turn the seal to ensure. Response: Explanatory notes: List according to your risk analysis and your process logistics, the transport means that are subject to the placement of high security seals and/or locks. Attach the documented procedure for the supervision of placement and review of seals and/or locks on the transport means that transport foreign trade merchandise. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: The use of seals and/or locks that comply or exceed the ISO17712 standard. If applicable, use the VVTT inspection method. Review and cross-check the documentation containing the number of the original seal or lock for purposes of entries or exits of supervised premises. Indicate how you assign and replace high security locks in the case of maneuvers such as prior review, replacement, among others. 7.2 Inspection of transport means. There must be established procedures to verify the physical integrity of the structure of the transport means, that enter or leave the supervised premise according to its nature, even the reliability of the lock mechanisms in them with the purpose of identifying natural or hidden compartments, as the case may be. The inspections of the transport means must be systematic and have records of these, as well as carry them out in places monitored by the CCTV system. The documented procedure for its inspection must include, in an illustrative but not limiting manner, the following review points for road transport: Transport Means Trailers, Train Cars, Semi-trailers and Containers

Bumpers, tires and rims;
Doors and tool compartments;
Battery box and air filters;
Fuel tanks;
Interior of the cabin / bedroom;
Windshields, deflectors and roof;
Chassis and fifth wheel area.
Front wall;
Left and right side;
Floor;
Interior and exterior roof;
Interior and exterior of doors;
Lower external section;
If applicable, the refrigeration system. For transport means with trailer or integrated cargo compartment, you must add to the transport means points, what is indicated in the section on Trailers.

Answer: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure to carry out the inspection of transport means according to their nature and logistical process involved in the entries and exits of the supervised premises. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Those responsible for carrying out the inspection. Definition of the place(s) where the inspection takes place and indicate if it is monitored by the CCTV system. The security review points for transport means, trailers, semi-trailers, containers, rail and/or multimodal transport according to official regulations. Formats established for the inspection of transport means.

7.3 Storage of vehicles, transport means, containers, train cars, trailers and semi-trailers. In the event that the transport means, containers, trailers and/or semi-trailers intended to transport foreign trade goods are empty and must be stored in parking areas, they must be secured with a padlock and/or indicative seal or, in their case, in a secure area that is guarded and/or monitored. When it is necessary to store any loaded container, trailer and/or semi-trailer, it must be located in a secure and monitored area to prevent access or manipulation and closed with a high-security seal and/or padlock according to ISO 17712 standard.

Answer: Explanatory notes: Indicate if the company stores containers, trailers and/or semi-trailers for subsequent dispatch, or in their case those that are empty and how it maintains their integrity within its facilities. In case of using padlocks and/or seals, indicate what type you use. In case of using any container, trailers and/or semi-trailers as storage for raw material and/or any other type of goods, indicate how you maintain their integrity and security.

Personnel security. The company must have documented procedures for the registration and evaluation of people who wish to obtain employment within the supervised premises, establishing methods to carry out periodic verification of current employees. There must also be continuous training programs for administrative and operational staff in which the company's supply chain security policies, consequences and actions to be considered in case of any offense are disseminated.

8.1 Verification of employment background. The company must have documented procedures to verify the information recorded in the curriculum vitae and application of candidates with a possibility of employment, in accordance with local legislation, either on their own or through an external company. Likewise, for positions that due to their sensitivity so require and affect the security of shipments, in accordance with their previously carried out risk analysis, they must consider requesting stricter requirements for their hiring, which must be carried out periodically. All information regarding personnel must be kept in personal files, which must have restricted access.

Answer: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for hiring personnel, and make sure to include the following: Requirements and documentation required. Tests and exams requested. Indicate the areas and/or critical positions that have been identified as risky, according to your analysis and indicate the following: Indicate if there are additional requirements for specific areas and/or jobs (non-criminal background letter, socioeconomic studies, clinical (drug use), etc.). If so, indicate the jobs or work areas in which they are required and with what frequency they are carried out. Indicate if prior to hiring, the candidate must sign a confidentiality agreement or a similar document. In case of hiring a service agency for personnel hiring, indicate if it has documented procedures for personnel hiring and how you ensure they comply with the same. Briefly explain what they consist of. Recommendation: The procedures for personnel hiring may include: a) Thorough checks of the work and personal background of new employees. b) Confidentiality and responsibility clauses in employee contracts. c) Specific requirements for critical positions. d) In their case, the periodic update of the socioeconomic and physical/medical study of employees who work in critical and/or sensitive areas.

8.2 Procedure for personnel dismissal. There must be documented procedures for personnel dismissal, which include the delivery of identification, and any other article that has been provided to them to perform their functions (keys, uniforms, computer equipment, tools, etc.). Likewise, this procedure must include the dismissal in computer systems and access, among others that may exist.

Answer: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for personnel dismissal, and make sure to include the following: How the delivery of identification, access controls and other equipment is carried out. Indicate if you have a record and/or format, in which the delivery of material and dismissal in computer systems is identified and secured (if applicable, please attach). Indicate if you keep records of personnel who ended their labor relationship with the company, so that in case it was for security reasons, you can warn your service providers and/or business associates.

8.3 Personnel administration. The company must maintain an updated list of permanent employees. Likewise, it must carry out and maintain updated records of affiliation to social security institutions and other legal labor records. In the event that the company has personnel hired by its business partners and works within the facilities, it must ensure that they comply with the requirements established for the rest of its employees.

Answer: Explanatory notes: Indicate if the company has an updated database, both of personnel employed directly, and that hired through a service provider company. This personnel must be hired in accordance with the labor laws and regulations in force.

Information and documentation security. There must be prevention measures to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of information and documentation related to foreign trade operations, including those used for the exchange of information with other participants in the supply chain. Likewise, there must be policies that include measures against their misuse.

Answer: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure for the registration, control and storage of printed and electronic documentation (classification and filing of documents). Recommendation: The applicant's procedures may include: a) Control register for delivery, loan, among other documents. b) Restricted access to the archive area. c) Storage and classification policies. d) An updated security plan that describes the measures in force regarding the protection of documents against unauthorized access, as well as against deliberate destruction or loss of the same.

Answer: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for archiving your information and protecting it from possible losses. Make sure to include the following points: Indicate the frequency with which backups are carried out. Who has access to them, and who authorizes the recovery of information. Describe the procedure for the protection of your computer systems that guarantee the security of the information, make sure to indicate the following: Indicate if the systems are protected by passwords and with what frequency they are modified. Indicate if there are information security policies for their protection. Indicate the mechanisms or systems to detect abuse, or intrusion of unauthorized persons to your systems. Indicate the corrective policies and/or sanctions in case of detection of any violation of the information security policies.

Indicate if business partners have access to the company's computer systems. If so, indicate which programs and how they ensure access control to them. Indicate if the computer equipment has an electrical supply backup system that allows business continuity. The procedures regarding the backup of the company's information must include as a minimum the following: a) How and for how long the data is stored. b) Business continuity plan in case of incident and how to recover the information. c) Frequency and location of backup copies and archived information. d) If backup copies are stored in sites alternative to the facilities where the Data Processing Center (CPD) is located. e) Tests of the validity of data recovery from backup copies. The procedures regarding the protection of the information of the supervised premises must include as a minimum the following:

An updated and documented policy for the protection of computer systems against unauthorized access and deliberate destruction or loss of information.
Detail if you operate with multiple systems (headquarters/sites) and how these systems are controlled.
Who is responsible for the protection of the computer system (responsibility should not be limited to one person but to several so that each can control the actions of the rest).
How access authorizations and access level to the computer system are granted (access to sensitive information should be limited to personnel authorized to make modifications to the information).
Password format, frequency of changes and who provides those passwords.
"Firewall" and anti-virus used.
Deletion, maintenance or update of user details. Measures planned to deal with incidents in case the system is compromised.
Security training and awareness. There must be an awareness program designed and updated by the company's personnel to recognize and create awareness about threats in their logistical processes, smuggling, shipment contamination, information leakage, etc. Administrative and operational employees must know the company's established procedures to consider a situation and how to report it. Additional training must be provided to employees who by their functions are in direct contact with goods and/or transport means, as well as to employees who are in critical and/or sensitive areas determined under their risk analysis.

10.1 Training and awareness on threats. The company must have a training and awareness program on supply chain security policies directed to all its employees, and additionally make available informational material regarding the procedures established in the company to consider a situation that threatens its security and how to report it. Likewise, specific training must be offered according to their functions to help employees maintain the integrity of the cargo, carry out the review of containers, trailers and/or semi-trailers, recognize internal conspiracies and protect access controls. In addition to security training programs, an awareness program on alcohol and drug consumption must be included. These topics must be established as part of the induction of new employees and periodic update programs must be maintained. Training programs must encourage active employee participation in security controls and mechanisms, as well as keep records of all training efforts provided by the company and the list of those who participated in them.

Answer: Explanatory notes: Indicate if you have a training program on security and prevention in the supply chain for all direct and indirect employees. Briefly explain what it consists of and make sure to include the following: Brief description of the topics taught in the program. At what moment they are taught (Induction, specific periods, etc.). Frequency of training and in their case, updates. Indicate how participation in supply chain security training is documented. Explain how employee participation in security issues is encouraged.

10.2 Awareness for transport means operators. The company must make known to the operators of the transport means it uses for the transfer of goods destined for foreign trade, the security policies regarding loading and unloading procedures, incident management, change of padlocks in case of inspection by other authorities, among others, that are implemented. In the event that the transport service is provided by a business partner, it must ensure that operators know all security policies and established procedures.

Answer: Explanatory notes: Describe the dissemination program on supply chain security focused on transport means operators and make sure to include the following: Indicate how this dissemination is carried out. Indicate the topics covered. In case of using the services of a business partner for the transfer of your goods, indicate how you inform operators about the company's security policies and procedures. Indicate how participation in supply chain security training for transport means operators is documented. Recommendation: The topics that may include, by way of illustration but not limitation, are:

Access and security policies at the facilities.
Delivery-receipt of goods.
Confidentiality of cargo information.
Transfer instructions.
Accident and emergency reports.
Instructions for placing padlocks and/or seals in case of inspection by other authorities.
Installation and testing of security alarms and unit tracking, when applicable.
Identification of authorized formats and documents to be used.
Handling and investigation of incidents. There must be documented procedures to report and investigate incidents in the supply chain and the actions to be taken to prevent their recurrence.

Answer: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure to report anomalies and/or suspicious activities and make sure to include the following: Who is responsible for reporting incidents. Detail how you determine and identify with which authority to communicate in different scenarios or presumption of suspicious activities. Mention if you keep a record of report of anomalies and/or suspicious activities and briefly describe what it consists of.

11.2 Investigation and analysis. There must be written procedures for the analysis and investigation of incidents in the supply chain to determine their cause, as well as corrective actions to prevent them from happening again. The information derived from this investigation must be documented and available at all times for the authorities that so require. This information and generated documentation must be included in a file in order to allow identifying each of the processes through which that operation went until the point where the incident was detected and that allows recognizing the vulnerability of the chain.

Answer: Explanatory notes: Describe the documented procedure to start an investigation in case any incident occurs, and make sure to include the following: Responsible for carrying out the investigation. Documentation that integrates the file of the investigation of the foreign trade operation. Recommendation: The documents in the file derived from the investigation must include at least the following: General information of the shipment, service order. Transport request; confirmation of transport means; identification of the transport operator (access records, etc.). Transport means inspection formats; exit orders; records of collection, delivery and receipt of foreign trade goods. CCTV system video recordings. Documentation generated for the carrier documentation generated for clients, suppliers, business partners, customs authorities documentation generated by clients, suppliers, business partners, customs authorities.

E8. Profile of the Strategic Supervised Premises. Acknowledgment of Receipt First Time: Renewal: Addition: Modification: The data you provide will replace the data you provided when you requested your authorization General Information The objective of this Profile is to ensure that strategic supervised premises have security practices and processes implemented in their facilities, focused on strengthening the supply chain and mitigating the risk of contamination of shipments with illicit products. Those interested in obtaining registration in the registry of Certified Enterprises under the Strategic Supervised Premises modality referred to in rule 7.1.4., of the current RGCE must demonstrate that they have documented and verifiable processes; likewise, they must integrate the criteria required in this document according to the business model or design they have established, seeking during the implementation of security standards, the application of a culture of risk analysis supported by decision-making in accordance with the values, mission, vision, codes of ethics and conduct of the company itself. What is established in this Profile must be accredited independently of the requirements and guidelines established for the control, surveillance, access routes, infrastructure, equipment and security of foreign trade goods established by ANAM to grant the authorization of Strategic Supervised Premises, and its compliance can be proven with whatever is coincident with what is established in this profile. Filling instructions:

You must fill out a profile for each of the facilities that have authorization as a strategic supervised premises. The number of profiles presented must coincide with the facilities that have authorization for the temporary introduction of foreign, national or naturalized goods, to the strategic supervised premises, to be subject to handling, storage, custody, exhibition, sale, distribution, manufacturing, transformation or repair in accordance with articles 14, 14-D and 135-A of the Law manifested in your application for registration as a certified enterprise under the strategic supervised premises modality as well as indicate all domiciles registered with the RFC.
In each sub-standard, the strategic supervised premises must detail how it complies with or exceeds what is established in each of the numerals according to what is indicated.
The format of this document is divided into two sections, as detailed below:
Standard. Description of the standard 1.1 Sub-standard. Description of the sub-standard Answer. Explanatory notes. Describe and/or attach... Points to highlight... Recommendation:
...
Indicate how you comply with what is established in each of the sub-standards, therefore you must attach the procedures in Spanish that are required, if applicable, or provide a detailed explanation of what is requested in the Response field.

The section regarding Explanatory Notes is intended to be used as a guide regarding the points that must be included in the Response or in the attached procedures, as appropriate, for each sub-standard, indicating in an indicative manner those points that should not be excluded from your response. In this sense, it must be understood that any recommendation indicated here is not considered an obligation.

Once the Profile of the Strategic Fiscalized Facility has been completed, it must be attached to the Application for registration in the Registry of Certified Companies referred to in the first paragraph of rule 7.1.4., fraction IV.

For the purpose of verifying what was stated in the previous paragraph, the SAT through the AGACE may carry out an inspection at the installation indicated herein, with the sole purpose of verifying what is stated in this document.

Any incomplete Profile of the Strategic Fiscalized Facility will not be processed.
For any questions related to the Application for registration and the Profile of the Strategic Fiscalized Facility, please direct them to the contacts appearing on the SAT Portal.
In the event of being authorized as a Certified Company, this form must be updated annually, in accordance with what is established in rule 7.2.1., third paragraph, fraction III.
As a result of the issuance of the authorization, specific requirements may arise which must be resolved within the timeframe specified by the authority for such purposes.

Data of the Installation A Profile of the Strategic Fiscalized Facility must be filled out for each of the installations that operate under the authorization of Strategic Fiscalized Facility and that in their processes carry out the handling, storage, custody, exhibition, sale, distribution, elaboration, transformation, or repair of foreign trade merchandise.

Information of the Installation Profile Number of the Strategic Fiscalized Facility: RFC (Taxpayer Registration Code): Name and/or Corporate Name: Name and/or Denomination of the Installation Type of Installation Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/Delegation Federal Entity Age of the installation (years of operation): Activity carried out in the installation: Preponderant products handled in the Strategic Fiscalized Facility: (As applicable) Average number of monthly shipments (EXP): (By means of transport) Average number of monthly shipments (IMP): (By means of transport) Total number of employees at this installation: Surface area of the installation (m²):

Certifications in security programs: (Please indicate if this facility holds a certification from any of the following programs) C-TPAT. Yes No Level: Pre-Applicant Applicant Certified Certified/ Validated C-TPAT Account number (8 digits): Date of last visit to this installation: Partners in Protection (PIP) Yes No Registration No.: Authorized Economic Operator from other countries (OEA's) Yes No Program: Registration: Other Supply Chain Security Programs Yes No Program: Registration:

Certifications: (Please indicate if you hold certifications that you consider impact your supply chain process, for example: ISO 9000; Reliable Logistics Processes, among others) Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity:

1. Supply Chain Security Planning. The company must develop documented policies and procedures to carry out an analysis that allows the identification of risks and weaknesses in its supply chain with the objective of implementing strategies that help mitigate risk in the organization's operations.

1.1 Risk Analysis. The strategic fiscalized facility must have measures to identify, analyze, and mitigate risks that could result in alterations to foreign trade merchandise during its handling, storage, custody, and transfer in its supply chain and facilities, under the guideline of a documented procedure. Such analysis must be based on the organization's model (e.g.: type of merchandise, volume, clients, routes, information leakage, potential threats, etc.), so as to allow the implementation and maintenance of security measures.

This procedure must be updated at least once a year, so that it allows the permanent identification of new threats or risks that are considered in the operation, resulting from some incident or originating from changes in initial conditions, as well as to identify whether the policies, procedures, control mechanisms, and security are being complied with.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Explain how you identify, analyze, and mitigate risks related to your supply chains and facilities. Indicate what sources of information are used to qualify risks during the analysis phase. Attach the documented procedure to identify risks in the supply chain and the facilities of your company, ensure you include the following points: Indicate the frequency with which you carry out this procedure. Indicate which aspects and/or areas of the company are incorporated into the risk analysis. Describe what methodology you use to determine a risk analysis. Mention who are the responsible parties for updating the company's risk analysis. The geographic and social context of the installation. The risks identified in the installation and in its supply chain or logistics. The rating given to each risk. The controls imposed on each identified risk, with the aim of mitigating it. The period for review and/or update of the results of the risk analysis.

Recommendation: It is suggested to use Administration, management, and risk evaluation techniques according to international standards ISO 31000, ISO 31010, and ISO 28000 that, according to your business model, should be implemented.

1.2 Security Policies. Strategic Fiscalized Facilities must have policies oriented towards preventing, ensuring, and recognizing threats to supply chain security, such as smuggling, trafficking of weapons, persons, prohibited goods, acts of terrorism, as well as those threats associated with information exchange. These policies must be reflected in the corresponding procedures and/or manuals.

Response: Explanatory Notes: State the company's policies in the supply chain and of its facilities, who is responsible for their review, as well as the frequency with which their update is carried out.

1.3 Internal Audits in the Supply Chain. In addition to routine monitoring in control and security, it is necessary to schedule and carry out audits at least once a year, under the guidelines of a documented procedure that allows evaluating all processes regarding security in the supply chain and its facilities.

Audits must be carried out by authorized personnel and, whenever possible, independent of the audited activity, although they may be part of the organization. The focus and execution must be adjusted to the size of the organization and to the nature of the risks identified during the analysis according to point 1.1.

Senior management must review the audit results, analyze the causes, and undertake corrective or preventive actions required through a systematic evaluation with the information available for such effect. The review must be documented.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure to carry out an internal audit, focused on security in the supply chain, ensure you include the following points: Indicate the type of internal or external audits, in matter of security in the supply chain, that are carried out in the facility. Indicate who participates in them, and the records that are generated, as well as the frequency with which they are carried out. Indicate how senior management of the company verifies the result of the audits in matter of security of the supply chain, and if it determines carrying out preventive, corrective, and improvement actions in the processes.

1.4 Contingency and/or Emergency Plans related to Supply Chain Security. There must be a documented contingency plan to ensure business continuity in case of affectation to the normal development of activities in the facilities and during the transfer, handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise according to its logistical process in the supply chain (for example: customs closures, threats, blockades, among others).

The company must carry out tests, practical exercises, or simulations of the supply chain contingency and emergency plans to verify their effectiveness, of which a record must be kept.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure or emergency plan, in case of an emergency or security situation, that affects the normal development of activities in the facilities, during the transfer, handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise according to its logistical process in the supply chain. This procedure must include, in an illustrative but not limiting manner, the following:

What situations it contemplates.
What mechanisms it uses to guarantee that the business continuity plan is effective.

2. Physical Security. The strategic fiscalized facility must have established mechanisms and documented processes to prevent, detect, or deter the entry of unauthorized personnel into the facilities. All sensitive areas of the company must have physical barriers, control elements, and deterrents against unauthorized access.

The foregoing may be accredited through compliance with the control, surveillance, access routes, infrastructure, equipment, and security measures of the Strategic Fiscalized Facility and foreign trade merchandise established by ANAM, provided that such measures are sufficient to accredit what is established in this standard.

2.1 Installations. Installations must be constructed with materials that can resist unauthorized access. Periodic documented inspections must be carried out to maintain the integrity of the structures and in the event that an irregularity has been detected, the corresponding repair must be made. Likewise, territorial limits, various accesses, internal routes, and the location of buildings must be fully identified.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate the predominant materials with which the installation is constructed (for example, metal structure and sheet walls, brick walls, wood, among others), and indicate how the review and maintenance of the integrity of the structures is carried out. Attach a layout or architectural plan of the whole, where limits, access routes, traffic flow, and the location of buildings can be identified.

2.2 Accesses at Gates and Booths. The entrance or exit doors of personnel and/or vehicles of the company's facilities must be attended and/or supervised either by own personnel or by security personnel. The number of access doors must be kept to the minimum necessary.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate how many doors and/or accesses exist in the installations, as well as the operating hours of each one, and indicate how they are monitored (If there is assigned surveillance personnel, indicate the quantity). Detail if there are blocked and/or permanently closed doors and/or accesses and their location.

2.3 Perimeter Walls. Perimeter walls and/or peripheral barriers must be installed to secure the facilities of the strategic fiscalized facility, and particularly, the areas for storage, custody, and warehousing of foreign trade merchandise, high value, hazardous, in accordance with applicable regulations, restricted access areas, and others determined according to your risk analysis with the object of preventing unauthorized entries. These must be inspected regularly and keep a record of the review with the aim of ensuring their integrity and identifying damage.

Storage, high value, hazardous, and/or restricted access areas must be clearly identified and monitored to prevent unauthorized entries.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the type of peripheral barrier and/or walls with which the facility has, ensure you include the following points: Specify which areas segregate in the installation by being considered critical and/or sensitive. Indicate their characteristics (material, dimensions, etc.). In case of not having walls, please justify the reason in detail. Frequency with which the integrity of the perimeter walls is verified, and the records that are kept. Describe how the cargo destined for export, hazardous material, and high value cargo is segregated; ensure you include the following points: Indicate how you separate national merchandise and foreign trade merchandise, and if it is additionally identified (for example: different packaging; labels; packaging, among others). Identify and indicate restricted access areas (hazardous goods, high value, confidential, etc.).

Recommendation: The procedure for inspecting perimeter walls could include: a) Responsible personnel to carry out the process. b) How and how often the inspections of fences, perimeter walls and/or peripheral barriers and buildings are carried out. c) How the inspection record is kept. d) Who is responsible for verifying that repairs and/or modifications meet technical specifications and security requirements necessary.

2.4 Parking Lots. Access to the parking lots of the installations must be controlled and monitored, in accordance with applicable provisions. It must be prohibited for private vehicles (employees, visitors, suppliers, and contractors, among others) to park within the merchandise handling and storage areas, as well as in adjacent areas.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the control and monitoring of parking lots, ensure you include the following points: Responsible for controlling and monitoring access to parking lots. Identification of parking lots (specify if the visitor parking is separated from the storage and merchandise handling areas). How entry and exit control of vehicles to the installations is carried out. (Indicate the records that are made for parking control). Policies or mechanisms to not allow the entry of private vehicles to the storage and handling merchandise areas.

2.5 Key and Lock Device Control. Windows, doors, and inner and outer fences, according to your risk analysis, must be secured with locking devices. The company must have a documented procedure for the handling and control of keys and/or locking devices of the inner areas that have been considered critical. Likewise, a record must be kept of the persons who have keys or authorized access according to their level of responsibility and tasks within their work area.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure(s) for the handling, safekeeping, assignment, control, and non-return of keys, in the installations, offices, interiors, and critical and/or sensitive areas. Ensure that these procedures include the following points: Responsible for administering and controlling the security of keys. Control register for key lending. Treatment of loss or non-return of keys. Indicate if there are areas in which access is granted with electronic devices and/or any other access mechanism.

2.6 Lighting. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the operation and maintenance of the lighting system. Ensure you include the following points: Indicate which areas are illuminated and which have a backup system (indicate if you have an auxiliary power plant). How do you ensure that the lighting system has continuity in the event of lack of supply in each one of the areas of the installation and with special emphasis on areas considered as critical and/or sensitive, in such a way as to allow clear identification of personnel, material and/or equipment covered.

Recommendations: The procedure may include: a) Responsible for the control of lighting systems. b) How the lighting system is controlled. c) Operating hours. d) Identification of areas with permanent lighting. e) Maintenance and review program (if it coincides with another process, indicate it).

2.7 Communication Devices. The company must have communication devices and/or systems with the purpose of contacting security personnel and/or emergency and security authorities as required immediately. Additionally, it must have a backup system and verify its proper functioning periodically.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure that personnel must perform to contact the company's security personnel or, in its case, the corresponding authority. Indicate if operational and administrative personnel have or dispose of devices (landlines, mobile phones, alert buttons and/or emergency) to communicate with security personnel and/or whoever corresponds (these must be accessible to users, to be able to have a prompt reaction). Indicate what communication devices the security personnel uses in the company (landlines, cell phones, radios, alarm system, etc.). Describe the procedure for the control and maintenance of communication devices, ensure you include the following points:

Policies for assignment of mobile communication developments. Program for maintenance of fixed and mobile communication developments. Indicate if you have backup communication devices, in case the permanent system fails, and, if applicable, briefly detail.

Recommendation: The procedure may include: a) Responsible for the good functioning and maintenance of communication devices. b) Verification and maintenance record of the devices. c) Form of assignment of communication devices.

2.8 Alarm Systems and Closed-Circuit Television and Video Surveillance (CCTV). Alarm systems and closed-circuit television (CCTV) systems must be used to monitor, notify, or deter unauthorized access and prohibited activities in the facilities and notify the corresponding area, in addition to being used as proof tools in investigations derived from some incident.

These systems must be placed systematically according to a prior risk analysis and applicable regulations, in such a way that allows clear identification of the area or environment being watched, monitored, and supervised, areas involving authorized person entry and exit, suppliers, loading/unloading areas, storage, custody, and warehousing of foreign trade merchandise, transport medium yards, private vehicle and cargo yards, among other areas considered critical and/or sensitive permanently and uninterruptedly in accordance with the guidelines established by DGMEIA and simultaneous operation with the Customs or central area concerned.

The strategic fiscalized facility must have documented procedures for the operation of the mentioned systems. For the case of CCTV, it must include supervision of the good condition of the equipment, verification of the correct position of the cameras, maintenance for the backup of recordings for at least sixty days in accordance with the guidelines issued by ANAM, in relation to RGCE 4.8.7., continuity in operation in case of electrical supply failures, as well as those responsible for their operation. These systems must have restricted access.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have contracted an external alarm central service, and if so, describe the following points: Indicate if doors and windows have alarm sensors or motion sensors. Procedure to follow in case an alarm is activated. Describe the documented procedure for the operation of the CCTV system, ensure you include the following points: Indicate the number of CCTV cameras installed, technical characteristics and their location (detail if it covers the entry and exit points of the installations, to cover the movement of vehicles and individuals, as well as the place of warehousing of foreign trade merchandise).

Indicates the location of the CCTV system, where the monitors are located, who reviews them, as well as operating hours, and if applicable, if there are remote monitoring stations.

Indicate if the recordings are reviewed periodically and how (randomly, weekly, special events, restricted areas, etc.).

Indicate for how long these recordings are kept (must be at least one month).

Indicate if the CCTV system is backed up by an electrical power plant.

Physical Access Controls. Physical access controls are mechanisms or procedures that prevent and prohibit unauthorized entry to the facilities, maintain control of the entry of employees and visitors, and protect the company's assets.

Access controls must include the identification of all employees, visitors, and suppliers at all entry points. Likewise, records must be kept and the documented mechanisms or procedures for entry to the facilities must be continuously evaluated, serving as the basis for beginning to integrate security as one of the primary functions within any company. The evaluation of what is provided in this sub-standard will be carried out in accordance with the applicable regulatory provisions for the Strategic Tax Supervised Premises.

3.1 Security Personnel. The strategic tax supervised premises must have security and surveillance personnel. This personnel plays an important role in the physical protection of the facilities and merchandise during their transfer and handling within the company, as well as for controlling access of all persons to the building.

Security personnel must have a documented procedure to carry out their functions and have full knowledge of the mechanisms and procedures in emergency situations, detection of unauthorized persons, or any incident in the installation.

Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the documented procedure for the operation of security personnel and ensure you include the following points:

Indicate the number of security personnel working in the company.

Indicate the positions and/or functions of the personnel and operating hours.

In case of hiring an external service, provide the general data of the company (Tax ID, legal name, address), and specify the number of employees, operational details, records, reports, etc.

In case of having armed personnel, describe the procedure for the control and safeguarding of weapons.

3.2 Employee Identification. There must be an employee identification system for access to the facilities. Employees should only have access to those areas they need to perform their functions. The management or company security personnel must adequately control the delivery and return of identification badges for employees, visitors, and suppliers. Procedures for the delivery, return, and change of access devices (for example, keys, proximity cards, etc.) must be documented.

Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for employee identification and ensure you include the following points:

Identification mechanisms (photo ID, biometrics, etc.).

Indicate how contracted personnel by a business partner, working within the facilities (contractors, subcontractors, in-house services, merchandise handling company personnel, etc.) are identified.

Describe how the company delivers, changes, and withdraws employee identification and access controls and ensure you include the responsible areas for authorizing and administering them.

Attach the documented procedure for the control of identifications.

3.3 Identification of Visitors and Suppliers. To have access to the facilities, visitors and suppliers must present official identification with a photo for documentation upon arrival and a record must be kept. All visitors must be accompanied by company personnel during their stay in the facilities and ensure that the visitor always wears the provisional identification provided in a visible place. This procedure must be documented. In the case of suppliers and users who work regularly in the premises, the company must have a physical validation system for identification badges in accordance with the control guidelines established by the Customs of their jurisdiction to grant entry and exit authorizations, if applicable.

Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for controlling access of visitors and suppliers, ensure you include the following points:

Indicate what records are kept (personal forms for each visit, logbooks).

Indicate who is the person responsible for accompanying the visitor and/or supplier and if there are restricted areas for their entry.

3.4 Procedure for Identification and Removal of Unauthorized Persons or Vehicles. The company must have documented procedures that specify how to identify, confront, or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure to identify, confront, or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles.

Recommendation: The procedures may include: a) Responsible personnel. b) Designate a person or area responsible for being informed of incidents.

c) Instructions for confronting and addressing unidentified personnel. d) Indicate in which cases the corresponding authorities must be reported. e) How the recording of incidents and measures adopted in each case is carried out.

3.5 Courier and Package Deliveries. Courier and package deliveries intended for company personnel must be examined upon arrival and before being distributed to the corresponding area.

Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for the receipt and review of courier and packages and ensure you include the following:

Indicate how the service provider is identified (indicate if an additional procedure to the supplier access procedure is required).

Indicate how packages are reviewed and/or what mechanism is used, as well as the records kept.

Indicate what action is taken in the case of detecting a suspicious package.

Recommendation: The procedures may include: a) Responsible personnel. b) How to identify external company personnel, in addition to what is required for the rest of the suppliers. c) What should be done in case of detecting a suspicious package. d) How the review is carried out. e) Indicate how the inspection record and, if applicable, detected incidents are carried out.

Business Partners The company must have written and verifiable procedures for the selection and contracting of business partners (Transporters; material suppliers, service providers such as cleaning, security, personnel hiring; providers of loading, unloading, and merchandise handling services; subcontractors; shipping or airline lines, etc.) and according to their risk analysis, require them to comply with security measures to strengthen the international supply chain.

4.1 Selection Criteria. There must be documented procedures for the selection, monitoring, or renewal of commercial relationships with business associates or suppliers, which include interviews, reference verification, evaluation methods, and use of the information provided.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure for the selection of business partners, this includes any type of business associate, suppliers related to your logistics process and supply chain, as well as potential and predominant clients for frequently hiring your service and/or those with commercial relations with your company, and ensure it includes the following points:

What information is required from your business partner.

What aspects are reviewed and investigated (the result of the investigation must be integrated into the file).

Indicate if you maintain a file for each of your business partners.

Indicate how the services of your business partner are evaluated and what points are reviewed.

Recommendation: The file could include the following: Company data (name, Tax ID, activity, etc.). Legal representative data. Proof of address. Commercial references. Contracts, agreements, and/or confidentiality agreements. Security policies. In case of, certificate or certification number in the security programs to which they belong.

4.2 Security Requirements. The company must have a documented procedure in which, according to its risk analysis, it requests additional security requirements from those business partners who intervene in the service provided by the strategic tax supervised premises, as well as service providers that likewise intervene in the control, manipulation, transfer, and/or coordination of the same.

These requirements must be based on the Profile of the Strategic Tax Supervised Premises established by the AGACE in a generic manner, or in case of existence, the specific Profile for each actor in the supply chain corresponding to them.

The company must request from its business partners the documentation that accredits or proves that they comply with the minimum security standards established in this document, either through a written declaration issued by the legal representative of the partner, agreements, or contractual clauses with documentation supporting compliance with the requirements established in another Authorized Economic Operator program.

In the case of the company's business partners who provide their services inside the facilities, they must be obliged to comply with these supply chain security requirements.

Response: Explanatory notes: Describe how you carry out the identification of business partners that require compliance with minimum security standards. Ensure you include the following points:

Indicate if you have a register of business partners that must comply with security requirements, and mention what type of providers these are (transporters, warehouses, security companies, customs brokers, companies authorized to provide loading, unloading, and merchandise handling services, etc.).

Indicate in what documentary way (agreements, accords, contractual clauses, among others) you guarantee that your business partners comply with security requirements.

Indicate if there are contractual agreements regarding the implementation of security measures with your service providers inside your company, such as: customs brokers, security guards, cleaning services, gardening, cafeteria, maintenance, information technology providers, etc.

Indicate if you have business partners to whom membership in a supply chain security program is required, either certification by a foreign authority or private sector (for example: C-TPAT, PIP, or another Authorized Economic Operator program of the WCO).

4.3 Business Partner Reviews. The company must carry out periodic evaluations of the processes and installations of business associates based on risk, and these must maintain the security standards required by the company, and keep records of the same, as well as the corresponding follow-up.

When inconsistencies are found, the company must communicate this to its partner or supplier and provide a justified period to address the identified observations, or otherwise, have the necessary measures to sanction them.

Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for verifying security processes and installations of business partners, ensure you include the following points:

Frequency of visits to the business partner (this must be at least once a year).

Record or report of the verification and, if applicable, the corresponding follow-up.

Indicate what action measures are taken in case business partners do not comply with the established security requirements.

In case of having business partners with C-TPAT certification or another supply chain security certification program, indicate the frequency with which their status is reviewed and the actions taken in case it is detected that it is suspended and/or cancelled.

Recommendation: The procedure may include:

Frequency of visits.
Points of review in security matters.
Preparation of reports.
Feedback and agreements with the business partner.
Follow-up to agreements.
Measures in case of detecting non-compliance with requirements.
Record of evaluations.
Process Security. Control measures must be established to guarantee the integrity and security of merchandise in processes related to handling, customs clearance, and storage of cargo. These procedures must be documented and ensure integrity is maintained from the point of receipt until delivery.

5.1 Process Mapping. There must be a map showing step by step the logistics process of the flow of foreign trade merchandise and the required documentation through its international supply chain.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the document where the mapping of processes that merchandise goes through is illustrated or described, from the point of origin to its delivery.

This mapping can be written and/or graphical, must contain at least the following aspects:

Origin of merchandise: a. National or nationalized merchandise. b. Foreign merchandise for exhibition, sale, or distribution. c. Merchandise for manufacturing, transformation, or repair. d. Merchandise whose origin or destination is the transfer to companies with SE programs.
Customs of clearance.
Merchandise transfers.
Delivery and/or receipt of merchandise in national territory or return shipment to foreign countries including the process of acquisition of national goods.
Customs Clearance that include provisions for designating merchandise subject to manufacturing, transformation, repair, handling, storage, custody, exhibition, sale, distribution, and courier for the introduction of foreign, national, or nationalized merchandise into strategic tax supervised premises and, if applicable, the return of processed goods in their same state.
Destruction of waste or destination to the national market.
Delivery to the consignee.
Management and operation of Notices of Transfer of Merchandise from companies with IMMEX Program, RFE, or Certified Companies in accordance with the guidelines of the ADACE of your locality.
Information flow related to the merchandise.

5.2 Warehouses and Distribution Centers. In case the strategic tax supervised premises has business partners providing any warehouse, distribution center, or other services inside its facilities, they must be subject, according to their characteristics, to what is established in this document, in order to maintain integrity in their supply chain.

Response: Explanatory notes: According to your logistics process mapping, if foreign trade merchandise is transferred or moved to another warehouse and/or alternative distribution center different from the one operating under your authorization as a strategic tax supervised premises, you must indicate if they are registered under your Tax ID, providing their general data (name and address) and briefly explaining what activity is carried out in that or those facilities (cross dock, temporary warehouse, etc.).

Likewise, indicate if these belong to the company or is a service contracted through a third party and/or are part of a shareholder group. In this case, in accordance with the supplier selection criteria mentioned in the Business Partners section of this document, indicate how you ensure they meet the minimum security requirements.

Installations that have Strategic Tax Supervised Premises authorization must coincide with the number of Profiles presented, as well as indicate all addresses registered under the Tax ID.

5.3 Cargo Delivery and Receipt. The strategic tax supervised premises must guarantee the supervision of the identification of operators of own or subcontracted transport means, who carry out the collection, delivery, or receipt of foreign trade merchandise inside or outside its facilities, warehouses, and/or distribution centers. Likewise, it must designate the area responsible for supervising the loading or unloading of the shipment, even in accordance with instructions received from clients for its handling and transfer. On the other hand, the company must verify the detailed description of the merchandise, weight, labels, brands, and quantity, comparing this information with the corresponding legal and customs documentation.

The strategic tax supervised premises, in accordance with its risk analysis, must have a process for the release and extraction of merchandise, establish parameters to inspect and verify through mechanisms, tools, or non-intrusive technology available, the foreign trade merchandise to be dispatched, independent of the official reviews that authorities may carry out with the purpose of identifying illicit, prohibited, undeclared merchandise, or with discrepancies, including those that, according to their nature, are subject to additional regulations or restrictions for customs compliance and transfer. Likewise, it must guarantee that the driver transporting foreign trade merchandise, during delivery or receipt, has the required documentary information for its transfer which includes, destination, route to be maintained, contact data, and/or procedure in case of any incident or inspection by any authority, among others.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure in which you indicate how you carry out the delivery and receipt of cargo and ensure it includes the following points:

Method to identify transport operators.

Documentation delivered to operators.

Responsible for supervising the loading or unloading of merchandise and comparison of information.

Management and operation of Notice of Transfer of Merchandise from companies with IMMEX Program, RFE, or Certified Companies.

Recommendation: The delivery and receipt procedure of the merchandise may include:

Inspection method at the point of access to the company.
Designation of responsible personnel to receive the driver and merchandise upon arrival.
Record of the introduction of received merchandise into the strategic tax supervised premises.

Attach the documented procedure to detect and report discrepancies in the delivery or receipt of merchandise and ensure it includes the following points:

Responsible for carrying out the review.

Documents to be compared.

Areas to which the information is reported.

This procedure must be carried out on merchandise received from import, export; and if applicable, in the review at intermediate points.

5.4 Merchandise Tracking Procedure. In accordance with its risk analysis, the supervised premises must monitor the movement of foreign trade merchandise in its installation through a tracking diary and supervision of activities or technology during the arrival, storage, custody, and release of foreign trade merchandise to comply with customs clearance formalities, guaranteeing at all times to have the following information: number and information of the bill of lading, packing list, waybill, or other transport documents, as applicable, name and address of the consignee or sender, description, value, origin of the merchandise, and physical location in the premises. The above must be accredited in accordance with the guidelines of a documented procedure.

The supervision data and registration of all maneuvers in the supervised premises must be preserved for one month in case the authority needs to carry out an evaluation when so required.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for monitoring internal transfers of foreign trade merchandise within the supervised premises. This procedure must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Indicate the type of system you have implemented in your case, the consultation tools available to monitor the merchandise. Identification of estimated transfer times and maneuvers in strategic supervised premises according to the mode of transport involved. Detail the communication means available. If the tracking is performed by a third party, indicate who is responsible and how it is verified that it is being carried out correctly, in accordance with the procedures specified by the company.

5.5 Cargo Discrepancy Report. There must be documented procedures that describe measures and actions to identify, detect, and report measures and/or actions to be taken in case of missing, excess, prohibited, illicit merchandise, undeclared merchandise during handling and transfer within the supervised premises, or any other discrepancy in the delivery or receipt of containerized, consolidated, and/or de-consolidated merchandise prior to completing customs clearance formalities, or those that by their nature pose a risk to user safety, which could occur during the following processes: reception, delivery, storage, prior inspections, consolidation, de-consolidation, transport medium yards, and as applicable, according to the services offered, with the aim of providing information that aids investigations by authorized consignees and, as applicable, by competent authorities.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for detecting and reporting discrepancies in the delivery or receipt of merchandise and ensure it includes the following points: Personnel responsible for carrying out the review. Documents to be cross-checked. Areas to which the information is reported. This procedure must be applied to merchandise received from import; as applicable, in reviews at intermediate points; as well as in the final delivery of merchandise to your client.

5.6 Processing of Cargo Information and Documentation. The strategic supervised premises must have documented procedures to ensure that the electronic and/or documentary information used during the movement, storage, custody, maneuvers, and clearance of cargo is legible, complete, accurate, and protected against changes, losses, or the introduction of erroneous information. Similarly, there must be documented procedures to corroborate that the information received from business associates is reported accurately and promptly so that the merchandise is subject to customs clearance formalities.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for processing cargo documentation, ensuring you include the following points: Detail how you transmit relevant information and documentation regarding the transfer of your cargo with all parties involved in your supply chain (indicate if you use a specific computer control system and briefly explain its function). Also, detail how you validate that the provided information is legible, complete, accurate, and protected. Indicate how business associates transmit information to the strategic supervised premises and ensure its protection.

5.7 Inventory Management, Control of Packaging, Container, and Packing Materials. The strategic supervised premises must have documented procedures for automated inventory control, in accordance with its authorization to provide services for handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise. These must also include abandonments, destructions, among others, in accordance with applicable regulations, and conduct periodic reviews. Packaging, container, and packing materials, as applicable, must be controlled and supervised to prevent them from being susceptible to manipulation prior to use.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for inventory management. This must include, according to your operation, among other aspects, the following: Mention what type of system you use for information exchange with the authority for inventory purposes and your clients. Who is your provider. Indicate if you have a contingency plan in case of system failures. Mention where it is physically located and who are the responsible parties for its operation. The frequency with which you carry out stock verification. (Periodic inventory). Indicate if there is a documented scheduled calendar to perform them or in accordance with your clients' operational provisions. Indicate what is done in the case of excesses and shortages in inventories and communication with your clients. Specify the treatment given to the control and handling of packaging, container, and packing materials.

Recommendation: The applicant's procedures may include:

Warehouse accessible only to authorized personnel.
Control of incoming merchandise, transfers to other warehouses, consolidation or de-consolidation.
Actions taken if irregularities, discrepancies, losses, or thefts are identified.
Treatment of deterioration or destruction of merchandise.
Separation of various types of merchandise, for example, high value, hazardous.
Customs management. The company must have documented procedures that establish internal and operational policies, as well as the necessary controls for the proper compliance of customs obligations.

6.1 Customs Clearance Management. The company must have a documented procedure that establishes criteria for the selection of a customs broker or, as applicable, a customs representative, who, in accordance with national legislation, are authorized to promote on behalf of others the clearance of merchandise.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for selecting the customs broker or customs representative and ensure it includes the following points: Selection criteria. Evaluation methods and frequency. Indicate the full name and patent number and/or authorization of the customs broker or customs representative authorized to promote your foreign trade operations.

6.2 Customs Obligations. The strategic supervised premises must have a documented procedure that establishes the control of automated and online foreign trade merchandise inventories with the authority in a permanent and uninterrupted manner, in accordance with Article 59, fraction I, of the Law and the information referred to in rule 4.8.3. of the RGCE, Annex 24, and the guidelines issued by the SAT. Additionally, it must include at least the following: a) the process to comply with security measures, control surveillance, access routes, infrastructure, and surface equipment; b) processes related to equipment for expediting customs clearance regarding electronic systems for the control of merchandise, persons, or vehicles entering or leaving the premises. The foregoing in accordance with the guidelines of SAT areas and those specific to your authorization. Furthermore, the procedure must include the process for the destruction of waste or destination in the national market or loss of merchandise in accordance with current regulations, transfers of merchandise to supervised and/or strategic premises, transfers for maintenance, repair, or calibration of machinery and/or equipment.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the procedure to comply with your customs obligations. Attach the procedure(s) for compliance with the provisions of rules 1.5.3., 1.6.13. and 1.6.17., as applicable.

6.3 Customs Verification. The strategic supervised premises, in order to verify the truthfulness of the information declared in its name before competent authorities, must have documented procedures so that the personnel designated by the company periodically verify that the customs declarations registered in its accounting match those registered in SAAI Web and, as applicable, report to the customs authority any discrepancy in said information. The company, likewise, must have a procedure for archiving declarations for proper control.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the procedure established to verify the information registered in SAAI Web, and cross-check with the declarations and documentation requested from the customs broker and/or customs representative.

Security of Transport Means for Cargo. The strategic supervised premises must cooperate with users and competent authorities to maintain the security of transport means, to protect them from the introduction of persons, illicit, prohibited, or unauthorized materials. For this reason, it is necessary to have documented procedures to inspect, seal, and maintain their integrity.

7.1 Use of Seals and/or Padlocks on Containers. The strategic supervised premises, as applicable, must identify the transport means for cargo owned or subcontracted that transport foreign trade merchandise that may be: maritime, air, national land, cross-border, rail, and/or multimodal, which are subject to the placement of seals and/or padlocks that meet or exceed the international ISO 17712 standard, in order to guarantee at all times the integrity of the cargo. For this case, the company must have a documented procedure in which, in accordance with its risk analysis, it supervises the placement of seals and/or padlocks on transport means carrying foreign trade merchandise in accordance with its logistics process and in those traffics that require it due to their high probability of occurrence and impact of the identified risk and during maneuvers within the premises. It must evidence controls that allow accrediting that it supervises the portability of seals and/or padlocks derived from entries or exits of the strategic supervised premises in transport means. In all cases, it must use the VVTT inspection method to mitigate improper manipulations as follows: V- View the seal and lock mechanisms of the container. V- Verify the seal number. T- Pull the seal to ensure it is correctly placed. T- Twist and turn the seal to ensure.

Response: Explanatory Notes: List, according to your risk analysis and logistics process, the transport means subject to the placement of high-security seals and/or padlocks. Attach the documented procedure for supervising the placement and inspection of seals and/or padlocks on transport means carrying foreign trade merchandise. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: The use of seals and/or padlocks that meet or exceed ISO17712 standard. If applicable, use the VVTT inspection method. Review and cross-check the documentation containing the original seal or padlock number for purposes of entries or exits from strategic supervised premises. Indicate how you assign and replace high-security padlocks, in the case of maneuvers such as prior inspection, replacement, among others.

7.2 Inspection of Transport Means. There must be established procedures to verify the physical integrity of the structure of transport means entering or leaving the strategic supervised premises according to their nature, including the reliability of locking mechanisms therein, in order to identify natural or hidden compartments, as applicable. Inspections of transport means must be systematic and have records of these, as well as be carried out in places monitored by the CCTV system. The documented procedure for its inspection must include, enumeratively but not limitatively, the following review points: Transport Means Trailers, Train Cars, Semi-trailers, and Containers

Bumpers, tires, and rims;
Doors and tool compartments;
Battery box and air filters;
Fuel tanks;
Interior of cabin/sleeping area;
Windshields, deflectors, and roof;
Chassis and fifth wheel area.
Front wall;
Left and right sides;
Floor;
Interior and exterior roof;
Interior and exterior of doors;
Lower external section;
As applicable, the refrigeration system. For transport means with a trailer or integrated cargo compartment, the points indicated in the Trailers section must be added to the transport means points.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to carry out the inspection of transport means according to their nature and logistics process involved in entries and exits from the supervised premises. This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Personnel responsible for carrying out the inspection. Definition of the place(s) where the inspection is carried out and indicate if it is monitored by the CCTV system. Security review points for transport means, trailers, semi-trailers, containers, rail transport, and/or multimodal according to official provisions. Established formats for transport means inspection.

7.3 Storage of Vehicles, Transport Means, Containers, Train Cars, Trailers, and Semi-trailers. In the event that transport means, containers, trailers, and/or semi-trailers intended to transport foreign trade merchandise are empty and must be stored in parking areas, they must be secured with a padlock and/or indicative seal, or as applicable, in a secure area that is guarded and/or monitored. When it is necessary to store any loaded container, trailer, and/or semi-trailer, it must be in a secure and monitored area to prevent access and manipulation and closed with a high-security padlock according to ISO 17712 standard.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if the company stores containers, trailers, and/or semi-trailers for subsequent clearance, or as applicable, those that are empty and how it maintains their integrity within its facilities. If using padlocks and/or seals, indicate what type you use. If using any containers, trailers, and/or semi-trailers as storage for raw material and/or any other type of merchandise, indicate how it maintains their integrity and security.

Personnel Security. The company must have documented procedures for the registration and evaluation of persons wishing to obtain employment within the supervised premises, establishing methods to carry out periodic verifications of current employees. There must also be continuous training programs for administrative and operational personnel in which the company's supply chain security policies, consequences, and actions to consider in case of any misconduct are disseminated.

8.1 Employment Background Verification. The company must have documented procedures to verify the information recorded in the curriculum and application of candidates with potential for employment, in accordance with local legislation, either on its own or through an external company. Likewise, for positions that by their sensitivity so require and affect the security of shipments, in accordance with its previously conducted risk analysis, it must consider requesting stricter requirements for their hiring, which must be carried out periodically. All information regarding personnel must be kept in personal files, which must have restricted access.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for personnel hiring, and ensure you include the following: Requirements and documentation required. Tests and exams requested. Indicate the critical areas and/or positions identified as risky, according to your analysis, and specify the following: Indicate if there are additional requirements for specific areas and/or jobs (certificate of no criminal record, socioeconomic studies, clinical (drug use) studies, etc.). As applicable, specify the jobs or areas of work where they are required and with what frequency they are carried out. Indicate if, prior to hiring, the candidate must sign a confidentiality agreement or a similar document. If hiring a service agency for personnel hiring, indicate if it has documented procedures for personnel hiring and how it ensures compliance with the same. Briefly explain what they consist of. Recommendation: Personnel hiring procedures may include: a) Exhaustive checks of the work and personal backgrounds of new employees. b) Confidentiality and responsibility clauses in employee contracts. c) Specific requirements for critical positions. d) As applicable, the periodic update of the socioeconomic and physical/medical study of employees working in critical and/or sensitive areas.

8.2 Personnel Termination Procedure. There must be documented procedures for personnel termination, which include the delivery of identification, and any other article provided to perform their functions (keys, uniforms, computer equipment, tools, etc.). Likewise, this procedure must include termination in computer and access systems, among others that may exist.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for personnel termination, and ensure you include the following: How the delivery of identification, access controls, and other equipment is carried out. Indicate if you have a record and/or format that identifies and ensures the delivery of material and termination in computer systems (as applicable, please attach). Specify if you maintain records of personnel who ended their employment relationship with the company, so that in case it was for security reasons, you can warn your service providers and/or business associates.

8.3 Personnel Administration. The company must maintain an updated list of permanent employees. Likewise, it must carry out and maintain updated records of affiliation to social security institutions and other legal labor records. In the event that the company has personnel hired by its business partners and works within the facilities, it must ensure that they meet the requirements established for the rest of its employees.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if the company has an updated database, both of personnel employed directly, as well as those hired through a service provider company. This personnel must be hired in accordance with current labor laws and regulations.

Information and Documentation Security. There must be prevention measures to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of information and documentation related to foreign trade operations, including those used for information exchange with other supply chain participants. Likewise, there must be policies that include measures against misuse.

9.1 Document Classification and Handling. There must be procedures to classify documents according to their sensitivity and/or importance. Sensitive and important documentation must be stored in a secure area that only allows access to authorized personnel. The useful life of the documentation must be identified and procedures for its destruction must be established. The company must conduct regular reviews to verify access to information and ensure that it is not used improperly.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the registration, control, and storage of printed and electronic documentation (classification and archiving of documents). Recommendation: The applicant's procedures may include: a) Control register for delivery, loan, among other documents. b) Restricted access to the archive area. c) Storage and classification policies. d) An updated security plan that describes the measures in force regarding the protection of documents against unauthorized access, as well as against deliberate destruction or loss of the same.

9.2 Information Technology Security. In the case of automated systems, individual accounts requiring periodic password changes must be used. There must be policies, procedures, and IT standards established that must be communicated to employees through training. There must be written procedures and infrastructure to protect the company against information loss, as well as a system established to identify the abuse of information technology systems and detect inappropriate access and/or improper manipulation or alteration of commercial and business data, as well as a written procedure for the application of appropriate disciplinary measures to all offenders.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for archiving your information and protecting it from possible losses. Ensure you include the following points:

Indicate the frequency with which backups are performed. Identify who has access to them and who authorizes the recovery of information. Describe the procedure for protecting your computer systems to guarantee information security; ensure you indicate the following:

Indicate whether the systems are protected by passwords and how frequently they are changed. Indicate whether there are information security policies for their protection. Indicate the mechanisms or systems to detect abuse or intrusion by unauthorized persons into your systems. Indicate the corrective policies and/or sanctions in case of detection of any violation of information security policies. Indicate whether business partners have access to the company's computer systems. If so, indicate which programs they use and how they ensure access control. Indicate whether the computer equipment has a backup power supply system that allows for business continuity.

The procedures regarding the backup of the company's information must include at least the following: a) How and for how long the data is stored. b) Business continuity plan in case of an incident and how to recover the information. c) Frequency and location of backups and archived information. d) Whether backups are stored in sites alternative to the facilities where the Data Processing Center (DPC) is located. e) Tests of the validity of data recovery from backups.

The procedures regarding the protection of the agency's information must include at least the following:

An updated and documented policy for the protection of computer systems against unauthorized access and deliberate destruction or loss of information.
Detail if you operate with multiple systems (headquarters/sites) and how these systems are controlled.
Who is responsible for the protection of the computer system (responsibility should not be limited to one person but to several so that each can control the actions of the others).
How access authorizations and access levels to the computer system are granted (access to sensitive information should be limited to authorized personnel to make modifications to the information).
Password format, frequency of changes, and who provides those passwords.
Firewalls and antivirus used.
Deletion, maintenance, or updating of user details.
Measures planned to handle incidents in case the system is compromised.
Security training and awareness.

There must be an awareness program designed and updated by the company's personnel to recognize and create awareness about threats in their logistics processes, smuggling, shipment contamination, information leaks, etc. Administrative and operational employees must know the company's established procedures to identify a situation and how to report it. Additional training must be provided to employees who, due to their functions, are in direct contact with goods and/or means of transport, as well as to employees in critical and/or sensitive areas determined under your risk analysis.

10.1 Training and awareness on threats. The company must have a training and awareness program on supply chain security policies directed at all its employees, and additionally, make informational material available regarding the procedures established in the company to identify a situation that threatens its security and how to report it. Likewise, specific training must be offered according to their functions to help employees maintain cargo integrity, perform container/trailer/semi-trailer inspections, recognize internal conspiracies, and protect access controls. In addition to security training programs, an awareness program on alcohol and drug consumption must be included. These topics must be established as part of new employee onboarding and periodic update programs must be maintained. Training programs should encourage active employee participation in security controls and mechanisms, as well as maintain records of all training efforts provided by the company and the list of those who participated in them.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have a training program on security and prevention in the supply chain for all direct and indirect employees. Briefly explain what it consists of, and ensure you include the following:

10.2 Awareness for transport operators. The company must inform the operators of the means of transport used to transfer goods destined for foreign trade about the security policies regarding loading/unloading procedures, incident handling, lock changes in case of inspection by other authorities, among others, that are implemented. In the case where the transport service is provided by a business partner, you must ensure that the operators know all the security policies and established procedures.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Describe the dissemination program on supply chain security focused on transport operators and ensure you include the following:

Indicate how this dissemination is carried out. Indicate the topics covered. In case of using a business partner's services for the transfer of your goods, indicate how operators are informed about the company's security policies and procedures. Indicate how participation in supply chain security training for transport operators is documented.

Recommendation: The topics that may be included, by way of example and not limitation, are:

Access and security policies at facilities.
Delivery/receipt of goods.
Confidentiality of cargo information.
Transfer instructions.
Accident and emergency reports.
Instructions for placing locks and/or seals in case of inspection by other authorities.
Installation and testing of security alarms and unit tracking, where applicable.
Identification of authorized formats and documents to be used.
Handling and investigation of incidents. There must be documented procedures to report and investigate incidents in the supply chain and the actions to be taken to prevent recurrence.

11.1 Report of anomalies and/or suspicious activities. In the event of detection of anomalies and/or suspicious activities related to supply chain security and in accordance with your logistics processes, these must be notified to security personnel and/or other competent authorities.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure to report anomalies and/or suspicious activities and ensure you include the following:

Who is responsible for reporting incidents. Detail how you determine and identify which authority to contact in different scenarios or presumptions of suspicious activities. Mention if you keep a record of anomaly and/or suspicious activity reports and briefly describe what it consists of.

11.2 Investigation and analysis. There must be written procedures for the analysis and investigation of incidents in the supply chain to determine their cause, as well as corrective actions to prevent them from happening again. The information derived from this investigation must be documented and available at all times for authorities that require it. This information and generated documentation must be included in a file to allow identifying each of the processes the operation went through until the point where the incident was detected and to allow recognizing the vulnerability of the chain.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure to initiate an investigation in case an incident occurs and ensure you include the following:

Person responsible for carrying out the investigation. Documentation that integrates the investigation file of the foreign trade operation.

Recommendation: The documents in the file derived from the investigation must include at least the following: General information of the shipment, service order. Transport request; confirmation of means of transport; Identification of the transport operator (access records, etc.). Transport means inspection forms; exit orders; records of collection, delivery, and receipt of foreign trade goods. CCTV system video recordings. Documentation generated for the carrier; documentation generated for clients, suppliers, business partners, customs authorities; documentation generated by clients, suppliers, business partners, customs authorities.

E9. Railway Transporter Profile. Acknowledgment of Receipt First Time: Renewal: Addition: Modification: The data you provide will replace the data you provided when you requested your authorization. General Information The objective of this Profile is to ensure that the railway transport concessionaire company develops and implements security practices and processes that ensure its supply chain, mitigating the risk of contamination in its traction and towing equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, containers, chassis, trailers, platforms, etc., which do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside them and in containers) with illicit products, as well as loss or theft of merchandise and/or any other factor that could compromise supply chain security. Railway transport concessionaire companies interested in obtaining the authorization referred to in rule 7.1.5. of the current General Rules of Foreign Trade (RGCE) must have documented and verifiable processes. Likewise, the railway transport concessionaire company interested in the aforementioned authorization must integrate the criteria required in this document into the business model or design it has established, seeking during the implementation of security standards the application of an analysis culture that supports decision-making consistent with the company's own values, mission, vision, codes of ethics, and conduct. During the completion of this document, those interested in obtaining certification will analyze their logistics processes, identifying risks that affect the supply chain and, in turn, providing treatment to reduce these risks. Primarily those related to origin and destination points, routes, facilities, volume of operations, yard security, previous security incidents, interaction with business partners.

Filling Instructions:

You must fill out a Railway Transporter Profile for the main installation and/or terminal where services for export and import are generated, railway equipment is used and safeguarded, and yards are used for storing containers with foreign trade merchandise.
Describe in detail how the railway transporter complies with or exceeds what is established in each of the subsections as indicated.
The format of this document is divided into two sections, as detailed below:
Standard. Description of the standard. 1.1 Sub-standard Description of the sub-standard Answer. Explanatory Notes. Describe and/or attach... Points to highlight... Recommendation:
...
Indicate how you comply with what is established in each of the sub-standards; therefore, you must attach the procedures in Spanish. These procedures must be characterized by describing or defining the objective the document pursues, the start and end of the process, measurement indicators, requirements, documents or formats to be used, responsible parties, among others. The field regarding Explanatory Notes is a guide regarding the points that must be included in the Answer for each sub-standard, indicating indicatively those points that should not be excluded from your answer. Similarly, in some of the Explanatory Notes fields, Recommendations are included, which intend to be a guide in case, prior to the submission of this document, the requested items are not available, and in this way, it can help in elaborating and implementing them, based on that suggestion. In this sense, it must be understood that any recommendation indicated here is not considered an obligation.
Once this Railway Transporter Profile is completed, it must be attached to the Application for registration in the Certified Business Partner registry referred to in the first paragraph of rule 7.1.5., fraction I, subsection c).
For the purpose of verifying what is stated in the previous paragraph, the SAT through the AGACE may conduct an inspection at the installation indicated here, with the exclusive purpose of verifying what is stated in this document.
Any incomplete Railway Transporter Profile will not be processed.
Any questions regarding the Application for registration and the Railway Transporter Profile should be directed to the contacts appearing on the SAT Portal.
In the event of being authorized as a Certified Business Partner, this format must be updated periodically and presented for renewal, in accordance with what is established in rule 7.2.3.
As a result of the issuance of the authorization, specific requirements may arise, which must be resolved within the timeframe specified by the authority for such effects.

Installation Data You must fill out an Installation Profile for the main installation and/or terminal where services for export and import are generated, railway equipment is used and safeguarded, and yards are used for storing containers with foreign trade merchandise.

Installation Information Railway Transporter Profile Number: from RFC Name and/or Business Name : Name and/or Denomination of the Installation Type of Installation Street Number and/or exterior letter Interior Number and/or letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/Delegation Federal Entity Age of Installation (years of operation) Predominant activity Type of service (General/Specialized Cargo): Avg. number of monthly shipments (EXP): (By means of transport) Avg. number of monthly shipments (IMP): (By means of transport) Total number of employees at this installation: Installation surface area (M2):

Certifications in security programs: (Please indicate if this installation has a certification from any of the following programs) C-TPAT. Yes No C-TPAT Account Number (8 digits): ___________________________________ Date of Last Visit: ____________________ Level: Pre-Applicant Applicant Certified Certified/Validated Authorized Economic Operator from other countries (OEA's) Yes No Program: _______________________________________________________________ Other Supply Chain Security Programs Yes No Program ______________________________

Registration: ____________________

Certifications: (Please indicate if you have certifications that you consider impact your supply chain process, for example: ISO 9000; Reliable Logistics Processes, among others) Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity:

Supply Chain Security Planning The railway transport concessionaire company must carry out systematic risk management that allows for the identification, analysis, evaluation, and treatment of risks and weaknesses in its supply chain and facilities, with the objective that management implements strategies, drafts policies, and documented procedures that help mitigate and dissuade such risks and thereby contribute elements that strengthen supply chain security.

1.1 Risk Analysis. The railway transport concessionaire company must have measures to identify, analyze, and mitigate security risks throughout the supply chain, including its facilities. Therefore, it must develop a written procedure in which risks are determined based on its organization's model (e.g., volume, units, yards, routes, potential threats, etc.) that allows it to implement and maintain appropriate security measures. This procedure must be performed at least once a year, so that it allows identifying other risks or threats in the operation that may arise from the result of an incident or originate from changes in the company's initial conditions, as well as to identify whether policies, procedures, and other control and security mechanisms are being complied with.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure you use to identify risks in your daily operations throughout the supply chain and its facilities; ensure you do not exclude the following points:

Frequency with which this procedure is carried out. Indicate which segments, routes, and/or areas of the railway transport concessionaire company are incorporated into the risk analysis. Type of service: Internal and international transit. Recommendation: It is suggested to use risk evaluation techniques according to the current international standard ISO 31000, and specifically ISO 31010, where, according to your business model, you must implement them.

1.2 Security Policies. The Railway Transport Concessionaire Company must have policies oriented towards preventing, securing, and recognizing threats to supply chain security, such as smuggling, trafficking of weapons, persons, prohibited goods, acts of terrorism, as well as in the exchange of information, reflected and supported in the procedures that apply.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: List the railway transporter's policies regarding supply chain security and all its facilities, who is responsible for their review, and the frequency with which their update is carried out.

1.3 Internal Audits in the Supply Chain. In addition to routine monitoring in control and security, it is necessary to schedule and perform audits at least once a year that allow evaluating all processes regarding supply chain security in a more critical and profound manner. Audits must be carried out by authorized personnel and, if possible, independent of the audited activity, although they may be part of the organization. A documented procedure must be established for their execution. While it is necessary that audits are exhaustive, their focus must be adjusted to the size of the organization and the nature of the risks. Audits can be general or focused on selected topics according to circumstances. The senior management of the organization must review the results of the audits and undertake the required corrective or preventive actions. The review process must guarantee that the necessary information is collected to allow management to perform this evaluation. The review must be documented.

Answer: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure to carry out an internal audit, focused on supply chain security; ensure you do not exclude the following points:

Indicate the type of internal or external audits in security matters that are performed in the company. Indicate who participates in them, the records kept thereof, and the frequency with which they are carried out. Indicate if the company's Management verifies the results of security audits, and if it performs and/or implements preventive, corrective, and improvement actions.

1.4 Contingency and/or Emergency Plans. A documented contingency plan must exist to ensure business continuity in the event of incidents of any kind that affect the normal development of the operations of the railway transport concessionaire. These plans must be communicated to administrative and operational personnel through periodic training, as well as conducting tests, practical exercises, or drills of the protection plans and contingency and emergency procedures to verify their effectiveness, for which a record must be maintained. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the contingency and/or emergency plan focused on the supply chain and its facilities, listing those risk events that may affect the carrier's functioning, such as accidents during the route (derailments, fires, run-overs, blockages, robberies, accidents, mechanical failures, customs closures, etc.). This procedure must include, by way of example and not limitation, the following:

What situations it covers.
What mechanisms it uses to disseminate and ensure that these plans are effective. In the case of transporting Hazardous Materials and Waste, an emergency sheet indicating the actions to be taken in case of incident or accident (leaks, spills, explosions, fires, etc.) must be attached.
Physical Security. The railway transport concessionaire must have established mechanisms to prevent, detect, or deter the entry of unauthorized personnel into its facilities, terminals, yards, where it stores traction and towed equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction that circulate on the railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers). All sensitive areas of the company must have physical barriers, control elements, and deterrents against unauthorized access.

2.1 Facilities. Facilities must be constructed with materials capable of resisting unauthorized access. Periodic documented inspections must be carried out to maintain the integrity of the structures, and in the event that an irregularity is detected, the corresponding repair must be made. Likewise, the territorial limits, as well as the various accesses, internal routes, and the location of the buildings must be fully identified. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate the predominant materials with which the facilities are constructed (for example, metal structure and sheet metal walls, brick walls, wood, among others). Explain how you carry out the review and maintenance of the integrity of the structures. Attach a general distribution or architectural plan, where the limits, access routes, and the location of the offices, classification yards of the railway terminal can be identified.

2.2 Accesses at gates and booths. The entry or exit doors of vehicles and/or personnel accessing the railway operation yards and/or administrative offices must be attended and/or supervised either by own personnel or by a private security company. The number of access doors must be kept to the minimum necessary. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate how many doors and/or accesses exist in the facilities, as well as the operating hours of each one, and indicate how they are monitored (In case of having assigned personnel, indicate the quantity). Detail if there are blocked and/or permanently closed doors and/or accesses.

2.3 Perimeter Walls. Perimeter walls and/or peripheral barriers must be installed to secure the company's facilities, based on a risk analysis. These must be inspected regularly and keep a record of the review with the purpose of ensuring their integrity and identifying damage. In the case of providing railway car storage services, this zone must be clearly delimited, identified, and monitored according to the service required (national or international, as well as high-value and dangerous) to prevent unauthorized entry. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the type of fence, peripheral barrier, and/or walls that the company has, ensuring not to exclude the following points: Point out their characteristics (material, dimensions, etc.). In case of not having walls, please justify the reason in detail. Frequency with which the integrity of the perimeter walls is verified, and the records kept. Indicate how your railway operation yards are divided. (Briefly describe, how you separate railway cars or domestic and/or international cargo containers, empty, under repair and/or maintenance; workshops; among others). Recommendation: The procedure for inspecting perimeter walls could include: a) Responsible personnel to carry out the process. b) How and with what frequency the inspections of the fences, perimeter walls, and/or peripheral barriers and buildings are carried out. c) How the inspection record is kept. d) Who is responsible for verifying that repairs and/or modifications meet the technical specifications and necessary security requirements.

2.4 Parking. Access to the parking lots of the facilities must be controlled and monitored. Private vehicles (of employees, visitors, suppliers, and contractors, among others) must be prohibited from parking within the operational areas of handling and storage of traction and towed equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction that circulate on the railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers), as well as in adjacent areas. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the control and monitoring of parking lots, ensuring not to exclude the following points: Personnel responsible for controlling and monitoring access to the parking lots. Identification of the parking lots (specify if the employee and visitor parking is separated from the traction and towed equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction that circulate on the railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers). How entry and exit of vehicles to the facilities is controlled. (Indicate the records made for parking control).

2.5 Key and lock device control. Windows, doors, and interior and exterior fences must be secured with locking devices; the implementation of these devices will be justified by the risk analysis previously carried out by the railway carrier. Likewise, they must have documented procedures for the handling, safeguarding, assignment, and control of keys in the facilities, keeping a record of the persons who have keys or authorized access according to their level of responsibility and tasks within their work area. The management of the railway transport concessionaire company will be responsible for controlling the keys to the sensitive or restricted areas of its facilities. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure(s) for the control, safeguarding, assignment, and handling of the keys of the facilities, offices, and interior areas. Ensure that these procedures do not exclude the following points: Personnel responsible for administering and controlling key security. Control record for key lending. Treatment of loss or non-return of keys. Indicate if there are areas where access is with electronic devices and/or some other access mechanism.

2.6 Lighting. Lighting inside and outside the facilities must allow clear identification of people, material, and/or equipment located there, including the following areas: entrances, exits, parking areas, repair and maintenance yards, rolling stock, perimeter walls and/or peripheral barriers, interior fences, etc. An emergency and/or backup system must be available in sensitive areas. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the operation and maintenance of the lighting system. Ensure not to exclude the following points: Indicate which areas are illuminated and which have a backup system (Indicate if you have an auxiliary power plant). How do you ensure that the lighting system is appropriate in each of the company's areas, so that it allows clear identification of the personnel, material, and/or equipment it covers. Recommendations: The procedure may include: a) How the lighting system is controlled. b) Operating hours. c) Maintenance and review program.

2.7 Communication devices. The railway carrier must have devices and/or communication systems in order to have immediate contact with security personnel and/or emergency and security authorities if required. Additionally, a backup communication system must be available and its proper functioning verified periodically. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure that personnel must follow to contact security personnel or, if applicable, the corresponding authority. Indicate if operational and administrative personnel have or have access to devices (landline phones, mobile phones, alert and/or emergency buttons) to communicate with security personnel and/or whoever is appropriate. (These must be accessible to users, to be able to react promptly). Indicate what communication devices the security personnel of the railway transport concessionaire company use (landline phones, cell phones, radios, alarm system, etc.). Describe the procedure for the control and maintenance of communication devices, ensuring not to exclude the following points:

Policies for the assignment of mobile communication devices. Maintenance program for fixed and mobile communication devices. Indicate if you have backup communication devices in case the system fails permanently, and if so, detail briefly. Indicate if the company's crew uses telephones, radios, cell phones, civil band (CB), or some other means for their internal communication and the policies for their assignment. Recommendation: The procedure may include: a) Responsible for the proper functioning and maintenance of communication devices. b) Record of verification and maintenance of the devices. c) Method of assignment of communication devices.

2.8 Alarm systems and closed-circuit television and video surveillance (CCTV). Alarm and closed-circuit television (CCTV) systems must be used to monitor, notify, or deter unauthorized access and prohibited activities in the facilities and notify the corresponding area, in addition to being used as a tool of evidence in investigations derived from any incident. These systems must be placed, monitored, and monitored according to a prior risk analysis so that areas involving the access of personnel, visitors, suppliers, and cargo vehicles are kept under surveillance and monitoring, as well as the areas where traction and towed equipment are normally located (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction that circulate on the railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers). Such systems must allow clear identification of the area or environment being monitored, be recording permanently, and keep a backup of the recordings for at least one month, considering that, in the case that your logistical processes exceed this period, the backup maintenance period must be increased, with the purpose of having the necessary elements in case of an incident. The CCTV system must have a documented operation procedure that includes supervision of the good condition of the equipment and verification of the correct position of the cameras, indicating the frequency with which the backup of the recordings must be performed, as well as those responsible for its operation. This system must have restricted access. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have contracted an external alarm central service, and if so, describe the following points: Indicate if doors and windows have alarm sensors or motion sensors. Procedure to follow in case an alarm is activated. Describe the documented procedure for the operation of the CCTV system, ensuring not to exclude the following points:

Indicate the number of CCTV cameras installed, technical characteristics, and their location. (Detail if it covers the entry and exit points of the facilities, to cover the movement of vehicles and individuals, as well as the storage place of the vehicles). Point out the location of the CCTV system, where the monitors are located, who reviews them, as well as the operating hours, and if applicable, if there are remote monitoring stations. Indicate if the recordings are reviewed periodically and how. (random, weekly, special events, restricted areas, etc.). Indicate for how long these recordings are kept. (Must be at least one month). Indicate if the CCTV system is backed up by an electrical power plant.

Physical Access Controls. Physical access controls are mechanisms or procedures that prevent and prevent unauthorized entry to the facilities (administrative offices, railway operation yards of the railway cars), likewise, they maintain control of the entry of operational and/or administrative personnel and protect the company's assets. Access controls must include the identification of all employees, visitors, and suppliers at all entry points. Likewise, records must be kept and the documented mechanisms or procedures for entry to the facilities must be permanently evaluated, being the basis for starting to integrate security as one of the primary functions within any company.

3.1 Security personnel. The railway transport concessionaire company must have security and surveillance personnel. This personnel plays an important role in the physical protection of the facilities, of the yards and/or the place where traction and towed equipment is stored (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, containers, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction that circulate on the railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers, as well as to control the access of all people to the property. Security personnel must have a documented procedure to carry out their functions, and have full knowledge of the mechanisms and procedures in emergency situations, detection of unauthorized persons, or any incident in the facilities. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure for the operation of security personnel, and ensure not to exclude the following points: Indicate the number of security personnel working in the company. Point out the positions and/or functions of the personnel, and operating hours. In case of contracting an external service, specify the number of personnel employed, operational details, records, reports, etc. In case of having armed personnel; describe the procedure for the control and safeguarding of weapons.

3.2 Identification of employees, visitors, and suppliers. There must be an identification system for employees, visitors, and suppliers for the purpose of access to the facilities. Employees should only have access to those areas they need to perform their functions. Visitors and suppliers must present official identification with a photograph upon arrival and a record must be kept. All visitors must be accompanied by company personnel during their stay in the facilities. The management or security personnel of the railway transport concessionaire company must properly control the delivery and return of identification badges for employees, visitors, and suppliers and ensure that they always wear the provided identification in a visible place. This procedure must be documented as well as the procedures for the delivery, return, and change of access devices (for example, keys, proximity cards, etc.). Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the control of identifications. Describe the procedure for the identification of employees, and ensure not to exclude the following points: Identification mechanisms (Photo ID, uniform, etc.). Indicate how personnel contracted by a business partner, who works within the facilities, is identified. (Contractors, Sub-contractors, etc.). Describe how the company delivers, changes, and withdraws employee identification and access controls and ensure to include the responsible areas for authorizing and administering them. Describe the procedure for the access control of visitors and suppliers, ensure to include the following points: Point out what records are kept (Personal forms for each visit, logbooks). Point out who is the person responsible for accompanying the visitor and/or supplier, and if there are restricted areas for their entry.

3.3 Procedure for identification and removal of unauthorized persons or vehicles. The railway transport concessionaire company must have documented procedures that specify how to identify, confront, or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to identify, confront, or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles. Recommendation: The procedures may include: a) Responsible personnel. b) Designate a person or area responsible for being informed of incidents.

c) Instructions for confronting and addressing unidentified personnel. d) Indicate in which cases the corresponding authorities must be reported. e) How the record of incidents and the measures adopted in each case is carried out.

3.4 Messenger and package deliveries. Messenger and package deliveries intended for personnel of the railway transport concessionaire company must be examined upon arrival and before being distributed to the corresponding area. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the receipt and review of messenger and package deliveries and ensure not to exclude the following: Indicate how the service provider is identified. (Indicate if an additional procedure to the supplier access procedure is required). Point out how packages are reviewed and/or what mechanism it uses, as well as the records kept. Point out what action you take in the case of detecting a suspicious package. Recommendation: The procedures may include: a) Responsible personnel. b) How to identify external company personnel, in addition to what is required for the rest of the suppliers. c) What should be done in case of detecting a suspicious package. d) How the review is carried out. e) Indicate how the inspection record and, if applicable, the detected incidents are carried out.

Business Partners. The railway transport concessionaire company must have written and verifiable procedures for the selection and contracting of business partners, likewise, and according to its risk analysis, it will identify and make it mandatory for these partners to comply with security criteria in the international supply chain. (Companies that provide terminal operation services, parts and/or spare parts suppliers, mechanical suppliers, or any other service.

4.1 Selection Criteria. There must be documented procedures for the selection, follow-up, or renewal of commercial relationships with business associates or suppliers, which include interviews, reference verification, evaluation methods, and use of the information provided.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the selection of commercial partners (this includes any type of supplier that has a business relationship with your company; it is in the following sub-standard where you are asked to differentiate those at risk in your supply chain) and ensure you do not exclude the following points: What information is required from your commercial partner. What aspects are reviewed and investigated. Indicate whether you maintain a file for each of your commercial partners. Specify how the services of your commercial partner are evaluated and what points you review. Recommendation: The file could include the following: Company data (name, RFC, activity, etc.). Legal representative data. Proof of address. Commercial references. Contracts, agreements and/or confidentiality agreements. Security policies. If applicable, certificate or certification number in the security programs to which they belong.

4.2 Security Requirements. The railway transport concessionaire company must have a documented procedure in which, according to its risk analysis, it requests additional security requirements from those commercial partners that intervene in its supply chain, such as companies providing terminal operation services, parts and/or spare parts suppliers, mechanical suppliers or any other service, customs brokers, land transporters, private security, companies providing vehicle repair services, cargo loading and unloading service providers, as well as those resulting from the analysis carried out. These requirements must be based on the criteria and objectives of this security profile, or in case of existence, the Specific Profile for each actor in the supply chain corresponding to them. The railway transport concessionaire company must request from its commercial partners documentation that certifies or proves that they comply with the minimum security standards established in this document, either through a written statement issued by the legal representative of the partner, agreements or contractual clauses, or with documentation supporting compliance with the established requirements of another Authorized Economic Operator program. In the case of commercial partners of the company that provide their services within the facilities, they must be obliged to comply with these supply chain security requirements, for example companies.

Indicate if you have a register of commercial partners that must comply with security requirements, and mention what type of suppliers these are (Transporters, Warehouses, Custody Services, Security Company, Vehicle Repair Services, Loading and Unloading Service, Customs Brokers, etc.). Indicate in what documentary way (agreements, accords, contractual clauses, among others) you ensure that your commercial partners comply with security requirements. Indicate if there are contractual agreements regarding the implementation of security measures with your service providers inside your company, such as: security guards, cleaning and maintenance services, etc. Indicate if you have commercial partners who are required to belong to a supply chain security program, either certified by a foreign authority or the private sector. (For example: C-TPAT, PIP or any other World Customs Organization Authorized Economic Operator program).

4.3 Commercial Partner Reviews. The railway transport concessionaire company must carry out periodic evaluations of the processes and installations of business associates based on risk, and they must maintain the security standards required by the company, and keep records of them, as well as the corresponding follow-up. When inconsistencies are found, the railway carrier must communicate this to its commercial partner and provide a justified time period to address the identified observations, or otherwise, take necessary measures to sanction them.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for verifying the security requirements of your commercial partners, ensure you do not exclude the following points: Frequency of visits to the commercial partner. Record or report of the verification and, if applicable, the corresponding follow-up. Specify what action measures are taken if commercial partners do not comply with the established security requirements. If you have commercial partners with C-TPAT certification or another supply chain security certification program, indicate the frequency with which their status is reviewed, and the actions you take if it is detected that this is suspended and/or cancelled.

Recommendation: The procedure may include:

Frequency of visits;
Points of review in terms of security;
Preparation of reports;
Feedback and agreements with the commercial partner;
Follow-up on agreements;
Measures in case of detection of non-compliance with requirements;
Record of evaluations.
Process Security. Control measures must be established to guarantee the integrity and security of processes related to the receipt, control, handling, storage, custody and delivery of railroad cars with foreign trade merchandise, to guarantee the security of the supply chains related to the means of transport, throughout the supply chain. Likewise, there must be established procedures to prevent, detect or dissuade undeclared materials or unauthorized personnel from having access to traction and trailing equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers without their own traction that circulate on railway tracks and that are used to transport merchandise inside them and in containers). These procedures must be documented with the intention and objective of maintaining the integrity of the means of transport and the shipment at all times from the point of origin to its final destination.

5.1 Process Mapping. There must be a process map that describes step by step the operational flow for the transfer of railroad cars with foreign trade merchandise along the supply chain, including, but not limited to, the following: customer request, crew assignment, if applicable, entry into the facilities of the client, supplier or seller (spur) that describes the delivery and withdrawal of railroad cars, the transfer to terminals, the car classification process, routes, escapes or sidings. Likewise, the railway carrier must have written procedures for the designation of the crew (Road Engineers, Train Drivers, Road Switchmen, Yard Engineers, Foreman, Yard Switchmen, Track Inspector), train dispatchers, previously designed routes, collection or delivery of loaded railroad cars and exchange of railroad cars with foreign trade merchandise with the connecting railway; handling of railroad car documentation; communication during the train route between intermediate or final points, their relationship with other actors in the supply chain such as customs brokers, logistics operators, contracting clients, among others.

Response: Explanatory Notes:

Attach the documented procedure where you describe in detail the operational flow of your general transport service and the type of service you provide, which includes the designation of the crew, rolling stock/units routes, collection and delivery of loaded railroad cars, the handling of documentation, the communication during the operation with other actors in the supply chain including your contractors. This process must include at least the following:
Service Request.
Assignment of traction equipment (locomotives).
Crew assignment.
Confirmation of service to the crew.
Instructions to the crew.
Collection of loaded railroad cars: a) Identification with the company; b) Delivery Instruction Letters.
Container seal (if applicable).
Transfer to the railroad car classification yard.
Creation of work orders and train classification.
Confirmation of classified items.
Crew assignment for departure from terminal or classification yard.
Documentation generated for the transfer service.
Transfer of loaded railroad cars to the port, border, exit customs.
Instructions to coordinate with other service providers involved in customs clearance and border crossing (Customs Brokers). Documentation required to be presented at Customs. Personal protective equipment.
Guideline for loading and unloading merchandise at Customs and/or with the client.
Constant means of communication with the railway transport concessionaire company.
Transfer to final destination.
Information flow associated with the shipment.
Administrative management process (General process for sending documentary information, and billing). For the purposes of the administrative management and billing process, the railway transport concessionaire company must have a documented procedure to receive and register the service request that the user will require, which must contain, at least the following: Service Request, which includes, but is not limited to, at least the following information:
Origin (Collection).
Destination.
Cargo specifications (domestic, international, hazardous, high value, etc.).
Time and date of delivery.
Cost per railroad car operation.
Insurance for loaded railroad car. Crew designation. Preparation and delivery of documentation. Instructions to coordinate with other service providers involved in customs clearance and border crossing (authorities, customs brokers, DOT, consolidators/de-consolidators, among others). Documentation required to be presented at Customs.
Assembly and disassembly of trains, as well as coupling and uncoupling of railroad cars in yards or terminals on classification tracks at Customs and/or with the client (Transfer Terminals, Automotive Terminals, etc.).

5.2 Delivery and Receipt of Railroad Cars. The railway transport concessionaire company must make known to the crew (personnel) the criteria and conditions that its clients demand for the handling of their cargo, as well as comply with the security guidelines that the company has to enter their facilities at the moment of collection and/or delivery of railroad cars with foreign trade cargo. The crew (personnel) must know the documents that will be delivered to them, which cover the ownership of the loaded cars that will be transported, likewise with the documentation delivered to them, they must verify the number of the assigned trailing equipment (wagons or containers).

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure in which you indicate step by step how the delivery and receipt of railroad cars with foreign trade cargo is carried out. Describe in detail the procedure for the assembly and disassembly of trains, as well as coupling and uncoupling of railroad cars in yards or terminals on classification tracks, clients (Transfer Terminals, Automotive Terminals, etc.) and at Customs when the automated selection mechanism determines customs recognition.

5.3 Merchandise Tracking Procedure. The railway transport concessionaire company is responsible for monitoring the integrity of traction and trailing equipment, as well as the merchandise contained within the railroad cars from the moment of loading until its delivery at the established destination. There must be a device capable of tracking the position of the railroad cars in which the merchandise is transported via GPS/Satellite Link during the time the transfer lasts, having continuous geographic coverage during the route. Likewise, the company must establish documented procedures to ensure at all times the location of the trains. These procedures must be carried out under a risk analysis that includes, but is not limited to, the identification of predetermined routes, estimated delivery times, as well as intermediate points (classification yards, exit customs, railway spurs, fuel loading, routine mechanical inspections, escapes or sidings, among others). Likewise, measures and actions to be taken in case of identifying any delay in the route due to weather conditions, mechanical incident, inspection by any authority or any security incident must be included. There must be trained and authorized personnel to perform the permanent monitoring and/or traceability of trains that transport railroad cars with foreign trade merchandise. The supervision and registration data of all trains in transit with railroad cars transporting foreign trade merchandise must be preserved for one month in case the authority and/or the railway carrier must carry out an evaluation due to a security incident.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Detail if a review of predetermined routes is carried out based on your risk analysis and how it is documented. Likewise, the monitoring of the trains must be documented, and this record must contain the following information:

Name of the crew.
Origin and destination of the service.
Clients.
Type of cargo.
Unit location records.
Crew service log. Attach the documented procedure to monitor the trains with railroad cars that transport foreign trade merchandise. Recommendation: The procedure must include, but is not limited to, the following: a) The area and person(s) responsible in the transport company for tracking and monitoring the trains. b) Indicate who are the people authorized to monitor and/or track the trains and how they have been instructed and trained to perform this task. c) Indicate by what form and/or systems they perform the monitoring of the trains. d) Frequency to review the status of the trains and according to your risk analysis indicate the means of communication that exist with the crew. (Indicate if there is more than one way to communicate: Cell phone, Tracking system, Global Positioning Systems (GPS), fixed supervision points, etc.). e) Indicate the frequency with which clients are informed of the location of the railroad cars containing their shipments, or if they share any tracking system. f) Indicate if there are documented procedures to act or report in case of a delay in the route. (Stoppages, mechanical failures, accidents, etc.) Indicate if the crew is trained to attend to mechanical failures of the traction and trailing equipment.

5.4 Processing of Car and Train Information and Documentation. The railway transport concessionaire company must have written procedures to ensure that both the electronic and/or documentation information sent by its customers starting from their service request, during the movement and dispatch of the transfer of railroad cars containing their merchandise, as well as that generated by itself, is legible, complete, accurate, timely and protected against changes, losses or introduction of erroneous information. In the same way, there must be documented procedures to corroborate that the information received by business associates is reported accurately and promptly.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the processing of railroad car documentation. Explain briefly what it consists of. Detail how you receive and transmit relevant information and documentation for the transfer of railroad cars with foreign trade merchandise with your commercial partners (indicate if you use a specific computer control system and explain briefly its function). Likewise, detail how you guarantee that the provided information is legible, complete, accurate and protected.

Customs Management. The railway transport concessionaire company must have documented procedures, in which internal and operating policies are established, as well as the necessary controls for the proper fulfillment of customs obligations.

6.1 Customs Obligations. The railway transport concessionaire company must have a documented procedure with the objective of complying with what is established in rule 1.9.11. of the General Rules of Foreign Trade (RGCE) transmitting electronically to the entry or exit customs, or in case of transit, the dispatch customs, the exchange list in the times established in the RGCE before the arrival of the railway, which must contain in addition to the requirements foreseen in rule 4.2.14 the key and number of the customs declaration covering the merchandise, as well as the description thereof, according to what is stated in the declaration, in the COVE or bill of lading respectively, as the case may be. They must have a documented procedure with the objective of complying with rule 2.4.13 of the RGCE for the purposes of article 20, fraction III and 53 of the Law. Regarding internal transits, they must have a documented procedure in which clear, precise and exact notices to customs authorities caused by late arrival are contemplated, likewise, for cases of destruction of merchandise. For the purposes of what is stipulated in article 128 of the Law and rule 4.6.17., of the RGCE, these procedures must contemplate the deadlines established in Annex 15. There must be a documented procedure in cases of temporary import, return and transfer of railroad cars, the railway company according to what is stated in 4.2.14, as well as, regarding the temporary export of national or naturalized locomotives that are carried out by railway transport concessionaire companies, they must comply with the terms of articles 115 and 116, as stated in rule 4.4.3. It must have a documented procedure for cases where railroad cars suffer damage and must be destroyed or changed to definitive import regime according to articles 94 and 106, fraction V, subsections a) and e) of the Law, in accordance with rule 4.2.18.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the procedure for the electronic transmission of data with customs. Attach the procedure to follow when any railway equipment suffers some damage. Describe the procedure to comply with Customs in cases of temporary exports and imports of locomotives. Describe the procedure to follow in the case of merchandise transit. Describe the procedure to comply with Customs in cases of temporary import, return and transfer of railroad cars of the railway company.

Security of traction and rolling stock equipment and railway tracks. Security must be maintained for traction and rolling stock equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, double-stack platforms that do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers), to protect them from the introduction of unauthorized persons and/or materials. For this reason, it is necessary to have documented procedures to inspect, seal, and maintain their integrity.

7.1 Use of seals and/or padlocks on traction and rolling stock equipment. The use and placement of seals or padlocks on traction and rolling stock equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers) is considered a critical and necessary process to maintain the integrity of shipments transporting foreign trade merchandise. Therefore, the company must document procedures that include the control, safeguarding, assignment, and replacement of padlocks and seals that meet or exceed ISO 17712 standards.

The railway carrier must verify and evidence that during loading points, as well as in inspections by any authority or due to changes in the original conditions of the shipment, high-security seals or padlocks that meet or exceed ISO 17712 standards are applied and placed correctly. In the case of consolidated cargo collection and delivery operations that do not use consolidation centers to sort or consolidate cargo before reaching the destination, the transport company must place high-security seals on the traction and rolling stock equipment at each stop and before arriving at the destination.

Likewise, the company must have documented procedures that clearly describe how high-security seals will be controlled by the railway company during transit on the route, and that include, among other things, the following:

A. Verify the correct placement of seals or padlocks according to the VVTT inspection method to evidence and rule out improper manipulation: V - View the seal and lock mechanisms of the container. V - Verify the seal number. T - Pull the seal to ensure it is correctly placed. T - Twist and turn the seal to ensure it is secure.

B. Review and cross-check the documentation containing the number of the original seal or padlock and any additional ones carried during the transport of the merchandise.

C. Place the high-security seal on the right door of the rolling stock cars (in case the client's seal is misplaced or damaged), or if the company uses cable seals, it must be placed on both vertical bars of the container.

D. Review that closing devices, hinges, and pins are attached by welding or some type of rivet to the traction and rolling stock equipment.

Consider the type of reports and records that will be made if the seal is removed, even by official authorities or due to an incident during the transport of the cargo, including the installation of a second seal as a replacement and its proper notification to the owner of the merchandise.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure for the inspection of seals and/or padlocks on traction and rolling stock equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers). This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Verify that the seal or padlock is intact and determine if there is evidence of improper manipulation. Use the VVTT inspection method. Review and cross-check the documentation containing the number of the original seal or padlock and, if applicable, any additional ones carried during the transport of the merchandise.

Review that closing devices, hinges, and pins are attached to the trailer or container by welding or rivet. Indicate how you assign and replace high-security padlocks, in case the vehicle is inspected by another authority during the route.

7.2 Inspection of traction and rolling stock equipment. The railway transport concessionaire must have procedures to permanently review traction and rolling stock equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers) when empty, in order to identify natural or hidden compartments, using a checklist or format that includes the main points to be reviewed. This review must be carried out by operators or personnel designated by the company for this purpose. Likewise, the physical-mechanical conditions of the transport means must be reviewed periodically to verify their proper functioning, and if applicable, that they meet or exceed the safety standards of NOM-064-SCT2-2001.

These reviews and inspections must be systematic and carried out at the entry and exit of operational yards or storage sites; at the merchandise loading point (contracting company); and if the infrastructure allows, before arriving at the dispatch customs office. This inspection must be monitored by the CCTV system.

The documented procedure for its inspection must include, in an illustrative but not exhaustive manner, the following review points:

Traction Equipment (locomotive and cab)

Machine.
Floor (platforms).
Fuel tanks.
Compartments inside the cab/bathroom/doors and tool compartments/crew section and roof.

Rolling Stock Equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers)

Platform base.
Exterior and interior doors.
Right side wall.
Internal and external roofs.
Front wall.
Left side wall.
Internal floor.
Axles or plates.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to carry out the inspection of the equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers). This must include, among other aspects according to your operation: Those responsible for carrying out the inspection. Formats used to carry out the inspection that comply with the minimum requirements indicated in this sub-standard; likewise, in the case of transport companies of hazardous materials and waste, each unit must have a daily visual inspection log of the traction and rolling stock units. Description of the place(s) where the inspection is carried out and indicate if it is monitored by the CCTV system. Likewise, describe the procedure carried out on traction and rolling stock equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers) that contemplates the physical-mechanical conditions for safe operation on the railway infrastructure within the country. This procedure must additionally include the following: Responsible personnel. Places where inspections are carried out. In case any physical-mechanical condition and/or anomaly is detected that affects the proper functioning of the traction and rolling stock equipment, how they are reported, and what measures must be taken. Indicate what type of record is kept. For cases where, due to major structural modifications in the traction and rolling stock equipment such as axles, springs, structural or car body modifications, and even adaptations in the cabins, among others, the owner and responsible party of the railroad car must contemplate, in accordance with their risk analysis, a more exhaustive review of the railway equipment in question to ensure its integrity, in this regard: Indicate whether the repair or maintenance of the traction and rolling stock equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers) is performed on-site or carried out with an external provider. Briefly describe how the delivery-receipt of the traction and rolling stock equipment that underwent a modification as mentioned in the previous paragraph is carried out.

7.3 Storage of traction and rolling stock equipment. The railway transport concessionaire must maintain the integrity of traction and rolling stock equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers) at all times by establishing controls within its facilities. If these are empty and must be stored on designated tracks, they must be secured with a padlock and/or indicative seal, or in a secure area that is guarded and/or monitored.

When any traction or rolling stock equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers) with foreign trade merchandise must be stored, it must be in a secure and monitored area to prevent access and manipulation, as well as closed with a high-security padlock according to ISO 17712 standards.

If during the route to the final destination, it is considered to move to a facility authorized as a storage yard for traction or rolling stock equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers), whether owned by the company or through a third party, the railway carrier must guarantee that these facilities meet the minimum security criteria based on the Railway Transport Profile established by AGACE, or in its case, any other Authorized Economic Operator program.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe how you ensure the integrity of the traction and rolling stock equipment that transports foreign trade merchandise (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers). Indicate the types of seals and/or padlocks used for the traction and rolling stock equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers). Indicate how many tracks at the terminals or stations the railway company contemplates for the storage of traction and rolling stock equipment (boxcars, gondolas, hoppers, tank cars, chassis, trailers, platforms that do not have their own traction and circulate on railway tracks and are used to transport merchandise inside and in containers) and add the following data for each of these: Name or denomination of the track at the station or terminal. Location of the track at the station or terminal. Length of the storage track. Indicate how many railroad cars with foreign trade merchandise enter the storage track (import/export). Number of people working at this station or terminal.

In case any station or terminal has been visited by C-TPAT, indicate the date of the visit. Indicate in each of the installations which belongs to the concessionaire company or is a service contracted through a third party. Describe how you ensure that your business partner providing the storage service meets the minimum security requirements.

7.4 Security on railway tracks. The railway company must maintain the integrity of the railway tracks at all times by establishing review and conservation controls for both the concessioned railway tracks and the signage in yards, crossings, and streets. The use and placement of signage on railway tracks is considered a necessary process to maintain the integrity of railroad cars transporting foreign trade merchandise. Therefore, the company must document procedures that include the control, review, assignment, conservation, and replacement of signages that meet or exceed the Mexican Official Standard NOM-050-SCT2-2017, provision for the signage of level crossings of roads and streets with railway tracks, published in the DOF on July 11, 2017.

The railway carrier must verify and evidence that during the review and conservation of railway tracks and signage, a log is kept of the condition of the railway tracks and signage.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe how you ensure the integrity and maintenance of the railway tracks. Indicate the types of signage used and how they meet or exceed the Mexican Official Standard NOM-050-SCT2-2017, provision for the signage of level crossings of roads and streets with railway tracks, published in the DOF on July 11, 2017. Indicate the signages contemplated by the company within its concession.

Personnel Security. Documented procedures must be available for the registration and evaluation of persons wishing to obtain employment within the railway transport concessionaire company and to establish methods to perform periodic verifications of current employees.

Likewise, there must be continuous training programs for administrative and operational personnel that disseminate the concessionaire company's security policies, as well as the consequences and actions to be taken in case of any misconduct.

8.1 Verification of work history. The railway transport concessionaire must have documented procedures to verify the information stated in the curriculum and application of candidates with potential for employment, in accordance with local legislation, either on its own or through an external company.

This procedure must contemplate the creation and updating of personnel files, which must have restricted access and contain the following information, in an illustrative but not exhaustive manner:

Employment application. Updated photograph (in electronic or printed format). Copy of official identification. Copy of the Federal Railway License (Train Dispatchers, Road Engineers, Train Drivers, Road Switchmen, Yard Engineers, Foremen, Yard Switchmen, Track Inspectors, etc.) valid and issued by the SICT according to the type of service to be provided. Copy of updated proof of address. Copy of birth certificate. Registration with Social Security Institutions. Recommendation letters. Evaluations (Toxicological Exam mandatory for Train Dispatchers, Road Engineers, Train Drivers, Road Switchmen, Yard Engineers, Foremen, Yard Switchmen, Track Inspectors, operators/engineers) at least every six months. Terms of contract. Minimum mechanical knowledge exam.

Likewise, for sensitive positions identified in the previously conducted risk analysis and which directly affect the security of the transport means, stricter requirements for hiring must be considered, which must be carried out periodically (e.g., Train Dispatchers, Road Engineers, Train Drivers, Road Switchmen, Yard Engineers, Foremen, Yard Switchmen, Track Inspectors, operators/engineers).

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure for hiring personnel and ensure you include the following: Requirements and documentation demanded. Tests and exams requested. Indicate the areas and/or critical positions identified as risky, according to your analysis, and indicate the following: Indicate if there are additional requirements for specific areas and/or job positions. (Criminal background letter, Socioeconomic Studies, Clinical (drug use), etc.). If applicable, indicate the jobs or work areas where they are required and with what frequency they are carried out. Indicate if, prior to hiring, the candidate must sign a confidentiality agreement or a similar document. Indicate the medical and toxicological exams performed on Train Dispatchers, Road Engineers, Train Drivers, Road Switchmen, Yard Engineers, Foremen, Yard Switchmen, Track Inspectors, operators/engineers. In case of hiring a service agency for personnel hiring, indicate if this agency has documented procedures for personnel hiring and how you ensure they comply with the same. Briefly explain what they consist of.

8.2 Procedure for personnel termination. Documented procedures must exist for personnel termination, which include the delivery of identifications, and any other items provided to them to perform their functions (Keys, uniforms, computer equipment, tools, etc.). Likewise, this procedure must include the termination in those systems, both computer and access, among others that may exist.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for personnel termination and ensure you include the following: How the delivery of identifications, uniforms, keys, and other equipment is carried out. Indicate if you have a record and/or format that identifies and ensures the delivery of material, and termination in computer systems. (If applicable, please attach). Indicate if you keep records of personnel who ended their labor relationship with the concessionaire company, so that in case it was for security reasons, you can prevent your service providers and/or business associates.

8.3 Personnel Administration. An updated list of employees hired directly by the railway transport concessionaire company, as well as those hired through a third party, must be maintained. Likewise, affiliation records with social security institutions and other legal labor records must be created and kept updated.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if the company has an updated database, both of personnel hired directly and those hired through a service provider company, and ensure it includes, in an illustrative but not exhaustive manner, the following points: Full name. Updated photograph at least every five years. Personal data (age, name, date of birth, phone number, address, CURP, IMSS number, blood type, allergies, etc.). Affiliation. Work history. Illnesses. Medical exams. Training. Type of license and its status (they must have a record of federal railway licenses with the corresponding validity, in order to avoid that their Train Dispatchers, Road Engineers, Train Drivers, Road Switchmen, Yard Engineers, Foremen, Yard Switchmen, Track Inspectors, engineers, and operators travel with expired licenses).

Results of periodic evaluations. Observations. This personnel must be hired in accordance with the current labor laws and regulations.

Information and documentation security. Preventive measures must exist to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of information and documentation related to railroad cars with shipments that transport foreign trade merchandise, including those used for information exchange with other members of the supply chain. Likewise, there must be policies that include measures against misuse.

9.1 Classification and handling of documents. There must be procedures to classify documents according to their sensitivity and/or importance, with special emphasis on that received from their contractors where information related to routes, materials, merchandise, and/or goods being transported, instruction letters, schedules, client and/or contact names, among others, is described. Sensitive and important documentation must be stored in a secure area that only allows access to authorized personnel. Reviews must be conducted regularly to ensure that documents are not used improperly. The useful life of documentation and/or files must be identified and procedures established for their destruction. Reports, books, shipping guides, work orders, train consist, track listings, statistics, and any other document related to railway transport activity. The foregoing in accordance with what is stipulated in the Regulatory Law of Railway Service, the Federal Auto-transport and Auxiliary Services Regulations, and the Regulations for the Land Transport of Hazardous Materials and Waste.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the registration, control, and storage of printed documentation (classification and filing of documents). Recommendation: The applicant's procedures may include: a) Control register for delivery, loan, among others of documentation. b) Restricted access to the archive area. c) Storage and classification policies. d) An updated security plan describing the measures in force regarding the protection of documents against unauthorized access, as well as against deliberate destruction or loss thereof.

9.2 Information technology security. In the case of automated systems, individual accounts must be used that require periodic password changes. There must be policies, procedures, and information technology standards established that must be communicated to employees through training. There must be written procedures and infrastructure to protect the company against information loss, as well as an established system to identify the abuse of information technology systems and detect inappropriate access and/or improper manipulation or alteration of commercial and business data, as well as a written procedure for the application of appropriate disciplinary measures to all offenders.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for archiving your information and protecting it from possible losses. Be sure to include the following points: Indicate the frequency with which backups are carried out. Who has access to them, and who authorizes the recovery of information. Describe the procedure for the protection of your computer systems that guarantee information security, be sure to indicate the following: Indicate if the systems are protected by passwords and how often they are modified. Indicate if there are information security policies for their protection. Indicate the mechanisms or systems to detect abuse, or intrusion of unauthorized persons into your systems. Indicate the corrective policies and/or sanctions in case of detection of any violation of information security policies. Indicate if the computer equipment has a backup power supply system that allows business continuity. Recommendation: The procedures regarding the backup of the company's information may include: a) How and for how long the data is stored. b) Business continuity plan in case of incident and how to recover the information. c) Frequency and location of backup copies and archived information. d) If backup copies are stored in sites alternative to the facilities where the DPC (data processing center) is located. Tests of the validity of data recovery from backup copies. Recommendation: The procedures regarding the protection of the company's information may include:

An updated and documented policy for the protection of the company's computer systems against unauthorized access and deliberate destruction or loss of information.
Detail if you operate with multiple systems (branches/sites) and how these systems are controlled.
Who is responsible for the protection of the company's computer system (responsibility should not be limited to one person but to several so that each can control the actions of the rest).
How access authorizations and access levels to the computer system are granted. (Access to sensitive information should be limited to authorized personnel to make modifications to the information).
Password format, frequency of changes, and who provides those passwords.
Firewalls and anti-virus used.
Deletion, maintenance, or updating of user details. e) Measures planned to deal with incidents in case the system is compromised.
Security training and awareness. There must be a threat awareness program designed and updated by the personnel of the railway transport concession company to recognize and create awareness about threats from terrorists and smugglers at each point in the supply chain. Administrative and operational employees must know the company's established procedures to consider a situation and how to report it. Additional training must be provided to operators/drivers, as well as to employees who are in critical and/or sensitive areas determined under their risk analysis.

10.1 Training and awareness on threats. The railway transport concession company must have a training and awareness program on supply chain security policies directed at all its employees, and additionally, make informational material available regarding the procedures established in the company to consider a situation that threatens its security and how to report it. The railway transport concession company must have an additional program for its operators/drivers that it uses for the transport of merchandise destined for foreign trade, which includes specific topics according to their functions that allow them to maintain the integrity of the means of transport and their cargo, incident handling, changing locks in case of inspection by other authorities, among others, that are implemented. Likewise, specific training must be offered according to their functions to help employees maintain the integrity of trailers and tractors, recognize internal conspiracies, and protect access controls. In addition to security training programs, a program on awareness of alcohol and drug consumption must be included. These topics must be established as part of new employee induction and periodically maintain update programs. Training programs must encourage active employee participation in security controls and mechanisms, as well as maintain records of all training efforts provided by the company, and the list of those who participated in them. The foregoing, in accordance with the regulation established by the SICT, which establishes that permit holders will have the obligation to provide their operators with training and coaching to achieve that the provision of services is efficient, safe, and effective.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have a training program on security and prevention in the supply chain for all employees. Briefly explain what it consists of and be sure to include the following: Brief description of the topics taught in the program. When they are taught. (Induction, specific periods, etc.). Frequency of training and, if applicable, updates. Indicate how participation in supply chain security training is documented. Explain how employee participation in security matters is encouraged. Indicate if you have a training program on security in the supply chain, focused on operators/drivers. Briefly explain what it consists of. Indicate how participation in supply chain security training is documented. Explain how employee participation in security matters is encouraged. Indicate how you keep a record of participants in training. Frequency of training and, if applicable, updates. The topics that may include, by way of example and not limitation:

Access and security policies at the facilities.
Delivery-receipt of railroad cars.
Confidentiality of cargo information.
Transport instructions, train documents, work orders.
Accident and emergency reports.
Instructions for placing locks and/or seals in case of inspection by other authorities.
Installation and testing of security alarms and unit tracking, when applicable. Identification of authorized formats and documents that you will use.
Handling and investigation of incidents. There must be documented procedures to report and investigate incidents in the supply chain and the actions to be taken to prevent their recurrence.

11.1 Reporting of anomalies and/or suspicious activities. In case of detection of anomalies and/or suspicious activities, these must be notified to security personnel and/or other competent authorities.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure to report anomalies and/or suspicious activities, and be sure to include the following: Who is responsible for reporting the incidents. Detail how you determine and identify with which authority to communicate in different scenarios or presumption of suspicious activities. Mention if you keep a record of the reporting of these activities and/or suspicions and briefly describe.

11.2 Investigation and analysis. There must be written procedures for the analysis and investigation of incidents to determine their cause, as well as corrective actions to prevent them from happening again. The information derived from this investigation must be documented and available at all times for the authorities that require it. This information and documentation generated to carry out foreign trade operations must be included in a file for the purpose of allowing the identification of each of the processes that the means of transport went through until the point where the incidence was detected and that allows recognizing the vulnerability of the chain.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure to initiate an investigation in case any incident occurs, and be sure to include the following: Responsible for carrying out the investigation. Documentation that integrates the investigation file, among which the following must not be missing. Information related to the Train Dispatchers, Road Engineers, Train Drivers, Road Switchman, Yard Engineer, Foreman, Yard Switchman, Track Inspector, personnel in charge, railroad cars with merchandise, and routes. Recommendation: The documents to be included in the file derived from the investigation, by way of example and not limitation, may be: General information of the shipment, Purchase Order. Transport request; Confirmation of means of transport; Identification of the transport operator (Access records, etc.). Container Inspection Forms; Exit order; delivery records. CCTV system videos. Documentation generated for the railway carrier (Packing list, Bill of Lading, BL, instruction sheet). Documentation generated for business partners (Description of merchandise, Proformas, invoices, etc.). Documentation generated by the business partner (Customs entries, Manifests, Tracking and inspection reports, videos if applicable, etc.). Unit tracking and monitoring report (GPS tracking).

E10. Profile of Industrial Parks. Acknowledgment of Receipt First Time: Renewal: Addition: Modification: The data provided will replace those provided when you requested your authorization.

General Information The objective of this Profile is to ensure that the industrial park develops and implements security practices and processes that ensure its supply chain by mitigating the risk of contamination of its facilities. Industrial parks interested in obtaining the authorization referred to in rule 7.1.5. of the current RGCE must have documented and verifiable processes. Likewise, the industrial entity interested in the aforementioned authorization must integrate the criteria required in this document into the model or business design it has established, seeking during the implementation of security standards the application of an analysis culture that supports decision-making in accordance with the values, mission, vision, codes of ethics, and conduct of the company itself. During the filling out of this document, those interested in obtaining certification will analyze and identify threats that allow them to implement practices and security processes that ensure their supply chain and minimize the risk of contamination or substitution with illicit merchandise of the companies housed therein.

Filling Instructions:

You must fill out a Profile for each industrial park where companies that carry out foreign trade operations are housed.
Describe in detail how the industrial park complies with or exceeds what is established in each of the sections as indicated.
The format of this document is divided into two sections, as detailed below:
Standard. Description of the standard. 1.1 Sub-standard Description of the sub-standard Response Explanatory Notes Describe and/or attach... Points to highlight... Recommendation:
...
Indicate how you comply with what is established in each of the sub-standards, therefore you must attach the procedures in Spanish; these procedures must be characterized by describing or defining the objective the document pursues, the start and end of the process, measurement indicators, requirements, documents or formats to be used, responsible parties, among others. The field regarding Explanatory Notes is a guide regarding the points that must be included in the Response of each sub-standard, indicating in an indicative manner those points that should not be excluded from your response. Likewise, in some of the Explanatory Notes fields, Recommendations are included, which intend to be a guide in case, prior to the presentation of this document, the requested items are not available, and in this way, it can help to elaborate and implement them, based on said suggestion. In this sense, it must be understood that any recommendation indicated here is not considered an obligation.
Once this Industrial Park Profile is answered, you must attach it to the Application for inscription in the Certified Trader Registry referred to in the first paragraph of rule 7.1.5., fraction IV, subsection a.
For the purpose of verifying what is stated in the previous paragraph, the SAT through the AGACE may carry out an inspection at the installation indicated here, with the exclusive purpose of verifying what is stated in this document.
Any incomplete Industrial Park Profile will not be processed.
Any question related to the Application for inscription in the certified companies registry and the Industrial Park Profile, please direct it to the contacts that appear on the SAT Portal.
In the case of being authorized as a Certified Trader, this format must be updated annually, in accordance with what is established in rule 7.2.1., fourth paragraph, fraction I.
As a result of the issuance of the authorization, specific requirements may arise, which must be resolved within the timeframe indicated by the authority for such purposes.

Installation Data An Industrial Park Profile must be filled out for each of the installations that belong to and operate under the same RFC of the Corporation. The housed installations may be industrial plants, warehouses, distribution centers, etc., and must carry out foreign trade operations.

Installation Information Profile Number of Industrial Park: RFC Name and/or Corporate Name : Name and/or Denomination of the Installation Type of Installation Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/Delegation Federal Entity Age of the installation (years of operation) Predominant activity Total number of employees at this installation: Installation surface area (M2):

Certifications in security programs: (Please indicate if this installation has a certification from any of the following programs) C-TPAT. Yes No C-TPAT Account Number (8 digits): ___________________________________ Date of the Last Visit: ____________________ Level: Pre-Applicant Applicant Certified Certified/Validated Authorized Economic Operator from other countries (OEA's) Yes No Program: ________________________________________________________ Other Supply Chain Security Programs Yes No Program: ____________________________

Registration: ____________________ Registration: ____________________ Certifications: (Please indicate if you have certifications that you consider impact your supply chain process, for example: ISO 9000; Reliable Logistics Processes, among others) Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity:

Supply chain security planning. The Industrial Park must design documented policies and procedures to conduct an analysis that allows it to identify risks and vulnerabilities with the objective that the Corporation can implement strategies that help mitigate, assume, or eliminate existing risks in the Industrial Park.

1.1 Risk analysis. Industrial Parks must establish measures to identify, analyze, and mitigate security risks within their facilities, particularly in areas that are common or shared by the companies domiciled therein. For this reason, a written analysis must be developed to address risks based on its organization model (example: geographic location, crime index, predominant activity of co-owner and/or tenant companies, type of merchandise, hazardous, high value, etc.), which allows it to implement and maintain appropriate security measures. This procedure must be carried out periodically, so that it allows identifying other risks or threats in the Park facilities that originate from changes in the initial conditions of the operation, as well as to verify that policies, procedures, and other control and security mechanisms are being complied with; it must be carried out at least once a year.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure to identify risks in the Industrial Park facilities, be sure to include the following points: Indicate the periodicity with which you carry out this procedure. Indicate which areas and/or companies of the Industrial Park are incorporated into the risk analysis.

Recommendation: It is suggested to use risk assessment techniques in accordance with the current international standard ISO 31000, and specifically ISO 31010, as appropriate for their business model.

1.2 Security Policies. Industrial Parks must have a policy oriented towards preventing, securing, and recognizing threats in the supply chain, such as smuggling, trafficking of weapons, people, prohibited goods, and acts of terrorism. In turn, co-owner and/or tenant companies operating in the Industrial Park must sign and comply with their Security Policy. This applies regardless of whether some companies do not carry out foreign trade operations or are already certified in supply chain security. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have a policy on supply chain security and who is responsible for its review and update.

1.3 Internal Audits in the Supply Chain. In addition to routine monitoring and supervision of security controls, it is necessary to schedule and carry out periodic audits, which allow evaluating all supply chain security processes in a more critical and in-depth manner. Audits must be carried out by personnel and/or an authorized third party, striving, as far as possible, for independence from the audited activity, although they may be part of the company. A documented procedure for their execution must be established. Although audits must be exhaustive, their focus must be adjusted to the size of the organization and the nature of identified risks. Audits can be general or focus on specific topics according to circumstances. The senior management of the Industrial Park Corporation must review the audit results and undertake the necessary corrective or preventive actions. The review process must ensure that the necessary information is collected to allow management to perform this evaluation. The review must be documented. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure to carry out an internal audit focused on supply chain security, ensuring you include the following points: Indicate the type of audits performed regarding security, whether internal (carried out by employees of the Corporation) or external (carried out by a contracted company for this purpose). Indicate who participates in them, the records kept thereof, and the frequency with which they are carried out. Indicate if the Industrial Park Corporation verifies the results of security audits, and if it carries out and/or implements preventive, corrective, and improvement actions.

1.4 Contingency and/or Emergency Plans. A documented contingency plan must exist to ensure business continuity in the event of an occurrence that affects the normal development of logistics and foreign trade operations in the supply chain (For example: roadblocks, internal thoroughfares, urban thoroughfares, shootings, threats, closure of customs). Such plans must be communicated to both Industrial Park employees and security officers of companies established therein, through periodic training, as well as collectively and coordinately conducting tests, practical exercises, or simulations of contingency and emergency plans to verify their effectiveness and maintain a record. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented emergency procedure or plan, in case an emergency situation arises that affects the normal development of operations of companies installed in the Industrial Park. This procedure must include, by way of example and not limitation, the following:

What situations it covers.
What mechanisms it uses to disseminate and ensure that these plans are effective for companies housed in the Park.
Physical Security. The Industrial Park must have documented mechanisms and processes to detect, prevent, or deter the entry of unauthorized personnel into the facilities. All areas must have physical barriers, control elements, and deterrents against unauthorized access.

2.1 Facilities. Facilities (administrative offices, industrial warehouses, storage, etc.) must be constructed with materials capable of resisting and preventing unauthorized access. Periodic documented inspections must be carried out to maintain the integrity of the structures, and in case any damage is detected, the corresponding repair must be made. Likewise, territorial limits, as well as various accesses, internal and external thoroughfares, and the location of administrative buildings, industrial warehouses, storage, parking areas for employee and cargo vehicles, vacant lots, railroad spurs, and short- or medium-term expansion projects must be fully identified. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate the predominant materials with which the facilities are constructed (for example, metal structure, sheet metal walls, brick walls, wood walls), indicate how the review and maintenance of structural integrity is carried out. Attach a general distribution or architectural plan where limits, access routes, and the location of buildings can be identified. In the event that two owners or tenants of the Industrial Park carry out foreign trade operations and share a Warehouse or cargo vehicle maneuvering yard, this must be indicated in the general architectural plan.

2.2 Gate and Booth Access. Entry and exit gates for vehicles and/or personnel must be attended, controlled, watched, and/or supervised. The number of access gates must be kept to the minimum necessary. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate how many gates and/or accesses (pedestrian, private cars, cargo vehicles, railroad spur) exist in the Industrial Park, as well as the operating hours of each, and indicate how they are monitored (Must have security personnel and indicate the number of staff). Detail if there are unused or permanently closed gates and/or accesses.

2.3 Perimeter Fences. Perimeter fences must be installed in such a way as to cover 100% of the surface currently occupied by the Industrial Park, based on the risk analysis performed by the Corporation. Fences that prevent and deter intrusions into the Industrial Park must be used. These must be inspected regularly and a record of the inspection kept in order to ensure their integrity and identify damage. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the type of fence, peripheral barrier, and/or walls with which the Industrial Park is equipped, ensuring you include the following points: Specify which areas it encloses. Indicate their characteristics (material, dimensions, etc.). In case of not having fences, please justify the reason in detail and explain how this situation is remedied. Frequency with which the integrity of perimeter fences is verified and the records kept. Identify and indicate restricted access areas. Recommendation: The procedure for inspecting perimeter fences could include: a) Responsible personnel to carry out the review. b) How and how often inspections of fences and/or perimeter walls are carried out. c) How the inspection record is kept. d) Who is responsible for verifying that repairs and/or modifications meet the technical specifications and necessary security requirements.

2.4 Parking. Access to parking areas must be controlled and monitored. Security personnel hired by the Industrial Park must prevent private vehicles (of employees, visitors, suppliers, and contractors, among others) from parking outside assigned spaces, obstructing internal thoroughfares of the Park, access to control and inspection points, and, where applicable, to any other access point to the same. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for controlling and monitoring parking, ensuring you include the following points: Personnel responsible for controlling and authorizing access to common area parking. Identification and signage of common or shared parking. (Specify if parking assigned to owners and tenants of the Park is separated from the cargo vehicle maneuvering yard). How entry and exit of vehicles to the facilities is controlled. (Indicate the records kept for controlling common or shared parking). Identification and signage of common or shared parking.

2.5 Key and Lock Device Control. According to the risk analysis, windows, doors, booths, access booms, interior and exterior grilles must be secured with manual or electronic locking devices. All companies in the Industrial Park without exception must have a documented procedure for the handling and control of keys and/or electronic locking devices for interior and exterior areas considered critical. Likewise, they must keep a record of persons who have authorized keys or electronic access according to their level of responsibility in their work area. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if all doors, windows, booths, access booms, windows, and interior and exterior grilles have manual or electronic opening and closing mechanisms. Attach the documented procedure for the handling and control of keys and/or electronic access devices, ensuring it includes the following points: Personnel responsible for safeguarding and controlling keys. Control register for key lending. Treatment in case of loss or non-return of keys. Indicate if there are areas accessed with electronic devices.

2.6 Lighting. The lighting of the interior and exterior perimeter of the Industrial Park must allow clear identification of persons present there, including the following areas: entrances and exits, perimeter fences, interior fences, loading/unloading zone, and parking areas, and must have an emergency and/or backup system in sensitive common use areas. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the operation and maintenance of the lighting system, ensuring you include the following points: Indicate the common or shared use areas that are illuminated and which have a backup system (Indicate if you have an electrical substation or auxiliary power plant or emergency lamps). How it is verified that the lighting system is appropriate in each of the companies in the Industrial Park, so as to allow clear identification of personnel, material, and/or equipment they handle. Emergency protocol of the Industrial Park monitoring center in case of power outage, natural disasters, or sabotage. Recommendations: The procedure may include: a) Person responsible for operating lighting systems. b) How the lighting system is controlled. c) Operating hours. d) Identification of areas requiring permanent lighting. e) Preventive and corrective maintenance program. (If it coincides with another process, indicate it).

2.7 Communication Devices. All companies in the Industrial Park without exception must have communication devices and/or systems to immediately contact their security personnel, the Park's monitoring center, and authorities in case of emergency. Additionally, they must have a backup system and verify its proper functioning periodically. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure that personnel must follow to contact the security personnel of the Industrial Park Monitoring Center or, where applicable, the corresponding authority. Indicate if operational and administrative personnel of the companies in the Park have devices (landlines, mobile phones, alert and/or emergency buttons) to communicate with security personnel or whoever corresponds. (These must be accessible to users to ensure a prompt reaction). Indicate what communication devices the Industrial Park security personnel uses (landlines, cell phones, radios, alarm system, etc.). Describe the procedure for controlling and maintaining communication devices, ensuring you include the following points: Policies for assigning mobile communication devices. Maintenance program for fixed and mobile communication devices. Indicate if you have backup communication devices in case the permanent system fails, and briefly describe them. Recommendation: The procedure may include: a) Person responsible for the proper functioning and maintenance of communication devices. b) Records of tests and maintenance of devices. c) Method of assigning communication devices (responsibility letters with receipt acknowledgment, etc.).

2.8 Alarm Systems and Closed-Circuit Television and Video Surveillance (CCTV). Alarm and closed-circuit television (CCTV) systems must be used to watch, notify, or deter unauthorized access and prohibited activities in the facilities and notify the corresponding area, in addition to being used as a tool of proof in investigations derived from any incident. The Industrial Park must have a monitoring center, own or outsourced administration, which must be installed according to a prior risk analysis, in such a way that access areas for personnel, visitors, suppliers, passenger vehicles, and cargo are kept under watch and monitoring. The CCTV system must allow clear identification of the area or environment being watched, be recording permanently, and keep a backup of recordings for at least one month, in order to have the necessary elements in case of an incident. The CCTV system must have a documented operation procedure that includes supervision of the good condition of the equipment and verification of the correct position of the cameras, indicating the frequency with which backups of recordings must be made, as well as those responsible for its operation. This system must have restricted access. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have contracted an external alarm central service, and if so, describe the following points: If there is an alarm system and describe its functioning. Procedure to follow in case an alarm is activated. Describe the documented procedure for the operation of the CCTV system, ensuring you include the following points: Indicate the number of CCTV cameras installed, and their location by area. Indicate the location of the CCTV system, where monitors are located, who reviews them, as well as operating hours, and if applicable, if there are remote monitoring stations. Indicate if recordings are reviewed periodically and how. (Random, weekly, special events, restricted areas, etc.). Indicate for how long these recordings are kept. (Must be at least one month). Indicate if the CCTV system is backed up by a battery or electrical power plant.

Physical Access Controls. Physical access controls are mechanisms or procedures that prevent and prevent unauthorized entry to the facilities, maintain control of the entry of employees and visitors, and protect the assets of the Industrial Park and the companies domiciled therein. Access controls must include the identification and control of all employees, visitors, and suppliers at all entry points. Likewise, records must be kept and the mechanisms or documented procedures for entry to the facilities evaluated permanently, being one of the primary functions within any Industrial Park.

3.1 Security Personnel. The Industrial Park must have security and surveillance personnel. This personnel plays an important role in the protection and security of the assets of the Industrial Park and the companies installed therein, as well as in controlling the access of all persons and vehicles to the property. Monitoring center security personnel must have a documented procedure to carry out their functions and have full knowledge of protocols in emergency situations, detection and removal of unauthorized persons, or any incident occurring inside the Industrial Park. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the operation of security personnel (Roles or Orders) and ensure you include the following points: Indicate the number of security personnel guarding the Industrial Park. Indicate the positions and/or functions of the personnel and operating hours. In case of having armed personnel, describe the procedure for the control and safeguarding of weapons, present evidence of the records and permits issued by the competent authorities in this matter.

3.2 Employee Identification. There must be an employee identification system for access to the Industrial Park facilities. Employees should only have access to those areas they need to perform their functions. The management or security personnel of the companies installed in the Park must properly control the delivery and return of employee, visitor, and supplier identification badges. Procedures for the delivery, return, and change of access devices (for example, keys, proximity cards, etc.) must be documented. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for employee identification and ensure you include the following points: Identification mechanisms. (Photo ID, biometrics, etc.). Indicate how personnel hired by a business partner, working within the facilities, is identified (security, cleaning, maintenance, contractors, etc.). Describe how the Industrial Park delivers, changes, and withdraws employee identification and access controls and ensure you include the responsible areas for authorizing and administering them. Attach the documented procedure for the control of identifications.

3.3 Visitor and Supplier Identification. To access the facilities, visitors, suppliers, and contractors must present official photo identification upon arrival and a record must be kept. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the procedure for controlling access of visitors and suppliers, ensuring you include the following points: Indicate what records are kept. (Personal forms for each visit, logbooks).

3.4 Procedure for Identification and Removal of Unauthorized Persons or Vehicles. The Industrial Park monitoring center must have a documented procedure specifying how to identify, confront, or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure to identify, confront, or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles. Recommendation: The procedures may include: a) Responsible personnel. b) Designate a person or area responsible for being informed of incidents. c) Instructions for confronting and directing unidentified personnel. d) Indicate in which cases the corresponding authorities must be reported. e) How incident records are kept and measures adopted for each case.

3.5 Courier and Package Deliveries. Monitoring center personnel must identify personnel from courier and package companies and authorize their entry to distribute and deliver correspondence addressed to companies located inside the Industrial Park. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the procedure to identify and authorize the entry of personnel from courier companies that distribute and deliver correspondence intended for companies installed in the Industrial Park and ensure you include the following: Indicate if the procedure is different from the access procedure for other suppliers.

Business Partners. The Industrial Park Corporation must have written and verifiable procedures for the selection of owners and tenants, as well as for contracting other business partners.

4.1 Selection Criteria. There must be documented procedures for the selection, follow-up, or renewal of commercial relationships with business associates. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the selection of business partners (comprises any client or supplier of goods or services that has a direct commercial relationship with the Industrial Park Corporation), and ensure it includes the following points: What information is required from the business partner. What aspects are reviewed and investigated for the sale of a plot, or the rental of an industrial warehouse, storage, etc. Indicate if you maintain a file for each of your business partners. (co-owners, tenants, and suppliers) Record. Indicate how the services of your suppliers are evaluated and what points are reviewed. Updated list with the general data of the companies operating in the Industrial Park at the time of submitting the registration request (name, Tax ID/RFC, main business activity, indicate if they carry out foreign trade operations, etc.). Recommendation: The file could include the following: Data of the hosting company (name, Tax ID/RFC, main business activity, etc.). Simple copy of the articles of incorporation. Identification and simple copy of the notarial power of the legal representative.

4.2 Security Requirements. The Industrial Park must have a documented procedure in which, based on its risk analysis, it requests additional security requirements from those commercial partners (co-owner companies or lessees) that carry out foreign trade operations. In the case of commercial partners that provide their services within the Industrial Park (private security companies, cleaning, maintenance), they are obligated to comply with the same supply chain security requirements. All co-owner or lessee companies must adhere - without exception - to the General Security Policy and Protocol established by the Industrial Park. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe how you identify commercial partners who are required to meet minimum security standards. Ensure you include the following points: Indicate if you have a list of commercial partners (co-owner companies or lessees) that carry out foreign trade operations and that must comply with security requirements. Mention which companies these are. Through what document (agreements, contractual clauses, commitment letters, among others) do you ensure that your commercial partners (co-owner companies or lessees) adhere to the policy and general security protocol of the Industrial Park. Indicate if there are contractual agreements to implement security measures with service providers inside the Industrial Park, such as: guards, cleaning and maintenance services, etc. Indicate if you have commercial partners who belong to any supply chain security program, whether certified by an authority foreign or by the private sector. (For example: NEEC, C-TPAT, PIP or any other Authorized Economic Operator program from WCO).

4.3 Commercial Partner Reviews. The Industrial Park must conduct periodic evaluations of the common processes and facilities of co-owner and/or lessee companies based on its risk analysis and these must align with the general security policy and protocol established by the Industrial Park. Records of the reviews, as well as the corresponding follow-up, must be maintained. When inconsistencies are found, the Industrial Park must communicate this to its partner or supplier and provide a reasonable period to address the identified observations, or otherwise, establish the necessary measures to sanction them. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for verifying the security requirements of the co-owner companies or lessees of the Industrial Park, ensure you include the following points: Frequency of visits. Record or report of the verification, and if applicable, of the corresponding follow-up. Point out what measures are taken in case that the commercial partners do not comply with the security requirements established by the Industrial Park.

Recommendation: The procedure may include:

Frequency of visits;
Points to review regarding security;
Preparation of reports;
Feedback and agreements with the commercial partner;
Follow-up on agreements;
Measures in case of non-compliance with requirements;
Record of evaluations.
Process Security. Control measures must be established to guarantee the effectiveness of processes related to the security of transport means, handling and storage of foreign trade merchandise throughout the supply chain. Likewise, there must be procedures to prevent, detect or dissuade undeclared materials, unauthorized personnel or vehicles from having access to the Industrial Park. These procedures must be documented with the aim of maintaining at all times the integrity of the transport means and the merchandise from the point of origin until its final destination.

5.1 Delivery and Receipt of Cargo. The Industrial Park must inform operators/drivers of transport companies that deliver or receive foreign trade merchandise about the policies and security guidelines when entering, circulating and carrying out loading/unloading maneuvers inside the Park. On their part, all companies - without exception - must previously inform the Industrial Park's security personnel about the names of the transport companies, the type of cargo vehicles and characteristics of seals or locks normally used and, if applicable, operator data so that they can be fully identified upon arrival at their facilities. The Industrial Park must have an updated database containing all the aforementioned information. Response: Explanatory Notes: Security personnel must permanently update the data of transport companies, operators, types of cargo vehicles that daily enter and exit the Industrial Park, as well as the distinctive characteristics of high-security seals or locks used by the companies located within it.

Security of Cargo Vehicles, Containers, Trailers and/or Semi-trailers. The integrity of transport means, containers, train cars, trailers and semi-trailers must be maintained to protect them against the introduction of unauthorized persons and/or materials. For this reason, it is necessary that companies located in the Industrial Park have documented procedures to inspect, seal and maintain their integrity.

6.1 Storage of Vehicles, Transport Means, Containers, Train Cars, Trailers and Semi-trailers. In case that tractors, yard trucks, vans, box trucks, refrigerated boxes, box vans, gondolas, tank cars, rail hoppers, etc., that transport foreign trade merchandise are empty and must stay overnight and be secured inside the industrial park, they must be secured with an indicative seal, or placed in a common supervised and monitored area to prevent unauthorized access and improper manipulation. Transport means must not obstruct the internal roadways of the Industrial Park. If due to force majeure, containers, trailers or semi-trailers must remain more than one day in the Park, they must remain inside the company that requested the service, or if the extension and infrastructure of the Park allow it, in a common area that meets the aforementioned security measures. When operational needs require storing some container, trailer or semi-trailer loaded with foreign trade merchandise, it must be positioned in a secure and monitored area and a high-security seal complying with ISO 17712 standard must be applied.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if inside the Industrial Park containers, trailers and/or semi-trailers full or empty are stored for subsequent dispatch, and explain in what way the integrity of the same is maintained within its facilities.

Personnel Security. Documented procedures must be available for the registration and evaluation of persons wishing to obtain employment in the Industrial Park Headquarters and establish methods to perform periodic verifications of current employees. Likewise, continuous training programs must exist for administrative and security staff that disseminate the security policies governing the interior of the Industrial Park, as well as the consequences and actions to be taken in case of any offense.

7.1 Employment Background Checks. The Industrial Park must have documented procedures to verify the information recorded in the curriculum vitae and application of candidates with potential for employment, in accordance with local legislation, either independently or through an external company. Similarly, for positions that by their sensitivity so require and affect the security of the Industrial Park, in accordance with the previously conducted risk analysis, stricter requirements for their hiring must be considered, which must be updated periodically. All information regarding personnel must be kept in personal files, which must have restricted access. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for hiring personnel, and ensure you include the following: Requirements and documentation demanded. Tests and exams requested. Indicate the areas and/or critical positions that have been identified as risky, according to your analysis and point out the following: Indicate if there are additional requirements for specific areas and/or to work positions. (Certificate of no criminal record, Socioeconomic Studies, Clinical tests to detect the use of prohibited substances, etc.) If applicable, indicate the positions or work areas where they are required and with what frequency they are carried out. Indicate if prior to hiring, the candidate must sign a confidentiality agreement or a similar document. In case of using the services of an agency for the hiring of personnel, indicate if this has a documented procedure for the hiring of personnel and how you ensure that they comply. Recommendation: The procedures for hiring personnel may include: a) Exhaustive checks of the background laboral and personal of new employees. b) Confidentiality and responsibility clauses in employee contracts. c) Specific requirements for critical positions. d) If applicable, the periodic update of the socio-economic study or clinical laboratory of employees who work in critical and/or sensitive areas.

7.2 Procedure for Personnel Termination. There must be documented procedures for personnel termination that include the delivery of identification and any other item provided to perform their functions (Keys, uniforms, computer equipment, communication devices, tools, etc.). Likewise, this procedure must include deactivation in those computer systems, access controls, among others that might exist. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for personnel termination, and ensure you include the following: How the delivery of identifications, access controls and other equipment is performed. Indicate if you have a record and/or format, in which identification and ensure the delivery of material and deactivation in computer systems. (If applicable, please attach). Point out if you keep records of personnel who ended their labor relationship with the Industrial Park, so that in case it was for security reasons, you prevent tenant companies, service providers and/or business associates.

7.3 Personnel Administration. The Industrial Park Headquarters must maintain a permanently updated list of own employees or contracted through a third party. Likewise, it must perform and keep updated the records of affiliation to social security institutions and other legal labor records. In the case that the Industrial Park has personnel hired by its commercial partners and working within its facilities, it must ensure that they comply with the same requirements as the rest of its employees. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if the Industrial Park has an updated database both of personnel hired directly by the Headquarters, as well as that hired through a qualified and reliable personnel provider company. This personnel must be hired in accordance with the laws and regulations of current labor order.

Information and Documentation Security. Prevention measures must exist to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of information and documentation generated by systems, including those used for information exchange with other members of the supply chain. Likewise, there must be documented policies that include measures against misuse.

8.1 Document Classification and Handling. Procedures must exist to classify documents according to their sensitivity and/or importance. Sensitive and important documentation must be stored in a secure area that only allows access to authorized personnel. The useful life of the documentation must be identified and procedures for its destruction must be established. The Industrial Park must have safeguarded and updated files of co-owner and lessee companies with which it has a business relationship, as well as all information relative to the security of its supply chain. The Industrial Park must conduct regular reviews to verify access to information and ensure that it is not improperly used. Response: Explanatory Notes: Attach the documented procedure for the registration, control and storage of printed documentation (classification and filing of documents). Recommendation: The procedures may include: a) Control register for delivery, loan, among others of documentation. b) Restricted access to the archive area. c) Storage and classification policies. d) An updated security plan that describes the measures in force regarding the protection of the documents against unauthorized access, as well as against deliberate destruction or loss of the same.

8.2 Information Technology Security. In the case of automated systems, individual accounts requiring periodic password changes must be used. There must be policies, procedures and IT technology standards that must be communicated to employees through training. Written procedures and infrastructure must exist to protect the Industrial Park Headquarters against information loss, as well as a system established to identify abuse of systems, detect inappropriate access, improper manipulation or alteration of commercial and business data, as well as a written procedure for the application of appropriate disciplinary measures to all offenders. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for archiving your information and protecting it from possible losses. Ensure you include the following points: Indicate the frequency with which backups are carried out. Who has access to them and who authorizes the recovery of information. Describe the procedure for the protection of your IT systems that guarantee the security of information, ensure you indicate the following: Indicate if the systems are protected under passwords and with what frequency they are modified. Point out if there are information security policies for their protection. Indicate the mechanisms or systems to detect the abuse or intrusion of unauthorized persons to your systems. Indicate the corrective policies and/or sanctions in case of detection of any violation to the information security policies. Point out if commercial partners have access to the IT systems of the Industrial Park. If so, indicate what programs and how they control access to them. Indicate if the computer equipment has a backup power supply system that allows business continuity. Recommendation: The procedures regarding the backup of the Industrial Park's information may include: a) How and for how long data is stored. b) Business continuity plan in case of incident and how to recover information. c) Frequency and location of backups and archived information. d) If backups are stored in sites alternative to the facilities where the DC (data center) is located. e) Tests of the validity of data recovery from backups. Recommendation: The procedures regarding the protection of the Industrial Park's information may include:

An updated and documented policy of protection of the Industrial Park's IT systems of unauthorized access and deliberate destruction or loss of information.
Detail if you operate with multiple systems (sites/locations) and how these systems are controlled.
Who is responsible for the protection of the Industrial Park's IT system (responsibility should not be limited to one person, but to several, so that each can control the actions of the rest).
How access authorizations and level of access to the IT system are granted. (Access to sensitive information should be limited to personnel authorized to make modifications to the information).
Password format, frequency of changes and who provides those passwords.
Firewalls and anti-virus used.
Deletion, maintenance or updating of user details.
Planned measures to handle incidents in case the system is compromised.
Training and Awareness. There must be a documented awareness program on threats established and maintained by security personnel to recognize and create awareness about threats from terrorists and smugglers at each point of the supply chain. Employees must know the procedures established in the company to consider a situation and how to report it. Additional training must be provided to employees in the areas of facility entrances and exits.

9.1 Threat Training and Awareness. The Industrial Park Headquarters must have a training and awareness program on supply chain security policies directed to all its administrative and security employees, and additionally, make informational material available to them about the procedures established in the Industrial Park to consider a situation that threatens its security and how to report it. Likewise, security personnel must be offered training according to their functions to help companies installed in the Industrial Park maintain the integrity of their cargo, recognize internal conspiracies and protect access controls. In addition to security training programs, a program on awareness of alcohol and drug consumption must be included. These topics must be established as part of new employee induction and periodic update programs must be maintained. Training programs must encourage active employee participation in security controls and mechanisms, as well as keep records of all training efforts provided by the Industrial Park Headquarters and the list of those who participated in them. Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate if you have a training program in matter of security and prevention in the supply chain for all employees. Explain briefly what it consists of and ensure you include the following: Brief description of the topics taught in the program. At what moment they are taught. (Induction, specific periods, etc.). Frequency of training and if applicable, updates. Indicate how participation in supply chain security training is documented. Explain how employee participation is encouraged in security matters.

Handling and Investigation of Incidents. There must be documented procedures to report and investigate incidents in the supply chain and the actions to be taken to prevent recurrence.

10.1 Report of Anomalies and/or Suspicious Activities. In case of detection of anomalies and/or suspicious activities, these must be notified to the security personnel of the Industrial Park Monitoring Center and to the competent authorities. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure to report anomalies and/or suspicious activities and ensure you include the following: Who is responsible for reporting incidents. Detail how you determine with which authority to communicate in different scenarios or presumption of suspicious activities. Mention if you keep a record of the report of these activities and/or suspicions.

10.2 Investigation and Analysis. There must be a written procedure or protocol of action for the analysis and investigation of incidents related to cargo security that might occur inside the Industrial Park to determine their cause, as well as corrective actions to prevent recurrence. The information obtained from the investigation conducted jointly by the Industrial Park Monitoring Center and by the security managers of the affected company, must be documented and available at all times for authorities that so require. Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure to initiate an investigation in case any incident related to cargo security occurs and ensure you include the following: Responsible for carrying out the investigation. Documentation that integrates the investigation file.

E11. Warehouse Profile. Receipt Acknowledgment First Time: Renewal: Addition: Modification: The data you provide will replace the data you provided when you requested your authorization.

General Information The objective of this Profile is to ensure that general warehouses have security practices and processes implemented in their facilities, focused on strengthening the supply chain and mitigating the risk of contamination of shipments with illicit products. General warehouses interested in obtaining the authorization referred to in rule 7.1.5. must demonstrate that they have documented and verifiable processes; likewise, they must integrate the criteria required in this document according to the business model or design they have established, seeking during the implementation of security standards the application of a risk analysis culture supported by decision-making consistent with the values, mission, vision, codes of ethics and conduct of the general warehouse itself.

Filling Instructions:

You must fill out a profile for each of the facilities that the general warehouse determines will be subject to certification, whether direct or enabled for operation by a third party under the authorization. The submitted profile must match the facility manifested in your application for registration as a Certified Business Partner under the general warehouse modality and with the address(es) registered with the RFC.
In each sub-standard, the general warehouse must detail how it complies with or exceeds what is established in each of the sections as indicated.
The format of this document is divided into two sections, as detailed below:
Standard. Standard Description 1.1 Sub-standard. Sub-standard Description Response. Explanatory notes. Describe and/or annex... Points to highlight... Recommendation:
...
Indicate how you comply with what is established in each of the sub-standards, therefore you must annex the procedures in Spanish that, if necessary, are required, or provide a detailed explanation of what is requested in the Response field. The section regarding Explanatory Notes is intended to be used as a guide regarding the points that must be included in the Response or in the annexed procedures, as appropriate, for each sub-standard, indicating in an indicative manner those points that should not be excluded from your response. In this sense, it must be understood that any recommendation indicated here is not considered an obligation.
Once this Warehouse Profile has been answered, you must annex it to the Application for registration in the Certified Business Partner registry referred to in rule 7.1.5., section VII. For the purpose of verifying what is stated in the previous paragraph, the SAT through the AGACE may carry out an inspection of the facility indicated here, with the exclusive purpose of verifying what is stated in this document.
Any incomplete Warehouse Profile will not be processed.
Any questions regarding the Application for registration and the Warehouse Profile, please direct them to the contacts appearing on the SAT Portal.
In the event of being authorized as a Certified Business Partner, this format must be updated annually, in accordance with what is established in rule 7.2.1., fourth paragraph, section I.
As a result of the issuance of the authorization, observations regarding the minimum security standards may result, which must be resolved within the timeframe indicated by the authority for such effects.

Facility Data A Warehouse Profile must be filled out for each of the facilities that the general warehouse determines will be subject to certification, provided they have authorization to provide the service of storing goods destined for the tax deposit regime, regardless of whether they are direct or enabled.

Installation Information: Warehouse Profile Number: of RFC: Name and/or Business Name: Name and/or Designation of the Installation: (If none exists, make the clarification and justification accordingly) Type of Installation: Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/Alcaldía Federal Entity Age of the installation (years of operation to provide warehousing services operated by the promoter): Activities carried out in the installation: Preponderant products handled in the General Warehouse (as appropriate):

Avg. No. of quota letters issued monthly: Avg. No. of extraction declarations monthly: Total No. of employees at this installation: Installation Surface Area (M 2 ): Certifications in security programs (indicate if this installation has a certification from any of the following programs). C-TPAT Yes No Level: Pre-Applicant Applicant Certified Certified/Validated C-TPAT Account number (Eight digits): Date of last visit at this installation: Authorized Economic Operator from other countries (AEO) Yes No Program: Registration: Other Supply Chain Security Programs Yes No Program: Registration: Certifications (indicate if you have certifications that you consider impact your supply chain process, e.g.: ISO 9000, ISO 28000, among others). Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity: Name: Category: Validity:

Supply Chain Security Planning. The general warehouse must develop documented policies and procedures to carry out an analysis that allows it to identify risks and weaknesses in the supply chain, with the objective of implementing strategies that help mitigate risk in the operations of its organization and facilities. Within each organization, there is a different supply chain depending on the company's business. A supply chain is formed by all those processes involved directly or indirectly in the action of satisfying customer needs. The supply chain includes suppliers, warehouses, transportation and logistics services, production lines, distribution channels, wholesalers, retailers, and the end customer. In the case of general warehouses, the supply chain could include the customs authority, suppliers, customs brokers, carriers, as well as importers and/or exporters.

1.1 Risk Analysis. The authorized general warehouse must have measures to identify, analyze, and mitigate risks that could result in alterations of goods destined for the tax deposit regime during their handling, guarding, custody, and delivery throughout its supply chain and facilities, under the guideline of a documented procedure that establishes the methodology or techniques to perform it. Such analysis must be based on the organization's model (e.g.: facilities, type of goods, volume, clients, suppliers, routes (when applicable), hiring of personnel, classification and handling of documents, information technology, potential threats, etc.), so that it allows implementing and maintaining appropriate security measures. This procedure must be updated at least once a year, so that it allows permanently identifying new threats or risks considered in its operation, due to the result of some security incident or that originate from changes in the initial conditions of the warehouse and its supply chain (updates or modifications of processes and/or facilities), as well as to identify that the policies, procedures, control mechanisms, and security are being fulfilled.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate which are the sources of information used to qualify risks during the analysis phase. Annex the documented procedure to identify risks in the supply chain and the general warehouse facilities, which must include as a minimum the following points: Periodicity with which the risk analysis is reviewed and/or updated. Aspects and/or areas of the general warehouse that are incorporated into the risk analysis. Methodology or techniques used to perform the risk analysis. Persons responsible for reviewing and/or updating the risk analysis of the general warehouse. Likewise, the documented procedure to identify risks in the supply chain and its facilities must contemplate the risk appreciation and management process, and include the following aspects: Establishment of a context (cultural, political, legal, economic, geographic, social, etc.). Identification of risks in its supply chain and its facilities. Risk analysis (causes, consequences, probabilities and existing controls to determine the level of risk as high, medium and low). Risk evaluation (decision making to determine the risks to be treated and priority to implement the treatment). Risk treatment (application of alternatives to change the probability that risks occur). Risk monitoring and review (monitoring of the results of the risk analysis and verification of the effectiveness of its treatment). Recommendation: It is suggested to use the techniques of administration, management and risk evaluation according to international standards ISO 31000, ISO 31010 and ISO 28000 that according to its business model, it must implement.

1.2 Security Policies. General warehouses must have policy(ies) oriented towards preventing, securing, and recognizing threats to supply chain security, such as smuggling, money laundering, arms trafficking, human trafficking, prohibited goods, acts of terrorism, as well as those threats associated with information exchange. Such policies must be reflected in the corresponding procedures and/or manuals.

Response: Explanatory Notes: State the security policy(ies) in the supply chain and facilities of the general warehouse, who is the responsible for their review, as well as the periodicity with which their update is carried out. Such policy(ies) must be communicated to employees through a program and/or dissemination campaign.

1.3 Internal Audits in the Supply Chain. In addition to routine monitoring in control and security, it is necessary to schedule and carry out audits at least once a year, under the guidelines of a documented procedure that allows evaluating all processes regarding security in the supply chain and its facilities. Audits must be carried out by authorized personnel and, whenever possible, independent of the audited activity, although they can be part of the organization. The focus and execution must be adjusted to the size of the organization and the nature of the risks identified during the analysis according to sub-standard 1.1. Senior management must review the audit results, analyze the causes, and undertake corrective or preventive actions required through a systematic evaluation with the information available for such effect. The review must be documented.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the documented procedure to carry out an internal audit, focused on security in the supply chain, ensure you include the following points: Indicate the type of internal or external audits, in matters of security in the supply chain, that are carried out in the warehouse. Indicate who participates in them, and the records that are generated, as well as the periodicity with which they are carried out. Indicate how senior management of the general warehouse verifies the result of the audits in matters of security of the supply chain, and if it determines to carry out preventive, corrective, and improvement actions in the processes. The review must be documented.

1.4 Contingency and/or Emergency Plans related to Supply Chain Security. There must be a documented contingency plan to ensure business continuity in case of disruption to the normal development of activities in the facilities and during the receipt, storage, custody, and extraction of goods destined for the tax deposit regime, national goods according to their logistical process in the supply chain (e.g.: theft of goods, labels and/or tags, chemical spills, loss and/or damage of goods, bomb threat, detection of suspicious packages, power outage, non-arrival of goods, blockades, among others). Such contingency and/or emergency plans must be communicated to employees through a program and/or dissemination campaign. General warehouses must carry out tests, practical exercises, or simulations of the supply chain contingency and emergency plans to verify their effectiveness, and of which they must keep a record (e.g.: result reports, minutes, video recordings, photographs, etc.).

Response: Explanatory Notes: Annex the documented procedure or emergency plan, in case of an emergency or security situation, that affects the normal development of activities in the facilities, during the receipt, storage, custody, and extraction of goods destined for the tax deposit regime and national, according to their logistical process in the supply chain. This procedure must include, in an enumerative but not limiting manner, the following:

What situations it contemplates.
What mechanisms it uses to guarantee that the business continuity plan is effective.
Contemplate the carrying out of simulations and how they are documented.
Physical Security. The general warehouse must have established mechanisms and documented processes to prevent, detect, or deter the entry of unauthorized personnel into the facilities. All sensitive areas of the general warehouse must have physical barriers, as well as control and deterrence elements against unauthorized access.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate the predominant materials with which the installation is constructed (e.g.: steel structure with cement walls, brick walls, concrete, among others), and indicate how the review and maintenance of the integrity of the structures is carried out. Annex a distribution or architectural plan of the whole, where the limits of the installation, access routes and emergency exits, traffic flow, location of the buildings and boundaries can be identified.

2.2 Accesses at Doors and Booths. The entrance or exit doors of personnel and/or vehicles of the general warehouse facilities must be attended and/or supervised either by own personnel or by security personnel. The number of access doors must be kept to the minimum necessary.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Indicate how many doors and/or accesses exist in the facilities, the operating hours of each one and indicate how they are monitored and/or supervised (in case of having assigned surveillance personnel, indicate the quantity). Detail if there are doors and/or blocked accesses, or permanently closed and their location.

2.3 Perimeter Walls. Perimeter walls and/or peripheral barriers must be installed to secure the general warehouse facilities, and particularly, the areas for receipt, storage, custody, and extraction of goods destined for the tax deposit regime, national goods, high value, hazardous, areas with restricted access, and others that it determines according to its risk analysis, with the object of preventing theft of goods and unauthorized entries. These must be inspected regularly and keep a record of the review with the purpose of ensuring their integrity and identifying damage. The storage, high value, hazardous, and/or restricted access areas must be clearly identified and monitored to prevent unauthorized entries.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the type of peripheral barrier and/or walls with which the installation has, ensure you include the following points: Specify which areas it segregates in the installation by being considered critical and/or sensitive. Indicate the characteristics of the same (material, dimensions, etc.). In case of not having walls, please justify detailedly the reason. Periodicity with which the integrity of the perimeter walls is verified, and the records that are kept. Describe how the cargo destined for foreign countries, hazardous material and high value cargo is segregated; ensure you include the following points: Indicate how it controls the goods destined for the tax deposit regime, national goods, and if it is additionally identified (e.g.: labels, different packaging, tickets, among others). Identify and indicate the restricted access areas (hazardous goods, high value, placement of labels, labeling, sub-maquila, confidential, etc.). Recommendation: The procedure for inspecting perimeter walls could include: a) Personnel responsible for carrying out the process. b) How and how often the inspections of fences, perimeter walls and/or peripheral barriers are carried out. c) How the inspection record is kept. d) Who is responsible for verifying that repairs and/or modifications comply with the technical specifications and necessary security requirements.

2.4 Parking Lots. Access to the parking lots of the facilities must be controlled and monitored, in accordance with applicable provisions. It must be prohibited for private vehicles (of employees, visitors, suppliers, and contractors, among others) to park within the handling and storage areas of the goods, as well as in adjacent areas.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Describe the procedure for the control and monitoring of the parking lots, ensure you include the following points: Persons responsible for controlling and monitoring access to the parking lots. Identification of the parking lots (specify if the visitor parking is separated from the goods storage areas). How entry and exit control of vehicles to the facilities is carried out (indicate the records that are made for the control of the parking lot and the existing control mechanisms, e.g.: badges, lanyards, etc.). Policies or mechanisms to not allow the entry of private vehicles to the goods storage areas.

2.5 Key and Lock Device Control. Windows, doors, as well as inner and outer fences, according to your risk analysis, must be secured with locking devices. The general warehouse must have a documented procedure for the handling and control of keys and/or locking devices of the inner areas that have been considered critical. Likewise, they must keep a record of the persons who have keys or authorized access according to their level of responsibility and tasks within their work area.

Response: Explanatory Notes: Annex the documented procedure for the handling, safeguarding, assignment, control and non-return of keys of the facilities, offices and critical and/or sensitive areas. The procedure must include the following points: Persons responsible for administering and controlling the security of the keys. Format or control record for the loan of keys. Treatment of loss or non-return of keys. Indicate if there are areas in which access is with electronic devices and/or some other access mechanism.

2.6 Lighting. Lighting inside and outside the facilities must allow clear identification of persons, material and/or equipment located there, including the following areas: entrances and exits, handling and storage areas of the goods, perimeter walls and/or peripheral barriers, inner fences and parking areas, and must have an emergency and/or backup lighting system in the sensitive areas.

Answer: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for the operation and maintenance of the lighting system. Ensure you include the following points: Indicate which areas are illuminated and which have an emergency and/or backup system (indicate if it has an auxiliary power plant or any other mechanism to supply electricity). How do you ensure that the lighting system has continuity in the event of a power outage in each of the areas of the facility and with special emphasis on the areas considered critical and/or sensitive, so as to allow clear identification of the personnel, material and/or equipment located there. Recommendations: The procedure may include: a) Person responsible for controlling the lighting systems. b) How the lighting system is controlled. c) Operating hours. d) Identification of areas with permanent lighting. e) Maintenance and review program (if it coincides with another process, indicate it).

2.7 Communication devices. The General Warehouse of Deposit must have communication devices and/or systems in order to contact security personnel and/or authorities immediately when required in the event of an emergency and security situation. Additionally, it must have a backup system and verify its proper functioning periodically. Answer: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure that personnel must perform to contact the security personnel of the General Warehouse of Deposit or, in its case, the corresponding authority. Indicate whether operational and administrative personnel have or have access to devices (landline phones, mobile phones, alert and/or emergency buttons, etc.) to communicate with security personnel and/or the appropriate person (these must be accessible to users to be able to react promptly). Indicate what type of communication devices the security personnel of the General Warehouse of Deposit uses (landline phones, cell phones, radios, alarm system, etc.). Describe the procedure for the control and maintenance of communication devices, ensure you include the following points:

Policies for the assignment of mobile communication devices. Maintenance program for fixed and mobile communication devices. Indicate if you have backup communication devices in case the permanent system fails and, if so, briefly describe them. Recommendation: The procedure may include: a) Person responsible for the proper functioning and maintenance of communication devices. b) Verification and maintenance records of the devices. c) Method of assignment of communication devices.

2.8 Alarm systems and closed-circuit television and video surveillance (CCTV). Alarm and closed-circuit television (CCTV) systems must be used to monitor, notify or deter unauthorized access and prohibited activities in the facilities and notify the corresponding area, in addition to being used as evidence in investigations derived from any security incident. These systems must be placed systematically according to a prior risk analysis, in such a way that it allows clear identification of the area or environment being monitored, to monitor and supervise areas involving the entry and exit of authorized personnel, suppliers, loading and unloading areas, custody and storage of goods destined for the fiscal and national deposit regime, yards for transport and cargo means, parking of private vehicles, as well as areas considered critical and/or sensitive permanently and uninterruptedly in accordance with their operation. The General Warehouse of Deposit must have documented operating procedures for the aforementioned systems. In the case of the closed-circuit television and video surveillance (CCTV) system, the procedure must include supervision of the good condition of the equipment, indicating the frequency with which backups of the recordings must be made, the persons responsible for their operation and the verification of the correct position of the cameras. The CCTV system must allow clear identification of the area or environment being monitored, be recording permanently and maintain a backup of the recordings for at least one month, considering that, in the case where its logistical processes exceed this period, the backup maintenance period must be increased in order to have the necessary elements to assign responsibilities in the event of a security incident. Said system must have restricted access. The closed-circuit television and video surveillance (CCTV) system of the General Warehouse of Deposit must comply with what is established in rule 4.5.18., so that the customs authority has access to the points of delivery of the goods, as well as the exit points, in accordance with what is determined by the ACEIA. Answer: Explanatory notes: Indicate if you have contracted an external alarm central service, and if so, describe the following points: Indicate if doors and windows have alarm sensors or motion sensors. Procedure to follow in the event of an alarm activation. Describe the documented procedure for the operation of the CCTV system, ensure you include the following points: Indicate the number of CCTV cameras installed, technical characteristics and their location (detail if they cover the entry and exit points of the facilities to cover the movement of vehicles and individuals, as well as the place of storage of goods destined for the fiscal and national deposit regime).

Indicate the location of the CCTV system, where the monitors are located, who reviews them, as well as the operating hours, and if there are remote monitoring stations. Indicate if the recordings are reviewed periodically and how (random, weekly, special events, restricted areas, etc.). Indicate for how long these recordings are kept (it must be at least one month). Indicate if the CCTV system is backed up by an emergency power plant or any other mechanism to supply electricity.

Physical access controls. Physical access controls are mechanisms or procedures that prevent and prevent unauthorized entry to the facilities, maintain control of the entry of employees and visitors, in addition to protecting the goods of the General Warehouse of Deposit. Access controls must include the identification of all employees, visitors and suppliers at all entry points. Likewise, they must maintain records and permanently evaluate the mechanisms or documented procedures for entry to the facilities, being the basis for beginning to integrate security as one of the primary functions within any company. The evaluation of what is provided in this sub-standard will be carried out according to a prior risk analysis.

3.1 Security personnel. The General Warehouse of Deposit must have security and surveillance personnel. This personnel plays an important role in the physical protection of the facilities and of the merchandise during its transport, handling and storage within the warehouse, as well as for controlling the entry and exit of all people to the property. Security personnel must have a documented procedure to carry out their functions and have full knowledge of the mechanisms and procedures in emergency situations, detection of unauthorized persons or any security incident in the facility. Answer: Explanatory notes: Describe the documented procedure for the operation of security personnel and ensure you include the following points: Indicate the number of security personnel working in the General Warehouse of Deposit. Indicate the positions and/or functions of the personnel and operating hours. In case of hiring an external service, provide the general data of the company (RFC, trade name, address), and specify the number of employees employed, operational details, records and reports they use to perform their functions, etc. In case of having armed personnel, describe the procedure for the control and storage of weapons.

3.2 Employee identification. There must be an employee identification system for access to the facilities. Employees should only have access to those areas they need to perform their functions. The management or security personnel of the company must properly control the delivery and return of employee badges and/or identification credentials for employees, visitors and suppliers. Procedures for the delivery, return and change of access devices (for example, keys, badges and/or credentials, proximity cards, etc.) must be documented. Answer: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for employee identification and ensure you include the following points: Identification mechanisms (badge and/or credential with photo, biometric access control, proximity cards, etc.). Indicate how contracted personnel by a business partner working within the facilities are identified (contractors, subcontractors, in-house services, cargo handling company personnel, sub-maquiladora personnel, etc.). Describe how the General Warehouse of Deposit delivers, changes and withdraws employee identification and access controls, ensure you include the responsible areas for authorizing and administering them. Attach the documented procedure for the control of identifications.

3.3 Identification of visitors and suppliers. To have access to the facilities, visitors and suppliers must present official identification with a photograph for documentation upon arrival and a record must be kept. All visitors must be accompanied by warehouse personnel during their stay in the facilities and ensure that the visitor always wears the provisional identification provided in a visible place, said procedure must be documented. In the case of suppliers and users who work regularly in the facility, the General Warehouse of Deposit must have a mechanism or system for controlling identification badges. Answer: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for controlling access of visitors and suppliers, ensure you include the following points: Indicate what records are kept (personal formats for each visit, logbooks, among others). Indicate who is the person responsible for accompanying the visitor and/or supplier and if there are restricted areas for their entry.

3.4 Procedure for identification and withdrawal of unauthorized or identified persons or vehicles. The General Warehouse of Deposit must have documented procedures that specify how to identify, confront or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles, said procedure must be communicated to responsible personnel through training. The training must be documented.

Answer: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure to identify, confront or report unauthorized or identified persons and/or vehicles. The procedure must include: a) Personnel in charge of carrying out the procedure. b) Designate a person or area responsible for being informed of security incidents. c) Instructions for confronting and approaching unidentified personnel. d) Indicate in which cases it must be reported to the corresponding authorities. e) How the recording of security incidents and the measures adopted in each case is carried out.

3.5 Courier and package deliveries. Courier and package deliveries intended for personnel of the General Warehouse of Deposit must be registered and examined upon arrival and before being distributed to the corresponding area, said procedure must be communicated to responsible personnel through training. The training must be documented. Answer: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for the receipt and review of courier and packages, and ensure you include the following: Personnel in charge of carrying out the procedure. Indicate how you identify the personnel or supplier of the courier and package service (indicate if an additional procedure to supplier access is required). Indicate how the review of the courier and/or packages is carried out, what mechanism you use, the records kept and, if applicable, the incidents detected. Describe the characteristics or elements to determine that courier and/or package is suspicious. Personnel in charge of carrying out the procedure. Indicate what actions you take in the event of detecting suspicious courier and/or packages.

Business partners. The General Warehouse of Deposit must have written and verifiable procedures for the selection and contracting of business partners (transporters, cleaning service providers, private security, material suppliers, personnel hiring, storage service providers, loading, unloading and handling of goods, subcontractors, etc.) and according to their risk analysis, require them to comply with security measures to strengthen the international supply chain.

4.1 Selection criteria. There must be documented procedures for the selection, follow-up or renewal of commercial relationships with business associates and/or suppliers, which include interviews, reference verification, evaluation methods and use of the information provided. The information derived from the investigation and/or evaluation of business associates and/or suppliers must be documented and integrated into a file (physical or electronic).

Answer: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure for the selection of business partners, this includes any type of business associate, suppliers that have a relationship with your logistical process and with the supply chain, as well as potential and predominant clients of hiring your service frequently and/or those that have a commercial relationship with the General Warehouse of Deposit. Ensure you include the following points: What information is required from your business partner. What aspects are reviewed and investigated (the result of the investigation must be integrated into the file). Indicate if you maintain a physical or electronic file of each of your business partners. Indicate how the services of your business partner are evaluated and what points you review. Recommendation: The file could include the following: Company data (name, RFC, activity, etc.). Legal representative data. Proof of address. Commercial references. Contracts, agreements and/or confidentiality agreements. Security policies. In its case, certificate or certification number in the security programs to which it belongs.

4.2 Security requirements. The General Warehouse of Deposit must have a documented procedure in which, according to its risk analysis, it requests additional security requirements from those business partners that intervene in the service provided by said warehouse, as well as from service providers that likewise intervene in the control, manipulation, transport and/or storage of goods destined for the fiscal and national deposit regime. These requirements must be based on the Profile of the General Warehouse of Deposit established by the AGACE in a generic manner, or in case it exists, the specific Profile for each actor of the supply chain that corresponds to it. The General Warehouse of Deposit must request from its business partners the documentation that accredits or proves that it complies with the minimum security standards established in this document, either through a written declaration issued by the legal representative of the partner, agreements or contractual clauses with documentation that supports compliance with the requirements established in some other Authorized Economic Operator program. In the case of business partners of the General Warehouse of Deposit that provide their services within the facilities, they must be obliged to comply with these supply chain security requirements.

Answer: Explanatory notes: Describe how you carry out the identification of business partners that must comply with minimum standards in terms of security. Ensure you include the following points: Indicate if you have a register of business partners that must comply with security requirements, and mention what type of providers these are (transporters, cleaning service providers, cafeteria, private security, material suppliers, personnel hiring, storage service providers, loading, unloading and handling of goods, subcontractors, etc.). Indicate in what documentary form (contracts, agreements, accords, contractual clauses, among others) you guarantee that your business partners comply with security requirements. Indicate if there are contractual agreements regarding the implementation of security measures with your service providers inside the General Warehouse of Deposit, such as: customs brokers, private security, cleaning services, cafeteria, gardening, maintenance, information technology providers, etc. Indicate if you have business partners to whom it is required to belong to a supply chain security program, either by certification by a foreign authority or the private sector (for example: C-TPAT, PIP or any other Authorized Economic Operator program of the WCO).

4.3 Business partner reviews. The General Warehouse of Deposit must carry out periodic evaluations of the processes and installations of business associates based on a risk analysis and they must maintain the security standards required by said warehouse, and keep records of the same, as well as the corresponding follow-up. When inconsistencies are found, the General Warehouse of Deposit must communicate them to its partner and/or supplier and provide a justified period to address the identified observations, or in case of failure, have the necessary measures to sanction it. Answer: Explanatory notes: The General Warehouse of Deposit must have a documented procedure to verify or review the security processes and installations of business partners. Describe the procedure to carry out the reviews of your business partners, ensuring you include the following points: Frequency with which you visit the business partner (it must be at least once a year).

Records or reports of the verification or review, and in its case, the corresponding follow-up. Indicate what action measures are taken in case business partners do not comply with the established security requirements. In case of having business partners that have C-TPAT certification or another supply chain security program, indicate the frequency with which their status is reviewed, how you record it and the actions you take in case it is detected that it is suspended and/or cancelled. Recommendation: The procedure may include:

Area or person responsible for carrying out this procedure;
Points of review in terms of security;
Preparation of reports;
Feedback and agreements with the business partner;
Follow-up to agreements;
Measures in case of detecting non-compliance with the requirements;
Record of evaluations.
Process security. Control measures must be established to guarantee the integrity and security of the goods destined for the fiscal deposit regime, of the processes related to the receipt, storage, custody and extraction of goods destined for the fiscal deposit regime. These procedures must be documented and ensure that integrity is maintained from entry into the warehouse until the delivery of the cargo.

5.1 Process mapping. There must be a map that shows step by step the logistical process of the flow of goods destined for the fiscal deposit regime during their storage, handling and custody, as well as the documentation required through the international supply chain (credit letters, extraction customs declarations, etc.). Answer: Explanatory notes: Attach the process mapping where the flow through which goods destined for the fiscal deposit regime pass is illustrated or described, from entry into the warehouse to the extraction of the goods, and if applicable, include the transfer of goods destined for the fiscal deposit regime to a different warehouse or storage facility (enabled or direct) by request of a client, as well as the transfer or transfer of cargo when appropriate. Likewise, it is necessary to include a procedure to carry out value-added operations on the goods (placement of labels, labeling, packaging for display or sale, etc.).

This process mapping can be written and/or graphical, and must contain at least the following aspects:

Quotation.
Service contract.
Issuance and transmission of the credit letter via its electronic system to the Tax Administration Service.
Arrival of the merchandise at the general warehouse.
Merchandise receipt process.
Generation of fiscal and/or identification labels.
Integration of customs documentation, for example:
- Verification of commercial information.
- Import or fiscal deposit customs declaration.
- Commercial invoice.
- Packing list.
- Packing guides.
- Import permits, Certificates of Origin, accreditation of compliance with the Official Mexican Standard.
Verification, if applicable, of the verification unit (UVA).
Receipt of extraction request.
Exit of merchandise, among others.

5.2 Warehouses, distribution centers, yards, and direct and authorized warehouses. In the event that the general warehouse has direct and/or authorized warehouses, they must be subject to the provisions of this document according to their characteristics, with the objective of maintaining integrity in the supply chain.

Response: Explanatory notes: Declare whether the general warehouse has additional warehouses, warehouses, or distribution centers, and specify whether they are direct and/or authorized.

5.3 Delivery and receipt of merchandise. The general warehouse must supervise the receipt and delivery of merchandise at its facility, ensuring at all times its correct identification, registration, and handling in accordance with the procedures established by the warehouse, including the instructions or specifications received from clients, if applicable, for its handling and transfer. Therefore, the general warehouse must have documented procedures that allow it to safely carry out the delivery and receipt of cargo at distribution centers or warehouses (direct and/or authorized). These procedures must include the receipt, generation of credit letter registration in the system, handling according to client specifications, scheduling of warehouse entry tasks, unloading, correct identification and conditioning of the merchandise until its location in the warehouse, and documentation generated for the carrier, client, and service personnel.

Likewise, the general warehouse must have control mechanisms for the receipt of transport units, as well as the identification and registration of operators who carry out the delivery or receipt of merchandise at the facilities. Similarly, it must guarantee that operators transporting the merchandise, during delivery and/or receipt, have all the required documentation to authorize their entry or extraction from the general warehouse.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure for the receipt and delivery of merchandise at the facilities, verifying at all times its correct identification, registration, and handling in accordance with the procedures established by the warehouse, and ensure that you include the following points:

Receipt, unloading, and verification of the merchandise.
Identification of transport operators.
Generation of credit letter.
System registration (corporate).
Warehouse or client specifications.
Identification of the merchandise.
Documentation generated for the carrier, client, and service personnel.
Merchandise extraction process.
Documentation delivered to operators.

Recommendation: The merchandise delivery and receipt procedure may include:

Inspection method at the warehouse access point.
Designation of personnel responsible for identifying and registering transport operators upon arrival.
Registration of the introduction of merchandise into the general warehouse.
Exit from the general warehouse.

5.4 Merchandise tracking procedure. When the transfer of merchandise is carried out at the expense of the general warehouse, in accordance with its risk analysis, the integrity and traceability of the merchandise destined for the fiscal deposit regime must be ensured during its transfer between warehouses, distribution centers, and previously authorized warehouses for this type of merchandise.

The general warehouse must monitor at all times the transfer of merchandise (as long as it is its responsibility) to another authorized warehouse of the same warehouse or transferred to a different one, verifying that, for its transfer, documentation supporting the merchandise is generated (copy of the import or export customs declaration to fiscal deposit, as well as the fiscal receipt issued by the same general warehouse) and must send the corresponding transfer notice to the authority via electronic transmission to the SAAI, indicating the necessary information (folio of the electronic credit letter, number of authorization or key of the authorized warehouse to which the merchandise will be transferred, tariff fraction, etc.), in accordance with what is established in rule 4.5.13. and 4.5.14.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure to monitor the transfer of merchandise destined for the fiscal deposit regime to another authorized warehouse of the same warehouse or transferred to a different one, in accordance with what is established in rule 4.5.13. and 4.5.14. This procedure must include, among other aspects according to its operation:

The type of system implemented for the control of merchandise destined for the fiscal deposit regime, if applicable, the consultation tools available to monitor the merchandise.
Detail the communication means available for merchandise tracking.
Indicate the area or person responsible for supervising this process.

5.5 Report of discrepancies in cargo. There must be documented procedures to detect and report missing, excess, prohibited merchandise, or any other discrepancy during the delivery and/or receipt of merchandise, with the purpose of having information that contributes to the corresponding investigations by the competent authorities in the event of any security incident. Likewise, it must describe the measures and actions to be taken in the event of identifying illicit, undeclared, and prohibited merchandise (in accordance with what is provided for in article 123 of the Law) or those that by their nature put the safety of personnel at risk during receipt, delivery, transfer, handover, storage, and if applicable, according to the services offered.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure to detect and report discrepancies of missing, excess, prohibited merchandise, or any other discrepancy during the delivery and/or receipt thereof, and ensure that it includes the following points:

Persons responsible for carrying out the review.
Documents to be checked.
Areas to which the information is reported.
What actions they take in the event of detecting any discrepancy.

5.6 Processing of information and cargo documentation. The general warehouse must have documented procedures to ensure that the electronic and/or documentary information used during the receipt, storage, custody, and extraction of merchandise destined for the fiscal deposit regime is legible, complete, accurate, and protected against changes, losses, or introduction of erroneous information.

In the same way, there must be documented procedures to corroborate that the information received from business associates is reported accurately and timely.

Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for processing merchandise documentation, ensure that you include the following points:

Detail how you transmit and/or receive information related to the receipt and delivery of merchandise at the general warehouse.
Indicate if you use a specific computer control system and explain briefly how it works.
Likewise, detail how you validate that the information provided by the different actors in the supply chain (carriers, customs brokers, shipping lines, railway companies, among others) that converge in the warehouse, is legible, complete, accurate, and protected against changes, losses, or introduction of erroneous information.

5.7 Inventory management, control of packaging, container, and packing material. The general warehouse must have documented procedures to carry out automated inventory control in accordance with its authorization to provide fiscal deposit services for merchandise. Likewise, said control must contemplate matters related to fiscal deposit auctions, fiscal deposit donations to the Federal Treasury, return of merchandise abroad, transfers and handovers, destructions, among others, in accordance with applicable regulations, and guarantee that cyclic inventories are carried out on the merchandise. Packaging, container, and packing materials, if applicable, must be controlled and supervised to prevent them from being susceptible to manipulation prior to their use.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure for merchandise inventory management. This must include, according to its operation among other aspects, the following:

Mention what type of system it uses for information exchange with the authority for inventory purposes.
Who is its supplier.
Indicate if it has a contingency plan in case of system failures.
Mention where the system is physically located and who are the responsible for its operation.
The frequency with which it carries out stock verification (cyclic inventory). Indicate if there is a scheduled calendar to carry them out and if it is documented.
Indicate what actions it takes in the event of surpluses and shortages in inventories.
Indicate the treatment given to the control and handling of packaging, container, and packing material.
Treatment of merchandise when it presents deterioration, as well as related to its destruction.

Recommendation: The applicant's procedures may include:

Access restrictions to the warehouse so that only authorized personnel enter.
Actions taken if irregularities, discrepancies, losses, or thefts are identified.
Separation of various types of merchandise, for example, high value, dangerous.

6. Customs management. The general warehouse must have documented procedures in which internal and operational policies are established, as well as the necessary controls for the due compliance of customs obligations.

6.1 Customs obligations. The general warehouse must have documented procedures for the compliance of customs obligations derived from its authorization, in accordance with what is stated in Chapter 4.5., applicable to general warehouses. Said procedure must include at least the following: a. Definition of the areas designated within the warehouse, which meet the specifications indicated by the authority to provide the merchandise storage service in fiscal deposit and/or place labels or seals. b. Process for the request of addition, modification, and/or exclusion of installations from the authorization (from the same premises, warehouse, yard, cold room, silo, or tank, between two general warehouses simultaneously, etc.) to provide the merchandise storage service in fiscal deposit. c. Permanent and simultaneous registration of entry and exit of merchandise to the general warehouses (designation of the computer equipment and data transmission for the respective customs and the administrative units of the AGACE to be able to carry out the consultation of the permanent and simultaneous registration in the system that the general warehouse has for this purpose). d. Joint liability. e. Rectification of credit letter (notice of surpluses and shortages within 24 hours following the arrival of the merchandise via electronic transmission to the SAAI, notice of late arrival, and notice of non-arrival of merchandise). f. Identification of fiscal deposit merchandise (adhesive labels). g. Merchandise not susceptible to fiscal deposit. h. Auction. i. Donation to the Federal Treasury. j. Returns. k. Transfer (in this case, the Customs of jurisdiction of the general warehouse in which the merchandise is located must be modified). l. Handover. m. Notices corresponding to the authority. n. Destruction or loss of merchandise.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the procedure established to comply with the customs obligations derived from its authorization as a general warehouse, in accordance with what is stated in Chapter 4.5., applicable to general warehouses. Likewise, said procedure must also contemplate the following points:

Process that merchandise that are subjects of conservation acts, exhibition, placement of commercial identification signs, packaging, examination, demonstration, and sampling must comply with.
Reports to the authority within the twenty-day period following the issuance of the credit letter, the surpluses or shortages of the merchandise manifested in the customs declaration with respect to those actually received.
Compliance with contributions and compensatory quotas incurred by the import and definitive export of the merchandise held in fiscal deposit and the obligation to pay them to the authority.
Process of communication with the authority and the client, in case of damage or loss of merchandise.

6.2 Customs verification. In order to verify the truthfulness of the information declared by the general warehouse before the competent authorities, there must be documented procedures so that the personnel designated by the warehouse periodically verifies that the registered customs declarations and the information from electronic credit letters coincide with what is declared in the SAAI Web, and, if applicable, report to the customs authority any discrepancy in said information. The general warehouse, likewise, must have a procedure for the filing of customs declarations for their adequate control.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the procedure established to verify that the information registered in the SAAI Web is checked and coincides with the information from the registered customs declarations, credit letters, and other documentation generated by the general warehouse.

7. Security of cargo vehicles, containers, train cars, trailers, and/or semi-trailers. The general warehouse must cooperate with users and competent authorities to maintain the security of transport means (cargo vehicles, vans, among others), containers, train cars, trailers, and semi-trailers that enter and leave its facilities, to protect them from the introduction of persons, illicit, prohibited, and/or unauthorized materials. For this reason, it is necessary to have documented procedures to verify the physical integrity of the structure of the transport means that enter and leave its facilities, as well as to review, seal, and maintain their integrity during the transfers or handovers of merchandise destined for the fiscal deposit regime.

7.1 Integrity of the load and use of seals in containers and trailers. The general warehouse must ensure that the cargo transport means owned and/or subcontracted by the warehouse to carry out transfers or handovers of merchandise destined for the fiscal deposit regime (which may be: maritime, air, national land, cross-border, railway, and/or multimodal, etc.), use seals and/or padlocks that comply with the international standard ISO 17712 in order to comply with the provisions of the customs authority and guarantee at all times the integrity of the load.

For this case, the general warehouse must have a documented procedure in which, in accordance with its risk analysis, it supervises the placement of seals and/or padlocks that comply with the international standard ISO 17712 in the cargo transport means owned and/or subcontracted for transfers or handovers of merchandise destined for the fiscal deposit regime. In it, it must evidence the controls that allow accrediting that it supervises the portability of seals and/or padlocks derived from entries and exits of the general warehouse. In all cases, it must use the VVTT inspection method to mitigate improper manipulations as follows: V - View the seal and lock mechanisms of the container (View). V - Verify the seal number (Verify). T - Pull the seal to ensure it is correctly placed (Tug). T - Twist and turn the seal to ensure (Twist and Turn).

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure to supervise the placement and review of high-security seals and/or padlocks in the cargo transport means owned and/or subcontracted to carry out transfers or handovers of merchandise destined for the fiscal deposit regime. According to its operation, said procedure must include among other aspects:

What type of seals and/or padlocks it uses and how it verifies that they comply with or exceed the ISO 17712 standard.
The use of the VVTT inspection method.
Description of the review and checking of the documentation containing the number of the original seal and/or padlock at the entry of the general warehouses.
Review of closing devices, hinges, and pins to ensure they are attached to the trailer or container and welded or riveted.
Who and how high-security padlocks and/or seals are safeguarded.
How it carries out the control and handling of high-security padlocks and/or seals (inventory).
How discrepancies in the numbers of high-security padlocks and/or seals are attended to.

7.2 Inspection of transport means, containers, train cars, trailers, and semi-trailers. There must be established procedures to verify the physical integrity of the structure of the transport means, containers, train cars, trailers, and/or semi-trailers that enter and leave the general warehouse, including the reliability of the locking mechanisms in them, with the purpose of identifying natural or hidden compartments, as the case may be.

The inspections of the transport means or cargo vehicles, containers, trailers, and semi-trailers (land or railway cargo) must be systematic and carried out at the entry and exit of the general warehouse and/or at the merchandise loading point. A record of these inspections must be kept and carried out in a place monitored by the CCTV system.

The documented procedure for its inspection must include, enumeratively but not limitatively, the following review points for road transport:

Transport Means

Bumpers, tires, and rims;
Doors and tool compartments;
Battery box and air filters;
Fuel tanks;
Cabin/dormitory interior;
Windshields, deflectors, and roof;
Chassis and fifth wheel area.

Trailers, train cars, semi-trailers, and containers

Front wall;
Left and right side;
Floor;
Interior and exterior roof;
Interior and exterior of doors;
Lower external section;
If applicable, the refrigeration system.

For transport means with a trailer or integrated cargo compartment, the points indicated in the trailers section must be added to the transport means points.

Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure to carry out the systematic inspection of transport means or cargo vehicles, containers, train cars, trailers, and/or semi-trailers during the entry and exit of the general warehouse and/or at the merchandise loading point. This must include, among other aspects according to its operation:

Persons responsible for carrying out the inspection.
Definition of the place(s) where the inspection takes place and indicate how it is monitored by the CCTV system.

The security review points for means of transport, trailers, semi-trailers, railway containers and/or multimodal transport in accordance with official provisions. Formats established for the inspection of means of transport or cargo vehicles, containers, train cars, trailers and/or semi-trailers. 7.3 Custody of vehicles, means of transport, containers, train cars, trailers and semi-trailers. In the event that the means of transport or cargo vehicles, containers, trailers and semi-trailers (for land or rail cargo) that will be used to transport goods destined for the fiscal deposit regime are empty and, if applicable, are stored in parking areas, they must be secured with a padlock and/or indicative seal, or in a secure area that is protected and/or monitored by the CCTV system. When it is necessary to store any container, trailer and/or semi-trailer loaded with goods destined for the fiscal deposit regime, it must be located in a secure area monitored by the CCTV system to prevent access or manipulation and closed with a high-security seal and/or padlock in accordance with ISO 17712 standard. Response: Explanatory notes: Indicate if the general warehouse of deposit stores containers, trailers and/or semi-trailers and how it maintains their integrity within its facilities. In case of using padlocks and/or seals for empty containers, trailers and semi-trailers, indicate what type you use. 8. Personnel security. The general warehouse of deposit must have documented procedures for the registration and evaluation of people who wish to obtain employment within the warehouse, establishing methods to carry out periodic verifications of current employees. Likewise, there must be continuous training programs for administrative and operational staff in which the warehouse's supply chain security policies, consequences and actions to be considered in case of any security breach or incident are disseminated. 8.1 Employment background verification. The general warehouse of deposit must have documented procedures to verify the information recorded in the curriculum vitae and application of candidates with a possibility of employment, in accordance with local legislation, either on their own or through an external company. Similarly, for positions that due to their sensitivity so require and affect the security of shipments with goods destined for the fiscal deposit regime, in accordance with their previously conducted risk analysis, stricter requirements for their hiring must be requested, which must be carried out periodically (at least once a year). All information regarding personnel must be kept in personal files, which must have restricted access. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for hiring personnel, and make sure to include the following: Requirements and documentation required. Tests and exams requested. Indicate the areas and/or critical positions that have been identified as risky according to your analysis and indicate the following:

Indicate what the additional requirements are for critical areas and/or job positions (criminal background letter, socioeconomic, clinical, toxicological (drug use, etc.) studies. Indicate the jobs or work areas in which they are required and with what frequency they are carried out. Indicate if, prior to hiring, the candidate must sign a confidentiality agreement or a similar document. In case of hiring a service agency for personnel hiring, indicate if it has documented procedures for personnel hiring and how it ensures compliance with them. Briefly explain what they consist of. The procedures for personnel hiring must include: Thorough checks of the work and personal backgrounds of new employees. Confidentiality and liability clauses in employee contracts. Specific requirements for critical positions. If applicable, the periodic update of the socioeconomic and physical/medical study of employees who work in critical and/or sensitive areas. 8.2 Procedure for personnel termination. There must be documented procedures for personnel termination, which must include the delivery of identification and any other item that has been provided to perform their functions (keys, uniforms, computer equipment, passwords, tools, etc.). Likewise, this procedure must include the termination in computer systems and access controls, among others that may exist. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for personnel termination, and make sure to include the following: How the delivery of identification, access controls and other equipment is carried out. Indicate if you have a record and/or format, in which the delivery of material and termination in computer systems is identified and secured. (If applicable, please attach). Point out if you keep records of personnel who ended their employment relationship with the general warehouse of deposit, so that in case it was for security reasons, their service providers and/or business associates are warned.

8.3 Personnel administration. The general warehouse of deposit must maintain an updated list of active employees, likewise, it must carry out and keep updated the records of affiliation to social security institutions and other legal labor records. In the event that the general warehouse of deposit has personnel hired by its business partners and works within the facilities, it must ensure that they meet the requirements established for the rest of its employees. Response: Explanatory notes: Indicate if the general warehouse of deposit has an updated system or database, both for personnel employed directly, as well as that hired through a service provider company. This personnel must be hired in accordance with the current labor laws and regulations. 9. Information and documentation security. There must be prevention measures to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of the information and documentation generated by the general warehouse of deposit systems, including those used for information exchange with other members of its supply chain. Likewise, there must be documented policies that include measures against their misuse. 9.1 Document classification and handling. There must be written procedures to classify documents according to their sensitivity and/or importance. Sensitive and important documentation must be stored in a secure area that only allows access to authorized personnel. The useful life of the documentation must be identified and procedures for its destruction must be established. The general warehouse of deposit must conduct reviews regularly to verify access to information and ensure that it is not used improperly. Response: Explanatory notes: Attach the documented procedure for the registration, control and storage of printed and electronic documentation (classification and filing of documents). Recommendation: The applicant's procedures may include: Control register for delivery, loan, among other documents. Restricted access to the archive area Storage and classification policies. An updated security plan that describes the measures in force regarding the protection of documents against unauthorized access, as well as against deliberate destruction or loss of the same.

9.2 Information technology security. In the case of automated systems, individual accounts that require periodic password changes must be used. There must be policies, procedures and IT standards established, which must be communicated to employees through training. There must be written procedures and infrastructure to protect the general warehouse of deposit against loss, theft, leakage, hacking and/or information kidnapping, as well as a system or software established to identify the abuse of information technology systems, detect inappropriate access and/or improper manipulation or alteration of commercial and business data, as well as a written procedure for the application of appropriate disciplinary measures to all offenders. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure for archiving your information and protecting it from possible losses. Make sure to include the following points: Indicate the frequency with which information backups are carried out. Who has access to them and who authorizes the recovery of information. Describe the procedure for the protection of your computer systems and how you ensure information security, make sure to indicate the following: Indicate if the systems are protected by passwords and how often they are modified. Point out if there are information security policies for their protection. Indicate the mechanisms or systems to detect abuse or intrusion of unauthorized persons to your systems. Indicate the corrective policies and/or sanctions in case of detection of any violation of information security policies. Point out if business partners have access to the general warehouse of deposit's computer systems. If so, indicate what programs and how they ensure access control to them. Indicate if the computer equipment has a backup power supply system that allows business continuity. The procedures regarding the backup of the general warehouse of deposit's information must include at least the following: a. How and for how long the data is stored. b. Business continuity plan in case of incident and how to recover the information.

c. Frequency and location of backup copies and archived information. d. If backup copies are stored in alternative sites to the facilities where the DPC (Data Processing Center) is located. e. Tests of the validity of data recovery from backup copies. The procedures regarding the protection of the general warehouse of deposit's information must include at least the following: a. An updated and documented policy for the protection of computer systems against unauthorized access and deliberate destruction or loss of information. b. Detail if you operate with multiple systems (headquarters/sites) and how these systems are controlled. c. Who is responsible for the protection of the computer system (responsibility should not be limited to one person but to several so that each can control the actions of the rest). d. How access authorizations and system access levels are granted. (Access to sensitive information should be limited to personnel authorized to make information modifications). e. Password format, frequency of changes and who provides those passwords. f. Name of the firewall and anti-virus used (include licensing related). g. Deletion, maintenance or update of user details. h. Measures planned to deal with incidents in case the system is compromised. 10. Security training and awareness. There must be an awareness program designed and updated by the general warehouse of deposit staff to recognize and create awareness about threats in their logistics processes, prevention of operations with illicit proceeds and terrorism financing, as well as training regarding smuggling, theft of goods, relevant, unusual, concerning internal operations, money laundering, shipment contamination, theft, leakage, hacking and/or information kidnapping, etc. Administrative and operational employees must know the established procedures of the general warehouse of deposit to identify a risk situation and know how to report it. Additional training must be provided to employees who by their functions are in direct contact with computer systems, goods and/or means of transport, as well as to employees who are in critical and/or sensitive areas determined under their risk analysis.

10.1 Training and awareness on threats. The general warehouse of deposit must have a training and awareness program on supply chain security policies directed to all its employees (operational and administrative) and, additionally, make informational material available regarding the procedures established in the company to consider a situation that threatens its security and know how to report it. Likewise, specific training must be offered according to their functions to help employees maintain the integrity of goods destined for the fiscal deposit regime during their receipt, handling, storage, guard, custody and exit from the warehouse, carry out the review of means of transport, containers, train cars, trailers and/or semi-trailers, receipt and review of courier and parcel services, dissemination of policies, procedures and IT standards (theft, leakage, hacking and/or information kidnapping), prevention of operations with illicit proceeds and terrorism financing, as well as training regarding smuggling, theft of goods, relevant, unusual, concerning internal operations, money laundering, shipment contamination, recognizing internal conspiracies and protecting access controls. In addition to security training programs, an awareness program on alcohol and drug consumption must be included. These topics must be established as part of new employee induction and periodically maintain update programs. Training programs must encourage active employee participation in security controls and mechanisms, as well as keep records of all training efforts provided by the general warehouse of deposit and the list of those who participated in them (videos, photographs, minutes, attendance lists, intranet or other system, didactic material, PowerPoint presentations, brochures, etc.). Response: Explanatory notes: You must have a training program on security and prevention of security incidents in the supply chain for all employees working for the general warehouse of deposit (administrative, operational, direct and indirect). Briefly explain what the training program consists of, and make sure to include the following: Brief description of the topics taught in the program. When they are taught (induction, specific periods, derived from audits, security incidents, etc.). Frequency of training, as well as updates and reinforcement. Indicate how participation in supply chain security training is documented (videos, photographs, minutes, attendance lists, intranet or other system, didactic material, PowerPoint presentations, brochures, etc.). Explain how employee participation in supply chain security issues is encouraged.

10.2 Awareness for means of transport operators. The general warehouse of deposit must make known to the operators of the means of transport used for the transfer and transshipment of goods destined for the fiscal deposit regime, the security policies regarding loading and unloading procedures, security incident management, replacement of seals and/or padlocks in case of inspection by other authorities, among others, that are implemented. Regarding the transport service provided by its business partner, it must ensure that the operators and/or drivers who transport the goods know all the security policies and procedures established by the general warehouse of deposit. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the dissemination program on supply chain security focused on means of transport operators and make sure to include the following: Indicate how this dissemination is carried out. Point out the topics covered. In case of using the services of a business partner for the transfer and transshipment of your goods, indicate how the operators are informed about the security policies and procedures of the general warehouse of deposit. Indicate how participation in supply chain security training of means of transport operators is documented (videos, attendance lists, brochures, etc.). Recommendation: The topics that may include, by way of example but not limitation, are:

Access and security policies at the facilities.
Delivery and receipt of goods.
Confidentiality of cargo information.
Transfer and transshipment instructions.
Accident and emergency reports.
Instructions for placing padlocks and/or seals in case of inspection by other authorities.
Installation and testing of security alarms and unit tracking, when applicable.
Identification of authorized formats and documents to be used.
Handling and investigation of incidents. There must be documented procedures to report and investigate security incidents in the supply chain, implement the corresponding actions to prevent their recurrence, as well as notify security personnel and/or other competent authorities. The investigation and analysis of incidents must be documented (physical and/or electronic file).

11.1 Report of anomalies and/or suspicious activities. In case of detection of anomalies and/or suspicious activities related to supply chain security and in accordance with your logistics processes, they must be reported to security personnel and/or other competent authorities, keeping a record of said anomalies and/or suspicious activities. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the procedure to report anomalies and/or suspicious activities, and make sure to include the following: Who is responsible for reporting incidents. Detail how you determine and identify with which authority to communicate in different scenarios or presumption of suspicious activities. Point out the type of record for the report of anomalies and/or suspicious activities and briefly describe what it consists of. 11.2 Investigation and analysis. The general warehouse of deposit must have written procedures for the analysis and investigation of security incidents in the supply chain and be able to determine their cause, as well as corrective actions to prevent them from happening again. The information derived from this investigation must be documented, integrated into a file (physical and/or electronic) and available at all times for authorities that so require. This information and documentation generated must be included in a file for the purpose of allowing to identify each of the processes through which said operation went through until the point where the security incident was detected, allowing to recognize what was the vulnerability of the supply chain. Response: Explanatory notes: Describe the documented procedure to start an investigation in case any incident occurs, and make sure to include the following: Responsible for carrying out the investigation. Documentation that integrates the file of the foreign trade operation. The documents to be included in the file derived from the investigation of the security incident must be: Goods information. Information of the transport company and the operator and/or driver, entry and exit records to the general warehouse of deposit. Inspection formats of the means of transport, container, train car, trailer and/or semi-trailer. Records of delivery and receipt of goods destined for the fiscal deposit regime. CCTV system video recordings. Documentation generated for the transport company. Documentation generated by and for clients, suppliers, business partners and customs authorities.

396 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 E12. Unified Format of Guarantees in VAT and IEPS matters. For filling out the format consult the attached instruction. Type of Guarantee Mark with an X in the applicable box. Surety Bond Letter of Credit Mark with an X in the applicable box. Revolving Guarantee Individual Guarantee ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT Type of Request. Mark with an X in the applicable box. Acceptance (Requirements contained in items 1 to 6 and 12) Renewal (when it is a surety bond policy) (Requirements contained in items 1, 2, 6, 7 and 12) Extension of validity (when it is a letter of credit) (Requirements contained in items 1, 2, 6, 8 and 12) Increase in guaranteed amount (Requirements contained in items 1, 2, 6, 9 and 12) Cancellation (Requirements contained in items 1, 2 and 10) Type of Notice (Notices that refer to rules 7.4.8. and 7.4.9., related to the guarantee scheme in VAT and IEPS matters). Mark with an X the type(s) of notice in question: Notice of change of name or corporate name. (Requirements contained in items 1, 2, 11 and 12) Notice of merger of companies that have acceptance of guarantees in VAT and IEPS matters and one of them subsists. (Requirements contained in items 1, 2, 11 and 12) Notice of merger or split of companies that have acceptance of guarantees in VAT and IEPS matters, and a new society results. (Requirements contained in items 1, 2, 11 and 12) Provide the number(s) and date(s) of the office(s) with which the acceptance of the guarantee(s) in VAT and IEPS matters was granted.

TAXPAYER DATA. 1.1 Name and/or corporate name. Name and/or Corporate Name: RFC: For filling out points 1.2 and 1.3 you must consult the keys established in Annex 1 of the instruction. 1.2 Predominant Activity. 1.3 Productive Sector or Service Sector. Concept.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 397

1.4 Tax Address. Street Number and/or exterior letter Interior Number and/or letter Neighborhood Postal Code (5 digits) Delegation/Municipality Federal Entity Phone (Area Code) Email

1.5 Address for hearing and receiving notifications. Street Number and/or exterior letter Interior Number and/or letter Neighborhood Postal Code (5 digits) Delegation/Municipality Federal Entity Phone (Area Code) Email

DATA OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE TAXPAYER. 2.1 Name. Paternal Surname Maternal Surname First Name(s) RFC: including the homoclave Phone (Area Code) Email

2.2 Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal Surname Maternal Surname First Name(s) RFC including the homoclave: Phone (Area Code) Email

DOCUMENTS THAT ACCREDIT THE TAXPAYER'S DATA. 3.1 Taxpayer's articles of incorporation. Number of the notarial instrument or commercial policy Date: dd/mm/yyyy Name and number of the Notary Public or Public Broker Federal Entity

3.2 Document with which the personality of the legal representative of the taxpayer who signs this application to perform acts of administration and/or ownership on behalf of the taxpayer is accredited. Mark with an X in the box, in case it is stated in the articles of incorporation. Stated in the articles of incorporation. In case it is not stated in the articles of incorporation, indicate the following data: Number of the notarial instrument or commercial policy Date: dd/mm/yyyy

398 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Name and number of the Notary Public or Public Broker Federal Entity

CUSTOMS REGIME. 4.1 Customs regime. Mark with an X in the box(es) that apply. Temporary import for manufacturing, transformation, or repair in maquila or export programs (IMMEX). Fiscal deposit to undergo the assembly and manufacturing process of vehicles for companies in the terminal automotive industry. Manufacturing, transformation, or repair in a supervised precinct. Strategic supervised precinct.

4.2 Indicate your IMMEX Program number and modality. IMMEX Program Number IMMEX Program Modality

GUARANTEE. 5.1 Surety bond. Indicate the following data: Surety bond folio number Date of issuance: dd/mm/yyyy Name of the Surety Institution issuing the document RFC of the Surety Institution: Validity period of the surety bond: From To dd/mm/yyyy dd/mm/yyyy $ . Total amount in national currency that covers the surety bond (with number, include cents and without commas).

5.1.1 Attach surety bond formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution, as well as its printed representation (see 12.1.1 item 4), or 5.1.2 Attach original of the surety bond formulated in printed document (official stationery of the Surety Institution, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions) See 12.1.1., section 4.

5.2 Letter of credit. Indicate the following data: Letter of credit folio number Date of issuance: dd/mm/yyyy Name of the Credit Institution issuing the document RFC of the Credit Institution: Validity period of the letter of credit: From To dd/mm/yyyy dd/mm/yyyy $ . Total amount in national currency that covers the letter of credit (with number, include cents and without commas).

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 399

5.2.1 Attach original of the letter of credit formulated in printed document (letterhead of the Credit Institution issuing the document) See 12.1.1 item 5.

DECLARATIONS. 6.1 General requirements for the acceptance of guarantees. Mark with an X in the box that applies.

6.1.1. Indicate if at the time of submitting your application you are up to date in the fulfillment of your tax and customs obligations. YES NO

6.1.2. Indicate if you authorized the SAT to make your positive opinion on the fulfillment of tax obligations public. YES NO

6.1.3. Indicate if at the time of submitting your application you are on the list of companies published by the SAT under article 69 of the CFF, with the exception of what is provided in fractions II and VI of said article. YES NO Likewise indicate if at the time of submitting your application you are on the list of companies published by the SAT under article 69-B, fourth paragraph of the CFF. YES NO

6.1.4. Indicate if at the time of submitting your application your digital seal certificates are valid. YES NO In the affirmative, indicate if any of the circumstances provided for in article 17-H Bis of the CFF were infringed during the last twelve months. YES NO

6.1.5. Indicate if at the time of submitting your application you have updated your contact means for tax mailbox purposes. YES NO

6.1.6. Indicate if at the time of submitting your application you keep accounting records in electronic media in accordance with article 28, fraction III, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.5. of the RMF. YES NO

6.1.7. Indicate if you submit your accounting information monthly through the SAT Portal, in accordance with article 28, fraction IV, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.6. of the RMF. YES NO

RENEWAL. 7.1 In addition to what is established in items 1, 2, and 6 of this form, the taxpayer who carries out a renewal of the validity period of the surety bond must indicate the following: Unique Guarantee Folio Surety bond number and/or folio Name of the Surety Institution Original or initial validity period: From To dd/mm/yyyy dd/mm/yyyy

400 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Period for which the renewal is requested: From To dd/mm/yyyy dd/mm/yyyy

7.1.1 Attach renewal modifying endorsement, formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution, as well as its printed representation (see 11.1.2 item 1), or 7.1.2 Attach original of the renewal modifying endorsement, formulated in printed document (official stationery of the Surety Institution, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions), (See 11.1.2., item 1).

7.1.3. Sworn statement that the circumstances under which the fiscal interest guarantee was accepted have not changed and I continue to comply with the requirements provided in rules 7.4.2. and 7.4.3. YES NO

EXTENSION OF VALIDITY. 8.1 In addition to what is established in items 1, 2, and 6 of this form, the taxpayer who carries out an extension of validity of the letter of credit must indicate the following: Unique Guarantee Folio Letter of credit number and/or folio Name of the Credit Institution Original or initial validity period: From To dd/mm/yyyy dd/mm/yyyy

Period for which the extension of validity is requested: From To dd/mm/yyyy dd/mm/yyyy

8.1.1. Attach validity extension modifying document (Formulated on the letterhead of the requesting company), (See 12.1.3 item 1).

8.1.2. Sworn statement that the circumstances under which the fiscal interest guarantee was accepted have not changed and I continue to comply with the requirements provided in rules 7.4.2. and 7.4.3. YES NO

INCREASE OF GUARANTEED AMOUNT. 9.1 In addition to what is established in items 1, 2, and 6 of this form, the taxpayer who carries out an increase of the guaranteed amount must comply with the following:

9.1.1 Indicate the following data: Unique Guarantee Folio Surety bond or letter of credit number and/or folio Name of the Surety Institution or Credit Institution issuing the document

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 401

$ . Initial or original amount in national currency that covers the surety bond or letter of credit (with number, include cents and without commas). $ . Modified amount in national currency that covers the surety bond or letter of credit (with number, include cents and without commas).

9.1.2 Attach increase modifying endorsement, formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution, as well as its printed representation (see 12.1.4 item 1), or 9.1.3 Attach original of the increase modifying endorsement, formulated in printed document (official stationery of the Surety Institution, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions), (See 12.1.4 item 1), or 9.1.4 Attach original of the modification to the letter of credit formulated in printed document (letterhead of the Credit Institution issuing the document), (see 12.1.4 item 1).

CANCELLATION. 10.1 In addition to what is established in items 1 and 2 of this form, the taxpayer who carries out a cancellation of the guarantee must comply with the following: Mark with an X in the box, the reason for which the cancellation of the guarantee is requested. By substitution of guarantee (must fill out section 5) . By payment of the guaranteed contribution. By expiration of the guarantee's validity. Others. Specify:

10.1.1 Indicate the following data: Unique Guarantee Folio. Surety bond or letter of credit number and/or folio for which the cancellation is requested. Name of the Surety Institution or Credit Institution.

NOTICES. 11.1 Change of name or corporate name. In case changes have been made to the name or corporate name: Indicate the folio number of the acknowledgment of updates of fiscal status of the change in the name or corporate name:

11.1.1 Attach corresponding modifying document. See 12.1.5 item 1.

11.2 Notice of merger of companies that have acceptance of guarantees in IVA and IEPS matters and one of them subsists. Date on which the merger takes effect. R.F.C. Name or Corporate Name of the merged society(ies): Name or Corporate Name of the merging society(ies). Indicate the folio number of the acknowledgment of updates of fiscal status of the merger:

402 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

11.2.1 Attach corresponding modifying document. See 12.1.5 item 2.

11.3 Notice of merger or spin-off of companies that have acceptance of guarantees in IVA and IEPS matters, and a new society results. Date on which the merger or spin-off takes effect: R.F.C. Name or Corporate Name of the merged or spun-off society(ies): Name or Corporate Name of the merging or spin-off society(ies). Indicate the folio number of the acknowledgment of updates of fiscal status of the merger or spin-off.

11.3.1 Attach corresponding modifying document. See 12.1.5 item 3.

DOCUMENTS THAT MUST BE ATTACHED TO THIS APPLICATION. 12.1 Mark with an X in the box, the documentation presented. Present the following documentation as applicable:

12.1.1 Acceptance.

Simple copy of the taxpayer's articles of incorporation and original for verification.
Simple copy of the notarial instrument or commercial policy that accredits the personality of the legal representative of the taxpayer and original for verification.
Attach copy of official identification and original for verification of the legal representative of the taxpayer.
Surety bond (indicate only one of the two options): 4.1. Surety bond formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution and its printed representation, or 4.2. Original surety bond (official stationery of the Surety Institutions, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions).
Original letter of credit.
Compact disc (CD) containing the digitalized documents attached to this application. (12.1.1 items 1 to 5).

12.1.2 Renewal.

In case of renewal, attach modifying document of renewal of the validity period of the surety bond (indicate only one of the two options). 1.1. Surety bond formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution and its printed representation. 1.2. Original surety bond (official stationery of the Surety Institutions, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions).

12.1.3 Extension of validity.

In case of extension, attach letter on the letterhead of the requesting company, stating that it does not attach a modifying document of extension of the validity of the letter of credit (Issued on the letterhead of the credit institution issuing the document), since it states that: The validity of this Letter of Credit will be extended automatically for additional periods of one year from the expiration date unless the Issuing Bank gives written notice to the Central Administration of Certification and International Affairs of Foreign Trade Audit, with at least sixty business days in advance of the corresponding expiration date, of its decision not to extend the validity for an additional period).

12.1.4 Increase of guaranteed amount.

In case of increase of the guaranteed amount, attach corresponding modifying document (indicate only one of the three options). 1.1. Surety bond formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution and its printed representation. 1.2. Original surety bond (official stationery of the Surety Institutions, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions). 1.3. Attach original of the modification to the letter of credit formulated in printed document (letterhead of the Credit Institution issuing the document).

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 403

12.1.5 Notices.

Change of name or corporate name. 1.1 Simple copy of the notarial instrument stating the change in the name or corporate name and original for verification. 1.2 Simple copy of the notarial instrument or commercial policy that accredits the personality of the legal representative of the taxpayer and original for verification. 1.3 Attach copy of official identification and original for verification of the legal representative of the taxpayer. 1.4 In case of change of name or corporate name, attach corresponding modifying document (indicate only one of the three options): 1.4.1 Surety bond formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution and its printed representation. 1.4.2 Original surety bond (official stationery of the Surety Institutions, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions). 1.4.3 Original of the modification to the letter of credit formulated in printed document (letterhead of the Credit Institution issuing the document).
Merger of companies that have acceptance of guarantees in IVA and IEPS matters and one of them subsists. 2.1 Simple copy of the notarial document duly protocolized stating the merger and original for verification. 2.2 Simple copy of the notarial instrument or commercial policy that accredits the personality of the legal representative of the taxpayer and original for verification. 2.3 Attach copy of official identification and original for verification of the legal representative of the taxpayer. 2.4 In case of merger of companies that have acceptance of guarantees in IVA and IEPS matters and one of them subsists, attach corresponding modifying document (indicate only one of the three options): 4.1 Surety bond formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution and its printed representation. 4.2 Original surety bond (official stationery of the Surety Institutions, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions). 4.3 Original of the modification to the letter of credit formulated in printed document (letterhead of the Credit Institution issuing the document).
Merger or spin-off of companies that have acceptance of guarantees in IVA and IEPS matters, and a new society results. 3.1 Simple copy of the notarial document duly protocolized stating the merger or spin-off and original for verification. 3.2 Simple copy of the notarial instrument or commercial policy that accredits the personality of the legal representative of the taxpayer and original for verification. 3.3 Attach copy of official identification and original for verification of the legal representative of the taxpayer. 3.4 In case of merger or spin-off of companies that have acceptance of guarantees in IVA and IEPS matters, and a new society results, attach corresponding modifying document (indicate only one of the three options): 3.4.1 Surety bond formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution and its printed representation. 3.4.2 Original surety bond (official stationery of the Surety Institutions, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions). 3.4.3 Original of the modification to the letter of credit formulated in printed document (letterhead of the Credit Institution issuing the document).

404 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

INSTRUCTIONS Transmit this application through the Digital Counter on the website www.ventanillaunica.gob.mx. Note: The original letter of credit (issued on the letterhead of the Authorized Credit Institution) must be presented via free-form letter at the AGACE.

Attach a simple copy of your free-form letter to record your receipt acknowledgment. You can also send the free-form letter and the letter of credit via SEPOMEX or using courier services (For which you must attach, Taxpayer's articles of incorporation, Notarial instrument or commercial policy accrediting the personality of the legal representative of the taxpayer, when not stated in the articles of incorporation, both in original or certified copy, as well as certified copy of the official identification of the company's legal representative).

This form will be filled out by machine or with block capital letters, with a black ink ballpoint pen and the figures should not invade the limits of the boxes.
This form will not be valid if it presents alterations, strikethroughs, scrapings, or erasures.

TYPE OF GUARANTEE. You must mark with an X in the box, if the taxpayer opts to guarantee IVA and IEPS for the temporary import of goods through a surety bond or letter of credit as applicable. You must mark with an X in the box as applicable, if it is a revolving guarantee or individual guarantee. In the case of fixed asset goods, the fiscal interest will be guaranteed through an individual guarantee according to what is established in rule 7.4.7.

TYPE OF APPLICATION. You must mark with an X in the box as applicable, the type of application you present: Acceptance: When the taxpayer requests from the tax authority the acceptance of the probative documents that guarantee the payment of the fiscal interest of their temporary imports. Must comply with the filling of requirements 1 to 6 and 12.1.1. Renewal: In the case of a surety bond, when the taxpayer notifies the tax authority of the renewal of the validity period. Must comply with the filling of requirements 1, 2, 6, 7 and 12.1.2. Extension of validity: In the case of a letter of credit, when the taxpayer notifies the tax authority of the extension of the validity period. Must comply with the filling of requirements 1, 2, 6, 8 and 12.1.3. Increase of guaranteed amount: When the taxpayer notifies the tax authority of the increase in the amount of the guarantee. Must comply with the filling of requirements 1, 2, 6, 9 and 12.1.4. Cancellation: When the taxpayer requests the cancellation of the guarantee as established in article 89 of the CFF Regulations. Must comply with the filling of requirements 1, 2 and 10.

TAXPAYER DATA. 1.1 Name and/or corporate name. The taxpayer must indicate the name and/or corporate name according to how it is constituted and the RFC.

1.2 Predominant activity. The taxpayer must indicate the predominant economic activity declared to the RFC.

1.2 Predominant Activity.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 405

1.3 Productive Sector or Service Sector. You must indicate the productive or service sector to which you belong according to Annex 1. Example: You must indicate the sector to which you belong as applicable, A if you belong to the productive sector and B if you belong to the service sector.

1.3 Productive Sector or Service Sector. A. Productive Sector You must indicate the number corresponding to the concept of the activity to which you belong. Concept. 15 According to the example, the taxpayer would belong to the Productive Sector (A), in the Textile Industry (15).

Annex 1. A. Productive Sector B. Service Sector

Terminal Automotive.
Auto parts.
Beverages and tobacco.
Manufacturing of office supplies.
Manufacturing of railway equipment.
Manufacturing of toys, recreational games and sports articles.
Manufacturing of machinery and equipment.
Manufacturing of machinery and equipment for agricultural and livestock activities, for the construction industry or the food industry.
Manufacturing of furniture and related products.
Manufacturing of products based on non-metallic minerals.
Manufacturing of products derived from petroleum and coal.
Food industry.
Wood industry.
Mining and metallurgical industry.
Textile and clothing industry.
Footwear industry.
Paper and cardboard industry.
Plastic and rubber industry.
Pharmaceutical industry.
Medical industry.
Metal-mechanical industry.
Chemical industry.
Aerospace sector.
Electrical sector.
Electronic sector.
Steel mills.
Supply, storage or distribution of goods.
Armoring, modification or adaptation of motor vehicles.
Embroidery or printing of garments.
Classification, inspection, testing or verification of goods.
Product design or engineering.
Software design or engineering.
Integration of games (kits) or material for promotional purposes and that are accompanied in the products being exported.
Laundry or ironing of garments.
Operations that do not materially alter the characteristics of the goods (which includes packaging, sanding, gluing, polishing, painting or waxing, among others).
Recycling or collection of waste.
Repair, re-working or maintenance of goods.
Outsourcing service of business processes based on information technologies.
Services supported with information technology.

406 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

1.4 Taxpayer's tax domicile. You must indicate the tax domicile declared before the RFC or, if applicable, the one declared through the last notice of change of fiscal situation.

1.5 Domicile for hearing and receiving notifications. You must indicate the domicile for hearing and receiving notifications.

DATA OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE TAXPAYER. 2.1 Name. You must indicate the data of the legal representative or legal attorney with general power of attorney for acts of administration and/or ownership, of the applicant company that carries out the procedure.

2.2 Persons authorized to hear and receive notifications. You must indicate the information of the person authorized to hear and receive notifications, if required.

DOCUMENTS THAT ACCREDIT THE TAXPAYER'S DATA. 3.1 Constitutive deed of the taxpayer. You must attach a simple copy and original or certified copy for comparison of the constitutive deed containing the number of the notarial instrument or commercial policy, with which the taxpayer was constituted, date, name and number of the Notary or Public Broker and the Federal Entity where said deed was carried out.

3.2 Document with which the personality of the legal representative of the taxpayer who signs this application to perform acts of administration and/or ownership on behalf of the taxpayer is accredited. You must mark with an X in the box, if the personality of the person signing with general power of attorney for acts of administration and/or ownership on behalf of the taxpayer is stated in the constitutive deed. In the contrary case, you must indicate the number of the notarial instrument or commercial policy, date, name and number of the Notary or Public Broker and Federal Entity. You must attach a simple copy of the notarial power or commercial policy and original or certified copy for comparison.

CUSTOMS REGIME. 4.1 Customs regime. You must mark with an X in the box(es) the customs regime in which you introduce imported goods, in accordance with what is established in articles 28, 28-A, 15 and 15-A of the VAT Law and the IEPS Law.

4.2 Indicate your IMMEX Program number and the modality. You must indicate your IMMEX Program number and the modality under which you are authorized (corporate controller, industrial, services, shelter or outsourcing). In the case of companies operating under the customs regime of fiscal deposit to undergo the vehicle assembly and manufacturing process; of elaboration, transformation or repair in a supervised facility, or of strategic supervised facility, you must attach and indicate the number of your current authorization letter.

GUARANTEE. 5.1 Surety bond. Indicate the following data: You must indicate the policy folio number, date of issuance, Authorized Surety Institution that issues the document, RFC, validity period of the surety bond from the moment its validity enters into force until the end of the validity date (respect the format in the indicated order dd/mm/yyyy) and the total amount of the surety bond (with number, include cents and without commas).

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 407

5.1.1 Attach the surety bond formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution, as well as its printed representation. 5.1.2 Attach original of the surety bond formulated in printed document (official stationery of the Surety Institution, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions).

5.2 Letter of Credit. Indicate the following data: You must indicate the letter of credit folio number, date of issuance, Authorized Credit Institution that issues the document, RFC, validity period of the letter of credit from the moment its validity enters into force until the end of the validity date (respect the format in the indicated order dd/mm/yyyy) and the total amount of the letter of credit (with number, include cents and without commas).

5.2.1 Attach original of the letter of credit formulated in printed document (letterhead of the Credit Institution that issues the document).

MANIFESTATIONS. 6.1 General requirements for the acceptance of guarantees (you must mark with an X all and each of the boxes as applicable). 6.1.1 Indicate if you are up to date in the fulfillment of your tax and customs obligations. You must answer as applicable. 6.1.2 Indicate if you authorized the SAT to make public your positive opinion on the fulfillment of tax obligations. You must answer as applicable. 6.1.3 Indicate if the applicant is not currently on the list of companies published by the SAT, in terms of articles 69 with the exception of what is provided in fractions II and VI and 69-B, fourth paragraph of the CFF. You must answer as applicable. 6.1.4 Indicate if your digital seal certificates are valid and it has not been proven that any of the circumstances provided for in article 17-H Bis of the CFF was infringed, during the last twelve months. You must answer as applicable. 6.1.5 Indicate if you have updated your contact means for purposes of the tax mailbox. You must answer as applicable. 6.1.6 Indicate if at the time of submitting your application you keep accounting in electronic media in accordance with article 28, fraction III, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.5. of the RMF. You must answer as applicable. 6.1.7 Indicate if you submit your accounting information monthly through the SAT Portal, in accordance with article 28, fraction IV, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.6. of the RMF. You must answer as applicable.
RENEWAL. 7.1 In addition to what is established in numerals 1, 2 and 6 of this form, the taxpayer who carries out a renewal of the validity period of the surety bond must indicate the following: You must indicate as applicable the last unique guarantee folio (contained within the acceptance letter of the guarantee offered), the number and/or folio of the surety bond, name of the Surety Institution, original or initial validity period from the moment its validity entered into force until the end of the validity date (respect the format in the indicated order dd/mm/yyyy) and the period for which the renewal is requested from the moment its validity will enter into force until the end of the validity date (respect the format in the indicated order dd/mm/yyyy).

408 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

7.1.1 Attach modification endorsement for renewal, formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution, as well as its printed representation. 7.1.2 Attach modification endorsement for renewal, formulated in printed document (official stationery of the Surety Institution, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions). 7.1.3. Sworn statement that the circumstances under which the guarantee of fiscal interest was accepted have not changed and I continue to comply with the requirements provided for in rules 7.4.2. and 7.4.3. You must answer as applicable.

EXTENSION OF VALIDITY. 8.1 In addition to what is established in numerals 1, 2 and 6 of this form, the taxpayer who carries out an extension of the validity period of the letter of credit must indicate the following: You must indicate as applicable the last unique folio of the guarantee (contained within the acceptance letter of the guarantee offered), the number and/or folio of the letter of credit, name of the Credit Institution, original or initial validity period from the moment its validity entered into force until the end of the validity date (respect the format in the indicated order dd/mm/yyyy) and the period for which the extension is requested from the moment its validity will enter into force until the end of the validity date (respect the format in the indicated order dd/mm/yyyy).

8.1.1 Attach document modifying the extension of validity (Issued on letterhead of the applicant company). 8.1.2. Sworn statement that the circumstances under which the guarantee of fiscal interest was accepted have not changed and I continue to comply with the requirements provided for in rules 7.4.2. and 7.4.3. You must answer as applicable.

INCREASE OF GUARANTEED AMOUNT. 9.1 In addition to what is established in numerals 1, 2 and 6 of this form, the taxpayer who carries out an increase in the guaranteed amount must comply with the following: 9.1.1 Indicate the following data: You must indicate as applicable the last unique folio of the guarantee (contained within the acceptance letter of the guarantee offered), the number and/or folio of the surety bond or letter of credit, name of the Surety Institution or Credit Institution, initial or original amount in national currency, with number, cents and without commas that covers the surety bond or letter of credit; as well as the increase amount in national currency, with number, cents and without commas.

9.1.2 Attach document modifying the increase of the guaranteed amount. The modification endorsement for increase, formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution, as well as its printed representation, must be attached.

9.1.3 Attach original of the modification document for increase, formulated in printed document (official stationery of the Surety Institution). 9.1.4 Attach original of the modification to the letter of credit formulated in printed document (letterhead of the Credit Institution that issues the document). The original of the modification to the letter of credit formulated in printed document (letterhead of the Credit Institution that issues the document) must be attached.

CANCELLATION. 10.1 In addition to what is established in numerals 1 and 2 of this form, the taxpayer who carries out a cancellation of the guarantee must comply with the following: You must mark with an X in the box as applicable, the reason for which the cancellation of the guarantee is requested.

10.1.1 Indicate the following data: You must indicate the last unique folio of the guarantee (contained within the acceptance letter of the surety bond or letter of credit to be cancelled), the number and/or folio of the surety bond or letter of credit for which the cancellation is requested and the name of the Surety Institution or Credit Institution.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 409

NOTICES. 11.1 Change of denomination or corporate name. In case changes have been made to the denomination or corporate name. Indicate the folio number of the acknowledgment of updates of fiscal situation change in the denomination or corporate name. You must attach in original or certified copy the notarial instrument where the change in the denomination or corporate name is stated.

11.2 Merger of companies that have acceptance of guarantees in VAT and IEPS matters and one of them subsists. The table must be filled out according to the data requested, indicating the folio number of the acknowledgment of updates of fiscal situation of the merger or spin-off. You must attach in original or certified copy the notarial document duly protocolized where the merger is stated.

11.3 Merger or spin-off of companies that have acceptance of guarantees in VAT and IEPS matters, and a new society results. The table must be filled out according to the data requested, indicating the folio number of the acknowledgment of updates of fiscal situation of the merger. You must attach in original or certified copy the notarial document duly protocolized where the merger is stated.

DOCUMENTS THAT MUST BE ATTACHED TO THIS APPLICATION. 12.1 Mark with an X in the box, the documentation you present. Present the following documentation as applicable:

12.1.1 Acceptance. When the taxpayer requests the tax authority to accept the guarantee of fiscal interest referred to in rule 7.4.1., you must mark with an X as applicable, as well as attach the documentation you present:

Constitutive deed of the taxpayer (simple copy and original or certified copy for comparison).
Notarial instrument or commercial policy that accredits the personality of the legal representative of the taxpayer (simple copy and original or certified copy for comparison).
Attach copy of official identification and original or certified copy for comparison of the legal representative of the taxpayer in accordance with fraction I, first paragraph of this Annex.
Surety bond formulated by Surety Institutions, issued in favor of TESOFE (indicate the tax domicile) containing: date of issuance, legible and unaltered folio number, data of the Surety Institution (denomination and/or corporate name, RFC and domicile), data of the taxpayer (denomination and/or corporate name, RFC and tax domicile), indicate with number and letter the total amount for which it is issued in legal tender, both data must coincide, if applicable cite if it is revolving or individual, the validity period. You must indicate 4.1., when it is an electronic surety bond (XML file), or 4.2., when it is a surety bond on official stationery: 4.1. Surety bond formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution and its printed representation. 4.2. Original surety bond (official stationery of the Surety Institutions, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions).
Letter of credit issued on letterhead of the Credit Institution issued in favor of TESOFE containing: date of issuance, legible and unaltered folio number, data of the Credit Institution (denomination and/or corporate name, RFC and tax domicile), data of the taxpayer (denomination and/or corporate name, RFC and tax domicile), indicate with number and letter the total amount for which it is issued in legal tender, both data must coincide, validity period and contain autograph signature of the officials who issue it.
Compact disc (CD) containing the digitized documents attached to this application. (12.1.1 items from 1 to 5).

410 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

12.1.2 Renewal. When the taxpayer notifies the tax authority of the renewal of the validity period of the guarantee, you must mark with an X in the corresponding box, as well as attach the documentation you present:

In case of renewal, attach modification document for renewal of the validity period of the surety bond. You must indicate 1.1., when it is an electronic surety bond (XML file), or 1.2., when it is a surety bond on official stationery: 1.1. Surety bond formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution and its printed representation. 1.2. Original surety bond (official stationery of the Surety Institutions, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions).

12.1.3 Extension of validity. When the taxpayer notifies the tax authority of the extension of the validity period of the letter of credit, you must mark with an X in the corresponding box, as well as attach the documentation you present:

In case of extension, attach letter on letterhead of the applicant company, stating that it does not attach modification document for extension of the validity of the letter of credit (Issued on letterhead of the credit institution that issues the document), since it states: The validity of this Letter of Credit will be extended automatically for additional periods of one year from the expiration date unless the Issuing Bank gives written notice to the Central Administration of Certification and International Affairs of Foreign Trade Audit, with at least sixty business days in advance of the corresponding expiration date, of its decision not to extend the validity for an additional period).

12.1.4 Increase of guaranteed amount. When the taxpayer notifies the tax authority of the increase in the amount of the guarantee, you must mark with an X the corresponding box, as well as attach the documentation you present:

In case of increase of the guaranteed amount, attach corresponding modification document. You must indicate 1.1., when it is an electronic surety bond (XML file); or 1.2., when it is a surety bond on official stationery, or 1.3., when it is a letter of credit: 1.1. Surety bond formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution and its printed representation. 1.2. Original surety bond (official stationery of the Surety Institutions, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions). 1.3. Attach modification document for increase of the guaranteed amount of the letter of credit. (formulated in printed document, that is, letterhead of the Credit Institution that issues the document).

12.1.5 Notices. When the taxpayer notifies the tax authority of the Change of denomination or corporate name, you must mark with an X the corresponding box, as well as attach the documentation indicated:

Notarial instrument where the change in the denomination or corporate name is stated (Simple copy and original or certified copy for comparison).
Notarial instrument or commercial policy that accredits the personality of the legal representative of the taxpayer (Simple copy and original or certified copy for comparison).
Attach copy of official identification and original or certified copy for comparison of the legal representative of the taxpayer.
In case of change of denomination or corporate name, attach corresponding modification document (indicate only one of the three options). You must indicate 4.1., when it is an electronic surety bond (XML file); or 4.2., when it is a surety bond on official stationery, or 4.3., when it is a letter of credit: 4.1. Surety bond formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Surety Institution and its printed representation. 4.2. Original surety bond (official stationery of the Surety Institutions, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Surety Institutions). 4.3. Original of the modification to the letter of credit formulated in printed document (letterhead of the Credit Institution that issues the document).

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 411 When the taxpayer notifies the tax authority of the merger of companies that have accepted guarantees in matters of VAT and IEPS and one of them survives, they must mark with an X the corresponding box, as well as attach the documentation indicated:

Notarial document duly protocolized stating the merger (original or certified copy).
Notarial instrument or commercial policy that accredits the legal personality of the taxpayer's legal representative (Simple copy and original or certified copy for comparison).
Attach a copy of official identification and original or certified copy for comparison of the taxpayer's legal representative.
In the case of merger of companies that have accepted guarantees in matters of VAT and IEPS and one of them survives, attach the corresponding modifying document (indicate only one of the three options). They must indicate 4.1., when it is an electronic bond policy (XML file); or 4.2., when it is a bond policy on official stationery, or 4.3., when it is a letter of credit: 4.1. Bond policy formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Bonding Institution and its printed representation. 4.2. Original bond policy (official stationery of the Bonding Institutions, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Bonding Institutions). 4.3. Original of the modification to the letter of credit formulated in printed document (letterhead of the Credit Institution that issues the document). When the taxpayer notifies the tax authority of the merger of companies that have accepted guarantees in matters of VAT and IEPS and a new society results, they must mark with an X the corresponding box, as well as attach the documentation indicated:
Notarial document duly protocolized stating the merger or spin-off (original or certified copy).
Notarial instrument or commercial policy that accredits the legal personality of the taxpayer's legal representative (simple copy and original or certified copy for comparison).
Attach a copy of official identification and original or certified copy for comparison of the taxpayer's legal representative.
In the case of merger or spin-off of companies that have accepted guarantees in matters of VAT and IEPS, and a new society results, attach the corresponding modifying document (indicate only one of the three options). They must indicate 4.1., when it is an electronic bond policy (XML file); or 4.2., when it is a bond policy on official stationery, or 4.3., when it is a letter of credit: 4.1. Bond policy formulated in digital document (XML file) provided by the Bonding Institution and its printed representation. 4.2. Original bond policy (official stationery of the Bonding Institutions, in accordance with article 16 of the Law of Insurance and Bonding Institutions). 4.3. Original of the modification to the letter of credit formulated in printed document (letterhead of the Credit Institution that issues the document). Clarifying notes:

The documents and files attached to the authorization must be attached indicating the number and name of the corresponding document.
In accordance with rule 7.4.1., the authority will resolve within a term of thirty days counted from the day following the taxpayer's presentation of the request. In the event that the authority detects the lack of any requirement, it will request the missing information or documentation from the taxpayer only once, for which the taxpayer will have a term of fifteen days to attend to the request; otherwise, it will be understood that the promotion was withdrawn. The thirty-day term will be computed from the moment the requirements mentioned in rule 7.4.2. are fully met.
Taxpayers who have obtained acceptance in terms of rules 7.4.1. and 7.4.7., must present the renewal or extension of validity of the guarantee at least twenty days before the end of its validity.

412 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 E13. Request for issuance of advance ruling. Type of Advance Ruling Competent Authority before which the format must be presented Mark with an x Application of customs valuation criteria. ACNCE In matters of origin. ACAJACE Tariff classification. ACNCE

Name of the natural or legal person requesting the procedure and, if applicable, of their legal representative:
RFC or, in the case of residents abroad, tax identification number:
Persons authorized to hear and receive notifications:
Address to hear and receive notifications:
Telephone numbers and email address of the requesting natural or legal person, their legal representative or those authorized to receive notifications, or both:
Describe the activities to which the natural or legal person requesting the procedure is dedicated:
State the business reasons motivating the request:
The natural or legal person requesting the procedure is: Importer in national territory. Producer in another country. Exporter in another country. Person with justifiable cause.
Mention the Commercial Agreement or Free Trade Agreement, as well as the legal basis under which the issuance of the advance ruling is requested:
Mark with an X the corresponding option, as appropriate. 10.1. Has the merchandise regarding which the advance ruling is requested been or is it the object of an origin verification? If the answer is Yes, indicate the authority carrying out said verification and/or the result thereof. If No 10.2. Has an advance ruling regarding said merchandise been previously requested or obtained? If the answer is Yes, indicate the authority that granted and/or before which the advance ruling was requested, as well as its sense. If No

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 413 10.3. Have the facts or circumstances been previously raised before the same authority or a different one? If the answer is Yes, mention the authority before which the facts or circumstances were raised and/or the sense of your response. If No 10.4. Is the matter in question subject to any instance of review or appeal in any of the party countries of the Commercial Agreements or Free Trade Agreements signed by Mexico and currently in force? Indicate, if applicable, the status or result thereof. If No 10.5. Is the applicant subject to the exercise of verification powers? If the answer is Yes, indicate the periods and the contributions subject to review. If No 10.6. Is the applicant within the term for tax authorities to issue the resolution referred to in article 50 of the CFF? If the answer is Yes, explain the situation. If No 10.7. Has the merchandise subject to the request for issuance of advance ruling been previously imported into national territory? If the answer is Yes, attach the documentation that confirms the foregoing. If No 10.8. Report if the production of the merchandise subject to the request for advance ruling is currently being carried out. If the answer is Yes, describe in detail, through a flowchart, the production process thereof. If No 11. Describe completely all relevant facts or circumstances related to the object of the request: 12. Provide the tariff classification and description of the merchandise subject to the request including, if considered necessary, the tariff classification, description of the materials used in the production of the merchandise and the NICO: 13. In the case of requests in tariff classification, application of customs valuation criteria, describe in detail the technical and, if applicable, legal arguments on which the request is based. When it concerns requests in matters of origin, describe in detail the justification for which you consider the origin of the merchandise; as well as the production process and the implementation of each of its inputs to reach the final good: 14. List the documentation attached: Once the foregoing has been stated, it is requested that the competent authority issue the advance ruling, as appropriate. I declare, under penalty of perjury, that the data recorded and documentation attached in this format are true and exact.

Name and signature of the applicant or their legal representative

414 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS

This request must be presented using the format called Request for issuance of advance ruling, attending to the provisions of the Commercial Agreement or Free Trade Agreement signed by Mexico that applies and is in force. In case of needing the issuance of advance rulings in their different matters, the format must be presented for each of them before the ACAJACE or ACNCE, as appropriate. Information that must be provided in each field:

Indicate the name of the natural or legal person requesting the procedure and, if applicable, the full name of the legal representative requesting the issuance of the advance ruling.
Indicate the RFC or tax identification number in case of being a resident abroad, of the person requesting the issuance of the advance ruling.
Mention the name of the persons authorized to hear and receive notifications, in terms of article 19 of the CFF.
Inform the address to hear and receive notifications of the person requesting.
Specify the telephone numbers and email address of the applicant or those authorized to receive notifications, or both.
Describe in detail the activities to which the requesting person is dedicated.
State the business reasons motivating the operation, specifying precisely the benefits intended to be obtained or, in default, the damages and losses intended to be avoided, with the issuance of the advance ruling.
Indicate under what character the applicant acts.
It must be specified the Commercial Agreement or Free Trade Agreement signed by Mexico and currently in force, as well as the legal basis under which the issuance of the advance ruling is requested.
Indicate the corresponding option. In the case of item 10.8., the flowchart must be made through a Word file, which can be sent with the rest of the documentation printed or on a USB or CD storage device.
Describe in detail all relevant facts or circumstances related to the request for issuance of advance ruling.
Indicate the tariff classification of the merchandise and, if applicable, of the material used in its production, as well as present the complete description of the merchandise or material including, as appropriate, its nature, composition, NICO, state and characteristics, a description of its production process, a description of the packaging in which the merchandise will be imported, the destination, utilization or final use, as well as its commercial, common or technical designation and drawings, photographs, catalogs, brochures or samples of the merchandise or material.
In requests for tariff classification or application of customs valuation criteria, describe in detail the technical and, if applicable, legal arguments and reasons of law on which the request for issuance of advance ruling is based. For origin requests, Indicate the one considered for the merchandise, with its production process and implementation of inputs.
List the documentation attached to the request for issuance of advance ruling. Documents that must be attached: a. Simple copy of the testimony or notarial instrument from which it is clear that the person signing the request for issuance of advance ruling is authorized to carry out the corresponding procedures before the respective authority. b. The request must include the information and documentation necessary to allow the authority to issue the advance ruling in matters of origin. c. Sample of the merchandise subject to consultation. In case it is not possible to present the sample due to its volume or physical characteristics, catalogs, technical sheets, labels, photographs, plans, etc., that describe in detail the physical and technical characteristics allowing identification of the merchandise must be attached. d. The other necessary documents supporting the request. e. In the case of advance rulings in matters of tariff classification, the following documents must be attached: i. Original or certified copy of the general power of attorney for acts of administration of the legal representative, of the person consulting, when it concerns legal persons. ii. Original or certified copy of the current official identification of the legal representative of the legal person requesting the consultation, or of the natural person when this acts on their own account. iii. Sample of the merchandise subject to consultation. In case it is not possible to present the sample due to its volume or physical characteristics, catalogs, technical sheets, labels, photographs, plans, etc., that describe in detail the physical and technical characteristics allowing identification of the merchandise for its correct tariff classification must be attached. iv. When the sample in consultation requires chemical or technical analysis by the DGJA, the payment receipt of duties, carried out through the electronic e5cinco scheme, for each sample subject to analysis, in accordance with article 52 of the LFD, in relation to Annex 19 of the current RMF, must be attached. v. State the tariff fraction and, if applicable, the NICO considered applicable, the reasons supporting its appreciation and the tariff fraction or fractions and, if applicable, number or NICO with which there is doubt or, in case otherwise, indicate that you wish to know the tariff fraction and, if applicable, the NICO that the authority determines. The resolution office will be notified to the applicant, as appropriate, by tax mailbox, personally or by certified mail, if applicable, to the authorized persons and at the address indicated to hear and receive notifications.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 415 E14. Format to present the Report of compensation or reduction of expenses against the charge.

Data of the Fiscalized Premises. 1.1. Full name / Name or corporate name. 1.2. RFC including the homoclave. 1.3. Key of Fiscalized Premises. 1.4. Address to hear and receive notifications. Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood Postal Code Municipality/Demarcation Federal Entity Telephone Email
Data of the legal representative. 2.1. Full name. Paternal surname Maternal surname Name 2.2. RFC including the homoclave. Telephone Email
Data of the persons authorized to hear and receive notifications. 3.1. Person(s) authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal surname Maternal surname Name 3.2. RFC including the homoclave. Telephone Email
Information on the payment of un-compensated charge (payment receipt of Duties, Charges and Products). Indicate the date on which the payment is made, the amount, bank operation number and payment key. $ . Payment date (dd/mm/yy) Amount in national currency Bank Operation Number Payment Key
Documentation attached (report; those that accredit its content and others that correspond; when presented on electronic storage device they must be identified and related in detail indicating the name and route of the device where they are located).

I declare, under penalty of perjury, that the data recorded and documentation attached in this format are true and exact. Name and signature of the applicant or the legal representative

416 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS General information. This format is freely printable and must be filled out in two copies by machine or with block letters, with a black or blue ink ballpoint pen and the limits of the boxes must not be invaded. Presentation options. The procedure may be presented at the official office of the ACPPCE. Through SEPOMEX or using the services of courier and package companies. Requirements:

Simple copy of the notarial instrument, from which it is clear that the person promoting, is authorized to carry out the corresponding procedures before the respective authority.
Simple copy of the official document where the name, photograph and signature appear, which coincides with the physical profile of the legal representative.
Report for each concession or authorization, prepared by a certified public accountant registered in terms of article 52, fraction I of the CFF, which must correspond to the month immediately preceding the one in which the compensation or reduction of expenses against the charge was made.
Documents that accredit the information of the Report to compensate, which must be presented on an electronic equipment storage device (they can be in USB, CD or DVD unit, in readable files in PDF or XLSX formats, as appropriate).
The information to compensate or reduce the charge in readable XLSX file, must be presented on an electronic equipment storage device (they can be in USB, CD or DVD unit), which will be integrated with at least the following fields: a. To compensate against the charge: month to which the presented charge corresponds; bill of lading number; description of the merchandise; entry date; number of office in which the Customs indicates the date on which the merchandise passes to the property of the Federal Treasury; number of office in which the Customs indicates the date on which the merchandise can be withdrawn; unique abandonment key (number assigned in the system); days of storage; weight of the merchandise; quota applied for handling, storage and custody of foreign trade merchandise provided by the Fiscalized Premises; volumetric space (in m3); reason for the quota (merchandise in vault, refrigerated load, yard, container, bulk, etc.); amount of storage. b. To reduce against the charge: month to which the presented charge corresponds; work or improvement made; original amount of the investment; remainder to reduce at the beginning of the period; amount reduced in the period; balance pending to reduce. Additional information on the procedure. a. No document is obtained, nevertheless, the receipt of acknowledgment is obtained. b. A format must be presented for the Report corresponding to the concession or authorization that the Fiscalized Premises has. c. The format along with its attached documentation must be presented no later than the last day of each month. d. In case the legal representative has accredited their personality before the SAT by having previously carried out a procedure, the notarial instrument indicated in item 1 of the Requirements section of this document must not be attached. e. The documents referred to in item 4 of the Requirements section must correspond to the information established in rule 2.3.5., fraction II, second paragraph, subsections a), items 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, b), items 1, 2 and 3, which must be identified and related in detail specifying the name and route of the electronic equipment storage device where they are located. f. In case of omitting to comply with any requirement, documentation or information, the corresponding request will be issued, in order to remedy the omission within a term of ten days, counted from when the notification takes effect; and in the event that the generated request is not complied with or it is complied with outside the corresponding term, the report will be considered not presented, in terms of what is provided in articles 18 and 18-A of the CFF. For any clarification in the filling of this format, information can be obtained through: MarcaSAT at 55 627 22 728, or by going to the Taxpayer Service Modules of the corresponding ADSC to your tax domicile. Complaints and reports at 88 52 22 22 from Mexico City, or at 55 88 52 22 22 from the rest of the country.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 417 F1. Request for Issuance of Certified Copies of Customs Declarations and their Annexes

D A T E: ____________a_________of__________of 20 DELIVERY METHOD Personal Delivery (mark with an X) Shipping by Courier (mark with an X) GENERAL DATA OF THE APPLICANT Name, Corporate Name or Denomination R.F.C.

Address to Hear or Receive Notifications Street: No. and/or Exterior Letter: No. and/or Interior Letter: Neighborhood: Locality: Postal Code: Municipality or Delegation Federal Entity: Telephone: Email: DATA OF THE CUSTOMS DECLARATION Customs Declaration Number Customs of Dispatch Payment Date of the Customs Declaration Name of the Importer/Exporter who processed the customs declaration(s) Patent Number of the Customs Declaration d d m m y Patent Number of the Customs Declaration d d m m y Patent Number of the Customs Declaration d d m m y

Note: In case of more than 3 Customs Declarations, attach list. NUMBER OF COPIES REQUESTED FOR EACH CUSTOMS DECLARATION Number With Annexes Without Annexes (mark with an X) (mark with an X) I declare under penalty of perjury, that the data recorded in this request are real and exact. Autograph signature of the applicant or legal representative

418 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 DOCUMENTS TO BE ATTACHED Individuals Legal Entities

Copy of valid official identification:
Copy of the Notarial Power of Attorney of the Legal Representative. Voter ID with photograph;
Copy of valid official identification of the Legal Representative. National Military Service Card; Passport; Voter ID with photograph; Immigration Form with photograph; Professional License; National Military Service Card; Passport; Naturalization Letter; or Immigrant ID. Immigration Form with photograph; Professional License;
Original of the Payment of Fees. Naturalization Letter; or Immigrant ID.
Original of the Payment of Fees. Proof of payment made through the electronic scheme e5cinco. Proof of payment made through the electronic scheme e5cinco. Government Departments or Official Agencies Letter addressed to the General Directorate of Customs Investigation NOTE: THE OMISSION OF ANY OF THESE REQUIREMENTS WILL RENDER THE REQUEST INVALID THIS FORMAT IS FREE TO PRINT

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 419 Procedure Guide for the Request for Certified Copies of Customs Declarations and Their Annexes Who performs it? Taxpayers who wish to know the information and obtain a certified copy of the customs declarations corresponding to the foreign trade operations they have carried out. How is it performed? Through the form called "Request for issuance of certified copies of customs declarations and their annexes" or through the Digital Counter on the SAT Portal. Where is it presented? At the counter called "Issuance of certified copies," at the DGIA, by any courier service directed to said administrative unit or at the Digital Counter. What document is obtained? Official response from the authority and, if applicable, certified copy of the requested customs declaration(s) and their respective annexes. What happens if the request is not properly filled out or any of the stated documents are omitted? The DGIA will require, via official letter or through the Digital Counter, as appropriate, the missing data or document to the interested party, in order for it to be presented via free-form letter or through the Digital Counter with the aim of rectifying said omission. Circumstances that materially prevent the DGIA from attending to requests for certified copies of customs declarations and their annexes:

Request for documents related to the extinct Federal Vehicle Registry, corresponding to the years 1989 or earlier.
Request for documents that have been permanently removed due to having fulfilled the storage and custody time by the customs authority, in accordance with the Agreement establishing the guidelines for the storage, custody, and conservation period of the Government Accounting Archive, published in the DOF on August 25, 1998.
Request for customs declarations that are not registered in the SAAI or that there are discrepancies between the information recorded in the declaration and the information registered in the aforementioned system. How can the interested party request information on the status of their procedure and, if applicable, the amount to be paid for the issuance of certified copies? For any clarification in filling out this form, you may contact the following phones 5512031080, extensions 43865 and 43249; or visit the offices of the ANAM and specifically the General Directorate of Customs Investigation, located at Paseo de la Reforma number 10, Tabacalera Neighborhood, Cuauhtémoc Municipality, Postal Code 06030, Mexico City. What is the timeframe for issuing the resolution? The DGIA will issue the corresponding resolution within a period not exceeding three months from the date of receipt of the request. If this period elapses without the resolution being notified, it will be understood to be negative in accordance with article 37 of the CFF. Documents (requirements) to be fulfilled when the procedure is carried out through the Digital Counter.
Payment of fees for the total number of certified copies requested (the proof of payment made through the electronic scheme e5cinco or through the help sheet at the bank counter, in accordance with what is provided in article 5°, fraction I of the LFD, in relation to Annex 19 of the current RMF.
Copy of the customs declaration in your name.
Official identification of the applicant in the case of those persons who do not have their e.firma. Delivery of the requested customs declarations and their annexes:
Once the necessary requirements to resolve and the payment of the total amount of the certified copies have been covered, the DGIA will deliver them in person at the counter of said administrative unit or through the courier service, if so requested in the application.
In the case that the method of delivery of the documentation was not specified in the request, it will be done in person at the counter, to those who have declared their domicile in Mexico City or metropolitan area, and through courier to those who have declared their domicile outside said zone. After three months have elapsed from the date of receipt of the request, without the interested party having collected the certified copies at the counter, it will result in their invalidity, and the procedure must be carried out again if they are required.
When the delivery is personal, it will be from Monday to Friday within the hours of 9:00 to 18:00; for this, valid official identification must be presented and, if applicable, a power of attorney signed before two witnesses and the signatures of the grantor, acceptor, and witnesses ratified before the tax authorities, Notary or Public Notary, in accordance with article 19 of the CFF.
When the procedure is carried out through the Digital Counter, the delivery will be effected through the same. Applicable legal provisions: Articles 19, 37 and 69 of the CFF, 144, fraction XXVI of the Law, 5th, fraction I of the LFD, 13, fractions VIII, XXXIII and 19, fraction XXVII of the RIANAM; rules 1.1.11., and 1.1.4., of the RGCE and Annex 19 of the RMF.

420 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 F2. Request for registration of merchandise clearance by companies.

Name, Trade Name and/or Corporate Name. Name, Trade Name and/or Corporate Name: RFC including the homoclave.
Predominant activity.
Address for hearing and receiving notifications. Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood ZIP Code Municipality/Delegation Federal Entity Phone Email DATA OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE REQUESTING LEGAL ENTITY.
Data of the legal representative of the requesting legal entity. Paternal surname Maternal surname Name RFC including the homoclave Phone Email DATA OF THE REQUESTING LEGAL ENTITY.
Documents that certify the data of the requesting legal entity. 5.1 Constitutive deed of the requesting legal entity. Notarial instrument number Date Name and number of the Notary or Public Broker Federal Entity 5.2 Modification(s) to the constitutive deed. NOT APPLICABLE. If not, please indicate the last two modifications: 5.2.1 Modification to the constitutive deed. 5.2.2 Modification to the constitutive deed. Notarial instrument or commercial policy number. Notarial instrument or commercial policy number. Date Date Name and number of the Notary or Public Broker. Name and number of the Notary or Public Broker. Federal Entity Federal Entity Description of the modification Description of the modification

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 421 5.3 Document with which the personality of the person signing this request to perform acts of administration on behalf of the company is accredited.

If stated in the constitutive deed, mark with X in the box. Stated in the constitutive deed. In case it does not appear in the constitutive deed, please indicate the following data: Notarial instrument or commercial policy number. Date Name and number of the Public Notary or Public Broker. Federal Entity DATA OF THE PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO HEAR AND RECEIVE NOTIFICATIONS.

Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal surname Maternal surname Name RFC including the homoclave Phone Email 6.1. Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal surname Maternal surname Name RFC including the homoclave Phone Email 6.2. Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal surname Maternal surname Name RFC including the homoclave Phone Email
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 7.1. Indicate if at the time of submitting your request you are up to date in fulfilling your tax and customs obligations. YES NO 7.2. Indicate if you authorized the SAT to make public your positive opinion on the fulfillment of tax obligations. YES NO 7.3. Indicate the data of the payment receipt of the fee. $ . Payment date (dd/mm/yy) Amount in national currency Bank Operation Number Payment Key Name or corporate name of the institution where the payment was made. 7.4. Indicate if at the time of submitting your request your digital seal certificates are valid. YES NO If affirmative, indicate if any of the circumstances provided for in article 17-H Bis of the CFF were infringed during the last twelve months. YES NO 7.5. Indicate if at the time of submitting your request you are on the list of companies published by the SAT in terms of articles 69 with the exception of what is provided in fraction VI, and 69-B, fourth paragraph, of the CFF. YES NO 7.6. Indicate if at the time of submitting your request you have updated your contact means for the purposes of the tax mailbox. YES NO

422 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 7.7. Indicate if the requesting legal entity has an IMMEX Program YES Please indicate the Program number NO If you do not have an IMMEX Program, please provide the following information: 1.- Please mark with an X the circumstance in which the requesting legal entity is located: Made imports with a value greater than $106,705,330.00 in the calendar year prior to the one in which the request is presented. Starts operations and estimates to make imports with a value greater than $106,705,330.00 in the start exercise. 7.8. Write the name and patent number of the customs brokers or name and authorization number of the customs agents authorized to promote clearance on behalf of and in representation of the applicant. Full name Patent or authorization Full name Patent or authorization 7.9. Write the name and RFC of the carriers you designate to operate under the origin review scheme. Name RFC 7.10. Indicate if at the time of submitting your request you are suspended in the Importers Registry or in the Importers Registry of Specific Sectors or Sectoral Exporters Registry. YES NO 7.11. Indicate if you have an inventory control system, for the registration of your foreign trade operations. YES NO Indicate, if applicable, if you have an inventory control system in accordance with the provisions provided by Annex 24. YES NO If affirmative, attach a file with the report of balances of temporary import merchandise or merchandise subject to foreign trade operations, for a period of one month, which is within the three months prior to the date of the request for registration of merchandise clearance by companies. In any case, indicate the following information: Name of the system or data for its identification: Place of establishment: (Address(es) in Mexico with access to all its functions of the system). 7.12. Indicate if at the time of submitting your request the SAT has filed a criminal complaint or lawsuit against the partners, shareholders, as appropriate, legal representative and members of the administration of the requesting company or declaration of prejudice, during the last three years prior to the presentation of the request. YES NO 7.13. Indicate if at the time of submitting your request you keep accounting in electronic media in accordance with article 28, fraction III, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.5. of the RMF. YES NO 7.14. Indicate if you submit your accounting information monthly through the SAT portal, in accordance with article 28, fraction IV, CFF and rule 2.8.1.6. of the RMF. YES NO Documents that must be attached to the request. The information included in this request, in Word format. Under oath, I declare that the data recorded in this document are true and that the powers granted to me have not been modified or revoked.

NAME AND SIGNATURE OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE APPLICANT

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 423 INSTRUCTIONS Submit this request through the Digital Counter.

Data of the legal entity. You must enter your Name, Trade Name and/or Corporate Name and RFC with homoclave.
Predominant activity. You must indicate your Predominant Activity.
Address for hearing and receiving notifications. You must indicate the address for hearing and receiving notifications, only in the case that it is different from your tax domicile.
Data of the legal representative of the requesting legal entity. You must provide the full name, RFC, phone and email of the legal representative of the requesting legal entity.
Documents that certify the data of the requesting legal entity. 5.1. Constitutive deed of the requesting legal entity. You must attach a certified copy of the constitutive deed, and indicate the number of notarial instrument with which the requesting company is constituted, date, name and number of Notary or Public Broker and the Federal Entity where said deed was executed. 5.2. Modification(s) to the constitutive deed. You must mark with X in the box, in the event that there are no modifications to the constitutive deed of the requesting company. 5.2.1. Modification to the constitutive deed. In the contrary case, you must indicate the last modification to the constitutive deed and indicate the number of notarial instrument or commercial policy, date, name and number of Notary or Public Broker, Federal Entity and description of the modification to the constitutive deed of the requesting company. 5.2.2. Modification to the constitutive deed. You must indicate the penultimate modification to the constitutive deed and indicate the number of notarial instrument or commercial policy, date, name and number of Notary or Public Broker, Federal Entity and description of the modification to the constitutive deed of the requesting company. 5.3. Document with which the personality of the person signing this authorization to perform acts of administration on behalf of the company is accredited. You must mark with X in the box, if the personality of the person signing with General Power of Attorney for acts of administration and/or domain on behalf of the requesting company is stated in the constitutive deed. In the contrary case, you must indicate the number of the instrument.
Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. You must provide the full name, RFC, phone and email of the person designated to hear and receive notifications. If required, you can add the necessary fields to declare more than one person authorized to hear and receive notifications.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 7.1. Indicate if at the time of submitting your request you are up to date in fulfilling your tax and customs obligations. You must state what corresponds. 7.2. Indicate if you authorized the SAT to make public your positive opinion on the fulfillment of tax obligations. You must answer what corresponds. 7.3. Indicate the data of the payment receipt of the fee. Indicating the payment date, amount, operation number, payment key and name of the Credit Institution. 7.4. Indicate if at the time of submitting your request your digital seal certificates are valid. 7.5. Indicate if at the time of submitting your request you are on the list of companies published by the SAT in terms of articles 69 with the exception of what is provided in fraction VI and 69-B, fourth paragraph, of the CFF. You must answer what corresponds.

424 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 If affirmative, indicate if any of the circumstances provided for in article 17-H Bis of the CFF were infringed during the last twelve months. You must answer what corresponds. 7.6. Indicate if at the time of submitting your request you have updated your contact means for the purposes of the tax mailbox. You must answer what corresponds. 7.7. Indicate if the requesting legal entity has an IMMEX Program. You must indicate the number of the IMMEX Program. If you do not have an IMMEX Program, provide the following information: a) That you made imports with a value greater than $106,705,330.00 in the calendar year prior to the one in which the request is presented. b) That you start operations and estimate to make imports with a value greater than $106,705,330.00 in the start exercise. 7.8. Write the name and patent number of the customs brokers or name and authorization number of the customs agents authorized to promote clearance on behalf of and in representation of the applicant. 7.9. Write the name, RFC and tax domicile of the carriers you designate to carry out the transport of foreign trade merchandise. You must provide the name, RFC and tax domicile of the carriers you designate to carry out the transport of foreign trade merchandise. If required, you can add the necessary fields. 7.10. Indicate if at the time of submitting your request you are suspended in the Importers Registry or in the Importers Registry of Specific Sectors or Sectoral Exporters Registry. You must answer what corresponds. 7.11. Indicate if you have an inventory control system, for the registration of your foreign trade operations. You must answer what corresponds. Indicate, if applicable, if you have an inventory control system in accordance with the provisions provided by Annex 24. You must answer what corresponds. If affirmative, you must attach a file with the report of balances of temporary import merchandise or merchandise subject to foreign trade operations, for a period of one month, which is within the three months prior to the date of presentation of the request for registration of merchandise clearance by companies. In any case, you must indicate the name of the system or data for its identification, the place of establishment and address or addresses in Mexico, with access to all the functions of the system. 7.12. Indicate if at the time of submitting your request the SAT has filed a criminal complaint or lawsuit against the partners, shareholders, as appropriate, legal representative and members of the administration of the requesting company or declaration of prejudice, during the last three years prior to the presentation of the request. You must answer what corresponds. 7.13. Indicate if at the time of submitting your request you keep accounting in electronic media in accordance with article 28, fraction III, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.5. of the RMF. You must answer what corresponds. 7.14. Indicate if you submit your accounting information monthly through the SAT portal, in accordance with article 28, fraction IV, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.6. of the RMF. You must answer what corresponds.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 425

Procedural Guide for the Request for Registration of Customs Clearance for Companies.

Who presents it? Legal entities interested in obtaining authorization for the registration of customs clearance for companies.

How is it presented? Through the Digital Counter (Ventanilla Digital).

In what cases is it presented? When requesting the registration of customs clearance for companies.

Requirements: I. Be constituted in accordance with Mexican legislation. II. Be up to date in the fulfillment of their tax obligations. III. Have made, through the electronic e5cinco scheme, the payment of the corresponding fee as of the date of submission of the request, as referred to in Article 40, subsection a) of the LFD. IV. Not be found at the time of submitting the request on the list of companies published by the SAT in terms of Articles 69, with the exception of what is provided in subsection VI, and 69-B, fourth paragraph, of the CFF. V. That their digital seal certificates are valid and it has not been proven that any of the circumstances provided for in Article 17-H Bis of the CFF were infringed during the last twelve months. VI. Have updated their contact means for purposes of the tax mailbox. VII. Declare the number of the current IMMEX Program, or in case of not having said program, must declare, under oath, that the legal entity made imports with a value greater than $106,705,330.00 in the calendar year prior to that in which the request is presented, or that in the exercise of starting operations it estimates making imports with a value superior to $106,705,330.00. VIII. Declare the names and patent numbers of the agents and customs brokers authorized to promote on their behalf and representation the clearance according to the origin review procedure. IX. Designate the authorized transport companies to carry out the transfer of foreign trade goods, indicating their name, trade name or corporate name and RFC key. X. That it is not suspended or cancelled in the Importers Register or in the Importers Register of Specific Sectors or Sectoral Exporters Register. XI. Permit at all times access to AGACE personnel, in case the authority schedules an initial inspection visit or compliance supervision. XII. Have inventory control in accordance with the provisions provided by the SAT in an automated manner, which maintains at all times the updated record of the control data of foreign trade goods, which must be available to the customs authority.

What proceeds once the request is presented? In the case that the customs authority detects the lack of any requirement, it will request the missing information or documentation from the applicant only once, indicating the causes that motivated it and will grant a period of fifteen days for the applicant to remedy or disprove the inconsistency; otherwise, it will be understood that the promotion was withdrawn.

Within what time frame will the authority respond? Within a period not exceeding sixty days, counted from the day following the date of the receipt acknowledgment. The sixty-day period will be calculated from when the established requirements are fully covered, as appropriate. After said period has elapsed, without a resolution having been made, the resolution will be understood as unfavorable.

What document is obtained? Resolution by which the registration of customs clearance for companies is granted.

Applicable legal provisions: Articles 98, 100 of the Law, 144 of the Regulation, 17-H-Bis, 69, 69-B of the CFF, 40 of the LFD, rule 7.5.1.

426 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

F3. Request for Registration in the Company Certification Scheme. Mark with an X the type of request in question:

IVA and IEPS Modality
Category A
Category AA
Category AAA
Pre-operational Period
Commercial and Importer Modality
Authorized Economic Operator Modality
Category Import and/or Export
Category Holding Company
Category Aircraft
Category SECIIT
Category Textile
Category Strategic Fiscalized Facility
Category Logistics Outsourcing
Certified Commercial Partner Modality
Category Land Transporter
Category Customs Broker
Category Rail Transport
Category Industrial Park
Category Fiscalized Facility
Category Courier and Parcel Service
Category General Warehouse

IVA AND IEPS MODALITY In the case of the IVA and IEPS modality, select the customs regime. (Mark with an "X" in the applicable boxes).

Temporary import for manufacturing, transformation or repair in maquiladora or export programs (IMMEX).
Fiscal deposit to undergo the assembly and manufacturing process of vehicles for terminal automotive industry companies.
Manufacturing, transformation or repair in fiscalized facility.
Strategic fiscalized facility.

GROUP COMPANIES Companies that are part of a group, for the purposes of rule 7.1.7. Indicate the name of the companies that form part of the group. (Add as many rows as necessary).

Name | RFC

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 427

To prove that it is part of a group, a diagram of the shareholding and corporate structure must be attached, as well as copies of the public deeds, in which the shareholding participation of the companies that form part of the group is stated.

Regarding the companies mentioned in rule 7.1.2., Section B, and 7.1.4., first paragraph, subsection II, the requirement of seniority may be accredited through one of the companies in the group; they must attach a statement in which they assume joint and several liability as referred to in subsection VIII of Article 26 of the CFF, regarding the tax credits that may arise; as well as exhibit a copy of the power of attorney with which the legal representative of the company assuming the joint and several liability proves their personality.

Indicate, if applicable, the type of information that the applicant accredits, through one of the companies that form part of the same group:

Employees.
Infrastructure.
Amount of investment (Investment in national territory).
Seniority (only regarding the companies mentioned in rule 7.1.2., Section B and 7.1.4., first paragraph, subsection II).

HOST COMPANIES Companies that have operated during the last 3 fiscal years, for the purposes of rule 7.1.8.

Indicate if you have operated during the last 3 fiscal years in terms of Article 183 of the Income Tax Law, as a foreign company under the protection of another company with an IMMEX Program in the host modality.

YES NO

A copy of the contract celebrated for a minimum of three years with the company that has the IMMEX program under the host modality must be attached, a declaration, under oath, signed by the legal representative of the company that has the IMMEX program under the host modality, regarding the temporality in which the applicant operated as a foreign company under its IMMEX program in host modality, as well as exhibiting a copy of the power of attorney with which the legal representative of the company with the IMMEX program under the host modality proves their personality.

Indicate the name of the company that has the maquila program under the host modality with which you have operated for the last three years.

Name | RFC | IMMEX Program

Indicate, if applicable, the type of information that the applicant accredits through the company with the IMMEX Program in the host modality:

Employees.
Infrastructure.
Amount of investment (Investment in national territory).

Indicate if the company with the maquila program, under the host modality, with which you have operated, has the Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, IVA and IEPS modality, Category AAA and is not suspended or subject to the start of a cancellation procedure.

YES NO

Name, Trade Name and/or Corporate Name. Name, Trade Name and/or Corporate Name: RFC including the homoclave:

428 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

1.1 Predominant economic activity. 1.2. Productive sector. 1.3. Address for hearing and receiving notifications. Street Number and/or exterior letter Number and/or interior letter Neighborhood ZIP Code Municipality/Delegation Federal Entity Telephone (with area code) Email

Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. Paternal surname Maternal surname First name(s) RFC including the homoclave Telephone (with area code) Email
Persons authorized as operational liaison with the AGACE. The applicant is required to designate a contact who will be the liaison with the authority, as well as the designation of a substitute.

3.1. Person authorized as operational liaison. Paternal surname Maternal surname First name(s) RFC including the homoclave City and State of residence Position or Title Telephone (with area code) Email

3.2. Person authorized as operational liaison (Substitute). Paternal surname Maternal surname First name(s) RFC including the homoclave City and State of residence Position or Title Telephone (with area code) Email

Attach a copy of the documentation that proves the labor relationship of the persons indicated as operational liaisons with the applicant company.

General requirements that must be met in any customs regime and modality in which you request your registration.

4.1. Indicate if you are up to date in the fulfillment of your tax and customs obligations. YES NO

4.2. Indicate if you authorized the SAT to make your positive opinion on the fulfillment of tax obligations public. YES NO

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 429

4.3. Present certificates of all personnel registered with the IMSS, the SUA, and the documentary support of the payment of employer-employee contributions for the last bimester prior to the date of submission of the request, as well as complying with the obligation to withhold and pay the ISR of the workers.

Attach from all employer records, the certificates of all personnel registered with the IMSS for the last bimester prior to the date of submission of the request, as well as being up to date in the fulfillment of your obligations to withhold and pay the ISR of the workers.

Attach the documentary support of the payment of employer-employee contributions for the last bimester prior to the request, which must be consistent with the SUA presented.

Prove that you comply with the obligation to issue payroll CFDIs to your workers, in accordance with Articles 29 and 29-A of the CFF, Article 99 of the ISR Law, rules 2.7.1.8. and 2.7.5.1. of the RMF.

4.4. Indicate if you are on the list of companies published by the SAT in terms of Article 69 of the CFF, with the exception of what is provided in subsection VI of said article. YES NO

Similarly, indicate if you are on the list of companies published by the SAT in terms of Article 69-B, fourth paragraph of the CFF. YES NO

4.5. Indicate if your digital seal certificates are valid. YES NO

If affirmative, indicate if any of the circumstances provided for in Article 17-H Bis of the CFF were infringed during the last twelve months. YES NO

4.6. Indicate all addresses registered with the RFC of the applicant legal entity and indicate those in which activities related to its productive process and/or service provision are developed (Add the necessary rows according to the number of facilities).

Of the addresses declared in the table above, indicate in which one(s) the production of your main product or service related to the customs regime in which you request certification takes place, in terms of value or volume of your production.

Attach documentation according to applicable legislation that supports the ownership, use or temporary enjoyment of the property or properties where the productive processes or service provision take place, as appropriate, in which a mandatory term of at least one year of validity is established, and which leaves a validity of at least eight months from the date of submission of the request.

4.7. Indicate if you have updated your contact means for purposes of the tax mailbox in terms of the penultimate paragraph of Article 17-K of the CFF. YES NO

4.8. Indicate if you are suspended in the Importers Register or in the Importers Register of Specific Sectors or Sectoral Exporters Register. YES NO

4.9. Report the name and address of clients and suppliers abroad.

Attach a file containing the name and address of your clients and suppliers abroad directly or indirectly linked with the customs regime with which the registration is requested, with whom you carried out foreign trade operations during the last twelve months.

4.10. Report the name and RFC of your suppliers of inputs acquired in national territory, linked to the process under the regime for which you request registration, for the last six months.

Attach a file containing the name and RFC of your suppliers of inputs acquired in national territory, linked to the process under the regime for which you request registration, for the last six months.

430 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

4.11. Have the legal use or enjoyment of the property or properties where the productive processes or service provision in question take place. Indicate the address of the property from which you intend to prove ownership, legal use or temporary enjoyment.

Attach documentation according to applicable legislation that supports the ownership, legal use or enjoyment of the property or properties where the productive processes or service provision take place, as appropriate, in which a mandatory term of at least one year of validity is established, and which leaves a validity of at least eight months from the date of submission of the request.

4.12. Indicate if the SAT has filed a criminal complaint or denunciation against the partners, shareholders, as appropriate, legal representative with authority for acts of dominion, and members of the administration of the applicant company or declaration of prejudice, as appropriate, during the last three years prior to the submission of the request. YES NO

4.13. Indicate if you have an inventory control system, for the registration of your foreign trade operations in accordance with Article 59, subsection I of the Law. YES NO

Indicate if you have an inventory control system in accordance with the provisions provided for in Annex 24. YES NO

You must attach a file with the report of balances of temporary import goods or goods subject to foreign trade operations, for a period of one month, which is within the three months prior to the submission of the request.

In any case, indicate the following information: Name of the system or data for its identification: Place of residence: (Address(es) in Mexico with access to all its system functions)

4.14. Indicate if you keep accounting in electronic media in accordance with Article 28, subsection III, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.5. of the RMF. YES NO

4.15. Indicate if you enter your accounting information monthly through the SAT portal, in accordance with Article 28, subsection IV, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.6. of the RMF. YES NO

4.16. Indicate if the partners, shareholders, as appropriate, legal representative with authority for acts of dominion and members of the administration in accordance with the constitution of the applicant company, are up to date in the fulfillment of their tax obligations. YES NO

List the partners, shareholders, as appropriate, legal representative with authority for acts of dominion and members of the administration in accordance with the constitution of the applicant company, whether or not they are obligated to pay taxes in Mexico:

RFC | Full Name | In their capacity as | Nationality | Obligated to Pay Taxes in Mexico (YES/NO)

4.17. Declare if your partners or shareholders, and members of the administration, are not linked to any company whose Registration in the Company Certification Scheme has been cancelled, in accordance with subsections V, VI and VII of Section A; II and III of Section B of rule 7.2.4.; and/or VI, VII and XI of rule 7.2.5. YES NO

4.18. Indicate if you have made the payment of the corresponding fee as of the date of submission of the request, as referred to in Article 40, subsection m) of the LFD, in relation to Annex 19 of the RMF in force on the date of submission of the registration request. YES NO

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 431

Indicate the date on which you make the payment, the amount, bank operation number and payment key.

$ | Payment Date (dd/mm/yy) | Amount in national currency Bank Operation Number | Payment Key

Additional requirements to those established in rule 7.1.1., that must be met by companies intending to obtain the Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the IVA and IEPS modality, Category A.

5.1. Provide certificates of personnel registered with the IMSS, the SUA, and the documentary support of the payment of the total employer-employee contributions of at least ten employees through capture line for the last bimester prior to the applicant.

Attach the certificates of personnel registered with the IMSS for the last bimester prior to the date of submission of the request and the documentary support of the payment of employer-employee contributions of at least ten employees for the last bimester prior to the request, which must be consistent with the SUA presented.

Prove that you comply with the obligation to issue payroll CFDIs to your workers, in accordance with Articles 29 and 29-A of the CFF, 99 of the ISR Law and rules 2.7.1.8. and 2.7.5.1. of the RMF.

5.2. Prove the investment in national territory, according to what is stated in the Guide.

Type of Investment | General Description | Value in national currency Real Estate Movable Property

5.3. Indicate if you previously had the Certification in matters of IVA and IEPS, the Registration in the Company Certification Scheme under the IVA and IEPS modality or the Guarantee of the fiscal interest of IVA and IEPS. YES NO

5.4. If affirmative, indicate if you are up to date in the fulfillment of the obligations related to Annex 30 regarding said registration. YES NO

5.5. Indicate if your suppliers are on the list of companies published by the SAT, in terms of Article 69-B, fourth paragraph of the CFF. YES NO

Additional requirements according to the customs regime.

6.1. Indicate the number of your IMMEX Program and the modality. IMMEX Program Number IMMEX Program Modality

Indicate if you have carried out operations under your IMMEX program. YES NO

6.2. Indicate if at the time of your request you have the necessary infrastructure to carry out the operation of the IMMEX Program, the industrial or service process in accordance with the modality of your Program. YES NO

You must attach photographic evidence of your production plant, as well as of your production process.

6.3. Indicate if during the last twelve months you have temporarily imported goods and that, at least 60% of the temporary imports of inputs carried out during the same period were transformed and returned, returned in their same state, transferred, destroyed, or a service was provided to them. YES NO

Capture the total customs value in national currency of your temporary imports of inputs for the required period in accordance with the previous paragraph: (Capture a value)

432 DIARIO OFICIAL Wednesday, December 28, 2022 (A) Concept (declare only those that apply) (B) Commercial value of the concept indicated in Column A (national currency) (C) Customs value of temporarily imported inputs included in the concept of column A (D) Percentage it represents with respect to the total temporary imports of direct materials and inputs. Returns Virtual transfers of goods Waste Cargo Transfer Certificates (CTM) Total In case you have declared that you carry out Cargo Transfer Certificates (CTM), attach a file with the names and addresses of the companies to which you transferred goods via Cargo Transfer Certificates (CTM), as well as the amounts in national currency and, if applicable, two Cargo Transfer Certificates (CTM). NOTE: (Companies with recent enrollment in the IMMEX program). Companies that have obtained their IMMEX Program from the SE for the first time and that have been operating for less than one year, may comply with the general requirement stated in rules 7.1.1., fraction III and 7.1.2., first paragraph, fraction II with the document supporting the hiring of employees and will not be subject to the requirements of rule 7.1.1., fractions X and XI, nor to that stated in rule 7.1.2., Section A, fraction III, however, they must prove the issuance of payroll CFDIs issued by the applicant to the hired workers. 6.4. Description of activities related to production processes or service provision according to the program modality: Attach document describing in detail the activities related to production processes or service provision according to the program modality, describing from the arrival of the merchandise, its storage, its production process, and return, according to the Instruction Manual. 6.5. Continuity of the export project: Attach maquila contract, sales contract, purchase order or services, or firm orders in force, that prove the continuity of the export project. 7. Companies that temporarily import or intend to import merchandise listed in Annex II of the IMMEX Decree and/or listed in Annex 28, must comply with the following requirements and attach the documentation that certifies this: NOTE: They cannot present the application for registration in the company certification scheme if they have operated for less than twelve months prior to the presentation of said application, except those that certify being part of a group according to rule 7.1.7. For companies that are part of a group, they must present a written statement in which one of the companies that make up the group, has more than twelve months operating under the IMMEX Program, assumes joint liability referred to in fraction VIII of article 26 of the CFF, for fiscal credits that will arise; as well as must exhibit a copy of the power of attorney with which it proves the legal personality of the representative of the company that assumes the joint liability. 8. Fiscal deposit to undergo the vehicle assembly and manufacturing process for terminal automotive industry companies. 8.1. Indicate if at the time of presenting your application you have the authorization to operate the fiscal deposit regime to undergo the vehicle assembly and manufacturing process, for terminal automotive industry companies. YES NO Indicate the expiration date and the number of the official letter with which the authorization was granted to operate the fiscal deposit regime to undergo the vehicle assembly and manufacturing process, for terminal automotive industry companies. Expiration date: DD/MM/YYYY Authorization official letter number:

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 DIARIO OFICIAL 433 8.2. Indicate if at the time of presenting your application you are subject to a cancellation process of the authorization to operate the fiscal deposit regime to undergo the vehicle assembly and manufacturing process, for terminal automotive industry companies. YES NO 8.3. Indicate if at the time of your application you have the necessary infrastructure to carry out the operation of your regime. YES NO 8.4. Description of activities related to production processes or service provision according to your regime: Attach document describing in detail the activities related to production processes or service provision according to the customs regime, describing from the arrival of the merchandise, its storage, its production process and return, according to the Instruction Manual. 8.5. Continuity of the export project: Attach maquila contract, sales contract, purchase order or services, or firm orders in force, that prove the continuity of the export project. 9. Elaboration, transformation or repair in supervised premises; or strategic supervised premises. 9.1. Indicate if at the time of presenting your application you have the authorization to operate the regime of elaboration, transformation or repair in Supervised Premises and/or Strategic Supervised Premises. YES NO Indicate the expiration date and the number of the official letter with which the authorization was granted to operate the regime of elaboration, transformation or repair in Supervised Premises and/or Strategic Supervised Premises. Expiration date: DD/MM/YYYY Authorization official letter number: 9.2. Indicate if you are subject to a cancellation process of the authorization to operate the regime of elaboration, transformation or repair in Supervised Premises and/or Strategic Supervised Premises. YES NO 9.3. Indicate if at the time of your application you have the necessary infrastructure to carry out the operation of your regime. YES NO 9.4. Description of activities related to production processes or service provision according to your regime: Attach document describing in detail the activities related to production processes or service provision according to the customs regime, describing from the arrival of the merchandise, its storage, its production process and return, according to the Instruction Manual. 9.5. Continuity of the export project: Attach maquila contract, sales contract, purchase order or services, or firm orders in force, that prove the continuity of the export project. 10. IVA and IEPS Modality Rubric AA: Companies aspiring to obtain IVA and IEPS Modality Rubric AA, in addition to the general requirements and to the specific requirements of each customs regime, must comply with the following: 10.1. Select and fill in at least one of the following options: That during the last four years or more they have carried out operations under the regime for which they request the IVA and IEPS modality. Start date of operations under the customs regime in which they request the IVA and IEPS modality dd/mm/yyyy That during the last twelve months on average they had more than one thousand employees registered with the IMSS. Average number of employees registered with the IMSS Number of employees That the value of their machinery and equipment is greater than $50,000,000.00 in national currency. Total value of machinery and equipment $

434 DIARIO OFICIAL Wednesday, December 28, 2022 10.2. State if any credit has been determined by the SAT in the twelve months prior to the date of presentation of the application. YES NO If affirmative, certify that you are authorized for installment payment in deferred form of omitted contributions and their accessories or that payment in installments has been authorized, or that payment of the same was made. 10.3. State if an resolution of improcedence of VAT refunds requested in the last six months, counted from the date of presentation of the corresponding certification application, has been issued, whose amount does not represent more than 20% of the total of authorized refunds and/or that the denied amount does not exceed $5,000,000.00 in national currency individually or collectively. YES NO If affirmative, indicate the percentage and amount that represent of the total of authorized refund requests, those in which the authority has issued a resolution of improcedence. Percentage: % Amount: $ 11. IVA and IEPS Modality Rubric AAA: Companies aspiring to obtain IVA and IEPS Modality Rubric AAA, in addition to the general requirements and to the specific requirements of each customs regime, must comply with the following: 11.1. Select and fill in at least one of the following options: That during the last seven years or more they have carried out operations under the regime for which they request the IVA and IEPS modality. Start date of operations under the customs regime in which they request the IVA and IEPS modality dd/mm/yyyy That during the last twelve months on average they had more than two thousand five hundred employees registered with the IMSS. Average number of employees registered with the IMSS Number of employees That the value of their machinery and equipment is greater than $100,000,000.00 in national currency. Total value of machinery and equipment $ 11.2. State if any credit has been determined by the SAT in the last twenty-four months prior to the date of presentation of the application. YES NO If affirmative, certify that you are authorized for installment payment in deferred form of omitted contributions and their accessories or that payment in installments has been authorized or that payment of the same was made. 11.3. State if a resolution of improcedence of VAT refunds requested in the last six months, counted from the date of presentation of the corresponding certification application, has been issued, whose amount does not represent more than 20% of the total of authorized refunds, and/or that the denied amount does not exceed $5,000,000 (five million pesos) individually or collectively. YES NO If affirmative, indicate the percentage and amount that represent of the total of authorized refund requests, those in which the authority has issued a resolution of improcedence. Percentage: % Amount: $ 12. Requirements for the Commercializer and Importer and Authorized Economic Operator modalities: 12.1. Report the name and RFC of the transport companies authorized to carry out the transfer of foreign trade goods. Name, corporate name or business name RFC CAAT Registry

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 DIARIO OFICIAL 435 Companies aspiring to obtain the Authorized Economic Operator modality, in addition, must comply with the following: 12.2. That, during the last two years prior to their application, they have carried out foreign trade operations. Start date of operations dd/mm/yyyy 12.3. Comply with the minimum security standards established in the format called Company Profile, as appropriate: Attach the Company Profile format corresponding to each of the facilities, where foreign trade operations are carried out and in magnetic media. 12.4. In case of having an authorization in the registry of certified companies, according to article 100-A of the Law, in any of its sections or modalities, and request their inscription in a modality different from that registry with which they have, they must indicate the following: Mark with an X in the box that applies. a) Section in which their registry was granted: b) Number of official letter and date in which their registry was granted and, if applicable, the corresponding one to the last renewal: c) Statement that it is in the interest of my represented party, in case of accrediting and complying with the requirements for my inscription in the section or modality requested, to leave the current registry without effect. YES NO 13. Requirements for the Commercializer and Importer modality: 13.1. Indicate if you have an IMMEX Program. YES NO 13.2. Indicate if you carried out imports for a customs value no less than $300,000,000.00 in the semester immediately prior to that in which you submit your application. YES NO 14. Authorized Economic Operator Modality Rubric Controlling Company: 14.1. Companies with an IMMEX Program aspiring to obtain certification under the Controlling Company rubric, in addition to the Company Profile and what is established in rules 7.1.1. and 7.1.4., first paragraph, must comply with the following: Attach document issued by the SE, through which it is accredited that they have been designated as controlling societies to integrate the manufacturing or maquila operations of two or more controlled societies, regarding which the controlling company participates directly or indirectly in their administration, control or capital, when any of the controlled ones has such direct or indirect participation on the other controlled ones and the controlling company, or well, when a third company already resident in national territory or abroad, participates directly or indirectly in the administration, control or in the capital both of the controlling society and of the controlled societies. Attach the list of controlled societies, indicating their shareholding participation, their corporate name or business name, fiscal address, RFC and the amount of imports and exports carried out by each of the societies. Attach a diagram of the shareholding and corporate structure, as well as a certified copy of the public deeds, in which the shareholding participation of the controlling company and of the controlled societies is recorded. 15. Authorized Economic Operator Modality Rubric Aircraft: Companies interested in obtaining the Registry in the Company Certification Scheme in the modality of Authorized Economic Operator under the Aircraft rubric dedicated to the elaboration, transformation, assembly, repair, maintenance and remanufacturing of aircraft, as well as of their parts and components, in addition to the Company Profile and to what is established in rules 7.1.1. and 7.1.4., first paragraph, must attach the following: 15.1. Indicate the number of your IMMEX Program and the modality. IMMEX Program Number IMMEX Program Modality: 15.2. Have the permission of the General Directorate of Civil Aviation of the SICT, for the establishment of aircraft workshops, when companies carry out such processes. Attach a copy of the permission of the General Directorate of Civil Aviation of the SICT, for the establishment of aircraft workshops, when companies carry out such processes.

436 DIARIO OFICIAL Wednesday, December 28, 2022 16. Authorized Economic Operator Modality Rubric SECIIT: Companies with an IMMEX Program aspiring to obtain certification under the SECIIT rubric, in addition to the Company Profile and to what is established in rules 7.1.1. and 7.1.4., first paragraph, must comply with the following: 16.1. Indicate the number of your IMMEX Program and the modality. IMMEX Program Number: IMMEX Program Modality: 16.2. Indicate if during the last two years you have operated under the registry of certified companies or with certification in matters of IVA and IEPS foreign trade operations. Start date of operations under the registry of certified companies or IVA and IEPS certification. dd/mm/yyyy 16.3. Have the favorable opinion issued by the Authorized Civil Association, Chambers or Confederation according to rule 7.1.9., with which it accredits compliance with what is provided in the Guidelines of the System Electronic for the Control of Temporary Import Inventories, in accordance with rule 7.1.10. Attach favorable opinion issued by the Authorized Civil Association, Chambers or Confederation according to rule 7.1.9. Comply with what is stated in section II of Annex 24 and with the guidelines that AGACE issues for this purpose. 16.4. Select and fill in at least one of the following options: Attach certificate of all personnel registered with the IMSS issued by the SUA, in which it can be visualized that it has at least one thousand employees registered with the IMSS. Average number of employees registered with the IMSS Number of employees Attach documents with which it accredits that it has fixed assets of machinery and equipment for an amount equivalent in national currency to 30,000,000 dollars. Total value of machinery and equipment $ Attach documentation with which it accredits that the company trades on recognized markets in terms of article 16-C of the CFF. In the case that the applicant company does not trade on the stock exchange, it may present the documentation that demonstrates that at least 51% of its shares with voting rights are owned directly or indirectly by a company that trades on recognized markets. 16.5. Indicate if the means of transport that you will use for the transfer of imported goods whose final destination is outside the border strip or region, have tracking systems. YES NO 16.6. Indicate if you have an electronic system for corporate control of your operations. YES NO 16.7. Describe the operation of the SECIIT. Attach a flowchart describing the operation of your SECIIT, which reflects that it complies with what is provided in section II of Annex 24 and with the guidelines that AGACE issues for this purpose, as well as that the customs authority has permanent and uninterrupted online electronic access, which will be verified by the customs authority in the inspection visit. 16.8. Indicate if they carry out temporary imports and return merchandise from the tariff fractions listed in Annex II, Sections B and D of the IMMEX Decree: YES NO 17. Authorized Economic Operator Modality Rubric Textile: Companies with an IMMEX Program aspiring to obtain certification under the Textile rubric, in addition to the Company Profile and to what is established in rules 7.1.1. and 7.1.4., first paragraph, must have the Registry in the Company Certification Scheme under the IVA and IEPS modality. 17.1. Indicate if you have the Registry in the Company Certification Scheme IVA and IEPS modality in any of its rubrics. YES NO

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 DIARIO OFICIAL 437 Rubric: (A, AA or AAA) Expiration date: DD/MM/YYYY Authorization official letter number: 17.2. In case of not having an IMMEX Program, you must accredit compliance with the following requirements: 17.2.1. Have at least thirty employees registered with the IMSS and make the payment of the entirety of employer contributions for them. Attach certificate of all personnel registered with IMSS from the SUA and documentary support of the payment of employer contributions for the three last bimesters prior to the application, of at least thirty employees. 17.2.2. List the partners, shareholders, as appropriate, legal representative with faculty for acts of dominion, and members of the administration in accordance with the constitution of the applicant company. These must be found at the current in the fulfillment of their fiscal obligations: RFC Full Name In their capacity as Nationality Obligated to Tax in Mexico (YES/NO) 17.2.3. Indicate if the partners, shareholders, as appropriate, legal representative with faculty for acts of dominion, and members of the administration in accordance with the constitution of the applicant company, declared taxable income before the fiscal authority for the purposes of the ISR corresponding to the two fiscal years prior to the application. YES NO 18. Authorized Economic Operator Modality Rubric Strategic Supervised Premises: 18.1. Indicate if you have the Registry in the Company Certification Scheme IVA and IEPS modality in any of its rubrics. YES NO Rubric: (A, AA or AAA) Expiration date: DD/MM/YYYY Authorization official letter number: 18.2. Indicate if at the time of presenting your application you have the authorization of the regime of Strategic Supervised Premises. YES NO Indicate the expiration date and the number of the official letter with which the authorization of the regime of Strategic Supervised Premises was granted. Expiration date: DD/MM/YYYY Authorization official letter number: Attach simple copy of the official letter through which the concession or authorization was granted to provide the services of handling, storage and custody of foreign trade goods. 18.3. Indicate if you are subject to a cancellation process of the authorization of the regime of Strategic Supervised Premises. YES NO 19. Authorized Economic Operator Modality, Rubric Logistics Outsourcing: Companies interested in obtaining the Registry in the Company Certification Scheme in the modality of Authorized Economic Operator, Rubric Logistics Outsourcing, that carry out only the handling of goods on behalf of third parties, with the exception of fraction XI of rule 7.1.1., must: 19.1. Indicate if you have a valid IMMEX Services Program. YES NO 19.2. Indicate if you have the Registry in the Company Certification Scheme in the IVA and IEPS modality in any of its rubrics. YES NO Rubric: (A, AA or AAA) Expiration date: DD/MM/YYYY Authorization official letter number: 19.3. Indicate if you have at least one installation for the provision of logistics services and safeguarding of the documentation of foreign trade. YES NO

438 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

19.4. Indicate whether you participate directly in the handling of goods and cargo management, using your own transport, distribution centers, warehouses and/or consolidation. YES NO

19.4.1. Indicate whether you have third parties to provide customs, storage, transfer and/or distribution services for foreign trade goods, which must have the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the Certified Commercial Partner modality, in any of its categories or C-TPAT, granted by CBP. YES NO

In the affirmative case, you must list all third parties contracted to provide on your behalf customs, storage, transfer and/or distribution services for foreign trade goods, accompanied by the current contract that proves the commercial relationship. (Add the necessary rows according to the number of third parties you have).

Name, trade name or corporate name | RFC | Type of Registration

Companies in the Authorized Economic Operator modality, that have their own transport units and that request Registration as a Certified Commercial Partner, category Land Auto Transporter, or that are partners of the program known as C-TPAT:

20.1. Companies that jointly request Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality in any of its categories, and Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the Certified Commercial Partner modality, category Land Auto Transporter, must comply additionally to what is stated in rules 7.1.1. and 7.1.4., with what is provided in the fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh paragraphs of rule 7.1.4., as follows:

20.1.1. Indicate if you request Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality in any of its categories, or, if applicable, indicate if you have registration in any of said categories:

Mark with an X in the applicable box. Initial Request. Has Registration.

a) In case of having a current registration, indicate the category, number of official document and date in which your registration or corresponding renewal was granted: Category: Date and number of official document:

b) Indicate if your registration is subject to a cancellation procedure: YES NO

c) Declare under oath that the circumstances under which the registration was granted have not changed and that you continue to meet the inherent requirements of the same: YES NO

20.1.2. Indicate if you have your own means of transport for the transfer of foreign trade goods. YES NO

Attach the form known as Land Auto Transporter Profile, duly filled out and on magnetic media, complying with the minimum security standards in matter of security, in accordance with the filling instructions of said Profile.

20.1.3. Have the unique permit to operate private cargo transport current, issued by the SICT.

Attach a copy of the document issued by the SICT, with which you prove that you have the unique permit to operate private cargo transport current.

20.1.4. Declaration under oath, regarding the number of own units with which you count to operate private cargo transport.

Attach a free-form letter where you declare under oath the quantity of own units with which the applicant has.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 439

20.1.5. Indicate if the means of transport for the transfer of goods have tracking systems. YES NO

20.1.6. Indicate if you have the CAAT registration. YES NO

Registration Date: (A, AA or AAA) CAAT Registration Number: (number)

20.2. Companies that request Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality that are partners of the program known as C-TPAT granted by CBP and are located before the RFC can prove the requirement established in rule 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction IV, as follows:

Attach the validation report issued in a period not greater than three years from the date the request is presented, through which you prove the applicant as a partner of the CBP (C-TPAT) program, with certified-validated status, for each of the installations validated by CBP (C-TPAT), as well as attach its corresponding simple translation to Spanish.

20.2.1 Indicate if you authorized CBP (C-TPAT) to share information with Mexico, through its C-TPAT portal or the mechanism that the authority of said country defines: YES NO

Comply with the minimum security standards established in the Company Profile format, for which you must deliver the format duly filled out and on magnetic media before the AGACE, in accordance with what is established in the filling instructions of the profile, only for the installations not validated by CBP (C-TPAT).

The installations that are validated by CBP (C-TPAT), from which the Company Profile is not presented, must comply at all times, with the minimum security standards established in the Company Profile, as provided in rule 7.2.1., third paragraph, fraction III, third paragraph and not be subject to a suspension or cancellation process by CBP (C-TPAT).

20.3. Indicate if you have operated during the last three years as a foreign company under another company with IMMEX Program in the shelter modality. YES NO

20.4. Contract celebrated for a minimum of three years with the company that has the IMMEX Program under the shelter modality.

Attach a copy of the contract celebrated for a minimum of three years with the company that has the IMMEX program under the shelter modality.

Certified Commercial Partner modality, categories: Land Auto Transporter, Customs Broker, Rail Transporter, Industrial Park, Supervised Warehouse, Courier and Parcel and General Warehouse of Deposit:

21.1. Certified Commercial Partner modality category Land Auto Transporter:

Companies aspiring to obtain certification under the Certified Commercial Partner modality in the category of Land Auto Transporter, must comply with the requirements referred to in rule 7.1.1., with the exception of what is established in fractions VIII, X, XI and XIV, as well as prove the requirement referred to in rule 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction I; and with the minimum security standards referred to in article 100-A, fraction VII of the Law, as follows:

21.2. Indicate if you carry out federal cargo auto-transport operations. YES NO

Attach the form known as Land Auto Transporter Profile duly filled out and on magnetic media, complying with the minimum security standards established in the cited format.

21.3. Indicate if as of the date of presentation of your request you have a minimum of two years of experience in the provision of cargo auto-transport services. YES NO

440 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

21.4. Have the current permit, issued by the SICT to provide the federal cargo auto-transport service.

Attach a copy of the document issued by the SICT, with which you prove that you have the current permit, to provide the federal cargo auto-transport service.

21.5. Declaration under oath, regarding the number of own or leased units, that you use for the provision of the service.

Attach a free-form letter where you declare under oath the quantity of units with which the applicant has and how many are own and how many are leased.

Attach the contract with which you prove the leased units.

21.6. Indicate if the means of transport that you will use for the transfer of import goods have tracking systems. YES NO

21.7. Indicate if as of the date of presentation of your request you have the CAAT registration. YES NO

Registration Date: (A, AA or AAA) CAAT Registration Number: (number)

Certified Commercial Partner modality Land Auto Transporter and that are partners of the program known as C-TPAT.

Land Auto Transporter companies that request Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the Certified Commercial Partner modality that are partners of the program known as C-TPAT, granted by CBP and are located before the RFC can prove the requirement established in rule 7.1.5., first paragraph, fraction I, subsection b), as follows:

22.1. Indicate if you authorized CBP (C-TPAT) to share information with Mexico, through its C-TPAT portal or the mechanism that the authority of said country defines: YES NO

22.2. Indicate if the installations that have the CBP (C-TPAT) certification and from which the Land Auto Transporter Profile must not be presented, comply with the minimum security standards: YES NO

22.3. Indicate if as of the date of presentation of your request you are subject to a suspension or cancellation process by CBP (C-TPAT): YES NO

Attach the Land Auto Transporter Profile format and on magnetic media, only for the installations not validated by CBP (C-TPAT).

The installations that are validated by CBP (C-TPAT). from which the Land Auto Transporter Profile is not presented, must comply at all times, with the minimum security standards established in the Land Auto Transporter Profile, as provided in rule 7.2.1., fourth paragraph, fraction II, third paragraph and not be subject to a suspension or cancellation process by CBP (C-TPAT).

Certified Commercial Partner modality category Customs Broker:

Natural persons aspiring to obtain certification under the Certified Commercial Partner modality, category Customs Broker, must comply with the requirements referred to in rule 7.1.1., with the exception of what is established in fractions I, VIII, X, XI, XII and XIV; as well as prove the requirement referred to in rule 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction I, and with the minimum security standards referred to in article 100-A, fraction VII of the Law, as follows:

Attach the form known as Customs Broker Profile duly filled out and on magnetic media and, complying with the minimum security standards established in the cited format.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 441

23.1. That your representatives are up to date in the fulfillment of their tax obligations, for which you will indicate the name of each of your representatives, their RFC and if they are up to date in the fulfillment of their tax obligations:

Name | RFC | Indicate if they are up to date in the fulfillment of their tax obligations

23.2. Indicate if as of the date of presentation of your request the customs patent is active: YES NO

23.3. Indicate if as of the date of presentation the customs patent is subject to a process of suspension, cancellation, extinction, disqualification or voluntary suspension referred to in articles 164, 165 and 166 of the Law: YES NO

23.4. Indicate if the customs patent has been suspended, cancelled, extinguished or disqualified in the three years prior to the presentation of your request: YES NO

23.5. In case of having incorporated and/or constituted one or more societies, in accordance with fraction II of article 1636 of the Law, repealed by Decree published in the DOF, on June 25, 2018, these must be up to date in the fulfillment of tax obligations, for which you must indicate the name and RFC of said societies: YES NO

Full Name (First name(s) and last name(s), without abbreviations) | RFC | Customs in which it acts

23.6. Additional data of the customs broker.

Indicate the following: Response. Customs of assignment. Additional authorized customs. Number of workers registered in the IMSS as of the date of this request. Number of workers registered through service provision contracts. Manifest that the patent I represent has a minimum of two years of experience in the provision of customs services. YES NO

23.7. Describe the additional services to customs management that the Customs Broker provides. (Add the lines that are necessary).

23.8. Data of the customs broker's facilities.

It is necessary to indicate all the facilities that belong to the patent of the requesting customs broker.

Name and type of the facilities. (Add the necessary rows according to the number of facilities).

Name and/or Trade Name: | Type of Installation: | Address: (Patios, Workshops, warehouse, distribution center, administrative offices, etc.)

442 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Name and/or Trade Name: | Type of Installation: | Address: (Patios, Workshops, warehouse, distribution center, administrative offices, etc.)

Certified Commercial Partner modality category Rail Transporter:

Companies that have a public service concession for rail transport and that have a minimum of two years of experience in the provision of freight transport services by rail, prior to the one in which they request the Registration of the Business Certification Scheme under the Certified Commercial Partner modality category Rail Transporter, in addition to what is established in rule 7.1.1., with the exception of fractions VIII, X, XI and XIV and in rule 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction I must comply with the following:

Attach the form known as Rail Transporter Profile, duly filled out and on magnetic media, complying with the minimum security standards established in the cited format.

24.1. Have the current concession or permit, issued by the SICT to provide the rail cargo transport service:

Attach a copy of the document issued by the SICT, with which you prove that you have the current concession or permit to provide the rail cargo transport service.

24.2. Indicate if as of the date of presentation of your request you have own, leased, loaned or other legal figure units with which you prove the possession of the same (tractive equipment), that you use for the provision of the service:

Attach a free-form letter where you declare under oath that the quantity of units with which the applicant has and how many are own and how many are leased.

Attach the contract with which you prove the leased units.

Manifest that there is a minimum of two years of experience in the provision of freight transport services by rail. YES NO

24.3. Indicate if the means of transport for the transfer of goods have tracking systems in accordance with what is established in the form known as Rail Transporter Profile. YES NO

Certified Commercial Partner modality category Industrial Park:

Companies that request Registration in the Business Certification Scheme under the Certified Commercial Partner modality in the category Industrial Park, must comply additionally to the requirements established in rule 7.1.1., with the exception of fractions VIII, X, XI and XIV, and with what is stated in rule 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction I, as well as with the minimum security standards referred to in article 100-A, fraction VII of the Law, as follows:

Attach the form known as Industrial Parks Profile, duly filled out by each Industrial Park, that host the companies or the facilities that belong to the same RFC of the corporate group, where foreign trade operations are carried out; and on magnetic media, complying with the minimum security standards established in the cited format.

25.1. Indicate the name and/or trade name of each Industrial Park for which registration is requested and that belongs and operates under the same RFC of the corporate group. The hosted installations can be industrial plants, warehouses, distribution centers, etc. and must carry out foreign trade operations. (Add as many rows as necessary).

Name and/or Trade Name of the Industrial Park | RFC | Type of Installation | Installation Address

25.2. Have the Environmental Impact Manifestation:

Attach document issued by the SEMARNAT on the environmental impact in accordance with the standard NMX-R-046-SCFI-2015, Industrial Parks-Specifications.

Certified Commercial Partner modality category Supervised Warehouse:

Companies aspiring to obtain certification under the Certified Commercial Partner modality in the category Supervised Warehouse, must comply additionally to the requirements established in rule 7.1.1., with the exception of fractions VIII, X, XI, with what is stated in rule 7.1.4, first paragraph, fraction I.

Attach the form known as Supervised Warehouse Profile, duly filled out and on magnetic media, for each Supervised Warehouse.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 443

26.1. Indicate if at the moment of the presentation of your request you have the Supervised Warehouse authorization. YES NO

Indicate the end of validity and the number of official document with which the Supervised Warehouse authorization was granted to you: End of validity date: DD/MM/YYYY Authorization official document number:

Attach a simple copy of the official document through which the authorization for the elaboration, transformation or repair in supervised warehouse was granted to you.

26.2. Indicate if at the moment of the presentation of your request you are subject to a cancellation process of the Supervised Warehouse authorization. YES NO

Certified Commercial Partner modality category Courier and Parcel:

Companies interested in obtaining the registration in the business certification scheme in the Certified Commercial Partner modality under the category of courier and parcel, in addition to what is established in rule 7.1.1. and 7.1.4., first paragraph, fractions I and II, must attach the following:

The form known as Courier and Parcel Company Profile, duly filled out and on magnetic media, complying with the minimum security standards established in the cited format.

27.1. Mark with an X to whom the aircraft in which you carry out the transport of documents and goods belong: Own Subsidiary Branch Parent Company

Indicate the name of the owner of the aircraft in which you carry out the transport of documents and goods. (Add as many boxes as necessary).

Name | Subsidiary, Branch or Parent Company

Attach service contract, with a minimum validity of five years and not less than one year from the date of your request, celebrated directly or through its parent companies, branches or subsidiaries, with a concessionaire or permittee duly authorized by the SICT, through which they make available for dedicated use of the activities of the courier or parcel company at least 30 aircraft and that provide regular frequencies to the airports where said company carries out the dispatch of documents or goods.

Attach document issued by the General Directorate of Civil Aeronautics of the SICT in favor of the concessionaire or permittee with which you prove that they have authorized or registered the air routes or airways within the national airspace.

27.2. Mark with an X who operates the transport of aircraft: Applicant Subsidiary Branch Parent Company

Attach document issued by the General Directorate of Civil Aeronautics of the SICT with which you prove that you have the registration of air routes or airways within the national airspace.

27.3. Indicate if at the moment of the presentation of your request you have the concession or authorization to provide the services of handling, storage and custody of foreign trade goods in accordance with articles 14 and 14-A of the Law. YES NO

Indicate the end of validity and the number of official document with which the concession or authorization to provide the services of handling, storage and custody of foreign trade goods in accordance with articles 14 and 14-A of the Law was granted to you.

444 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 Expiry date: DD/MM/YYYY Authorization letter number: 27.4. Indicate whether, as of the date of submission of your application, you have a minimum investment in fixed assets equivalent in national currency to $1,000,000 USD. YES NO Attach the document that proves that as of the date of submission of your application, you have a minimum investment in fixed assets equivalent in national currency to $1,000,000 USD. 27.5. Indicate whether, for the purposes of this item, accreditation is done as part of a group. YES NO Indicate the name of the companies that are part of the group. (Add as many lines as necessary). Name RFC 27.6. Indicate the name of the companies that are part of the group that possess the aircraft. (Add as many lines as necessary). Name RFC Attach the document that proves that they have aircraft for the transportation of documents and merchandise, through a service contract, entered into directly or through an operating company that is part of the same group, which has a concession or permit granted by the SICT, whereby it makes available for exclusive use in messenger and package activities at least three aircraft and provides regular frequencies to the airports where messenger and package companies dispatch documents or merchandise. Attach permission from the SICT issued in favor of the company that is part of the group. 27.7. Indicate the name of the companies that are part of the group, which operate the transport of the aircraft indicated in the previous section, having their air routes or airways authorized or registered within national airspace before the General Directorate of Civil Aeronautics of the SICT. Name RFC Attach the document issued by the General Directorate of Civil Aeronautics of the SICT that proves that they have authorized or registered the air routes or airways within national airspace. 27.8. Indicate the name of the companies that are part of the group that have the concession or authorization to provide services for the handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise in accordance with articles 14 and 14-A of the Law. Name RFC Indicate the expiry date and the number of the letter with which the concession or authorization was granted to provide services for the handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise in accordance with articles 14 and 14-A of the Law. Expiry date: DD/MM/YYYY Authorization letter number: 28. Certified Commercial Partner Modality Item General Warehouse: Companies interested in obtaining Registration in the Enterprise Certification Scheme in the Certified Commercial Partner modality, General Warehouse item, and that have provided the service of storing merchandise under the tax deposit regime, for at least two years prior to the submission of the application, in addition to what is established in rule 7.1.1., except for sections VIII, X, XI, XIV, and in rule 7.1.4., first paragraph, section I, must comply with the following: Attach the form named Profile of the General Warehouse, duly filled out and on magnetic media, for each location, installation, warehouse, or branch that the general warehouse determines, provided that they have authorization to provide the service of storing merchandise intended for the tax deposit regime.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 445 28.1. Indicate whether, at the time of submission of your application, you have the authorization to provide the service of storing merchandise under the tax deposit regime. YES NO Indicate the expiry date and the number of the letter with which the authorization was granted to provide the service of storing merchandise under the tax deposit regime: Expiry date: DD/MM/YYYY Authorization letter number: Attach a simple copy of the letter by which the authorization was granted to provide the service of storing merchandise under the tax deposit regime. 28.2. Indicate whether, at the time of submission of your application, you are subject to a process of cancellation of the authorization to provide the service of storing merchandise under the tax deposit regime. YES NO 29. Mutual Recognition for the modalities of Authorized Economic Operator and Certified Commercial Partner. The adoption by Mexico of the standards established in the SAFE Framework of Standards to Secure and Facilitate Global Trade published by the WCO, where practices and norms in matters of security are incorporated, has as one of its objectives, reaching Mutual Recognition with those countries that have a similar program in matters of security, that meet the condition of Authorized Economic Operators according to the SAFE Framework and the legislation of each country. Therefore, as part of the strategy to avoid duplication of security controls and contribute significantly to the facilitation and control of merchandise circulating in the international supply chain, it is necessary to have the participation of those who manage to obtain Registration in the Enterprise Certification Scheme and authorize the exchange of information that allows enriching computer systems, eliminating and/or reducing redundancy and/or duplication of efforts in the inscription process. For the above and in accordance with what is provided in article 21 of the Federal Law of Transparency and Access to Public Governmental Information, I authorize the obligated subject named SAT, through the AGACE, to share, disseminate, or distribute with other national or foreign authorities the personal data and other information of the company that I represent, and that is generated during the course in which it is inscribed in the Registration in the Enterprise Certification Scheme. If I authorize I do not authorize 30. List of Certified Commercial Partners. With the aim of creating safer supply chains, a list will be established with the companies that have obtained certification as Commercial Partners, which will be published on the SAT Portal and will include the general data that the company authorizes, as well as the status of its certification, which may be consulted by companies that have obtained their inscription in the enterprise certification registry. Indicate the general data that you authorize to publish: YES NO RFC Name or Corporate Name Tax Address In case of authorization, specify the contact data to be published: Contact email Contact phone(s) 31. Classification of Information. The information provided, during this procedure for Registration in the Enterprise Certification Scheme, is classified by the company as (Mark with an X in the box the selected option): Public Confidential Once stated the above, the SAT is requested, through the AGACE, to carry out the inspections referred to in rule 7.1.1., section IX, to the facilities where production processes are carried out, with the purpose of verifying the information recorded in this application and in the Profile referred to in rules 7.1.4., first paragraph, section IV and third paragraph, section IV and 7.1.5., sections I, subsection b), II, subsection b), III, subsection a), IV, subsection a), V, subsection b), VI subsection e) and VII, subsection b) which I attach to this application. Under oath, I declare that the data recorded in this document are true and that the attached documents are genuine and that the powers granted to me to represent the applicant have not been modified and/or revoked. NAME AND SIGNATURE OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE CORPORATE APPLICANT

446 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS Clarifying notes:

In the files accompanying the Application for Registration in the Enterprise Certification Scheme, the number of the application to which they correspond and the name of the document must be indicated.
All documents must be presented in Spanish. In case the documents are in English, besides the original language document, a simple translation of them must be attached; in case they are in any other language, certified translations into Spanish must be attached.
For the purposes of rules 7.1.2., 7.1.3. and 7.1.4., second paragraph, Section A, the AGACE will issue the corresponding resolution within a period not exceeding sixty days, counted from the day following the date of receipt acknowledgment, in case that the customs authority detects the lack of any requirement, it will request only once electronically to the applicant the missing information or documentation. For the purposes of rule 7.1.4., item Importer and/or Exporter and the items provided for in Sections B, C, D, E, F and G and 7.1.5., the corresponding resolution will be issued within a period not exceeding one hundred twenty days, in case that the customs authority detects the lack of any requirement, it will request only once to the applicant, for which the taxpayer will have a period of fifteen days counted from the day following when the notification takes effect, to satisfy the request, otherwise, it will be understood that the application was withdrawn. Notifications will be made in accordance with what is established in article 134 of the CFF and/or 9-A and 9-B of the Law. In case that taxpayers have an open procedure related to the Registration in the Enterprise Certification Scheme and derived from it have the need to send documentation through SEPOMEX, they must give immediate notice to the AGACE through the email address controldeguiasRECE@sat.gob.mx, and in case that the promotion meets the requirements established in articles 18, 18-A and 19 of the CFF it may be considered effective from the date of its presentation before SEPOMEX. MODALITY IN WHICH YOU REQUEST YOUR REGISTRATION You must select the modality and item in which you wish to obtain Registration. For those companies that have obtained an IMMEX program for the first time for a pre-operational period; an authorization for the establishment of a tax deposit to undergo the process of assembly and manufacturing of vehicles; an authorization for the regime of elaboration, transformation or repair in a supervised fiscal facility or authorization for the strategic supervised fiscal facility regime; within the twelve months prior to the date of their registration application, only once, they may apply for Registration solely for the temporary importation of fixed assets, complying with the requirements indicated in rule 7.1.1. and those established in rule 7.1.2., with the exception of section II of Section A; section II of Section C and section II of Section D; in which case, the Registration will be granted for a period of up to six months, which may be extended, only once, for an additional period of three months, for which they must present their application to the AGACE, up to five days before the expiration of the Registration, in writing in terms of rule 1.2.2., first paragraph, granting said extension the day following the expiration of the registration. Once you have the necessary infrastructure to perform the operation of the IMMEX program, the industrial process in accordance with the modality of your program and/or the operation as a tax deposit to undergo the process of assembly and manufacturing of vehicles; of elaboration, transformation or repair in a supervised fiscal facility or of strategic supervised fiscal facility, it must be made known to the AGACE through writing in terms of rule 1.2.2., first paragraph. CUSTOMS REGIME UNDER WHICH YOU WILL REQUEST REGISTRATION IN THE IVA AND IEPS MODALITY Select the customs regime. GROUP COMPANIES Companies that are part of a group, for the purposes of rule 7.1.7. Regarding those companies that belong to the same group, they may accredit personnel, infrastructure, and investment amounts through any of the companies of the same group. To do so, they must indicate the name and RFC of the companies that are part of the group, attach a diagram of the shareholding and corporate structure, as well as copies of public deeds, in which the shareholding participation of the companies that are part of the group is recorded. During inspection visits to the applicant company, the verifier may request the certified copy of the public deed in which the shareholding participation is recorded. Only regarding the companies mentioned in rules 7.1.2., Section B and 7.1.4., first paragraph, section II, the age requirement may be accredited with any of the companies that are part of the group that has had operations under the IMMEX Program, in the last twelve months and/or two years, respectively, provided that the latter attaches a writing in which it assumes joint liability as referred to in section VIII, of article 26 of the CFF, for tax credits that may arise. Said writing must be transmitted as an attachment through Digital Counter, and a copy of the power of attorney with which it accredits the personality of the legal representative of the company that assumes the joint liability must be exhibited. You must mark the type of concept that accredits you as a member company of a group, being able to choose one or more of the options indicated. Indicate, if applicable, the type of information that the applicant accredits, through any of the companies that are part of the same group.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 447 SHelter COMPANIES Companies that have operated during the last 3 fiscal years, for the purposes of rule 7.1.8. For the purposes of companies constituted in accordance with Mexican legislation and that have operated in the last 3 fiscal years in terms of article 183 of the Income Tax Law, they may obtain Registration in the Certification Scheme modality IVA and IEPS, any item, and may accredit the requirements of personnel, infrastructure, and investment amounts (investment in national territory), through the company that has the maquila program under the shelter modality with which it has operated the last three years, provided that, the company with the maquila program, under the shelter modality, with which it has operated, has Registration in the Enterprise Certification Scheme, modality IVA and IEPS, item AAA and is not suspended or subject to the initiation of a cancellation procedure, the applicant has an IMMEX Program, obtained for the first time during the last twelve months prior to its application and attaches the following documents: a) Copy of the contract celebrated, for a minimum validity of three years, with the company that has the IMMEX Program under the Shelter modality. b) Declaration, under oath, signed by the legal representative of the company that has the IMMEX Program under the Shelter modality, regarding the temporality in which the applicant operated as a foreign company under its IMMEX program in shelter modality. c) Copy of the power of attorney with which it accredits the personality of the legal representative of the company with the IMMEX Program under the Shelter modality. You must manifest the denomination or corporate name, RFC, and program number of the company that has the IMMEX Program in the shelter modality. Indicate the type of concept that you wish to accredit with the company with the IMMEX Program in the shelter modality. You may mark more than one option. DATA OF THE INDIVIDUAL OR CORPORATE APPLICANT.

Name, Denomination and/or Corporate Name, RFC including the homoclave, the RFC key of twelve or thirteen positions must be noted. 1.1. Predominant economic activity. You must note the predominant economic activity declared before the RFC. 1.2. Productive Sector. You must note the industry to which you belong or the service you provide, in accordance with the following catalog: Industry: Metal-mechanical industry; mining and metallurgical industry; steel industry; electrical-electronic; aircraft; chemical; pharmaceutical; medical; auto parts; automotive final; food industry; paper and cardboard industry; office supplies manufacturing; wood industry; furniture and related products manufacturing; petroleum and coal derivative products manufacturing; plastic and rubber industry; non-metallic mineral-based products manufacturing; machinery and equipment manufacturing; railway equipment manufacturing; beverages and tobacco; textile-confection industry; footwear industry; and toys, recreational games, and sports articles manufacturing. Service: Supply, storage, or distribution of merchandise; classification, inspection, testing, or verification of merchandise; operations that do not materially alter the characteristics of the merchandise (which includes packaging, sanding, gumming, polishing, painting, or waxing, among others); integration of games (kits) or material for promotional purposes and that accompany the exported products; repair, re-work, or maintenance of merchandise; laundry or ironing of garments; embroidery or printing of garments; armoring, modification, or adaptation of motor vehicle; recycling or collection of waste; product design or engineering; software design or engineering; supported services with information technologies; business process outsourcing services based on information technologies. If you do not fit into the sectors of the catalogs, you must select the closest one to your activities. 1.3. Address for hearing and receiving notifications. You must indicate the address for hearing and receiving notifications.
Person authorized to hear and receive notifications. You must capture the information of a person authorized to hear and receive notifications, if required.
Persons authorized as operational links with the AGACE. 3.1. Person authorized as operational link. You must capture the data of the person designated by the applicant company that will serve as the link with the AGACE in operational and logistical aspects. To accredit the relationship of the operational link with the companies, you must attach a document issued by the applicant, stating the name of the person, the position they hold in the company, and the corporate name of the applicant, for example: payroll receipt provided it contains the position they hold; labor contract; letter signed by the legal representative who signs the certification request, among others. In case of changes of operational links, these must be notified to the AGACE through the email: certificacion.iva.ieps@sat.gob.mx, within a term of five days for the IVA and IEPS modality.

448 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

In the event that operational link changes are made, these must be notified to the AGACE through the email: oeamexico@sat.gob.mx, within a term of five days for the Commercializer and Importer, Economic Operator, and Certified Commercial Partner modalities.

3.2. Person authorized as operational link (Alternate). In addition to the previous field, an alternate for the operational link must be established, meeting the same requirements as the primary link.

General requirements that must be met in any modality in which you request your Registration in the Business Certification Scheme.

4.1. Indicate whether you are up to date in the fulfillment of your tax and customs obligations. You must answer as appropriate.

4.2. Indicate whether you authorized the SAT to make public your positive opinion on the fulfillment of tax obligations. You must answer as appropriate.

4.3. Certificate of the entirety of personnel registered with the IMSS, of the SUA, and the payment receipt of the employer-employee quotas from the last bimonthly period prior to the date of submission of the application, as well as compliance with the obligation to withhold and pay the ISR of the workers. a) To prove the entirety of the personnel, you must attach from all employer records certificates of the entirety of personnel registered with the IMSS, of the SUA. The company may attach the first page (where the social name and period appear) and the last page (where the entirety of employees registered with the IMSS is recorded).

Documentation with which to prove the withholding and payment of the ISR of the applicant, for which you may present the last declaration of ISR withholdings for salaries, as well as the receipt that demonstrates the payment of the contributions withheld from the workers. b) To present the receipt of payment of employer-employee quotas from the last bimonthly period prior to the application, you must attach a payment receipt downloaded by the SIPARE or a payment receipt that is consistent with the SUA information. Those receipts that contain legends stating they have no fiscal or legal effects will not be valid to prove the requirement.
The authority will verify that the applicant company complies with the issuance of payroll CFDIs to its workers; in the event that any inconsistency is detected, the authority may request that documentation be exhibited that proves their corresponding issuance, at all times. The applicant company must prove each and every one of the points in sub-sections a) and b). Companies that have obtained their IMMEX Program from the SE for the first time within the twelve months prior to the submission of the application, may comply with the requirement with the document that supports the hiring of employees; proving the issuance of payroll CFDIs issued by the applicant to the hired workers will not require attaching documentation to the application; the authority will verify the issuance of the CFDIs; in the event that it is detected that they have not issued them, the authority may request that documentation be exhibited that proves their corresponding issuance, at all times. During inspection and supervision visits to the applicant company, it must be proven that the employees observed in the documents with which this requirement is intended to be proven are present.

4.4. State whether the applicant is not currently included in the list of companies published by the SAT, in terms of articles 69 with the exception of what is provided in fraction VI and 69-B, fourth paragraph of the CFF.

4.5. State whether your digital seal certificates are valid and it has not been proven that any of the circumstances provided for in article 17-H Bis of the CFF were infringed during the last twelve months.

4.6. State all addresses registered with the RFC of the applicant and indicate those in which activities related to their productive process and/or the provision of services are developed. For companies requesting registration in the Commercializer and Importer modality, they may present a list indicating only the main addresses in which activities related to their productive process and/or the provision of services are developed.

4.7. Indicate if you have updated your contact means for the purposes of the tax mailbox in terms of the penultimate paragraph of article 17-K of the CFF.

4.8. State whether at the time of submitting the application you are suspended in the Importers Registry or in the Importers Registry of Specific Sectors or Sectoral Exporters Registry.

4.9. Attach a file containing the name and address of your clients and suppliers abroad, with whom you carried out foreign trade operations related to the regime in which you request registration, during the last twelve months, counted from the date of submission of the application. You must attach a file listing the name, denomination and/or corporate name, as well as the address of clients and suppliers abroad with whom you carried out foreign trade operations during the last twelve months. In said list, it must be distinguished which correspond to clients and which to suppliers, and in case they have both roles, they must be declared in both.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 449 For companies requesting registration in the Commercializer and Importer modality, they may present a file containing only the name and address of their main clients and suppliers abroad, with whom they carried out foreign trade operations related to the regime in which they request registration, during the last twelve months. In the case of not having clients and/or suppliers abroad linked to the process under the regime for which registration is requested, they must present a free-form statement, manifesting this. Companies that have obtained their IMMEX Program from the SE for the first time during the last twelve months prior to the submission of the application, will not be subject to complying with this requirement, provided that they have not had foreign trade operations.

4.10. Attach a file containing the name and RFC of your suppliers of inputs acquired in national territory, linked to the process under the regime for which registration is requested, of the last six months, counted from the date of submission of the application. You must attach a file containing the name and RFC of your suppliers of inputs acquired in national territory, linked to the process under the regime for which registration is requested, of the last six months, counted from the date of submission of the application. For this effect, national suppliers are also considered those companies with the IMMEX Program that transfer merchandise to them through virtual operations, in terms of Annex 22, regardless of whether the suppliers or sellers are residents abroad who deliver in national territory through a company with the IMMEX Program, for which you must make the distinction of the companies with which you carry out virtual transfers. For companies requesting registration in the Commercializer and Importer modality, they may present a file containing only the name and RFC of their main suppliers of inputs acquired in national territory, linked to the process under the regime for which registration is requested, of the last six months, counted from the date of submission of the application. In the case of not having suppliers of inputs acquired in national territory, linked to the process under the regime for which registration is requested, they must present a free-form statement, manifesting this. Companies that have obtained their IMMEX Program from the SE for the first time during the last twelve months prior to the submission of the application, will not be subject to complying with this requirement, provided that they have not had foreign trade operations.

4.11. Prove that you have the legal use or enjoyment of the property or properties where the productive processes or the provision of the service are carried out, as applicable, in which a mandatory term of at least one year of validity is established, and that you have a remaining validity of at least eight months. You must declare the address or addresses where the productive processes or the provision of the service are carried out, as applicable, from which you intend to prove the legal use or enjoyment, and attach a contract or title of ownership. This address must be registered with the SAT. Attach documentation according to applicable legislation that supports the ownership, use, or temporary enjoyment of the property or properties where the productive processes or the provision of services are carried out, as applicable, in which a mandatory term of at least one year of validity is established, and that you have a remaining validity of at least eight months from the date of submission of the application. It is important that the address subject to the contract or title of ownership with which you intend to prove the legal use or enjoyment fully coincides with one of the addresses registered with the SAT. When the addresses do not fully coincide, you must accompany the title of ownership with documentation that proves that it is the same one declared with the SAT, for example: property tax bill as long as it is related to the cadastral key observed in the title of ownership; document issued by the cadastral office in which the address and the name of the owner are recorded relating to the title of ownership by the cadastral key and/or the description of the property; document from the Public Property Registry in which the address and the name of the owner are recorded; certificate of facts issued by a Notary Public in which said Notary Public has had the title of ownership in view, has been present at the property and verifies that the address visited is the same as the one presented in the title. In the case of contracts where the address does not fully coincide with one of the addresses registered with the SAT, you may accompany them with an addendum or modifying agreement in which the address fully coincides. In case of having a sublease contract, you must exhibit the main lease contract that contains a validity equal to or greater than that of the sublease contract, and you must also exhibit the documentation with which you prove the general authorization to sublease the property. During inspection and supervision visits to the applicant company, the verifier may request the CFDIs issued for the payment of the lease of the property or properties where the productive processes and/or the provision of the service and/or economic and foreign trade activities are carried out.

450 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

4.12. State whether the SAT has filed a criminal complaint or denunciation against the partners, shareholders, as applicable, legal representative with authority for acts of dominion, and members of the administration of the applicant company or declaration of prejudice, as applicable, during the last three years prior to the submission of the application. You must answer as appropriate.

4.13. Indicate if you have an inventory control system, for the registration of your foreign trade operations. Regardless of the type of inventory control system, you must capture the name or data for its identification and indicate its place of residence, that is, any establishment, branch, plant, etc., where access to all functions and information of the inventory control system is available. In case you have more than one inventory control system, you may indicate the data of all of them by adding rows in the table. The inventory control system must comply with the provisions provided for in Annex 24 and you must attach a report of balances of temporary import merchandise or merchandise subject to foreign trade operations, of a period of one month, which is within the three months prior to the date of the present application. The minimum information required for the identification of the operations, by way of example and not limitation, is the following:

IMPORTATION ENTRY BALANCES No. of entry Date of payment or date of entry Key of entry Tariff fraction Quantity imported Value of the importation Balance Value of Balance (15 digits) dd/mm/yy As declared in the entry reference Units MXN Units MXN 29/11/31 IN 8708.95.02 5200 $125,000.00 50500 $124,376.00

Companies that have obtained their IMMEX Program from the SE for the first time, within the twelve months prior to the date of submission of their application, will not be obligated to present the balance report mentioned in the previous paragraph, however, they must prove that they have inventory control in accordance with article 59, fraction I of the Law, in relation to Annex 24.

4.14. State whether you keep accounting in electronic media in accordance with article 28, fraction III, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.5. of the RMF. You must answer as appropriate.

4.15. State whether you enter your accounting information monthly through the SAT portal, in accordance with article 28, fraction IV, of the CFF and rule 2.8.1.6. of the RMF. You must answer as appropriate.

4.16. Indicate whether the partners, shareholders, as applicable, legal representative with authority for acts of dominion, and members of the administration in accordance with the constitution of the applicant company, are obligated to pay taxes in Mexico and not obligated to pay taxes in Mexico. You must list all partners and/or shareholders:

Partners, shareholders, legal representative, sole administrator or members of the board of directors who are obligated to pay taxes in Mexico must be up to date in the fulfillment of their tax obligations.
In case the applicant company trades on recognized markets in terms of article 16-C of the CFF, it will not be subject to having a valid positive opinion on the fulfillment of tax obligations of the holders of the shares that trade on it.
When the same person holds more than one figure (for example, legal representative and shareholder), they must be declared in each one, regardless of repetition, that they are up to date in the fulfillment of their tax obligations. For those not obligated to pay taxes in Mexico, you must take the following into account:
Regarding partners or shareholders, you must present the document called "List of Partners, Shareholders or Associates, residents abroad of legal entities resident in Mexico who opt not to register in the RFC". (Official Form 96), corresponding to the current fiscal year or the last year for which they were obligated, accompanying their acknowledgment of submission to the SAT. In case the partners are also members of the board of directors or sole administrator, they must present for proof that they are not obligated to pay taxes in the Country, only Official Form 96 with its respective acknowledgment of submission.
Regarding legal representative, sole administrator and/or members of the board of directors, by way of example and not limitation, you may present documents that prove that these persons are not obligated to pay taxes in Mexico, such as: opinion on the fulfillment of tax obligations with the legend "No tax obligations", certificate of residence for tax purposes of the country where they pay taxes, tax declarations of the country where they are obligated to pay taxes, passport issued by their country of origin, etc.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 451 The documentation exhibited to prove that the members of the company are not obligated to pay taxes in Mexico must contain the full and correct name of the declared person; in case the document exhibited does not contain the name exactly as it was declared in the initial application, which must coincide with the articles of incorporation or respective modification; said documentation cannot be considered to prove this requirement.

4.17. State whether your partners or shareholders and members of the administration are not linked to any company whose Registration in the Business Certification Scheme has been cancelled, in accordance with fractions V, VI and VII of section A; II and III of section B of rule 7.2.4.; and/or VI, VII and XI of rule 7.2.5. You must answer as appropriate.

4.18. State whether you have made the payment of the right referred to in article 40, subsection m), of the LFD, in relation to Annex 19 of the RMF in force on the date of submission of the registration application: You must answer as appropriate. And you must record the amount paid, the payment date, bank operation number and the corresponding payment key.

Additional requirements to those established in rule 7.1.1., that must be met by companies that intend to obtain the Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in its VAT and IEPS modality, Rubro A.

5.1. Provide certificates of personnel registered with the IMSS, of the SUA, and the documentary support of the payment of the entirety of employer-employee quotas of at least ten employees through capture line from the last bimonthly period prior to their application of the applicant. a) You must attach certificates of at least 10 contributors registered with the IMSS, of the SUA. The company may attach the first page (where the social name and period appear) and the last page (where the entirety of employees registered with the IMSS is recorded) of the last bimonthly period prior to their application. b) You must attach the documentary support of the payment of employer-employee quotas downloaded by the SIPARE or payment receipt that is consistent with the SUA information. Those receipts that contain legends stating they have no fiscal or legal effects will not be valid to prove the requirement. c) You must present a list with the name and RFC of at least ten employees of the applicant that can be visualized in the certificates of personnel registered with the IMSS, of the SUA presented, to whom you have issued payroll CFDIs. The authority will verify the issuance of the CFDIs; in the event that any inconsistency is detected, the authority may request that documentation be exhibited that proves their corresponding issuance, at all times. Companies that have obtained their IMMEX Program from the SE for the first time within the twelve months prior to the submission of the application, may comply with the requirement with the document that supports the hiring of employees; proving the issuance of payroll CFDIs issued by the applicant to the hired workers will not require attaching documentation to the application; the authority will verify the issuance of the CFDIs; in the event that it is detected that they have not issued them, the authority may request that documentation be exhibited that proves their corresponding issuance, at all times.

5.2. Prove the investment in national territory. You must capture the global value of each of the concepts that apply to you (real estate, movable property). This value may be the current value of the goods or the customs value if they come from temporary imports, or a combination of both. It will not be necessary to attach documentation to the application, since during the initial inspection visit or the supervision visits on compliance, the authority may request that documentation be exhibited that proves the investment in national territory such as lease contracts accompanied by their CFDIs, titles of ownership, import entries, among others.

5.3. State whether you previously had the Certification in matters of VAT and IEPS, Registration in the Business Certification Scheme under the VAT and IEPS modality or Guarantee of the fiscal interest of VAT and IEPS.

5.4. In the affirmative, you must state whether you are up to date in the fulfillment of the obligations related to Annex 30, on the registration with which you had.

5.5. State whether you have suppliers that are in the list of companies published by the SAT in terms of article 69-B, fourth paragraph of the CFF. Suppliers are considered those taxpayers who provide services or produce, commercialize or deliver goods. Companies with the IMMEX Program that transfer merchandise to them through virtual entries are also considered suppliers, regardless of whether the suppliers or sellers are residents abroad who deliver in national territory through a company with the IMMEX Program, for which you must make the distinction of the companies with which you carry out virtual transfers.

Additional documents that must be attached to this application according to the customs regime.

6.1. Indicate your IMMEX Program number and modality. You must capture your IMMEX Program number and the modality under which you are authorized (industrial, services, shelter, outsourcing, or holding company).

452 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

You must declare whether you have carried out operations under your IMMEX program.

6.2. Indicate whether you have the necessary infrastructure to carry out operations of the IMMEX Program, the industrial or service process, in accordance with the Program's modality. You must answer what corresponds. You must prove, through CFDI (Electronic Tax Receipt), property titles, import declarations, own and/or contracts that cover, that you have the legal use and/or enjoyment of the machinery and equipment with their respective CFDI covering payment, as applicable, to carry out the productive process and/or service. Likewise, you must attach photographic evidence of your productive plant, as well as of your productive process. In the case of those companies that intend to prove through the group figure, said documentation must be in the name of the company with which it is part of the group. In the case of companies that have an IMMEX Program in the outsourcing modality, they may prove the requirement through one of the companies that performs the manufacturing for them, for which they must present the current contract that proves the provision of the service; the CFDIs issued by the provider for the concept of payment of the service and the authorization issued by the SE, for the performance of manufacturing.

6.3. Indicate whether during the last twelve months you have temporarily imported merchandise and that, at least 60% of the temporary imports of inputs carried out during the same period, were transformed and returned, returned in their same state, transferred, destroyed, or a service was provided to them. You must capture the total customs value in national currency of your temporary imports of inputs carried out during the last twelve months. The last twelve months may be calculated from the month immediately preceding the month in which the company presents its application. Likewise, you must declare the value in national currency (commercial value) of the discharges made for each concept (returns, virtual transfers, waste, as well as Merchandise Transfer Certificates (CTM)), the customs value of the temporarily imported inputs included in each concept and the percentage that represents with respect to the total of temporary imports that have been captured in the corresponding field. In case of having declared that you carry out Merchandise Transfer Certificates (CTM), you must attach a file with the names and addresses of the companies to which you transferred merchandise through Merchandise Transfer Certificates (CTM), as well as the amounts in national currency and, if applicable, two Merchandise Transfer Certificates (CTM). Companies that have obtained their IMMEX Program granted by the SE for the first time during the twelve months prior to the presentation of the application will not be subject to compliance with this requirement.

6.4. Description of activities related to productive processes or provision of services in accordance with the Program's modality. You must attach a detailed description of your main productive process (in terms of value or volume of production) that shows step by step the flow of temporarily imported merchandise, from the point of origin, the point of entry into the country (customs), its receipt at the company, materials used with tariff fraction, storage, its integration into the productive process, performance of its productive process or service, point of exit (customs) and its destination (country) or discharge (return, virtual transfer, waste destruction certificates, Merchandise Transfer Certificates (CTM), among others), as well as the complementary processes and services that add value to your final product (submanufacturing processes). The description may be presented in the form of a flowchart, provided that it contains the description of each step in accordance with the previous paragraph.

6.5. Continuity of the export project. You must attach a maquila contract, sales contract, purchase order or service order, or firm orders in force, that prove the continuity of the export project; in said documents, the legal name of the applicant must be identified, the validity of the document, the signatures of the parties and if it is in a language other than Spanish, it must be accompanied by a simple or certified translation, as applicable, to Spanish. Documents with a date prior to one month will not be taken into account. The companies with which you carry out the operations mentioned in the previous paragraph must be found in your list of foreign clients, in the case of carrying out export operations with V1 entry key, from Appendix 2 of Annex 22, additionally you must present a free document signed by the legal representative of the applicant company where it is manifested that you carry out said operations, with which company you carry them out and at least one entry number. In the case of carrying out Merchandise Transfer Certificates (CTM), you must attach 2 copies of said certificates carried out.

Companies that import or intend to temporarily import merchandise listed in Annex II of the IMMEX Decree and/or listed in Annex 28, must comply with the following requirements and attach the documentation that proves it: They cannot present the application in the IVA and IEPS modality if they have operated for less than twelve months prior to the presentation of said application, except those that prove to be part of a group. For companies that are part of a group, they must present a document in which one of the companies that make up the group and has been operating for more than twelve months under the IMMEX Program, assumes the joint liability referred to in fraction VIII of article 26 of the CFF, for the tax credits that may arise; as well as it must exhibit a copy of the power of attorney with which it proves the personality of the legal representative of the company that assumes the joint liability.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 453

Fiscal deposit to undergo the vehicle assembly and manufacturing process. 8.1. Indicate whether you have authorization to operate the fiscal deposit regime to undergo the vehicle assembly and manufacturing process for companies in the terminal automotive industry currently in force. You must answer what corresponds.

8.2. Indicate whether you are subject to a cancellation process. You must answer what corresponds.

8.3. Indicate whether you have the necessary infrastructure to carry out operations, in accordance with your customs regime. You must answer what corresponds. You must prove, through CFDI, property titles, import declarations, own and/or contracts that cover, that you have the legal use and/or enjoyment of the machinery and equipment with their respective CFDI covering payment, as applicable, to carry out the productive process and/or service, in case the authority so requires. In the case of those companies that intend to prove through the group figure, said documentation must be in the name of the company with which it is part of the group.

8.4. Description of activities related to productive processes and/or provision of services in accordance with your customs regime. You must attach a detailed description of your main productive process and/or provision of service (in terms of value or volume of production) that shows step by step the flow of temporarily imported merchandise, from the point of origin, the point of entry into the country (customs), its receipt at the company, materials used with tariff fraction, storage, its integration into the productive process, performance of its productive process or service, point of exit (customs) and its destination (country) or discharge (return, virtual transfer, waste destruction certificates, Merchandise Transfer Certificates (CTM), among others), as well as the complementary processes and services that add value to your final product (submanufacturing processes). The description may be presented in the form of a flowchart, provided that it contains the description of each step in accordance with the previous paragraph.

8.5. Continuity of the export project. You must attach a maquila contract, sales contract, purchase order or service order, or firm orders in force, that prove the continuity of the export project; in said documents, the legal name of the applicant must be identified, the validity of the document, the signatures of the parties and if it is in a language other than Spanish, it must be accompanied by a simple or certified translation, as applicable, to Spanish. Documents with a date prior to one month will not be taken into account. The companies with which you carry out the operations mentioned in the previous paragraph must be found in your list of foreign clients, in the case of carrying out export operations with V1 entry key, from Appendix 2 of Annex 22, additionally you must present a free document in terms of rule 1.2.2., first paragraph, signed by the legal representative of the applicant company where it is manifested that you carry out said operations, with which company you carry them out and at least one entry number. In the case of carrying out Merchandise Transfer Certificates (CTM), you must attach 2 copies of said certificates carried out.

Elaboration, transformation or repair in fiscalized precinct; or strategic fiscalized precinct. 9.1. Indicate whether you have the current authorization, transformation or repair in fiscalized precinct or strategic fiscalized precinct. You must attach a copy of your current authorization.

9.2. Indicate whether you are subject to a cancellation process. You must answer what corresponds.

9.3. Indicate whether you have the necessary infrastructure to carry out operations, in accordance with your customs regime. You must answer what corresponds. You must prove, through CFDI, property titles, import declarations, own and/or contracts that cover, that you have the legal use and/or enjoyment of the machinery and equipment with their respective CFDI covering payment, as applicable, to carry out the productive process and/or service, in case the authority so requires. In the case of those companies that intend to prove through the group figure, said documentation must be in the name of the company with which it is part of the group.

9.4. Description of activities related to productive processes and/or provision of services in accordance with your customs regime. You must attach a detailed description of your main productive process and/or provision of service (in terms of value or volume of production) that shows step by step the flow of temporarily imported merchandise, from the point of origin, the point of entry into the country (customs), its receipt at the company, materials used with tariff fraction and NICO, storage, its integration into the productive process, performance of its productive process or service, point of exit (customs) and its destination (country) or discharge (return, virtual transfer, waste destruction certificates, Merchandise Transfer Certificates (CTM), among others), as well as the complementary processes and services that add value to your final product (submanufacturing processes).

454 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

The description may be presented in the form of a flowchart, provided that it contains the description of each step in accordance with the previous paragraph.

9.5. Continuity of the export project. You must attach a maquila contract, sales contract, purchase order or service order, or firm orders in force, that prove the continuity of the export project; in said documents, the legal name of the applicant must be identified, the validity of the document, the signatures of the parties and if it is in a language other than Spanish, it must be accompanied by a simple or certified translation, as applicable, to Spanish. Documents with a date prior to one month will not be taken into account. The companies with which you carry out the operations mentioned in the previous paragraph must be found in your list of foreign clients, in the case of carrying out export operations with V1 entry key, from Appendix 2 of Annex 22, additionally you must present a free document in terms of rule 1.2.2., signed by the legal representative of the applicant company where it is manifested that you carry out said operations, with which company you carry them out and at least one entry number. In the case of carrying out Merchandise Transfer Certificates (CTM), you must attach 2 copies of said certificates carried out.

IVA and IEPS Modality item AA: Requirements for item AA. 10.1. Select and fill in at least one of the following options. The applicant company must comply with at least one of the three scenarios, however, it may choose more than one option. In each of the scenarios, the applicant company must prove its compliance:

That during the last four years or more they have carried out operations under the regime for which they request registration in the IVA and IEPS modality. Once the start date of operations is captured, the authority will validate it in the internal systems.
During the previous fiscal year, on average, it had more than one thousand employees registered with the IMSS. In order to calculate the average number of employees, you must attach SUA documentation from the last twelve months.
Total value of machinery and equipment. You must attach documentation that proves a value equal to or greater than $50,000,000.00 in national currency. For example: your last tax return for said concepts; equivalent documents and own import declarations, property titles and/or CFDI.

10.2. Declare whether you have been notified of any credit by the SAT in the twelve months prior to the date of presentation of the application. In the affirmative case, you must attach a simple copy of the authorization for payment in installments, in partialities or deferred, or the respective payment receipt.

10.3. Declare whether you have been issued a resolution of unreasonableness of the requested VAT refunds in the last six months, counted from the date of presentation of the corresponding certification application, whose amount does not represent more than 20% of the total authorized refunds, and/or that the denied amount does not exceed $5,000,000.00 in National Currency individually or collectively. In the affirmative case, indicate the percentage that represents the unreasonable amount in relation to the amount of authorized refunds, in the last six months. The unreasonable amount must not exceed 20% of the authorized amount and said percentage must not be greater than $5,000,000.00 in national currency individually or collectively.

IVA and IEPS Modality item AAA: Requirements for item AAA. 11.1. Select and fill in at least one of the following options. The applicant company must comply with at least one of the three scenarios, however, it may choose more than one option. In each of the scenarios, the applicant company must prove its compliance:

That during the last seven years or more they have carried out operations under the regime for which they request the IVA and IEPS modality. Once the start date of operations is captured, the authority will validate it in the internal systems.
That during the previous fiscal year, on average, it had more than two thousand five hundred employees registered with the IMSS. In order to calculate the average number of employees, you must attach SUA documentation from the last twelve months.
Total value of machinery and equipment. You must attach documentation that proves a value equal to or greater than $100,000,000.00 in national currency. For example: your last tax return for said concepts; equivalent documents and own import declarations, property titles and/or CFDI.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 455

11.2. Declare whether you have been notified of any credit by the SAT in the twenty-four months prior to the date of presentation of the application. In the affirmative case, you must attach a simple copy of the authorization for payment in installments, in partialities or deferred, or the respective payment receipt.

11.3. Declare whether you have been issued a resolution of unreasonableness of the requested VAT refunds in the last six months, counted from the date of presentation of the corresponding certification application, whose amount does not represent more than 20% of the total authorized refunds, and/or that the denied amount does not exceed five million in national currency individually or collectively. In the affirmative case, indicate the percentage that represents the unreasonable amount in relation to the amount of authorized refunds, in the last six months. The unreasonable amount must not exceed 20% of the authorized amount and said percentage must not be greater than 5 million in national currency individually or collectively.

Commercializer and Importer Modality or Authorized Economic Operator: 12.1. Declare the name and RFC of the transport companies authorized to carry out the transfer of foreign trade merchandise: You must indicate the name, RFC and CAAT registration of each of the transport companies authorized to carry out the transfer of foreign trade merchandise.

12.2. You must record the start date of operations in order to prove that you have carried out foreign trade operations during the last two years.

12.3. Comply with the minimum security standards established in the form called Company Profile: You must present duly filled out the form called Company Profile and on magnetic media, for each of the facilities.

12.4. You must declare whether prior to the presentation of your application, you have an authorization in the registry of certified companies, in accordance with article 100-A of the Law, in any of its Sections or modalities. You must indicate the Section in which your registration was granted, the number of the official document and the date on which it was granted and, if applicable, the corresponding one for the last renewal, as well as declare whether it is the interest of the applicant that, in case of proving and complying with the requirements for the requested inscription, leave the current registration without effect.

Commercializer and Importer Modality: 13.1. Indicate whether you have an IMMEX Program. You must answer what corresponds.

13.2. Indicate whether you carried out imports for a customs value not less than $300,000,000.00, in the semester immediately preceding that in which you enter your application. You must answer what corresponds.

Authorized Economic Operator Modality item Holding Company: 14.1. Companies with an IMMEX Program that aspire to obtain certification under the Holding Company item, in addition to the Company Profile and what is established in rules 7.1.1. and 7.1.4., first paragraph, must comply with the following: Attach a document issued by the SE, through which it proves that they have been designated as holding companies to integrate the manufacturing or maquila operations of two or more controlled companies, with respect to which the holding company participates directly or indirectly in their administration, control or capital, when any of the controlled companies has such direct or indirect participation on the other controlled companies and the holding company, or when a third company, whether resident in national territory or abroad, participates directly or indirectly in the administration, control or in the capital of both the holding company and the controlled companies. Attach a file with the list of controlled companies, indicating their share participation, their name or legal name, tax address, RFC and the amount of imports and exports carried out by each of the companies. A file containing a diagram of the shareholding and corporate structure, as well as copies of the public deeds, in which the share participation of the holding company and the controlled companies is recorded. During inspection visits to the applicant company, the verifier may request the certified copy of the public deed in which the share participation is recorded.

456 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Authorized Economic Operator Modality, Aircraft Sector: Companies interested in obtaining Registration in the Company Certification Scheme under the Authorized Economic Operator modality for the Aircraft sector dedicated to the elaboration, transformation, assembly, repair, maintenance, and remanufacturing of aircraft, as well as their parts and components, in addition to the Company Profile and what is established in rules 7.1.1. and 7.1.4., first paragraph, must attach the following:

15.1. Indicate your IMMEX Program number and modality. You must indicate your IMMEX Program number and modality.

15.2. Have the permit from the General Directorate of Civil Aeronautics of the SICT for the establishment of aircraft workshops. Attach a copy of the permit issued by the General Directorate of Civil Aeronautics of the SICT for the establishment of aircraft workshops, when companies carry out said processes.

Authorized Economic Operator Modality, SECIIT Sector: Companies with an IMMEX Program aspiring to obtain certification under the SECIIT sector, in addition to the Company Profile and what is established in rules 7.1.1. and 7.1.4., first paragraph, must comply with the following:

16.1. Indicate your IMMEX Program number and modality. You must indicate your IMMEX Program number and modality.

16.2. Indicate whether during the last two years you have operated under the Registered Certified Companies Registry or with certification in VAT and IEPS foreign trade operations. You must answer what corresponds.

16.3. Have the favorable report issued by the authorized Civil Association, Chambers, or Confederation in accordance with rule 7.1.9., which certifies compliance with what is provided in the Guidelines of the Electronic System for the Control of Inventories of Temporary Imports, in accordance with rule 7.1.10. Attach the favorable report issued by the authorized Civil Association, Chambers, or Confederation in accordance with rule 7.1.9. Comply with what is stated in Section II of Annex 24 and with the guidelines issued for this purpose by the AGACE. Indicate whether you have an inventory control system for the registration of your foreign trade operations, according to what is stated in Section II of Annex 24 and with the guidelines issued for this purpose by the AGACE. In the event of having an inventory control system in accordance with the provisions of Annex 24, you must attach a report of balances of temporary import merchandise or merchandise subject to foreign trade operations, for a period of one month, which is within the three months prior to the date of the present application. The minimum information required for the identification of operations, by way of example and not limitation, is as follows:

IMPORTATION ENTRY BALANCES Entry No. (15 digits) Payment Date Entry Key Tariff Fraction Imported Quantity Import Value Balance Value of Balance dd/mm/aa As declared in the reference entry Units MXN Units MXN 29/11/31 IN 8708.95.02 5200 $125,000.00 50500 $124,376.00

16.4. You must prove at least one of the following circumstances, however, you may choose more than one option: a) Attach evidence of the total personnel registered with the IMSS, from the SUA. In order to avoid attaching the entire SUA, the company may attach the first page (where the corporate name and period appear) and the last page (where the total number of employees registered with the IMSS is stated). b) Attach a document proving that you have fixed assets of machinery and equipment with an amount equivalent in national currency to 30,000,000 USD. c) Attach documentation proving that the company is listed on recognized markets in terms of article 16-C of the CFF. In the case where the applicant company is not listed on the stock exchange, it may present documentation demonstrating that at least 51% of its voting shares are owned directly or indirectly by a company that is listed on recognized markets.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 457

16.5. Indicate whether the means of transport you will use for the transfer of imported merchandise whose final destination is outside the Border or Border Region have tracking systems. You must answer what corresponds.

16.6. Indicate whether you have an electronic corporate control system for your operations. You must answer what corresponds.

16.7. Describe the operation of the SECIIT: You must attach a flowchart describing the operation of your SECIIT, which reflects that it complies with what is provided in section II of Annex 24 and with the guidelines issued for this purpose by the AGACE, as well as that the customs authority has permanent and uninterrupted online electronic access, which will be verified by the customs authority during the inspection visit.

16.8. Indicate whether you carry out temporary imports and return merchandise listed in Annex II, Sections B and D of the IMMEX Decree: You must answer what corresponds.

Authorized Economic Operator Modality, Textile Sector: Companies with an IMMEX Program aspiring to obtain certification under the Textile sector, in addition to the Company Profile and what is established in rules 7.1.1. and 7.1.4., first paragraph, must have Registration in the Company Certification Scheme under the VAT and IEPS modality.

17.1. Indicate whether you have registration in the company certification scheme, VAT and IEPS modality, in any of its sectors: You must answer what corresponds. You must indicate the sector, the expiration date, and the number of the authorization letter by which the Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, VAT and IEPS modality, was granted.

17.2 Companies that do not have an IMMEX Program must prove compliance with the following requirements:

17.2.1. Certificate of personnel registered with the IMSS and documentary support of the payment of the last three bimesters prior to the certification application, of at least thirty employees. a) You must attach a certificate of at least thirty contributors registered with the IMSS, from the SUA. In order to avoid attaching the entire SUA, the company may attach the first page (where the corporate name and period appear) and the last page (where the total number of employees registered with the IMSS is stated). b) To present the proof of payment of worker-employer contributions of at least thirty employees from the last bimester prior to the application, you must attach a payment receipt downloaded from the SIPARE or a payment receipt that is consistent with the information from the SUA referred to in the first paragraph. Those receipts that contain legends stating they have no fiscal or legal effects will not be valid to prove compliance with the requirement.

17.2.2 Indicate whether the partners, shareholders, as applicable, legal representative with authority for acts of dominion, and members of the administration in accordance with the constitution of the applicant company, are obligated to pay taxes in Mexico and not obligated to pay taxes in Mexico. You must list the partners, shareholders, as applicable, legal representative with authority for acts of dominion, and members of the administration in accordance with the constitution of the applicant company, whether or not they are obligated to pay taxes in Mexico. To do this, you must take the following into account:

The legal representative is understood to be that person who, in terms of article 10 of the General Law of Commercial Societies, has the legal representation of the company or that person who has power for acts of dominion in terms of article 2,554, third paragraph, of the Federal Civil Code.
Being up to date in the fulfillment of tax obligations of the partners, shareholders, legal representative, sole administrator, or members of the board of directors who are obligated to pay taxes in Mexico.
In the event that the applicant company is listed on recognized markets in terms of article 16-C of the CFF, it will not be subject to having a valid positive opinion on the fulfillment of tax obligations of the holders of the shares that are listed on the same.
In the event that the applicant company has more than 20 partners or shareholders, it must be up to date in the fulfillment of tax obligations of those who individually or collectively represent at least 80% of the shares of the applicant company.
When the same person holds more than one figure (for example, legal representative and shareholder), it must be declared in each one, regardless of repetition, that it is up to date in the fulfillment of tax obligations.

458 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

For those not obligated to pay taxes in Mexico, you must take the following into account:

Regarding partners or shareholders, you must present the document titled "List of Partners, Shareholders or Associates, residents abroad of legal entities resident in Mexico who opt not to register in the RFC". (Official Form 96).
Regarding the legal representative, sole administrator, and/or members of the board of directors, by way of example and not limitation, you may present documents proving that these persons are not obligated to pay taxes in Mexico, such as, Opinion on the fulfillment of tax obligations with the legend "No fiscal obligations", certificate of residence for tax purposes of the country where they pay taxes, tax returns of the country where they are obligated to pay taxes, etc.

17.2.3. Indicate whether the partners, shareholders, as applicable, legal representative with authority for acts of dominion, and members of the administration in accordance with the constitution of the applicant company, declared taxable income before the tax authority for the purposes of the ISR corresponding to the two fiscal years prior to the application. You must answer what corresponds.

Authorized Economic Operator Modality, Strategic Tax-Inspected Facility Sector: Attach the form titled Profile of the Strategic Tax-Inspected Facility, duly filled out and on magnetic media, for each installation where the handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise takes place, by segment or by the complete network, as the case may be.

18.1. Indicate whether you have Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the VAT and IEPS modality in any of its sectors. You must answer what corresponds. You must indicate the sector, the expiration date, and the number of the authorization letter by which the Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, in the VAT and IEPS modality, was granted.

18.2. Indicate whether you have authorization under the strategic tax-inspected facility regime. You must answer what corresponds. You must indicate the expiration date and the number of the letter by which the authorization under the strategic tax-inspected facility regime was granted. You must attach a simple copy of the letter by which the concession or authorization to provide services for the handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise was granted.

18.3. Indicate whether you are subject to a process of cancellation of the authorization of the strategic tax-inspected facility regime. You must answer what corresponds.

Authorized Economic Operator Modality, Logistics Outsourcing Sector: Companies interested in obtaining Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality, Logistics Outsourcing sector, which carry out only the handling of merchandise on behalf of third parties, with the exception of fraction XI of rule 7.1.1., must:

19.1. Indicate whether you have a valid IMMEX Services Program. You must answer what corresponds.

19.2. Indicate whether you have Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the VAT and IEPS modality in any of its sectors: You must answer what corresponds. You must indicate the sector, the expiration date, and the number of the authorization letter by which the Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the VAT and IEPS modality was granted.

19.3. Indicate whether you have at least one installation for the provision of logistics services and the safeguarding of foreign trade documentation. You must answer what corresponds.

19.4. Indicate whether you participate directly in the handling of merchandise and cargo management, using your own transport, distribution centers, warehouses, and/or consolidation. You must answer what corresponds.

19.4.1. Indicate whether you have third parties for the provision of customs, storage, transfer, and/or distribution services of foreign trade merchandise, which must have Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Certified Commercial Partner modality, in any of its sectors or C-TPAT, granted by CBP. You must answer what corresponds. When the applicant company has third parties for the provision of customs, storage, transfer, and/or distribution services of foreign trade merchandise, in addition, you must indicate, and if applicable, attach the following:

The name, corporate name, or business name, RFC, and indicate what type of registration each of the third parties contracted to provide customs, storage, transfer, and/or distribution services of foreign trade merchandise on your behalf has.
Copy of the documentation proving the commercial relationship (contract), which must be consistent with applicable legislation and be valid.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 459

Companies with Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality, Logistics Outsourcing sector, that request their registration in the SECIIT sector, must comply with the requirements established in rule 7.1.4., second paragraph, Section D, with the exception of what is stated in fractions III and IV, exclusively with the catalogs and modules of section II of Annex 24, indicated in the guidelines issued for such purposes by the AGACE, which will be made known on the SAT Portal; and have carried out at least 50% of the value of their foreign trade operations within the last twelve months, counted from the date of submission of their application, with companies that have valid registration in the SECIIT sector.

Companies of the Authorized Economic Operator modality, that have their own transport units and that request registration as Certified Commercial Partner, Auto Transporter Terrestrial sector, or who are partners of the program known as C-TPAT:

20.1. Companies that request jointly with the Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality in any of its sectors, and the Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Certified Commercial Partner modality, Auto Transporter Terrestrial sector, must comply, in addition to what is stated in rules 7.1.1. and 7.1.4., with what is provided in the fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh paragraphs of rule 7.1.4., as follows:

20.1.1. You must indicate whether you request Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality in any of its sectors or, if applicable, indicate whether you have registration in any of said sectors, filling in items a), b), and c).

20.1.2. Indicate whether you have your own means of transport for the transfer of foreign trade merchandise. You must answer what corresponds. Attach the form titled Profile of the Auto Transporter Terrestrial, duly filled out and on magnetic media, for each installation where the handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise takes place, by segment or by the complete network, as the case may be.

20.1.3. Have the unique permit to operate private cargo transport valid, issued by the SICT. You must attach a copy of the document issued by the SICT, with which you prove that you have the unique permit to operate private cargo transport valid.

20.1.4. Declaration under oath, regarding the number of own units you have to operate private cargo transport. You must attach a free-form letter where you declare under oath the quantity of own units that the applicant has.

20.1.5. Indicate whether the means of transport for the transfer of merchandise have tracking systems. You must answer what corresponds.

20.1.6. Indicate whether you have the CAAT registration. You must answer what corresponds. You must indicate the registration date and the CAAT registration number.

20.2. Companies that request Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality that are partners of the program known as C-TPAT, granted by CBP and are located with the RFC, can prove the requirement established in rule 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction IV, as follows: Attach the validation report issued in a period not greater than three years from the date the application is submitted, through which you prove to the applicant as a partner of the CBP (C-TPAT) Program, with certified-validated status for each of the installations validated by CBP (C-TPAT), as well as attach its corresponding simple translation to Spanish.

20.2.1. State whether you authorized CBP (C-TPAT) to share information with Mexico, through its C-TPAT portal or the mechanism that the authority of that country defines. You must answer what corresponds. They must comply with the minimum security standards established in the Company Profile format, for which they must deliver to the AGACE the format duly filled out and on magnetic media, in accordance with what is established in the profile filling instructions, only for the installations not validated by CBP (C-TPAT). The installations that are validated by CBP (C-TPAT) from which the Company Profile is not presented, must comply at all times with the minimum security standards established in the Company Profile, as provided in rule 7.2.1., third paragraph, fraction III, third paragraph, and not be subject to a process of suspension or cancellation by CBP (C-TPAT).

20.3. Indicate whether to prove the three-year operating period, you have operated during the last two years as a foreign company under another company with an IMMEX Program in the shelter modality. You must answer what corresponds.

460 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Contract signed for a minimum of three years with the company that has the IMMEX Program under the shelter modality. A copy of the contract signed for a minimum of three years with the company that has the IMMEX Program under the Shelter modality must be attached.
Certified Business Partner Modality, sectors: Land Auto Carrier, Customs Broker, Railway Transporter, Industrial Park, Authorized Customs Warehouse, Courier and Parcel Services, and General Warehouse.

21.1 Certified Business Partner Modality, sector Land Auto Carrier. Companies aspiring to obtain certification under the Certified Business Partner modality in the Land Auto Carrier sector must comply with the requirements referred to in rule 7.1.1., with the exception of what is established in fractions VIII, X, XI, and XIV; as well as prove the requirement referred to in rule 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction I; and with the minimum security standards referred to in article 100-A, fraction VII of the Law, as follows: Attach the form titled Land Auto Carrier Profile, duly filled out and on magnetic media, for each installation where handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise takes place, by route or by the complete network as applicable.

21.2. Must indicate if it performs federal auto transport operations. Must answer as applicable. Must attach the form titled Land Auto Carrier Profile, duly filled out and on magnetic media, complying with the minimum security standards established in the cited form.

21.3. Indicate if it has a minimum of two years of experience in providing freight auto transport services. Must answer as applicable.

21.4. Hold a valid permit issued by the SICT to provide federal freight auto transport services. Must attach a copy of the document issued by the SICT accrediting that it holds a valid permit to provide federal freight auto transport services.

21.5. Sworn declaration regarding the number of owned or leased units used to provide the service. Must attach a free-form statement declaring under oath the quantity of units it has and indicating how many are owned and how many are leased. In the case of leased units, it must attach the contract accrediting the leased units.

21.6. Indicate if the means of transport used for the transfer of imported merchandise have a tracking system. Must answer as applicable.

21.7. Indicate if it has the CAAT registration. Must answer as applicable. Must indicate the registration date and the CAAT registration number.

Land Auto Carrier sector and members of the program known as C-TPAT. Land Auto Carrier companies requesting Registration in the Business Certification Scheme under the Certified Business Partner modality that are members of the program known as C-TPAT, granted by CBP, may prove the requirement established in the first paragraph, fraction I, subsection b) of rule 7.1.5., as follows: Attach the validation report issued within a period not exceeding three years from the date the application is presented, through which it accredits the applicant as a member of the CBP (C-TPAT) program, with certified-validated status, for each of the installations validated by CBP (C-TPAT), as well as attach its corresponding simple translation into Spanish.

22.1. Indicate if it authorized CBP (C-TPAT) to share information with Mexico, through its C-TPAT portal or the mechanism defined by the authority of that country. Must answer as applicable.

22.2. Indicate if the installations that have CBP (C-TPAT) certification and from which the Land Auto Carrier Profile must not be presented, comply with the minimum security standards. Must answer as applicable.

22.3. Indicate if it is subject to a suspension or cancellation process by CBP (C-TPAT). Must answer as applicable. Must attach the form titled Land Auto Carrier Profile and on magnetic media only for the installations not validated by CBP (C-TPAT).

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 461

Certified Business Partner Modality, sector Customs Broker. Individuals aspiring to obtain certification under the Certified Business Partner modality, Customs Broker sector, must comply with the requirements referred to in rule 7.1.1., with the exception of what is established in fractions I, VIII, X, XI, XII, and XIV; as well as prove the requirement referred to in rule 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction I, and with the minimum security standards referred to in article 100-A, fraction VII of the Law, as follows: Attach the form titled Customs Broker Profile, duly filled out and on magnetic media.

23.1. That its representatives are up to date in fulfilling their tax obligations, for which it will indicate the name of each of its representatives, their RFC, and if they are up to date in fulfilling their tax obligations. Must indicate the name and RFC of its representatives and if they are up to date in fulfilling their tax obligations.

23.2. Indicate if the customs license is active. Must answer as applicable.

23.3. Indicate if as of the date of presentation the customs license is subject to a process of suspension, cancellation, extinction, disqualification, or voluntary suspension, as referred to in articles 164, 165, and 166 of the Law. Must answer as applicable.

23.4. Indicate if the customs license has been suspended, cancelled, extinguished, or disqualified in the three years prior to the presentation of its application. Must answer as applicable.

23.5. In the event that one or more societies have been incorporated and/or constituted, in accordance with fraction II of article 163 of the Law, repealed by Decree published in the DOF on June 25, 2018, these must be up to date in fulfilling their tax obligations, for which it must indicate the name and RFC of said societies. Must indicate the full name, RFC, and customs offices in which said societies act.

23.6. Additional data of the customs broker. Must indicate the customs office of assignment, authorized additional customs offices, number of workers registered with the IMSS as of the date of its application, number of workers registered via service provision contracts, and declare that the license has a minimum of two years of experience in presenting customs services.

23.7. Describe the additional services to customs management provided by the customs broker (Add as many lines as necessary). Must describe the services provided by the customs broker, in addition to customs management.

23.8. Data of the agency's installations. Must indicate the name and/or denomination, address, and type of installation that belong to the license of the applying customs broker agent, for which purposes they may add as many rows as necessary.

Certified Business Partner Modality, sector Railway Transporter. Companies aspiring to obtain certification under the Certified Business Partner modality, Railway Transporter sector, in addition to what is established in rule 7.1.1., with the exception of fractions VIII, X, XI, and XIV and 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction I, must comply with the following: Attach the form titled Railway Transporter Profile, duly filled out and on magnetic media, for each installation where handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise takes place, by route or by the complete network as applicable.

24.1. Hold a valid concession or permit issued by the SICT to provide freight railway transport services. Must attach a copy of the document issued by the SICT, accrediting that it holds a valid concession or permit to provide freight railway transport services.

24.2. Indicate if it has owned units, leased under loan for use, or other legal figure with which it accredits possession of the same (tractive equipment) that it uses to provide the service: Must attach a free-form statement declaring under oath the quantity of units it has and indicating how many are owned and how many are leased. In the case of leased units, it must attach the contract accrediting the leased units.

24.3. Indicate if the means of transport for the transfer of merchandise have tracking systems in accordance with what is established in the form titled Railway Transporter Profile. Must answer as applicable.

Certified Business Partner Modality, sector Industrial Park. Companies requesting Registration in the Business Certification Scheme under the Certified Business Partner modality, Industrial Park sector, must comply in addition to the requirements established in rule 7.1.1., with the exception of fractions VIII, X, XI, and XIV, and with what is stated in rule 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction I, as well as with the minimum security standards referred to in article 100-A, fraction VII of the Law, as follows:

462 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022

Attach the form titled Industrial Parks Profile, duly filled out for each Industrial Park that houses companies or installations that belong to the same RFC of the corporate group, where foreign trade operations are carried out; and on magnetic media.

25.1. Must indicate the name and/or denomination of each Industrial Park for which registration is requested and that belong to and operate under the same RFC of the corporate group. The housed installations can be industrial plants, warehouses, distribution centers, etc., and must carry out foreign trade operations.

25.2. Hold the Environmental Impact Manifestation. Must attach the document issued by SEMARNAT on the environmental impact in accordance with standard NMX-R-046-SCFI-2015.

Certified Business Partner Modality, sector Authorized Customs Warehouse. Companies interested in obtaining Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the Certified Business Partner modality, Authorized Customs Warehouse sector, in addition to what is established in rules 7.1.1., with the exception of fractions VIII, X, XI, and 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction I, must comply with the following: Attach the form titled Authorized Customs Warehouse Profile, duly filled out and on magnetic media, for each authorized customs warehouse.

26.1. Indicate if at the time of presenting its application it holds the Authorized Customs Warehouse authorization. Must answer as applicable. Must indicate the expiration date and office number of the authorization as an authorized customs warehouse. Must attach a simple copy of the office document through which the authorization for elaboration, transformation, or repair in an authorized customs warehouse was granted.

26.2. Indicate if at the time of presenting its application it is subject to a process of cancellation of the Authorized Customs Warehouse authorization. Must answer as applicable.

Authorized Economic Operator Modality, sector Courier and Parcel Services. Companies interested in obtaining Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality under the sector of courier and parcel services, in addition to what is established in rule 7.1.1. and 7.1.4, first paragraph, fractions I and II, must attach the following: Attach the form titled Courier and Parcel Services Company Profile, duly filled out and on magnetic media.

27.1. Indicate who owns the aircraft in which the transport of documents and merchandise is carried out. Must indicate if the aircraft in which the transport of documents and merchandise is carried out are owned, or belong to its subsidiary, affiliate, or parent company. Must indicate the name of the owner of the aircraft in which the transport of documents and merchandise is carried out. Must attach a service contract, with a minimum validity of five years and not less than one year from the date of its application, signed directly or through its parent, affiliate, or subsidiary companies, with a concessionaire or permit holder duly authorized by the SICT, through which it makes available for dedicated use of the activities of the courier or parcel services company at least 30 aircraft and provides regular frequencies to the airports where said company carries out the dispatch of documents or merchandise. Likewise, it must attach a document issued by the General Directorate of Civil Aeronautics of the SICT in favor of the concessionaire or permit holder accrediting that they have authorized or registered air routes or airways within national airspace.

27.2. Indicate who operates the transport of aircraft. Must indicate who operates the transport of aircraft if it is the applying subsidiary, affiliate, or parent company. Attach a document issued by the General Directorate of Civil Aeronautics of the SICT accrediting that it has the registration of air routes or airways within national airspace.

27.3. Indicate if it holds the concession or authorization to provide services for the handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise in accordance with articles 14 and 14-A of the Law. Must answer as applicable. Must indicate the expiration date and the office number with which the concession or authorization to provide services for the handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise in accordance with articles 14 and 14-A of the Law was granted.

27.4. Indicate if as of the date of presentation of its application it has a minimum investment in fixed assets by an amount equivalent in national currency to $1,000,000 USD. Must answer as applicable. Must attach the documentation accrediting that as of the date of presentation of its application it has a minimum investment in fixed assets by an amount equivalent in national currency to $1,000,000 USD.

27.5. Indicate if for the purposes of this sector it is accredited as a group. Must answer as applicable.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 463

Must indicate the name of the companies that form part of the group.

27.6. Indicate the name of the companies that form part of the group that have the aircraft. Must indicate the name and RFC of the companies that form part of the group that have the aircraft. Must attach the documentation accrediting that they have aircraft for the transport of documents and merchandise, via a service contract, signed directly or through an operating company that forms part of the same group, which holds a concession or permit authorized by the SICT, through which it makes available for exclusive use of the courier and parcel services activities at least 3 aircraft and provides regular frequencies to the airports where the courier and parcel services companies carry out the dispatch of documents or merchandise. Likewise, it must attach a permit from the SICT, issued in favor of the company that forms part of the group.

27.7. Indicate the name of the companies that form part of the group, which operate the transport of the aircraft indicated in the previous fraction, having their air routes or airways authorized or registered within national airspace before the General Directorate of Civil Aeronautics of the SICT. Must indicate the name and RFC of the companies that form part of the group, which operate the transport of the aircraft. Must attach a document issued by the General Directorate of Civil Aeronautics of the SICT, in favor of any of the companies that form part of the group, accrediting that they have authorized or registered air routes or airways within national airspace.

27.8. Indicate the name of the companies that form part of the group, which hold the concession or authorization to provide services for the handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise in accordance with articles 14 and 14-A of the Law. Must indicate the name and RFC of the companies that form part of the group, which hold the concession or authorization to provide services for the handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise in accordance with articles 14 and 14-A of the Law. Must indicate the expiration date and the office number with which the concession or authorization to provide services for the handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise in accordance with articles 14 and 14-A of the Law was granted. Must answer as applicable.

Certified Business Partner Modality, sector General Warehouse: Companies interested in obtaining Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the Certified Business Partner modality, General Warehouse sector, and which have provided the merchandise storage service under the fiscal deposit regime, for at least two years prior to the presentation of the application, in addition to what is established in rule 7.1.1., with the exception of fractions VIII, X, XI, XIV, and in rule 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction I, must comply with the following: Attach the form titled General Warehouse Profile, duly filled out and on magnetic media, for each local, installation, warehouse, or branch that the general warehouse determines, provided they have authorization to provide the merchandise storage service destined to the fiscal deposit regime.

28.1. Indicate if at the time of presenting its application it holds the authorization to provide the merchandise storage service under the fiscal deposit regime. Must answer as applicable. Must indicate the expiration date and the office number of the authorization to provide the merchandise storage service under the fiscal deposit regime. Must attach a simple copy of the office document through which the authorization to provide the merchandise storage service under the fiscal deposit regime was granted.

28.2. Indicate if at the time of presenting its application it is subject to a process of cancellation of the authorization to provide the merchandise storage service under the fiscal deposit regime. Must answer as applicable.

Mutual recognition for the Authorized Economic Operator and Certified Business Partner modalities. Indicate whether or not they authorize the obligated subject known as SAT, through the AGACE, to share, disseminate, or distribute with other national or foreign authorities the personal data and other information of the company that represent, and that is generated during the course in which it remains registered in the Business Certification Scheme.
List of Certified Business Partners. With the aim of creating safer supply chains, a list will be established with the companies that have obtained certification as Certified Business Partners, which will be published on the SAT Portal and will include the general data that the company authorizes, as well as the status of its certification, which may be consulted by companies that have obtained their registration in the Business Certification Scheme. Indicate the general data that they authorize to publish.
Classification of information. Indicate whether the information provided, during the process for Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, is classified by the company as public or confidential.

464 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 F3.1. Procedure for obtaining Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the IVA and IEPS modality.

Who presents it? Interested parties seeking to obtain their Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, IVA and IEPS modality, under rubrics A, AA, and AAA.

Where is it presented? Before the AGACE, through the Digital Counter (Ventanilla Digital).

What document is obtained upon completion of the procedure? Official letter responding to the Registration request in the Business Certification Scheme.

When is it presented? At any time.

Requirements:

Declare: a) Name and address of all foreign clients and suppliers with whom foreign trade operations were carried out during the last twelve months, directly linked to the customs regime for which certification is requested. b) Name, corporate name or trade name, and RFC of all domestic input suppliers linked to the process under the regime for which certification is being requested, during the last twelve months prior to the submission of the application.
Certificates of all personnel registered with the IMSS, from the SUA of the last bimonthly period prior to the date of submission of the application.
Documentation proving that the company has the legal use or enjoyment of the property or properties where the production processes or service provision takes place, as applicable, with a validity of at least one year from the date of submission of the application.
Documentation proving the payment of all employer-employee contributions for at least ten employees through a capture line from the last bimonthly period prior to the application.
In the case of Temporary Import for manufacturing, transformation, or repair in maquila or IMMEX export programs, additionally must attach: a) File with the names and addresses of the companies to which goods were transferred via Certificates of Transfer of Goods (CTM), as well as the amounts in national currency, and if applicable, two Certificates of Transfer of Goods (CTM), to verify point 6.3 of the form. b) Document describing the activities related to the production processes or service provision in accordance with the program modality, describing from the arrival of the goods, their storage, the production process, and return, in accordance with the Procedure. c) Maquila contract, sales contract, purchase order or service contract, or firm orders in effect, that prove the continuity of the export project.
Companies that import or intend to temporarily import goods listed in Annex II of the IMMEX Decree, and/or those listed in Annex 28, additionally must attach: a) Documentation proving that they carried out operations under the IMMEX Program in at least twelve months prior to the application.
In the case of fiscal deposit to undergo the assembly and manufacturing process of vehicles for terminal automotive industry companies, additionally must attach a simple copy of the authorization for the establishment of a fiscal deposit to undergo the assembly and manufacturing process of vehicles for terminal automotive industry companies in effect.
In the case of manufacturing, transformation, or repair in a fiscalized precinct or strategic fiscalized precinct, additionally must attach a simple copy of the authorization in effect issued by the SAT for manufacturing, transformation, or repair in a fiscalized precinct or strategic fiscalized precinct.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 465 9. Payment of the fee made through the electronic e5cinco scheme, corresponding to the date of submission of the application, referred to in article 40, subsection m) of the LFD, in relation to Annex 19 of the RMF in effect on the date of submission of the registration application. 10. For those interested in obtaining Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, rubric AA, additionally must attach: a) To comply with what is stated in point 10.1 according to the selected option or options, the following must be complied with: i) Documentation proving that during the last twelve months on average they had more than one thousand employees registered with the IMSS, as stated in point 4.3 of the instructions section. ii) Documentation proving a value equal to or greater than $50,000,000.00 in national currency, for the case of the value of their machinery or equipment, such as: last tax return for said concepts; CFDI or equivalent documents and import declarations. b) Simple copy of the authorization for payment in installments, partial payments, or deferred, or the respective payment receipt, in the case of having a tax credit notified by the SAT. 11. For those interested in obtaining Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, for rubric AAA, additionally must attach: a) File with the list of all their domestic input suppliers or those companies that transfer goods to them through virtual operations linked to the process under the regime for which registration is being requested and their values from the last six months. b) To comply with what is stated in point 11.1, the following must be indicated, according to the selected option or options: i) Prove that during the last twelve months on average they had more than two thousand five hundred employees registered with the IMSS, as stated in point 4.3 of the instructions section. ii) Documentation proving a value equal to or greater than $100,000,000 in national currency, for the case of the value of their machinery or equipment, such as: last tax return for said concepts; CFDI or equivalent documents and import declarations. c) Simple copy of the authorization for payment in installments, partial payments, or deferred, or the respective payment receipt, in the case of having a tax credit notified by the SAT.

Conditions:

Be up to date in the fulfillment of tax obligations.
Comply with the obligation to withhold and pay the ISR of workers.
That their suppliers are not found on the list of companies published by the SAT in terms of article 69-B, fourth paragraph of the CFF.

Additional Information:

In the case that the customs authority detects the lack of any requirement, it will request the missing information or documentation from the applicant only once, and will grant a period of fifteen days to remedy or disprove the inconsistencies.
The official letter responding to the Registration request in the Business Certification Scheme will be issued within a period not exceeding sixty days, counted from the day following the date of receipt of the acknowledgment.
When the taxpayer, in accordance with rule 1.2.2., presents any documentation to complement their Registration request in the Business Certification Scheme, they must exhibit it on magnetic media.

Applicable Legal Provisions: Articles 28-A of the IVA Law, 15-A of the IEPS Law, 40, subsection m) of the LFD, 69-B of the CFF, rules 1.2.2., 7.1.1., 7.1.2., 7.1.3. and 7.1.6. of the RGCE and Annex 19 of the RMF.

466 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 F3.2. Procedure for obtaining Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the Commercializer and Importer modality.

Who presents it? Legal entities interested in obtaining Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, in the Commercializer and Importer modality.

Where is it presented? Before the AGACE, through the Digital Counter (Ventanilla Digital).

What document is obtained upon completion of the procedure? Official letter responding to the application.

When is it presented? At any time.

Requirements:

Declare: a) Name, corporate name or trade name, and address of all foreign clients and suppliers with whom foreign trade operations were carried out during the last twelve months, directly or indirectly linked to the customs regime for which Registration in the Business Certification Scheme is requested. b) Name and RFC of all domestic input suppliers linked to the process under the regime for which it is being requested, from the last twelve months, prior to the date of submission of the application.
Payment of the fee made through the electronic e5cinco scheme, corresponding to the date of submission of the application, referred to in article 40, subsection m) of the LFD.
Certificates of personnel registered with the IMSS, from the SUA of the last bimonthly period prior to the date of submission of the application.
Company Profile Form corresponding to each of the facilities where foreign trade operations are carried out and on magnetic media.
Documentation proving that the company has the legal use or enjoyment of the property or properties where the production processes or service provision takes place, as applicable, with a validity of at least one year from the date of submission of the application.
Documentation proving that in the semester immediately preceding that in which they submit their application, they carried out imports with a customs value not less than $300,000,000.00.

Conditions:

Be up to date in the fulfillment of tax obligations.
Be constituted in accordance with Mexican legislation.
Comply with the obligation to withhold and pay the ISR of workers.

Additional Information:

In the case that the customs authority detects the lack of any requirement, it will request the missing information or documentation from the applicant only once, which will have a period of fifteen days counted from the day following when the notification takes effect, to attend to the request; otherwise, the application will be considered discarded.
The AGACE will issue a response within a period not exceeding sixty days, counted from when all established requirements are fully met, as applicable. If this period elapses without a resolution, it will be understood that the resolution is favorable.
When the taxpayer, in accordance with rule 1.2.2., presents any documentation to complement their Registration request in the Business Certification Scheme, they must exhibit it on magnetic media.

Applicable Legal Provisions: Article 100-A of the Law, 40, subsection m) of the LFD, rules 7.1.1., 7.1.4. and 7.1.6. of the RGCE.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 467 F3.3. Procedure for obtaining Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality under the rubrics of Import and/or Export; Holding; Aircraft; SECIIT; Textile, Strategic Fiscalized Precinct and Logistics Outsourcing.

Who presents it? Legal entities.

Where is it presented? Before the AGACE:

Through the Digital Counter (Ventanilla Digital), in the case of rubrics Import and/or Export; Holding; Aircraft; SECIIT; Textile and Strategic Fiscalized Precinct.
In the official records office, this application and attached documents can be sent via SEPOMEX or using courier company services, in the case of the Logistics Outsourcing rubric.

What document is obtained upon completion of the procedure? Official letter responding to the application.

When is it presented? At any time.

Requirements:

Declare: a) Name, corporate name or trade name, and address of all foreign clients and suppliers with whom foreign trade operations were carried out during the last twelve months, directly or indirectly linked to the customs regime for which Registration in the Business Certification Scheme is requested. b) Name and RFC of all domestic input suppliers linked to the process under the regime for which it is being requested, from the last twelve months, prior to the date of submission of the application.
Payment of the fee made through the electronic e5cinco scheme, corresponding to the date of submission of the application, referred to in article 40, subsection m) of the LFD.
Certificates of personnel registered with the IMSS, from the SUA of the last bimonthly period prior to the date of submission of the application.
Company Profile or Strategic Fiscalized Precinct Profile Form, as applicable, for each of the facilities where foreign trade operations are carried out and on magnetic media.
Documentation proving that the company has the legal use or enjoyment of the property or properties where the production processes or service provision takes place, as applicable, with a validity of at least one year from the date of submission of the application.
Documentation proving that in the semester immediately preceding that in which they submit their application, they carried out imports with a customs value not less than $300,000,000.00.
Those interested in obtaining Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, rubric Importer and/or Exporter, additionally must attach documentation proving that they carried out foreign trade operations during the last two years prior to their application.
Those interested in obtaining Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, rubric Holding, additionally must attach: a) Document issued by the SE, through which it is accredited that they have been designated as holding companies to integrate the manufacturing or maquila operations of two or more controlled companies, regarding which the holding company participates directly or indirectly in their administration, control or capital, when any of the controlled companies has such direct or indirect participation on the other controlled companies and the holding company, or when a third company, whether resident in national territory or abroad, participates directly or indirectly in the administration, control or in the capital of both the holding company and the controlled companies. b) List of controlled companies, indicating their shareholding participation, corporate name or trade name, tax address, RFC and the amount of imports and exports carried out by each of the companies. c) Diagram of the shareholding and corporate structure, as well as certified copy of the public deeds, in which the shareholding participation of the holding company and the controlled companies is stated.

468 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 9. Those interested in obtaining Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, rubric Aircraft, additionally must attach: a) Valid authorization from the IMMEX Program granted by the SE and have Registration in the Business Certification Scheme in the IVA and IEPS modality, in any of its rubrics. b) Certified copy of the permit from the General Directorate of Civil Aeronautics of the SICT, for the establishment of aircraft workshops, when companies carry out said processes. 10. Those interested in obtaining Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, rubric SECIIT, additionally must attach: a) Copy of the valid IMMEX Program and have Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, IVA and IEPS modality, in rubrics AA or AAA. b) The favorable report issued by the authorized Civil Association, Chambers or Confederation in accordance with rule 7.1.9., with which it proves compliance with what is provided in the Guidelines of the Electronic System for the Control of Inventories of Temporary Imports, in accordance with rule 7.1.10. c) To comply with what is stated in point 16.4, the following must be indicated according to the selected option or options: i) Certificate of all personnel registered with the IMSS issued by the SUA, in which it can be visualized that it has at least 1,000 workers registered with the IMSS. ii) Attach documents proving that it has fixed assets of machinery and equipment with an amount equivalent in national currency to 30,000,000 dollars. iii) That the company trades on recognized markets in terms of article 16-C of the CFF. In the case that the applicant company does not trade on the stock exchange, it may present documentation demonstrating that at least 51% of its voting shares are owned directly or indirectly by a company that trades on recognized markets. d) Documentation proving that the means of transport that will be used for the transfer of imported goods whose final destination is outside the border or border region, have tracking systems. e) Flow diagram describing the operation of its SECIIT, which reflects that it complies with what is established in section II of Annex 24 and with the guidelines issued by the AGACE to that effect, as well as that the customs authority has permanent and uninterrupted online electronic access, which will be verified by the customs authority during the inspection visit. 11. Those interested in obtaining Registration in the Business Certification Scheme, rubric Textile, that do not have an IMMEX Program, must attach the following: a) Certificate of personnel registered with the IMSS, from the SUA, or to avoid attaching the entire SUA, the first page (where the corporate name and period appear) and the last page (where all employees registered with the IMSS are listed) can be attached. b) Proof of payment of employer-employee contributions for at least thirty employees from the last bimonthly period prior to the application; proof of payment downloaded from the SIPARE or proof of payment that is consistent with the SUA information, referred to in the first paragraph, must be attached. Those proofs that contain legends stating that they have no fiscal or legal effects will not be valid to verify the requirement. c) List of partners, shareholders, as applicable, legal representative with authority for acts of dominion, and members of the administration in accordance with the constitution of the applicant company, whether or not obliged to pay taxes in Mexico. In case of not being obliged to pay taxes, the following must be attached: i) List of Partners, Shareholders or Associates, residents abroad of legal entities resident in Mexico that opt not to register in the RFC. (Official Form 96 "List of Partners, Shareholders or Associates residents abroad", of Annex 1 of the RMF). ii) Legal representative, sole administrator and/or members of the board of directors, by way of enumeration and not limitation, documents such as, Opinion of compliance with tax obligations with the legend "No tax obligations", certificate of residence for tax purposes of the country where they pay taxes, tax returns of the country where they are obliged to pay taxes, etc.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 469 12. Interested parties seeking Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, category Strategic Fiscalized Precinct, must attach a simple copy of the official letter granting the concession or authorization to provide services for handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise. 13. Interested parties seeking Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, category Logistics Outsourcing, who perform only the handling of merchandise on behalf of third parties, must attach the following: a) Documentation accrediting that the company has legal use or enjoyment of the property or properties where it will provide logistics services and safeguarding of foreign trade documentation, with a validity of at least one year from the date of submission of the application. b) Documentation accrediting the commercial relationship, in case of having third parties for the provision of customs, storage, transport, and/or distribution services of foreign trade merchandise. 14. Interested parties seeking Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, Authorized Economic Operator Modality, who are partners of the program known as C-TPAT; additionally must attach: a) Validation report issued within a period not exceeding three years from the date the application is presented, through which the applicant is accredited as a partner of the CBP (C-TPAT) program, with certified-validated status, for each of the facilities validated by CBP (C-TPAT), and its corresponding simple translation into Spanish. b) Documentation accrediting the minimum security standards established in the Company Profile format, for which the form must be delivered duly filled out and on magnetic media to the AGACE, in accordance with what is established in the profile filling guide, exclusively for facilities not validated by CBP (C-TPAT). Conditions:

Comply with the obligation to withhold and remit income tax (ISR) for workers.
For the case of item 11, compliance with what is indicated in Section II of Annex 24 and with the guidelines issued to that effect by the AGACE. Additional Information:
In the event that the customs authority detects the lack of any requirement, it will request the applicant only once, who will have a period of fifteen days counted from the day following when the notification takes effect, to satisfy the request; otherwise, the application will be considered rejected.
The AGACE will issue the response letter to the application within a period not exceeding one hundred twenty days, counted from when all established requirements are fully covered, as applicable. If this period elapses without a resolution, the resolution will be understood to be favorable.
Companies with Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Authorized Economic Operator modality, Logistics Outsourcing category, that request their registration in the SECIIT category, must comply with the requirements established in rule 7.1.4., second paragraph, Section D, with the exception of what is indicated in fractions III and IV, exclusively with the catalogs and modules of Section II of Annex 24, indicated in the guidelines issued for such effects by the AGACE, which will be made known on the SAT Portal; and have carried out at least 50% of the value of their foreign trade operations within the last twelve months, counted from the date of submission of their application, with companies that have active registration in the SECIIT category.
When the taxpayer, in accordance with rule 1.2.2., presents any documentation to complement their Application for Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, they must exhibit the same on magnetic media. Applicable Legal Provisions: Articles 100-A and 135-A of the Law, 16-C of the CFF, 40, subsection m) of the LFD, rules 1.2.2., 7.1.1., 7.1.4., 7.1.6., 7.1.7., 7.1.9., 7.1.10. and Annex 24 of the RGCE.

470 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 F3.4. Procedure Guide to obtain Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, Certified Commercial Partner modality, categories: Land Auto-transporter, Customs Agent, Rail Transport, Industrial Parks, Fiscalized Precinct, Courier and Parcel Services, and General Warehouse. Who submits it? Individuals or legal entities. Where is it submitted? To the AGACE.

Through Digital Window, regarding the categories of Land Auto-transporter, Customs Agent, Rail Transport, Industrial Parks, Fiscalized Precinct, and Courier and Parcel Services.
At the parts office, this application and attached documents can be sent via SEPOMEX or using courier company services, regarding the General Warehouse category. What document is obtained upon completion of the procedure? Official letter of response to the Application for Registration in the Company Certification Scheme. When is it submitted? At any time. Requirements:
Interested parties seeking Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, in the Certified Commercial Partner modality, Land Auto-transporter category, in addition to the requirements referred to in rule 7.1.1., with the exception of what is established in fractions VIII, X, XI, and XIV and 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction I; as well as with the minimum security standards referred to in article 100-A, fraction VII of the Law, additionally must attach: a) Documentation accrediting that they carry out federal land auto-transport operations. b) Form named Land Auto-transporter Profile duly filled out and on magnetic media, with which compliance with the minimum security standards established in the cited format is accredited. c) Documentation accrediting enrollment in the CAAT, in accordance with rule 2.4.5., in case of carrier companies. d) Transmit: i) Documentation accrediting a minimum of two years of experience in providing merchandise auto-transport services. ii) Document accrediting that they hold the valid permit issued by SICT to provide federal freight auto-transport service. iii) Declaration under oath regarding the number of owned or leased units used to provide the service. e) Prove that the means of transport to be used for the transfer of merchandise have tracking systems in accordance with what is established in the form named Land Auto-transporter Profile. f) Payment of the right performed through the electronic scheme e5cinco, corresponding to the date of submission of the application, referred to in article 40, subsection m) of the LFD, in relation to Annex 19 of the RMF in force on the date of submission of the registration application.
Interested parties seeking Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, in the Certified Commercial Partner modality, Land Auto-transporter category, and who are partners of the program known as C-TPAT, may accredit the requirement established in rule 7.1.4., fraction II, with the following: a) Validation report accrediting the applicant as a partner of the CBP (C-TPAT) program, with certified-validated status. b) Documentation accrediting that they have been authorized to share information with Mexico on their CBP (C-TPAT) portal. c) Documentation accrediting that they comply with the minimum security standards established in the Land Auto-transporter Profile format, for which the form must be delivered duly filled out and on magnetic media to the AGACE, in accordance with what is established in the profile filling guide, exclusively for facilities not validated by CBP (C-TPAT). d) Payment of the right performed through the electronic scheme e5cinco, corresponding to the date of submission of the application, referred to in article 40, subsection m) of the LFD, in relation to Annex 19 of the RMF in force on the date of submission of the registration application. Additionally, facilities that are validated by C-TPAT from which the company profile is not presented, must comply with the minimum security standards established in the Company Profile.
Interested parties seeking Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, in the Certified Commercial Partner modality, Customs Agent category, in addition to what is established in rules 7.1.1., with the exception of what is established in fractions I, VIII, X, XI, XII, and XIV, and 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction I; as well as with the minimum security standards referred to in article 100-A, fraction VII of the Law, must: a) Declare: i) Names of persons who have served as their agents and the customs offices before which they acted.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 471 ii) Describe additional services provided by the customs agent beyond customs management. iii) Indicate all installations belonging to the patent of the applying customs agent. b) Accredit: i) That all their agents are up to date in fulfilling tax obligations. ii) That the customs patent is active and is not subject to a process of suspension, cancellation, extinction, or voluntary suspension as referred to in articles 164, 165, and 166 of the Law, nor has it been suspended or cancelled in the three years prior to the year in which they apply for inscription in the registry. iii) That they have promoted on behalf of others the dispatch of merchandise in the two years prior to the year in which they apply for registration in the company certification scheme under the Certified Commercial Partner modality, customs agent category. iv) In case one or more societies have been incorporated and/or constituted, in accordance with fraction II of article 163 of the Law, repealed by Decree published in the DOF on June 25, 2018, these must have presented the ISR declaration corresponding to the last fiscal year for which the society or societies are obligated on the date of submission of the application referred to in this fraction. c) Form named Customs Agent Profile duly filled out and on magnetic media, with which compliance with the minimum security standards established in the cited format is accredited. d) Payment of the right performed through the electronic scheme e5cinco, corresponding to the date of submission of the application, referred to in article 40, subsection m) of the LFD, in relation to Annex 19 of the RMF in force on the date of submission of the registration application. 4. Interested parties seeking Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, in the Certified Commercial Partner modality, Rail Transporter category, in addition to what is established in rule 7.1.1., with the exception of fractions VIII, X, XI, and XIV and 7.1.4., fraction I, must attach: a) Form named Rail Transporter Profile duly filled out and on magnetic media, for each installation where handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise takes place, per section or for the complete network as applicable. b) Copy of the document accrediting that they hold the valid concession or permit issued by SICT to provide rail freight transport service. c) Documentation accrediting that they own or lease (tractive equipment), in usufruct or other legal figure with which they accredit possession of the same (tractive equipment), which they use to provide the service. d) Documentation accrediting that the means of transport to be used for the transfer of merchandise have tracking systems in accordance with what is established in the form named Rail Transporter Profile. e) Documentation accrediting a minimum of two years of experience in providing rail freight transport services, prior to the year in which they apply for Registration in the Company Certification Scheme. f) Payment of the right performed through the electronic scheme e5cinco, corresponding to the date of submission of the application, referred to in article 40, subsection m) of the LFD, in relation to Annex 19 of the RMF in force on the date of submission of the registration application. 5. Interested parties seeking Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, in the Certified Commercial Partner modality, Industrial Park category, in addition to what is established in rule 7.1.1., with the exception of fractions VIII, X, XI, and XIV and 7.1.4., fraction I, must attach: a) Form named Industrial Park Profile duly filled out and on magnetic media, for each Industrial Park. b) Environmental impact manifestation. c) Payment of the right performed through the electronic scheme e5cinco, corresponding to the date of submission of the application, referred to in article 40, subsection m) of the LFD, in relation to Annex 19 of the RMF in force on the date of submission of the registration application. 6. Interested parties seeking Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, in the Certified Commercial Partner modality, Fiscalized Precinct category, in addition to what is established in rules 7.1.1. with the exception of fractions VIII, X, XI, and 7.1.4 first paragraph, fraction I, must attach the form named Fiscalized Precinct Profile duly filled out and on magnetic media, for each authorized installation, as well as the payment of the right performed through the electronic scheme e5cinco, corresponding to the date of submission of the application, referred to in article 40, subsection m) of the LFD, in relation to Annex 19 of the RMF in force on the date of submission of the registration application. 7. Interested parties seeking Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, in the Certified Commercial Partner modality, Courier and Parcel Services category, in addition to what is established in rules 7.1.1. and 7.1.4, fractions I and II, must: a) Transmit the document(s), with which it is accredited that the aircraft in which they transport documents and merchandise are owned by the courier and parcel services company or by any of its national or foreign affiliates, subsidiaries, or parent companies. In its case, the service contract with a minimum validity of five years, and no less than one year on the date of its application, celebrated directly or through its parents, affiliates, or subsidiaries, with a concessionaire or permit holder duly authorized by SICT, through which they make available for dedicated use of the activities of the courier or parcel services company at least 30 aircraft and which provides regular frequencies to the airports where said company carries out the dispatch of documents or merchandise. b) Accredit that they have: i) Registration of air routes or airways within national airspace before the General Directorate of Civil Aeronautics of SICT. ii) Concession or authorization to provide services for handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise in accordance with articles 14 and 14-A of the Law. iii) With a minimum investment in fixed assets equivalent in national currency to $1,000,000 USD on the date of submission of the application, according to the financial statements opinion for tax purposes, corresponding to the last fiscal year for which they are obligated on the date of submission of the application for inscription in the company registry. c) Payment of the right performed through the electronic scheme e5cinco, corresponding to the date of submission of the application, referred to in article 40, subsection m) of the LFD, in relation to Annex 19 of the RMF in force on the date of submission of the registration application. 8. Regarding courier and parcel services companies belonging to the same group, in accordance with rule 7.1.7., referred to in rule 7.1.5., fraction VI, second paragraph, they must attach documentation accrediting directly or through an operating company that forms part of the same group, in addition to the previous points, they must: a) Declare: i) Name or corporate name, tax domicile, and RFC of each of the companies integrating the group. b) Accredit: i) That they have aircraft for the transport of documents and merchandise, through a service contract, celebrated directly or through an operating company that forms part of the same group, which holds a concession or permit authorized by SICT, through which it makes available for exclusive use of courier and parcel services activities at least three aircraft and provides regular frequencies to the airports where the courier and parcel services companies carry out the dispatch of documents or merchandise. ii) That they have directly or through a company that forms part of the same group, concession or authorization to provide services for handling, storage, and custody of foreign trade merchandise in accordance with articles 14 and 14-A of the Law. c) Attach a diagram of the shareholder and corporate structure, as well as copies of public deeds, in which the shareholder participation of the applying companies is recorded. d) Payment of the right performed through the electronic scheme e5cinco, corresponding to the date of submission of the application, referred to in article 40, subsection m) of the LFD, in relation to Annex 19 of the RMF in force on the date of submission of the registration application. 9. Interested parties seeking Registration in the Company Certification Scheme in the Certified Commercial Partner modality, General Warehouse category, in addition to what is established in rules 7.1.1., with the exception of fractions VIII, X, XI, XIV, and 7.1.4., first paragraph, fraction I, must: a) Attach the form named General Warehouse Profile, duly filled out and on magnetic media, for each location, installation, warehouse, or branch that the general warehouse determines, provided they have authorization to provide the storage service destined to the fiscal deposit regime. b) Payment of the right performed through the electronic scheme e5cinco, corresponding to the date of submission of the application, referred to in article 40, subsection m) of the LFD, in relation to Annex 19 of the RMF in force on the date of submission of the registration application. Conditions:

That they participate in the handling, keeping, custody, and transfer of foreign trade merchandise.
For the case of items 6 and 9, of Section Requirements, valid authorization must be held and not be subject to a cancellation process. Additional Information:
In the event that the customs authority detects the lack of any requirement, it will request the applicant only once, and grant a period of fifteen days counted from the day following when the notification takes effect, for the applicant to satisfy the request; otherwise, the application will be considered withdrawn.
The AGACE will issue the response letter to the application within a period not exceeding one hundred twenty days, counted from when all established requirements are fully covered, as applicable. If this period elapses without a resolution, the resolution will be understood to be favorable.
When the taxpayer, in accordance with rule 1.2.2., presents any documentation to complement their Application for Registration in the Company Certification Scheme, they must exhibit the same on magnetic media. Applicable Legal Provisions: Articles 14, 14-A, 100-A, 159, 163, 164, 165, and 166 of the Law, 40 subsection m) of the LFD, Rules 1.2.2., 2.4.5., 7.1.1, 7.1.4., 7.1.5., 7.1.6., 7.1.7., 7.2.1., 7.2.2. and 7.2.3. of the RGCE and Annex 19 of the RMF.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 473 F4. Application for username and password to access the Integrated Customs Operation System (SOIA) Place and date of application _____________________ to ____________ of ___________ of ______________ Initial Application Renewal General information of the applicant. Name, corporate name and/or trade name of the natural or legal person:

Tax Address: ______________________________________________________________________________ RFC with homoclave: _____________________________ Email: _______________________ Contact phone: ___________________________________________________________________ No. of Patent/No. of CAAT/No. of Precinct/Warehouse Key/Importer (please specify):

Briefly describe the activities in which the applicant is engaged:

Information of the legal representative, if applicable. Name: _____________________________________________________________________________________ RFC with homoclave:____________________________________________________________________ General data of the power of attorney or articles of incorporation granting legal representation. Notarial instrument: number: ________________ Notary: _____________________________________ Name of the notary: ___________________________________________________ Date: ___________ Authorized person and address for hearing and receiving notifications. Name:

Address for hearing and receiving notifications:

Phone: ____________________________ Email: _______________________________________________ Mark with an X the corresponding option: Indicate if the application has been previously presented before the same authority or a different one, if affirmative describe the situation in which it stands.

YES NO Indicate if the application has been subject to any administrative or judicial process, if affirmative describe the situation in which it stands.

YES NO If the procedure was carried out by courier, indicate if you require that the original documentation presented with this form be returned. Describe what it consists of:

YES NO I declare under oath that:

The information contained in this document is true and I am responsible for proving what is declared here. I am aware that I will be responsible for any false or omitted declaration made in or related to this document.
The powers granted have not been modified or revoked for me to perform acts of administration or those necessary in the management of this procedure.

Name and signature of the applicant (Applicant natural person or legal representative)

474 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS General Information This form is freely printable and must be filled out by machine or in block letters, with a black or blue ink pen, without invading the limits of the boxes. Requirements

Original or certified copy and simple copy for comparison of the general power of attorney for acts of administration of the legal representative of the interested party, whenever the applications are not presented by their own right.
Original or certified copy and simple copy for comparison of the valid official identification of the legal representative or of the person acting on their own right.
Simple copy of the authorization letter for commencement of operations issued by the DGJA, for the case of supervised precincts and general warehouses.
In the event that you have requested the return of the original documentation presented with this form, you must attach a prepaid guide with the data to which said documentation will be sent.
In the case of renewal, it must be requested one month before expiration using this form. Presentation Options The procedure may be presented
At the official office of the DGMEIA.
Through the services of courier companies, in which case, you must indicate the DGMEIA as the recipient. Specific Indications
In the event that the applicant is a public official of any government dependency, the application will be made through a letter addressed to the DGMEIA, which must contain the following data: a) Name of the public official who will safeguard the account. b) Position. c) RFC. d) Address. e) Phone. f) Email. g) Signature of the immediate boss. h) Queries requested. Additionally, the interested public official must present the original and a copy for comparison of their valid credential issued by the government dependency in question. Additional Information
The authority will respond within a period not exceeding ten business days through a letter addressed to the address indicated for hearing and receiving notifications and will send to the applicant's email the password and username to access the SOIA.
In the event of changes in the RFC, name, corporate name or trade name, a new application must be made covering all the requirements.
In the event of forgetting the password, an email must be sent to soporte.soia@sat.gob.mx requesting the resending of the username and password, which will be sent to the email registered in the SOIA, provided that the account is active.
For any failure or problem related to the SOIA, the SAT makes available to you the email soporte.soia@sat.gob.mx.
The username and password will have a validity of up to five years.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 475 F5. Application for Security Matrix for Delivery of Foreign Trade Information.

Date of application: _____________________________________ to _____ of ___________________ of _______. Dependencies or Official Bodies. Application addressed to the General Directorate of Modernization, Equipment and Customs Infrastructure.
Procedure. 3) Method of delivery of the security matrix letter.
Guides. Name of the company or courier service. Guide number. Personal Registration Receipt of documents Renewal By courier Delivery of letter General data of the applicant.
Name, corporate name or customs broker. 6) RFC or patent.
Name of the legal representative.

Address for hearing or receiving notifications. Street: Ext. No.: Int. No.: Neighborhood: Locality: Postal Code: Municipality or Alcaldía: Federative Entity: Phone:
Name of the person authorized to receive the Security Matrix.
Name(s) of the person(s) authorized to receive notifications or information in case it cannot be sent by email.

Email address(es) to receive notifications or information.

General data of the power of attorney or articles of incorporation granting legal representation. Notarial instrument number: _________________ Notary: ___________________________________________________ Name of the notary:____________________________________ Seat of the public instrument:____________________ I declare under oath that the data recorded in this application are real and exact and that the power that accredits me is valid and has not been revoked. 13) Autograph signature_______

476 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS General Information This form is freely printable and must be filled out by machine or in block letters, with a black or blue ink pen and the figures must not invade the limits of the boxes. It must be presented in two original copies signed with blue ink, one for the authority and the second will be the acknowledgment of the interested party. Presentation Options The procedure may be presented at any time at the official office of the General Directorate of Modernization, Equipment and Customs Infrastructure in person or using the services of SEPOMEX or those of Courier companies. Specific Indications In the case of renewal, the procedure must be presented forty-five days before its expiration. Requirements Natural or Legal Persons

Legible copy of the tax identification card (R.F.C.).
Original or certified copy and simple copy for comparison of the valid official identification (Voter ID with photograph, valid passport, national military service card, professional card, immigration card, naturalization letter, migratory form with photograph, high security or digital consular registration certificate).
Original or certified copy and simple copy for comparison of the valid official identification of the person who receives the security matrix.
Present original or notary-certified copy, and simple copy for comparison of the public instrument whereby the legal representative is granted power for acts of administration without any limitation in terms of what is provided in article 2554, second and penultimate paragraph of the Federal Civil Code, or a specific special power is granted for the procedure of acts of administration.
If there is a change in corporate name or RFC, present the documentation that accredits it. Customs Broker
Legible copy of the tax identification card (RFC).
Original or certified copy and simple legible copy for comparison of the valid official identification of the customs broker (Voter ID with photograph, valid passport, national military service card, professional card, immigration card, naturalization letter, migratory form with photograph, high security or digital consular registration certificate).
Legible copy of the valid badge of the customs broker.
Legible copy of the patent in case of having only its assigned customs office or authorization in case of operating by its assigned customs office and additional customs offices.
Original or certified copy and simple copy for comparison of the valid official identification of the person who receives the security matrix. If the procedure of the natural person or customs broker is carried out by a legal representative, they must present the original or certified copy and simple copy for comparison of the public instrument in which the legal representative is granted general power for acts of administration without any limitation or special power granted for the specific procedure, in terms of the second and penultimate paragraph of article 2554 of the Federal Civil Code, respectively, attaching the original or certified copy and simple copy for comparison of the valid official identification of the legal representative. Additional Procedure Information
The authority will respond through a letter within a period not exceeding ten business days, counted from the date the application was presented.
In the event that the application is not properly filled out or any of the stated documents are omitted, a negative response will be given and the procedure must be carried out again.
The interested party may follow up on their procedure through the phones (55) 12 03 1000 ext. 47403, 54489, 54487, 43043, or they can send their query to the email sianam@anam.gob.mx
The letter with the security matrix will be delivered in person at the official office of the General Directorate of Modernization, Equipment and Customs Infrastructure. If located within the Republic, the documentation can be sent by courier, provided that the application includes a prepaid guide properly filled out, for the return of your documentation.
The security matrix has a validity of three years, from the date of issuance of the security matrix letter.
Taxpayers who wish to continue receiving electronically the information of the declarations of the operations they have carried out, must present their renewal application, using the duly filled form called Application for Security Matrix for Delivery of Foreign Trade Information, complying with the same requirements provided for the initial application. If the documents exhibited previously are still valid at the time of the renewal application, it will no longer be necessary to present them, provided that this situation is stated. Likewise, a renewal application must be presented when the security matrix letter is lost, or when there is a change in the legal representative, corporate name, or RFC of the company.
In the event of modifying the emails, a free-form letter must be presented at the official office of the General Directorate of Modernization, Equipment and Customs Infrastructure, indicating the update of the emails, provided that, the representative who processed the registration or renewal is the same.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 477 III. Auxiliary models handled by foreign trade users: M1.1. Customs Declaration (Pedimento). The customs declaration format is a dynamic format composed of blocks, in which only the blocks corresponding to the information that must be declared should be printed. This format must be presented in one copy destined for the importer or exporter, regarding the operations provided in rules 2.5.1., regarding used vehicles, trailers and semi-trailers; 2.5.2., regarding used vehicles, trailers and semi-trailers; 3.1.21., fraction III, subsection b), 3.5.1., fraction II, 3.5.4., 3.5.5., 3.5.6., 3.5.8., and 3.5.11., as well as vehicle operations carried out under a diplomatic franchise, in accordance with article 62, fraction I of the Law. Below, the different blocks that can make up a customs declaration are presented, citing the obligation of the same and the manner in which they must be printed. When in a specific field, the specified space is not sufficient, it can be expanded by adding as many lines in the section as required. The printing should preferably be done in laser on letter size paper and the font sizes will be as indicated below: INFORMATION FORMAT FONT Block Headers Arial 9 Bold or other font of equivalent size. Preferably, the spaces where headers are present should be printed with 15% shading. Field Name Arial 8 Bold or other font of equivalent size. Declared Information Arial 9 or other font of equivalent size. The print format for all dates will be: DD/MM/YYYY Where DD Is the day in two positions. Depending on the month in question, it can be from 01 to 31. MM Is the month number (01 to 12). AAAA Is the year in four positions. MAIN HEADER OF THE CUSTOMS DECLARATION The main header must be recorded on the first page of every customs declaration. The right part of the header must be used for the certification of automated selection. CUSTOMS DECLARATION Page 1 of N NUM. CUSTOMS DECLARATION: T. OP CVE. DECL: REGIME: CERTIFICATIONS DESTINATION: EXCHANGE RATE: GROSS WEIGHT: CUSTOMS ENTRY/EXIT: MEANS OF TRANSPORT ARRIVAL: DEPARTURE: CUSTOMS VALUE: PRICE PAID/COMMERCIAL VALUE: INCREASABLE INSURANCE FREIGHT PACKAGING OTHERS DECREASABLE TRANSPORT DECREASABLE INSURANCE DECREASABLE CARGO DECREASABLE UNLOADING DECREASABLE OTHERS DECREASABLE ACCEPTANCE CODE: BARCODE KEY OF THE CUSTOMS SECTION OF DISPATCH: MARKS, NUMBERS AND TOTAL OF PACKAGES: DATES RATES AT CUSTOMS DECLARATION LEVEL CONTRIB. CVE. T. RATE RATE

478 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 LIQUIDATION TABLE CONCEPT F.P. AMOUNT CONCEPT F.P. AMOUNT TOTALS CASH OTHERS TOTAL HEADER FOR SECONDARY PAGES OF THE CUSTOMS DECLARATION The header for pages 2 to the last page is the one presented below. ANNEX OF THE CUSTOMS DECLARATION Page M of N NUM. CUSTOMS DECLARATION: TYPE OP: CVE. DECL: RFC: CURP: FOOTER OF ALL SHEETS OF THE CUSTOMS DECLARATION The footer presented below must be printed at the bottom of all sheets of the customs declaration. In all copies, the RFC, CURP and name of the customs broker, customs agency, customs attorney, warehouse attorney or accredited legal representative must appear. When the customs declaration carries the digital signature of the principal, their RFC and name must appear after those of the customs broker or customs agency. CUSTOMS BROKER, CUSTOMS AGENCY, CUSTOMS ATTORNEY OR WAREHOUSE ATTORNEY NAME OR TRADE NAME: RFC: CURP: PRINCIPAL/AUTHORIZED PERSON NAME: RFC: CURP: I DECLARE UNDER OATH, IN THE TERMS ESTABLISHED BY ARTICLE 81 OF THE LAW, PATENT OR AUTHORIZATION: CERTIFICATE SERIAL NUMBER: digital signature: The payment of contributions can be made through the electronic payment service, in accordance with what is established in rule 1.6.2., with the possibility that the bank account of the person who hires the services is directly affected by the Bank. The customs broker, customs agency or customs attorney who uses the electronic payment service, must print the bank certification in the corresponding field of the customs declaration or in the official document, according to Appendix 23 Electronic Payment of Annex 22. The Importer-Exporter may request the certification of the information transmitted to the SAAI by the customs broker, customs agency or customs attorney at the time of preparing the customs declaration at the DGIA. NOTE: When the customs declaration carries the digital signature of the customs broker or customs agency, the data of the principal must not be printed; regarding the electronic payment legend, it must be printed in the Footer of the customs declaration, only on the first sheet. END OF CUSTOMS DECLARATION In order to identify the conclusion of the printing of the customs declaration, on the last page, the following legend must be printed, immediately after the last block of information that has been printed. **********END OF CUSTOMS DECLARATION ******TOTAL NUM. OF LINES: ******PREVALIDATOR KEY:

HEADER OF SUPPLIER OR BUYER DATA The value acknowledgment numbers generated with the transmission referred to in article 59-A of the Law and rule 1.9.16., which contains the information of the CFDI or equivalent documents that express the value of the merchandise covered by the customs declaration, must be printed.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 479 SUPPLIER OR BUYER DATA VALUE ACKNOWLEDGMENT NUMBER LINKAGE INCOTERM TRANSPORT AND CARRIER DATA TRANSPORT IDENTIFICATION: COUNTRY: CARRIER RFC CURP ADDRESS/CITY/STATE LOCKS LOCK NUMBER 1ST INSPECTION 2ND INSPECTION GUIDES, MANIFESTS OR BILL OF LADING As many lines as necessary can be printed and in each one the information up to three numbers of guides, manifests or bill of lading order numbers (number and identifier) or number of transport documents can be declared. NUMBER (GUIDE/ORDER SHIPMENT)/ID: CONTAINERS/RAILWAY CAR/ECONOMIC NUMBER OF VEHICLE As many lines as necessary can be printed and in each one the information of containers, railway equipment and economic number of vehicle (number and type) can be declared. NUMBER/TYPE IDENTIFIERS (CUSTOMS DECLARATION LEVEL) As many lines as necessary can be printed. KEY/COMP. IDENTIFIER COMPLEMENT 1 COMPLEMENT 2 COMPLEMENT 3 CUSTOMS ACCOUNTS AND CUSTOMS GUARANTEE ACCOUNTS AT CUSTOMS DECLARATION LEVEL CUSTOMS ACCOUNTS AND CUSTOMS GUARANTEE ACCOUNTS ACCOUNT TYPE: GUARANTEE KEY: ISSUING INSTITUTION: CONTRACT NUMBER: FOLIO CONSTANCY: DEPOSIT TOTAL: CONSTANCY DATE: DEFENSES DEFENSES ORIGINAL CUSTOMS DECLARATION NUM.: ORIGINAL OPERATION DATE: ORIGINAL DECL. CVE: COMPENSATIONS COMPENSATIONS ORIGINAL CUSTOMS DECLARATION NUM.: ORIGINAL OPERATION DATE: KEY OF THE ENCUMBRANCE: AMOUNT OF THE ENCUMBRANCE:

480 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 DOCUMENTS SUPPORTING PAYMENT METHODS: BOND, BUDGETARY CHARGE, FEDERAL GOVERNMENT, PUBLIC AND PRIVATE TREASURY CERTIFICATES. VIRTUAL PAYMENT METHODS

PAYMENT METHOD	ISSUING DEPENDENCY OR INSTITUTION	DOCUMENT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER	DOCUMENT DATE	DOCUMENT AMOUNT	AVAILABLE BALANCE	AMOUNT TO PAY

As many lines as necessary may be printed, and in each one the information of a document supporting one of the cited payment methods may be declared.

OBSERVATIONS The block corresponding to observations must be printed when this information has been sent electronically, if the customs broker, customs agency, customs attorney, or warehouse attorney deems it appropriate to make any observation related to the entry.

OBSERVATIONS

HEADINGS OF LOTS LOTS On the first page where information of the lots supporting the entry is printed, as well as on subsequent pages containing lot information, the following heading must be printed, either immediately after the general information blocks of the entry or immediately after the heading of the subsequent pages.

For each of the lots of the entry, the data mentioned below must be declared, according to their position in this heading.

LOTS SEC | SUBD FRAC/ COMM. ID. | VINC. MET | VAL | UMC CANTIDAD | UMT CANTIDAD | P. V/C | P. O/D | SEC | DESCRIPTION (VARIABLE LINES AS REQUIRED) | CON. | TASA | T.T. | F.P. | AMOUNT | VAL ADU/USD | IMP. | PRECIO PAG. | PRECIO UNIT. | VAL. AGREG. ---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---

BRAND | MODEL | PRODUCT CODE

NOTE: The line corresponding to Brand, Model, and Product Code only needs to be printed when this information has been transmitted electronically.

MERCHANDISE VIN/SER. NO. | KILOMETERAGE | VIN/SER. NO. | KILOMETERAGE

REGULATIONS, NON-TARIFF RESTRICTIONS AND NOM

KEY	PERM. NO. OR NOM	SIGNATURE	WAIVER	COM. VAL. DLS.

CANTIDAD UMT/C

IDENTIFIERS (LOT LEVEL) IDENTIF. COMPLEMENT 1 | COMPLEMENT 2 | COMPLEMENT 3

TOTAL DEPOSIT | ESTIMATED PRICE | QTY. U.M. | EST. PRICE

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 481 DETERMINATION AND/OR PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS BY APPLICATION OF ARTICLE 2.5 OF THE T-MEC AT LOT LEVEL When the determination and payment of contributions by application of Article 2.5 of the T-MEC is carried out when processing the entry supporting the return, the following block must be added to the corresponding tariff fraction:

DETERMINATION AND/OR PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS BY APPLICATION OF ARTICLES 2.5 OF THE T-MEC, 14 OF ANNEX III OF THE DECISION, 15 OF ANNEX I OF THE TLCAELC OR ACC AT LOT LEVEL

DETERMINATION AND/OR PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS BY APPLICATION OF ARTICLES 2.5 OF THE T-MEC, 14 OF ANNEX III OF THE DECISION, 15 OF ANNEX I OF THE TLCAELC OR ACC

VALUE NON-ORIGINATING MERCHANDISE | AMOUNT IGI

OBSERVATIONS AT LOT LEVEL The block corresponding to observations at lot level must be printed when this information has been sent electronically, if the customs broker, customs agency, customs attorney, or warehouse attorney deems it appropriate to make any observation related to the lot.

OBSERVATIONS AT LOT LEVEL

CORRECTIONS CORRECTION DATA When it is a correction entry, the customs broker, customs agency, or customs attorney must print the following block where the original entry and the correction document key are mentioned, immediately after the heading of the first page.

CORRECTION ORIGINAL ENTRY | ORG. ENTRY KEY | CORR. ENTRY KEY | CORR. PAYMENT DATE

BARCODES AND PAYMENT INFORMATION OF THE ENTRY PRINTOUT

FIELD	DESCRIPTION
BARCODE
REFERENCED DEPOSIT
CAPTURE LINE

When payment is made with payment method 0 (zero, Cash Appendix 13 Annex 22-), it will contain a barcode described in the Code 128 standard containing the capture line and amount for payment.

*** ELECTRONIC PAYMENT *** In the event that payment is made by electronic payment, it must contain the information set forth in Appendix 23 of Annex 22.

QR CODE OF PAYMENT VERIFIER AND/OR COMPLIANCE The printing of the entry format and/or simplified entry printout must include a two-dimensional barcode according to the QR Code (Quick Response Code) format described in the ISO/IEC18004:2000 standard, containing the data, formed as follows and adding a line break:

Parameter	Data	Characters
URL	https://aplicacionesc.mat.sat.gob.mx/SOIA
NET/oia_consultarapd_cep.aspx?	71
pa	Legal representative number, customs broker, customs agency, or customs attorney.	4
dn	Entry Number	7
s	Fill with 0.	1
ap	Year of validation of the entry	4

482 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 pad | Customs number according to the SOIA Customs Catalog. | 2 or 3 ad | Name of the customs office according to the SOIA Customs Catalog. | For each space, fill with %20; example: AEROPUERTO%20INTERNAL.%20CD.%2 0DE%20MEXICO,%20D.F. abierto

The two-dimensional barcode must be printed in a square with dimensions of 100 px x 100 px or 3.75 x 3.75 cm that integrates the information of the entry mentioned in this format.

DIFFERENCES IN CONTRIBUTIONS AT ENTRY LEVEL After the correction information cited in the previous paragraph, the settlement table of the total differences of the correction entry in relation to the contributions paid in the entry being corrected must be printed. It should be mentioned that the values cited in this table, in case there are amounts to pay with payment method 0 (zero, Cash Appendix 13 Annex 22), must coincide with the amount of the capture line.

DIFFERENCES IN CONTRIBUTIONS AT ENTRY LEVEL

CONCEPT	F.P.	DIFFERENCE	CONCEPT	F.P.	DIFFERENCE	TOTAL DIFFERENCES
CASH
OTHERS
TOTAL DIFF.

NOTE: When correcting information at entry level, the field of Observations at Entry Level must cite the correction made.

COMPLEMENTARY ENTRY COMPLEMENTARY ENTRY HEADING When it is a complementary entry due to the application of Articles 2.5 of the T-MEC, 14 of Annex III of the Decision, 15 of Annex I of the TLCAELC or ACC, the customs broker, customs agency, or customs attorney must print the following block immediately after the main heading of the entry on the first page.

COMPLEMENTARY ENTRY

After the waiver block, the following block must be printed, this when the entry requires it.

SUFFICIENT PROOF SUFFICIENT PROOF DESTINATION COUNTRY | ENTRY NO. USA/CAN | SUFFICIENT PROOF

NOTE: When it is a complementary entry, for which there are various merchandise destined to USA and Canada indistinctly, the Sufficient Proof blocks and Heading for Determination of Contributions at Lot Level for Complementary Entries under Article 2.5 of the T-MEC must be printed first for merchandise destined to USA, and immediately afterwards the same blocks for merchandise destined to Canada.

HEADING FOR DETERMINATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS AT LOT LEVEL FOR COMPLEMENTARY ENTRIES UNDER ARTICLES 14 OF ANNEX III OF THE DECISION, 15 OF ANNEX I OF THE TLCAELC OR ACC. DETERMINATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS AT LOT LEVEL SEC | FRAC | VALUE NON-ORIG. MERCH | AMOUNT IGI | F.P. | AMOUNT

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 483 M1.2. Import Entry. Part II. Partial Shipment of Merchandise.

BARCODE Entry Number ____________________ Vehicle Data ________________________ Seals ______________________________ Container(s) __________________________ Type of Merchandise | Quantity in Units of Commercialization | Quantity in Units of Tariff

CERTIFICATE SERIAL NUMBER: e.firma:

Name

Instructions for filling out the import entry form. Part II. Partial Shipment of Merchandise.

FIELD	CONTENT
1.- Barcode. The two-dimensional barcode must be printed in this space, which must be generated by a computer program provided by the SAT.
2.- Entry Number. The number assigned by the customs broker, customs agency, customs attorney, or warehouse attorney, consisting of fifteen digits, corresponding to:
2 digits, of the validation year;
2 digits, of the dispatch customs;
4 digits, of the patent or authorization number granted by the ANAM to the Customs Broker, Customs Agency, Customs Attorney, or Warehouse Attorney promoting the dispatch. When this number is less than four digits, zeros must be added to complete 4 digits;
7 digits, which will be progressive numbering by customs, in which they are authorized for dispatch, assigned by each customs broker, customs agency, customs attorney, or warehouse attorney, referring to all types of entries, starting each year with the number 0000001.
NOTE: Between each of these data, two blank spaces must be preserved.
3.- Vehicle Data. The identification data of the vehicle transporting the merchandise will be noted, such as: model, license plate number, and serial number.
4.- Seals.
5.- Containers.
The numbers of seals used to secure the vehicle access doors will be noted, when applicable.
The container or trailer number will be noted, when applicable. In the case of operations through Northern and Southern Border customs and the means of transport is Rail, the railway equipment identification number or container number must be declared.
6.- Type of Merchandise. The description of the merchandise, nature, and necessary and sufficient characteristics to determine its tariff classification, as well as the corresponding NICO, will be noted.
7.- Quantity in Units of
Commercialization.
The quantity of merchandise in units of commercialization will be noted, according to what is stated in the equivalent document.
8.- Quantity in Units of
Tariff.
The corresponding quantity of merchandise will be noted, according to the unit of measurement stated in the TIGIE.
9.- Certificate Serial Number.
Serial number of the certificate of the e.firma of the customs broker, customs agency, customs attorney, warehouse attorney, or agent of the customs broker, who promotes the dispatch.

e.firma. e.firma of the customs broker, customs agency, customs attorney, warehouse attorney, or agent of the customs broker, who promotes the dispatch, corresponding to the validation signature of the entry.
Name. The name of the customs attorney, customs broker, customs agency, or warehouse attorney, or the agent of the customs broker or customs agency promoting the dispatch will be noted.

484 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 M1.3. Export Entry. Part II. Partial Shipment of Merchandise.

BARCODE Entry Number ____________________ Vehicle Data ________________________ Seals ______________________________ Container(s) __________________________ Type of Merchandise | Quantity in Unit of Measure of Commercialization | Quantity in Unit of Measure of Tariff

Certificate serial number: e.firma:

Name

Instructions for filling out the export entry form. Part II. Partial Shipment of Merchandise.

FIELD	CONTENT
1.- Barcode. The two-dimensional barcode must be printed in this space, which must be generated by a computer program provided by the SAT.
2.- Entry Number. The number assigned by the customs broker, customs agency, customs attorney, or warehouse attorney, consisting of fifteen digits, corresponding to:
2 digits, of the validation year;
2 digits, of the dispatch customs;
4 digits, of the patent or authorization number granted by the ANAM to the customs broker, customs agency, customs attorney, or warehouse attorney promoting the dispatch. When this number is less than four digits, zeros must be added to complete 4 digits;
7 digits, which will be progressive numbering by customs, in which they are authorized for dispatch, assigned by each customs broker, customs agency, customs attorney, or warehouse attorney, referring to all types of entries, starting each year with the number 0000001.
NOTE: Between each of these data, two blank spaces must be preserved.
3.- Vehicle Data. The identification data of the vehicle transporting the merchandise will be noted, such as: model, license plate number, and serial number.
4.- Seals. The numbers of seals used to secure the vehicle access doors will be noted, when applicable.
5.- Containers. The container or trailer number will be noted, when applicable. In the case of operations through Northern and Southern Border customs and the means of transport is Rail, the railway equipment identification number or container number must be declared.
6.- Type of Merchandise. The description of the merchandise, nature, and necessary and sufficient characteristics to determine its tariff classification, as well as the corresponding NICO, will be noted.
7.- Quantity in Unit of
Commercialization Measure.
The quantity of merchandise in units of commercialization will be noted, according to what is stated in the CFDI.
8.- Quantity in Unit of
Tariff Measure.
The corresponding quantity of merchandise will be noted, according to the unit of measurement stated in the TIGIE.
9.- Certificate Serial Number.
Serial number of the certificate of the e.firma of the customs broker, customs agency, customs attorney, warehouse attorney, or agent of the customs broker or customs agency, who promotes the dispatch.
10.-e.firma. e.firma of the customs broker, customs agency, customs attorney, warehouse attorney, or agent of the customs broker or customs agency, who promotes the dispatch, corresponding to the validation signature of the entry.
11.- Name. The name of the customs attorney, customs broker, customs agency, or warehouse attorney, or the agent of the customs broker or customs agency promoting the dispatch will be noted.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 485 M1.4. Transit Entry for Transshipment.

SHEET _______ OF _______ ENTRY NO.

OPERATION TYPE

ENTRY KEY

ORIGIN CUSTOMS/SECTION

DESTINATION CUSTOMS/SECTION

ORIGIN COUNTRY

T.C. _____________________ ENTRY DATE _______________________ TRANSIT ARRIVAL DATE

IMPORTER/CONSIGNEE

R.F.C.

ADDRESS ______________________________________________________________________ AIRLINE (1) ________________ FLIGHT NO. _____________ REGISTRATION NO. ________________ AIRLINE (2) _______________ FLIGHT NO. ______________ REGISTRATION NO. ________________ R.F.C.: __________________________ LOCAL REG. NO. ____________________________________ ADDRESS____________________________________________________________________________________________________ M.E. VALUE___________________________________________________________________________________________________ DLS. VALUE __________________________________________________________________________________________________ QUANTITY NUMBERS/DATES INVOICE FORM CFDI OR EQUIVALENT DOCUMENTS AIR WAYBILLS SUPPLIER(S) BUNDLES | QUANTITY | BRANDS | NUMBERS | DESCRIPTION OF THE MERCHANDISE(S) | UNIT PRICE | VALUE IN CUSTOMS | U/M | QUANTITY | PERMIT(S) | AUTHORIZATION(S) AND IDENTIFIERS/ KEY(S)/NUMBERS/SIGNATURE ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT | BARCODE | PROVISIONAL SETTLEMENT | KEY. F/P TAXES STICKER OR SEALS ASSIGNED OBSERVATIONS: CUSTOMS BROKER, CUSTOMS AGENCY OR CUSTOMS ATTORNEY AIRLINE REPRESENTATIVE IN CHARGE OF VERIFICATION NAME AND SIGNATURE | NAME AND SIGNATURE

486 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 M1.5. Simplified Entry Form. The simplified entry form is a dynamic format composed of blocks, in which only the blocks indicated in this document must be printed, with the information transmitted to the SAAI at the time of preparing the entry referred to in the Instructions for filling out the entry of Annex 22. This format must be presented in one copy destined for the importer or exporter. In the lower right part, it must bear the printed legend corresponding as follows: Destination/origin: interior of the country. Destination/origin: border region. Destination/origin: border strip. When the destination of the merchandise is the interior of the country, it is an export, a complementary entry, or a transit entry, the way the entry will be printed must be white; when it is to the border strips, yellow; and in the case of the border region, green. Under no circumstances may the merchandise circulate with the copy through a zone of the country different from the one corresponding to the color, except for white, which may circulate throughout the country. This format will not be applicable in the cases provided for in rules 2.5.1., regarding used vehicles, trailers, and semi-trailers; 2.5.2., regarding used vehicles, trailers, and semi-trailers; 3.1.21., fraction III, subsection b), 3.5.1., fraction II, 3.5.4., 3.5.5., 3.5.6., 3.5.8. and 3.5.11., as well as vehicle operations carried out under a diplomatic franchise, in accordance with article 62, fraction I of the Law. Below, the different blocks that may constitute the simplified form of an entry are presented, citing their obligation and the manner in which they must be printed. When in a specific field, the specified space is not sufficient, it may be expanded by adding as many lines in the section as required. The printing should preferably be done on laser on letter-sized paper and the font sizes will be as indicated below:

INFO	FONT FORMAT
Block Headings	Arial 9 Bold or another font of equivalent size.
Preferably, the spaces where headings are presented should be printed with 15% shading.
Field Name	Arial 8 Bold or another font of equivalent size.
Declared Information	Arial 9 or another font of equivalent size.

The print format for all dates will be: DD/MM/YYYY Where DD Is the day in two positions. Depending on the month in question, it can be from 01 to 31. MM Is the month number. (01 to 12). YYYY Is the year in four positions.

SIMPLIFIED ENTRY HEADING The main heading must be printed as the first block of any simplified entry form. The right part of the heading must be used for automated selection certification. The printing of the sub-block named SETTLEMENT TABLE is mandatory when payment is made by Bank Window.

SIMPLIFIED ENTRY FORM Page 1 of N ENTRY NO.: OP. TYPE ENTRY KEY: CERTIFICATIONS DESTINATION: GROSS WEIGHT: CUSTOMS I/E: IMPORTER/EXPORTER DATA

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 487 RFC: CURP: ACCEPTANCE CODE: BARCODE KEY OF THE DISPATCH CUSTOMS SECTION: BRANDS, NUMBERS AND TOTAL BUNDLES: DATES SETTLEMENT TABLE

CONCEPT	F.P.	AMOUNT	CONCEPT	F.P.	AMOUNT	TOTALS
CASH
OTHERS
TOTAL
REFERENCED DEPOSIT CAPTURE LINE
0318 21K7 98P1 0629 0292 1458
ELECTRONIC PAYMENT
NOTE: In entries processed in accordance with rules 3.7.5., 7.3.6., fractions I and II, 4.5.20.,
4.5.31., 4.8.5., 4.8.7. and 4.8.8., fraction II, the fields DESTINATION, GROSS WEIGHT, BRANDS, NUMBERS AND
TOTAL BUNDLES must bear the printed legend N/A.

HEADING FOR SECONDARY PAGES OF THE SIMPLIFIED ENTRY FORM The heading for pages 2 to the last page is as follows. ENTRY ANNEX Page M of N ENTRY NO.: OP. TYPE ENTRY KEY: RFC: CURP:

FOOTER OF ALL SHEETS OF THE SIMPLIFIED ENTRY FORM The footer presented below must be printed at the bottom of all sheets of the entry. The e.firma of the customs broker, customs agency, customs attorney, or warehouse attorney must appear. When the entry bears the e.firma of the agent, their RFC and name must appear after those of the customs broker, customs agency.

CUSTOMS BROKER, CUSTOMS AGENCY, CUSTOMS ATTORNEY OR WAREHOUSE ATTORNEY NAME OR COMPANY NAME: RFC: CURP: AGENT/AUTHORIZED PERSON NAME: RFC: CURP: I DECLARE UNDER OATH THAT I AM TELLING THE TRUTH, UNDER THE TERMS OF WHAT IS ESTABLISHED IN ARTICLE 81 OF THE LAW: PATENT OR AUTHORIZATION: CERTIFICATE SERIAL NUMBER: e.firma:

488 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 The payment of contributions may be made through the Electronic Payment service, in accordance with what is established in rule 1.6.2., with the possibility that the bank account of the person who hires the services is directly affected by the Bank. The customs broker or customs attorney who uses the electronic payment service must print the bank certification in the corresponding field of the simplified entry form or in the official document according to Appendix 23 Electronic Payment of Annex 22. The Importer-Exporter may request certification of the information transmitted to SAAI by the customs broker or customs attorney at the time of preparing the entry form at the DGIA. NOTE: When the entry form carries the e.signature of the customs agent of the customs agency, the data of the principal shall not be printed; regarding the electronic payment legend, this must be printed in the Footer of the simplified entry form, only on the first sheet. END OF ENTRY FORM In order to identify the conclusion of the simplified entry form, on the last page, the following legend must be printed, immediately after the last block of information that has been printed. *********END OF ENTRY *****TOTAL NO. OF LINES: *****PREVALIDATOR KEY: ********** SEAL(S) For the line designated as NUMBER OF SEALS, as many lines as necessary may be printed and in each one the information up to six seal numbers may be declared. The 1ST REVIEW line and the 2ND REVIEW line are printed only once. NUMBER OF SEAL 1ST REVIEW 2ND REVIEW GUIDES, MANIFESTS, BILL OF LADING OR TRANSPORT DOCUMENTS As many lines as necessary may be printed and in each one the information up to three guide numbers, manifests or bill of lading order numbers (number and identifier) or transport document numbers may be declared. NUMBER (GUIDE/ORDER SHIPMENT)/ID: CONTAINERS/RAILROAD EQUIPMENT/VEHICLE ECONOMIC NUMBER As many lines as necessary may be printed and in each one the information of containers, railroad car and vehicle economic number (number and type) may be declared. NUMBER/TYPE NUMBER OF VALUE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT As many lines as necessary may be printed and in each one the information up to four numbers may be declared. NUMBER OF VALUE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT NOTE: The value acknowledgement number information will only need to be printed when this information has been transmitted in terms of rule 1.9.16.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 489 IDENTIFIERS (ENTRY LEVEL) KEY/COMP. IDENTIFIER COMPLEMENT 1 COMPLEMENT 2 COMPLEMENT 3 NOTE: This block must only be printed with the identifier corresponding to the operations provided for in rule 3.1.21., fraction III, subsection a). E-DOCUMENTS This block must only be printed with complement 1 of the ED identifier, without it being necessary to declare the identifier key; as many lines as necessary may be printed and in each one the information up to four e-document numbers may be declared. NUMBER OF E- DOCUMENT NOTE: The line information will only need to be printed when documentation is attached in terms of rule 3.1.31. TRANSPORT AND CARRIER DATA TRANSPORT IDENTIFICATION: COUNTRY: CARRIER RFC CURP ADDRESS/CITY/STATE NOTE: This block must be printed when this information has been sent electronically. OBSERVATIONS The observations block must be printed when this information has been sent electronically, considering it convenient to make any observation related to the entry form. OBSERVATIONS CORRECTIONS CORRECTION DATA When it is a correction entry form, the customs broker or customs attorney must print the following block where mention is made of the original entry form and the document key of the correction immediately after the main header. CORRECTION ORIGINAL ENTRY ORIGINAL ENTRY KEY CORRECTED ENTRY PAYMENT DATE CORRECT. BARCODES AND PAYMENT INFORMATION OF THE PRINTOUT OF THE SIMPLIFIED ENTRY FORM FIELD DESCRIPTION BARCODE REFERENCED DEPOSIT CAPTURE LINE When payment is made with payment method 0 (zero, Cash Appendix 13 Annex 22-), it will contain a barcode described in the Code 128 standard containing the capture line and amount for its payment. *** ELECTRONIC PAYMENT *** In case payment is made by means of electronic payment, it must contain the information set forth in Appendix 23 of Annex 22.

490 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 QR CODE FOR VERIFIER OF PAYMENT AND/OR COMPLIANCE The printing of the entry form format and/or simplified entry form printout must include a two-dimensional barcode according to the QR Code (Quick Response Code) format described in the ISO/IEC18004:2000 standard, containing the data, formed in the following manner and adding a line break: Parameter Data Characters URL https://aplicacionesc.mat.sat.gob.mx/SOIANE T/oia_consultarapd_cep.aspx? 71 pa Legal representative number, customs broker, customs agency or customs attorney. 4 dn Entry Number 7 s fill with 0. 1 ap Year of validation of the entry 4 pad Number of the customs office according to the Customs Catalog of SOIA. 2 or 3 ad Name of the customs office according to the Customs Catalog of SOIA. For each space it must be filled with %; example. AEROPUERTO%20INTERNAL.%20CD.%20 DE%20MEXICO,%20D.F. abierto The two-dimensional barcode must be printed in a square with dimensions of 100 px x 100 px or 3.75 x 3.75 cm that integrates the information of the entry mentioned in this format. DIFFERENCES IN CONTRIBUTIONS AT ENTRY LEVEL After the correction information, cited in the block designated as Correction Data, the settlement table of the total differences of the correction entry in relation to the contributions paid in the entry being corrected must be printed. It should be mentioned that the values cited in this table, if there are amounts to pay with payment method 0 (zero, Cash Appendix 13 Annex 22), must coincide with the capture line amount. DIFFERENCES IN CONTRIBUTIONS AT ENTRY LEVEL CONCEPT F.P. DIFFERENCE CONCEPT F.P. DIFFERENCE TOTAL DIFFERENCES CASH OTHERS TOTAL DIFF.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 491 M1.6. Consolidated Notice Format. The consolidated notice format is composed of blocks, in which only the blocks indicated in this document must be printed, for the purposes of Article 37-A of the Law and rules 1.9.17. and 3.1.32. This format must be presented in one copy intended for the importer or exporter. In the lower right part, it must bear the printed legend corresponding to the following: Destination/origin: interior of the country. Destination/origin: border region. Destination/origin: border strip. When the destination of the merchandise is the interior of the country, it concerns exportation, the way it will be printed must be white, when it is to the border strips, yellow and in the case of the border region, green. Under no circumstances may the merchandise circulate with the copy through a zone of the country different from the one corresponding according to the color, except for white which may circulate throughout the country. Below, the different blocks that must constitute the consolidated notice format are presented, citing the way in which they must be printed. It should be done preferably with a laser printer on letter size paper and with the font format indicated below: INFORMATION FONT FORMAT Block Headers Arial 9 Bold or another equivalent size letter. Preferably, the spaces where headers are presented should be printed with 15% shading. Field Name Arial 8 Bold or another equivalent size letter. Declared Information Arial 9 or another equivalent size letter. MAIN HEADER OF THE CONSOLIDATED NOTICE FORMAT The main header must be printed as the first block in the consolidated notice format. The right part of the header must be used for automated selection certifications. CONSOLIDATED NOTICE FORMAT Page 1 of N ENTRY NO.: OP. TYPE: ENTRY KEY: CERTIFICATIONS VALUE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT NO.: CUSTOMS I/O NO. SHIPMENT: GROSS WEIGHT IMPORTER/EXPORTER DATA RFC: NAME, DENOMINATION OR BUSINESS NAME: ACCEPTANCE CODE: BARCODE KEY OF THE CUSTOMS SECTION OF CLEARANCE: MARKS, NUMBERS AND TOTAL PACKAGES:

492 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 HEADER FOR SECONDARY PAGES OF THE CONSOLIDATED NOTICE FORMAT The header of pages 2 to the last page is the one presented below. ANNEX TO THE ENTRY PAGE M of N ENTRY NO.: OP. TYPE: VALUE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT NO.: RFC FOOTER OF THE CONSOLIDATED NOTICE FORMAT The footer presented below must be printed in the lower part as the last block of the consolidated notice format. The RFC, CURP and name of the Customs Agent, Customs Agency, Customs Attorney or Warehouse Attorney must appear, the certificate serial number and the e.signature of the transmission referred to in rule 1.9.17. When the transmission is carried out by the principal, their RFC, CURP, name, the certificate serial number and the e.signature of the transmission referred to in rule 1.9.17. must appear, after the name RFC, CURP and name of the Customs Agent or Customs Agency. CUSTOMS AGENT, CUSTOMS ATTORNEY NAME: RFC: CURP: PRINCIPAL/AUTHORIZED PERSON NAME: RFC: CURP: CERTIFICATE SERIAL NUMBER: e.signature: END OF PRINTING In order to identify the conclusion of the consolidated notice format, on the last page, the following legend must be printed, immediately after the last block of information that has been printed. **********END OF PRINTING

SEAL(S) For the line designated as NUMBER OF SEALS, as many lines as necessary may be printed and in each one the information up to six seal numbers may be declared. The 1ST REVIEW line and the 2ND REVIEW line are printed only once. NUMBER OF SEAL 1ST REVIEW 2ND REVIEW CONTAINERS/RAILROAD EQUIPMENT/VEHICLE ECONOMIC NUMBER As many lines as necessary may be printed and in each one the information of containers, railroad equipment and vehicle economic number may be declared. (number and type). NUMBER/TYPE

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 493 OBSERVATIONS The observations block must be printed when this information has been transmitted electronically in the value acknowledgement. OBSERVATIONS INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING OUT THE CONSOLIDATED NOTICE FORMAT FIELD CONTENT MAIN HEADER

ENTRY NO. The number assigned by the customs broker, customs agency or customs attorney, under which the goods are consolidated, integrated with fifteen digits, which correspond to: 2 digits, of the validation year. 2 digits, of the clearance customs office. 4 digits, of the patent or authorization number granted by the ANAM to the customs broker or to the customs agency, customs attorney promoting the clearance. When this number is less than four digits, zeros must be added to complete 4 digits. 1 digit, must correspond to the last digit of the current year, unless it is a consolidated entry initiated in the immediate previous year. 6 digits, which will be progressive numbering per customs office in which they are authorized for clearance, assigned by each customs broker, customs agency or customs attorney, referring to all types of entry forms. This numbering must start with 000001. Each of these groups of digits must be separated by two blank spaces, except between the digit corresponding to the last digit of the current year and the six digits of the progressive numbering.
OP. TYPE. Legend that identifies the type of operation. (IMP) Import. (EXP) Export/return.
ENTRY KEY. Key of the entry form in question, according to Appendix 2 of Annex 22.
VALUE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT NUMBER. e-document upon receiving the transmission of information in accordance with rule 1.9.17. Composed of thirteen characters.
CUSTOMS I/O. In import it will be the key of the CUSTOMS/SECTION, through which the merchandise enters national territory, according to appendix 1 of Annex 22. In export it will be the key of the CUSTOMS/SECTION through which the merchandise leaves national territory, according to appendix 1 of Annex 22.
SHIPMENT NO. Consecutive number that the customs broker, customs agency or customs attorney assigns to the shipment of the consolidated entry.
GROSS WEIGHT. Quantity in kilograms, of the total gross weight of the merchandise.
NAME, DENOMINATION OR BUSINESS NAME OF THE IMPORTER/EXPORTER. Name, denomination or business name of the importer or exporter, such as it was manifested for RFC purposes.
ACCEPTANCE CODE. Acknowledgement of acceptance, of the prior entry form under which the merchandise is consolidated, composed of eight characters.
BARCODE. The barcode printed by the customs broker, customs agency or customs attorney, in accordance with what is established in Appendix 17 of this Annex 22.
KEY OF THE CUSTOMS SECTION OF CLEARANCE. Key of the customs office and customs section before which the clearance is promoted (three positions), according to Appendix 1 of Annex 22. MARKS, NUMBERS AND TOTAL PACKAGES. Marks, numbers and total packages containing the merchandise covered by the consolidated notice format. In operations processed in accordance with rules 3.7.5., 4.5.20. 4.5.31 and 7.3.6., fractions I and II, this field must bear the printed legend N/A.

494 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 HEADER FOR SECONDARY PAGES

ENTRY NO. The number assigned by the customs broker, customs agency or customs attorney, under which the goods are consolidated, integrated with fifteen digits. It must be the same document number declared in the header main of this format.
OP. TYPE Legend that identifies the type of operation. (IMP) Import. (EXP) Export/return.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF VALUE. e-document upon receiving the transmission of information in accordance with rule 1.9.17. It must be the same number declared in the header main of this format.
RFC OF THE IMPORTER/EXPORTER. RFC of the IMPORTER/EXPORTER carrying out the foreign trade operation. It must be the same RFC declared in the header main of this format. The declaration of the RFC is mandatory. FOOTER CUSTOMS AGENT OR CUSTOMS AGENCY, CUSTOMS ATTORNEY
NAME. Full name of the customs broker, customs agency or customs attorney promoting the clearance.
RFC. RFC of the customs broker, customs agency or customs attorney promoting the clearance.
CURP. CURP of the customs broker or customs attorney promoting the clearance.
PATENT OR AUTHORIZATION. Number of the patent or authorization granted by ANAM to the customs broker or customs agency, customs attorney promoting the clearance.
e.signature. e.signature of the customs broker or customs agency, customs attorney or principal of the customs broker or customs agency, promoting the clearance corresponding to the signature of the transmission of the value acknowledgement.
CERTIFICATE SERIAL NUMBER. Serial number of the certificate of the e.signature of the customs broker or of the customs agency, customs attorney or principal of the customs broker or of the customs agency, promoting the clearance corresponding to the signature of validation of the transmission of the value acknowledgement. PRINCIPAL/AUTHORIZED PERSON. When the transmission of the value acknowledgement is carried out by the customs broker or the customs agency through its principal, with its e.signature, the following data must also be printed:
NAME. Full name of the principal of the customs broker or customs agency that carried out the transmission provided for in rule 1.9.17.
RFC. RFC of the principal of the customs broker or customs agency that carried out the transmission provided for in rule 1.9.17.
CURP. CURP of the principal of the customs broker or customs agency that carried out the transmission provided for in rule 1.9.17.
END OF PRINTING The legend END OF PRINTING must be placed at the end of the last page of this format. SEALS
SEAL NUMBER. Official seal number(s) placed by the customs broker, customs agency or customs attorney on the container or vehicle, or the number of origin seal in cases provided for in current legislation.
1ST REVIEW. The official seal number(s) assigned upon completion of the first review will be noted. For exclusive use of the customs authority.
2ND REVIEW. The official seal number(s) assigned upon completion of the second review will be noted. For exclusive use of the customs authority. CONTAINERS/RAILROAD CAR/VEHICLE ECONOMIC NUMBER
CONTAINER NUMBER / RAILROAD EQUIPMENT/VEHICLE ECONOMIC NUMBER. The letters and numbers of the containers, railroad equipment or vehicle economic number will be noted.
TYPE OF CONTAINER/RAILROAD EQUIPMENT/VEHICLE ECONOMIC NUMBER. The key identifying the type of container, railroad equipment or vehicle economic number will be noted according to Appendix 10 of Annex 22. OBSERVATIONS
OBSERVATIONS. In case it is required to manifest any additional data or any observation related to the CFDI or with the equivalent document that expresses the value of merchandise. In this field, the e-document numbers related to the digitalization of the documents proving compliance with regulations and non-tariff restrictions must be declared.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 495 M1.7. DOCUMENT FOR CUSTOMS CLEARANCE OPERATION (DODA). Page 1 of N NO. OF INTEGRATION: PATENT OR AUTHORIZATION: TWO-DIMENSIONAL BARCODE ISSUE DATE: TOTAL NO. OF ENTRY FORMS AND/OR CONSOLIDATED NOTICES OF THE OPERATION: CONTAINERS/RAILROAD EQUIPMENT/ NO. ECONOMIC OF THE VEHICLE: SEALS CUSTOMS SECTION OF CLEARANCE: ORIGINAL CHAIN: SIGNATURE OF LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE, CUSTOMS BROKER, CUSTOMS AGENCY OR ATTORNEY: CERTIFICATE SERIAL NUMBER: DIGITAL SEAL: SAT SEAL: CERTIFICATE SERIAL NUMBER: DIGITAL SEAL: I DECLARE UNDER OATH THAT THE STATEMENTS ARE TRUE, IN TERMS OF WHAT IS PROVIDED BY ARTICLE 81 OF THE LAW, LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE, CUSTOMS BROKER, CUSTOMS AGENCY OR ATTORNEY. *The date and time of issue correspond to the central time of the country. HEADER FOR SECONDARY PAGES OF THE DODA The header of pages 2 to the last page is the one presented below. DODA Page 1 of N NO. OF INTEGRATION: PATENT OR AUTHORIZATION: FOOTER OF ALL SHEETS OF THE DODA The footer presented below must be printed in the lower part of all sheets. The name and signature of the legal representative, customs broker, customs agency or customs attorney must appear: I DECLARE UNDER OATH THAT THE STATEMENTS ARE TRUE, IN TERMS OF WHAT IS PROVIDED BY ARTICLE 81 OF THE LAW, CUSTOMS AGENT OR ATTORNEY. INSTRUCTIONS When the legal representative, customs broker, customs agency or customs attorney presents their entry forms or consolidated notices in accordance with rule 3.1.33., the DODA format must be filled out, this format must be presented in one copy before the automated selection module, in substitution of the formats of: entry form, simplified form of the entry form and/or consolidated notice format, list of documents, Entries Part II. The format must be generated by the legal representative, customs broker, customs agency or attorney when they carry out the transmission referred to in rule 3.1.33., to the web service or when the transmission is carried out by the SAT Portal, the portal will generate it with the transmitted data.

496 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 The format must contain the following specifications and the fields must be filled out as indicated below: FIELD DESCRIPTION NO. OF INTEGRATION Integration number provided by the system, by the transmission referred to in rule 3.1.33. PATENT OR AUTHORIZATION The number of the patent or authorization corresponding to the legal representative, customs broker, customs agency or customs attorney who carries out the clearance of the merchandise must be declared. It is composed of four alphanumeric characters. TWO-DIMENSIONAL BARCODE The printing of the DODA format must include a two-dimensional barcode according to the QR Code (Quick Response Code) format described in the standard ISO/IEC18004:2000, containing the following data: Parameter Data Characters URL https://siat.sat.gob.mx/app/qr/faces/pag es/mobile/validadorqr.jsf? 65 D1 D1=16 5 D2 D2=1 4 D3 D3= Integration Number open At the end of the URL, including parameters URL, D1, D2 and D3, it must contain a line break. The two-dimensional barcode must be printed in a square with dimensions of 100 px x 100 px or 3.75 x 3.75 cm that integrates the link of the number of integration mentioned in this format. ISSUE DATE The date on which the document is issued must be declared in aaaa-mm-dd HH:MM:SS format. TOTAL NO. OF ENTRY FORMS AND/OR CONSOLIDATED NOTICES OF THE OPERATION Total quantity of entry forms and/or consolidated notices that integrate the foreign trade operation. CONTAINERS/RAILROAD EQUIPMENT/ NO. ECONOMIC OF THE VEHICLE The letters and number of the containers, railroad equipment or vehicle economic number must be declared. SEALS The seal numbers with which the access doors to the vehicle are secured will be noted, when applicable. CUSTOMS SECTION OF CLEARANCE The key and name of the customs/section according to appendix 1 of annex 22, in which the customs clearance is processed, must be declared. This field is composed of three numeric characters.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 497 ORIGINAL CHAIN The original chain must start and end with a double pipe character (||), and be formed as follows:

FIELD	DEFINITION
Customs Section	Key of the customs/section where the customs clearance is processed; it must be declared in 3 digits.
Patent or Authorization	The number of the patent or authorization corresponding to the legal representative, customs broker, customs agency, or customs attorney who performs the clearance of the goods must be declared. It consists of four alphanumeric characters.
Total Entries and/or Consolidated Notices	Total number of entries that make up the document.
Entry Numbers and/or Consolidated Notices (Value Acknowledgment)	Numbers of all and each of the entries that make up the document, separated by commas.
Integration Number	Integration number provided by the system.
Plate	Plate number declared to cross the customs.
Box or Container(s)	Box or container numbers separated by comma.
Timestamp	Time stamp of the document generation in format: yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss

The fields must be separated by the pipe character (|).

LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY SIGNATURE CERTIFICATE SERIAL NUMBER: Serial number of the e.signature certificate of the legal representative, customs broker, customs agency, or customs attorney. DIGITAL SEAL: Digital seal of the legal representative, customs broker, customs agency, or customs attorney that allows accrediting the authorship of the information transmitted for the DODA. SAT SEAL CERTIFICATE SERIAL NUMBER: Serial number of the e.signature certificate of the SAT. DIGITAL SEAL: Digital seal of the SAT that guarantees that the information transmitted was received in the SEA.

Font sizes will be as indicated below:

INFORMATION	FONT FORMAT
Headers	Arial 8 Bold or another font of equivalent size. Preferably, spaces where headers appear should be printed with 15% shading.
Field Name	Arial 8 Bold or another font of equivalent size.
Declared Information	Arial 9 or another font of equivalent size.
Original Chain	Arial 7 or another font of equivalent size.

498 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 M1.8. Electronic Credit Letter. ISSUANCE DATE FOLIO VALUE IN DOLLARS DAY MONTH YEAR CUSTOMS SECTION KEY OF CLEARANCE NAME OF THE CUSTOMS SECTION OF CLEARANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 119 OF THE LAW, THIS CREDIT LETTER IS ISSUED WITH RESPECT TO THE GOODS INDICATED BELOW: SEC. TARIFF FRAGMENT CUSTOMS UNIT OF MEASUREMENT (UMT) KEY QUANTITY OF UMT THAT WILL BE CLEARED INTO THE FISCAL DEPOSIT REGIME BY THE CUSTOMS AGENT, CUSTOMS AGENCY OR CUSTOMS ATTORNEY: PATENT OR AUTHORIZATION NUMBER TAXPAYER REGISTRATION KEY (RFC) OF THE CUSTOMS AGENT, CUSTOMS AGENCY OR CUSTOMS ATTORNEY UNIVERSAL PERSON REGISTRY KEY (CURP) OF THE CUSTOMS AGENT OR CUSTOMS ATTORNEY NAME: AND SENT TO THE DESTINATION OF THE GENERAL WAREHOUSE OF DEPOSIT: CUSTOMS KEY OF JURISDICTION NAME OF THE CUSTOMS OF JURISDICTION KEY OF AUTHORIZED UNIT BUSINESS NAME OR COMPANY NAME: ADDRESS OF THE AUTHORIZED UNIT (WAREHOUSE): IMPORTER/EXPORTER: RFC CURP NAME, BUSINESS NAME OR COMPANY NAME: TAX ADDRESS:

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 499 ELECTRONIC VALIDATION ACKNOWLEDGMENT INSTRUCTIONS FIELD NO. CONTENT FOLIO. CONSECUTIVE FOLIO OF THE CREDIT LETTER, WHICH IS FORMED AS FOLLOWS:

FOUR DIGITS FOR THE KEY GRANTED BY THE ANAM TO THE GENERAL WAREHOUSE OF DEPOSIT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH WHAT IS ESTABLISHED IN ART. 119 OF THE LAW.
TWO DIGITS FOR THE KEY GRANTED BY THE CUSTOMS AUTHORITY TO THE UNITS AUTHORIZED TO THE GENERAL WAREHOUSES OF DEPOSIT.
FIVE DIGITS FOR THE CONSECUTIVE FOLIO OF THE CREDIT LETTER, ASSIGNED BY THE GENERAL WAREHOUSE OF DEPOSIT, THE FIRST DIGIT OF THE FIVE SHOULD BE THE LAST DIGIT OF THE YEAR IN WHICH THE LETTER IS ISSUED. THIS CONSECUTIVE IS UNIQUE PER CUSTOMS OF JURISDICTION TO WHICH THE AUTHORIZED UNIT BELONGS THAT WILL RECEIVE THE GOODS UNDER THE FISCAL DEPOSIT REGIME. NOTE: THE USE OF THE CREDIT LETTER WILL BE EXCLUSIVELY FOR ONE ENTRY. ISSUANCE DATE. DATE ON WHICH THE CREDIT LETTER IS ISSUED IN DD/MM/YYYY FORMAT. VALUE IN DOLLARS. THE EQUIVALENT IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS OF THE TOTAL VALUE OF THE GOODS, WHICH ARE COVERED BY CFDIs OR EQUIVALENT DOCUMENTS IN NATIONAL OR FOREIGN CURRENCY, ENTERED IN THE ENTRY TO BE DESTINED TO THE FISCAL DEPOSIT REGIME, ACCORDING TO THE VIGILANT FOREIGN EXCHANGE FACTOR AT THE TIME OF ISSUING THE CREDIT LETTER. CUSTOMS SECTION KEY OF CLEARANCE. KEY OF THE CUSTOMS SECTION IN WHICH THE CLEARANCE OF THE GOODS DESTINED TO FISCAL DEPOSIT WILL BE CARRIED OUT, ACCORDING TO APPENDIX 1 OF ANNEX 22. NAME OF THE CUSTOMS SECTION OF CLEARANCE. NAME OF THE CUSTOMS SECTION IN WHICH THE CLEARANCE OF THE GOODS DESTINED TO FISCAL DEPOSIT WILL BE CARRIED OUT, ACCORDING TO APPENDIX 1 OF ANNEX 22. GOODS SEC. SEQUENCE NUMBER OF THE TARIFF FRAGMENT DECLARED. TARIFF FRAGMENT. TARIFF FRAGMENT IN WHICH THE GOODS ARE CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TIGIE. UMT KEY. KEY CORRESPONDING TO THE UNIT OF MEASUREMENT APPLICABLE TO THE TIGIE, ACCORDING TO APPENDIX 7 OF ANNEX 22. QUANTITY OF UMT. QUANTITY OF THE GOODS ACCORDING TO THE UNITS OF MEASUREMENT OF THE TIGIE. CUSTOMS AGENT OR CUSTOMS AGENCY, CUSTOMS ATTORNEY PATENT OR AUTHORIZATION NUMBER. 4 DIGITS, OF THE NUMBER OF THE PATENT OR AUTHORIZATION GRANTED BY THE ANAM TO THE CUSTOMS AGENT, CUSTOMS AGENCY OR CUSTOMS ATTORNEY WHO PROMOTES THE ENTRY OF THE GOODS INTO FISCAL DEPOSIT. RFC OF THE CUSTOMS AGENT OR CUSTOMS AGENCY, CUSTOMS ATTORNEY. RFC OF THE CUSTOMS AGENT, CUSTOMS AGENCY OR CUSTOMS ATTORNEY WHO PERFORMS THE PROCEDURE.

500 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 CURP OF THE CUSTOMS AGENT, CUSTOMS ATTORNEY. CURP OF THE CUSTOMS AGENT OR CUSTOMS ATTORNEY WHO PERFORMS THE PROCEDURE. NAME. FULL NAME OF THE CUSTOMS AGENT, CUSTOMS AGENCY OR CUSTOMS ATTORNEY WHO PERFORMS THE PROCEDURE. GENERAL WAREHOUSE OF DEPOSIT CUSTOMS KEY OF JURISDICTION. KEY OF THE CUSTOMS ACCORDING TO APPENDIX 1 OF ANNEX 22, IN WHOSE TERRITORIAL JURISDICTION THE AUTHORIZED UNIT (WAREHOUSE) OF THE GENERAL WAREHOUSE OF DEPOSIT THAT ISSUES THE CREDIT LETTER IS LOCATED. NAME OF THE CUSTOMS OF JURISDICTION. NAME OF THE CUSTOMS ACCORDING TO APPENDIX 1 OF ANNEX 22, IN WHOSE TERRITORIAL JURISDICTION THE AUTHORIZED UNIT (WAREHOUSE) OF THE GENERAL WAREHOUSE OF DEPOSIT THAT ISSUES THE CREDIT LETTER IS LOCATED. KEY OF AUTHORIZED UNIT. KEY ASSIGNED BY THE SAT TO THE GENERAL WAREHOUSES OF DEPOSIT TO OPERATE THE FISCAL DEPOSIT REGIME. BUSINESS NAME OR COMPANY NAME. BUSINESS NAME OR COMPANY NAME OF THE GENERAL WAREHOUSE OF DEPOSIT. ADDRESS OF THE AUTHORIZED UNIT (WAREHOUSE). ADDRESS OF THE WAREHOUSE OR PREMISES WHERE THE GOODS WILL REMAIN IN FISCAL DEPOSIT. IMPORTER/EXPORTER NAME, BUSINESS NAME OR COMPANY NAME. NAME, BUSINESS NAME OR COMPANY NAME OF THE IMPORTER/EXPORTER AS IT WAS MANIFESTED FOR RFC PURPOSES. RFC. RFC KEY OF THE IMPORTER/EXPORTER, WHO EFFECTS THE FOREIGN TRADE OPERATION. IN THE CASE OF FOREIGNERS, THE KEY EXTR920901TS4 WILL BE ENTERED. CURP. CURP OF THE IMPORTER/EXPORTER WHO PERFORMS THE PROCEDURE. THE DECLARATION OF THE CURP IS OPTIONAL, IF THE IMPORTER/EXPORTER IS A NATURAL PERSON AND HAS SUCH INFORMATION. TAX ADDRESS. TAX ADDRESS OF THE IMPORTER/EXPORTER AS IT WAS MANIFESTED FOR RFC PURPOSES. THE ADDRESS OF THE WAREHOUSE WHERE THE GOODS WILL REMAIN IN FISCAL DEPOSIT WILL BE ENTERED, WHEN THE NATURAL OR LEGAL PERSONS WHO PROMOTE THIS REGIME AND ARE RESIDENTS ABROAD. ELECTRONIC VALIDATION ACKNOWLEDGMENT. COMPOSED OF EIGHT CHARACTERS WITH WHICH IT IS PROVEN THAT THE CUSTOMS AUTHORITY HAS ELECTRONICALLY RECEIVED THE INFORMATION TRANSMITTED TO PROCESS THE CREDIT LETTER; THIS ACKNOWLEDGMENT MUST BE PRINTED ON THE AUTHORIZED CREDIT LETTER. NOTES: THE MEASURES OF THE PAPER ON WHICH THE FORMAT WILL BE PRINTED WILL BE 28 CMS IN LENGTH BY 21.5 CMS IN WIDTH (LETTER SIZE). WHEN IN A GIVEN FIELD THE DEFINED SPACE IS INSUFFICIENT, IT MAY BE EXPANDED BY ADDING AS MANY LINES AS REQUIRED, PRINTING THE FORMAT ON THE NUMBER OF SHEETS NECESSARY. WHEN THERE IS MORE THAN ONE TARIFF FRAGMENT THAT COVERS THE CREDIT LETTER, ONE MUST BE DECLARED FOR EACH SEQUENCE. NAME OF THE ORGANIZER:

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 501 M1.9. Credit Letter for International Exhibitions. (Art. 121, fraction III L.A.) NUMBER OF FOLIO: ISSUANCE DATE: AUTHORIZATION NUMBER: DAY MONTH YEAR ENTRY NUMBER: KEY: NAME OF THE CLEARANCE CUSTOMS: IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 119 OF THE LAW THIS CREDIT LETTER IS ISSUED WITH RESPECT TO THE GOODS INDICATED BELOW: NUMBER OF PACKAGES DESCRIPTION OF THE GOODS NATIONAL CURRENCY VALUE THAT WILL BE CLEARED INTO THE FISCAL DEPOSIT REGIME BY THE CUSTOMS AGENT OR CUSTOMS ATTORNEY: PATENT OR AUTHORIZATION NUMBER NAME OF THE CUSTOMS AGENT, CUSTOMS AGENCY OR CUSTOMS ATTORNEY AND SENT TO THE DESTINATION OF THE PREMISES DESTINED TO THE INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION: NAME, BUSINESS NAME OR COMPANY NAME: AUTHORIZED ADDRESS: NAME OF THE EVENT: PERIOD: IMPORTER: NAME, BUSINESS NAME OR COMPANY NAME: TAX ADDRESS: RFC

NAME AND SIGNATURE OF THE LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OR HOLDER OF THE PREMISES DESTINED TO THE INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION. NOTE: IF THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT USED WITHIN TWENTY DAYS FOLLOWING ITS ISSUANCE, IT MUST BE RETURNED TO THE COMPANY THAT ISSUED IT.

502 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS FIELD NO. CONTENT FOLIO NUMBER. CONSECUTIVE FOLIO NUMBER OF THE CREDIT LETTER, WHICH MUST BE ASSIGNED BY THE EVENT ORGANIZER. NOTE: THE USE OF THE CREDIT LETTER WILL BE EXCLUSIVELY FOR ONE ENTRY. ISSUANCE DATE. DATE ON WHICH THE CREDIT LETTER IS ISSUED IN FORMAT DD/MM/YYYY. AUTHORIZATION NUMBER. THE NUMBER OF THE AUTHORIZATION OFFICE MUST BE ENTERED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 4.5.29. ENTRY NUMBER. THE PROGRESSIVE NUMBER ASSIGNED MUST BE ENTERED. CUSTOMS/CUSTOMS SECTION KEY OF CLEARANCE. KEY OF THE CUSTOMS/CUSTOMS SECTION IN WHICH THE CLEARANCE OF THE GOODS DESTINED TO FISCAL DEPOSIT WILL BE CARRIED OUT, ACCORDING TO APPENDIX 1 OF ANNEX 22. NAME OF THE CUSTOMS/CUSTOMS SECTION OF CLEARANCE. NAME OF THE CUSTOMS SECTION IN WHICH THE CLEARANCE OF THE GOODS DESTINED TO FISCAL DEPOSIT WILL BE CARRIED OUT, ACCORDING TO APPENDIX 1 OF ANNEX 22. GOODS NUMBER OF PACKAGES. THE NUMBER OF PACKAGES THAT INTEGRATE THE SHIPMENT MUST BE ENTERED. DESCRIPTION OF THE GOODS. COMMERCIAL DESCRIPTION OF THE GOODS. NATIONAL CURRENCY VALUE. THE EQUIVALENT IN NATIONAL CURRENCY OF THE CUSTOMS VALUE ENTERED IN THE ENTRY AT THE TIME OF ISSUING THE CREDIT LETTER. CUSTOMS AGENT, CUSTOMS AGENCY OR CUSTOMS ATTORNEY PATENT OR AUTHORIZATION NUMBER. 4 DIGITS, OF THE NUMBER OF THE PATENT OR AUTHORIZATION GRANTED BY THE ANAM TO THE CUSTOMS AGENT, CUSTOMS AGENCY OR CUSTOMS ATTORNEY WHO PROMOTES THE ENTRY OF THE GOODS INTO THE PREMISES DESTINED TO THE INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION. NAME. FULL NAME OF THE CUSTOMS AGENT, CUSTOMS AGENCY OR CUSTOMS ATTORNEY WHO PERFORMS THE PROCEDURE. PREMISES DESTINED TO THE INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION NAME, BUSINESS NAME OR COMPANY NAME. BUSINESS NAME OR COMPANY NAME OF THE LOCAL ORGANIZER WHERE THE EVENT WILL BE HELD. AUTHORIZED ADDRESS. COMPLETE ADDRESS OF THE PREMISES AUTHORIZED FOR THE INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION. NAME OF THE EVENT. NAME BY WHICH THE INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION WAS PROMOTED. PERIOD. DATES ON WHICH THE GOODS WILL BE EXHIBITED. NOTE: THIS PERIOD MUST NOT EXCEED ONE MONTH. IMPORTER NAME, BUSINESS NAME OR COMPANY NAME. NAME, BUSINESS NAME OR COMPANY NAME OF THE IMPORTER AS IT WAS MANIFESTED FOR RFC PURPOSES. TAX ADDRESS. ADDRESS OF THE IMPORTER AS IT WAS MANIFESTED FOR RFC PURPOSES. RFC. RFC KEY OF THE IMPORTER WHO EFFECTS THE FOREIGN TRADE OPERATION. NAME AND SIGNATURE. CORRESPONDING TO THE HOLDER OF THE PREMISES DESTINED TO THE INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 503 M1.10. Report of Exportations of Submanufacturing or Subcontracting Operations. Folio No. Place of Issuance: Date of issuance: Day Month Year

Data of the company with IMMEX Program that issues the report: Business Name or Company Name: ____________________________________________________________ RFC: _______________________________________________________________________________ IMMEX Program Number: ____________________________________________________________________________ Address: _____________________________________________________________________________________ Street: ____________________________________ No. and/or ext. letter: ________ No. and/or int. letter: _______ Neighborhood: ____________________________________ Postal Code: ___________ Federal Entity: __________ Phone: ____________________________________ Fax: _______________________________________ Mark with an X if the proportion corresponds to: First semester Second semester
Data of the company that performs the submanufacturing or subcontracting operation: Business Name or Company Name: ____________________________________________________________ RFC: _____________________________________________________________________________________ Address: _____________________________________________________________________________________ Street: ___________________________________ No. and/or ext. letter: ___________ No. and/or int. letter: ______ Neighborhood: ___________________________________ Postal Code: ________ Federal Entity: ______________ Phone: _____________________________________ Fax: ____________________________________
Proportion of Export of Goods Description of transferred goods: Tariff fragment, if applicable, NICO: Proportion: Description of the process: I swear under oath that the information contained in this document is true and exact. In case the data contained herein are modified, I obligate myself to communicate said situation. The falsity or inaccuracy of the information contained herein, will be sanctioned in accordance with the applicable tax provisions.
Data of the Legal Representative Last name (paternal): Last name (maternal): First name(s): RFC: ____________________ Signature of the CURP: Legal Representative

504 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS

This report will be filled out by machine or with block letters, with a black or blue ink ballpoint pen and the figures must not exceed the limits of the boxes.
It must be presented in original and a copy, the original will be delivered to the company that performs the submanufacturing or subcontracting operations and the copy will be kept by the company with IMMEX Program that issues the report.
Folio Number: The company with IMMEX Program will enter the consecutive folio number that corresponds.
Place of Issuance: Place where this report is generated (State, Capital, City or Municipality).
Date of Issuance: The date of filling out the report must be entered, using 2 Arabic numbers for the day, 2 for the month and 4 for the year, as follows: (March 31, 2007 example: 31 03 2007).

Data of the company with IMMEX Program that issues the report.

Business Name or Company Name: Enter the business name of the company with IMMEX Program.
RFC: The key will be entered.
IMMEX Program Number: The number assigned by the SE to the company with IMMEX Program.
Address: Enter the data related to the tax address; street name, number and/or exterior letter, number and/or interior letter, neighborhood name, postal code, Federal Entity, telephone number and fax number.
Mark with an X, if the proportion corresponds to the first or second semester.

Data of the company that performs the submanufacturing or subcontracting operation.

Business Name or Company Name: Enter the business name of the company.
RFC: The key will be entered.
Address: Enter the data related to the tax address; street name, number and/or exterior letter, number and/or interior letter, neighborhood name, postal code, Federal Entity, telephone number and fax number.

Proportion of Export of Goods.

Description of transferred goods: The detailed description of the goods transferred by the company with IMMEX Program to the company performing the submanufacturing or subcontracting operation will be manifested.
Tariff fragment, if applicable, NICO of the transferred goods: Enter the tariff fragment and NICO that corresponds to the goods being transferred.
Description of the process: The description of the process performed by the submanufacturing or subcontracting company will be manifested.
Export Proportion: Indicate the proportion determined in accordance with what is provided in rule 5.2.8.

Data of the Legal Representative.

Enter the last name (paternal), last name (maternal) and first name(s) of the legal representative.
RFC: The 13-position RFC key will be entered.
CURP: The CURP will be entered, if available.

Wednesday, December 28, 2022 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 505 M1.11. LIST OF DOCUMENTS. Barcode GENERAL DATA Clearance Customs Patent Number or Authorization Name of the customs agent or customs agency, customs attorney or accredited legal representative. Date of Issuance LIST OF ENTRIES OR CONSOLIDATED NOTICES Consecutive Entry Number Consolidated Notice Number NUMBER OF CONTAINERS 1. 2. 3. 4. INSTRUCTION FOR FILLING OUT THE DOCUMENT LIST FORMAT The customs agent or customs agency, customs attorney or accredited legal representative, is the one who has the obligation to fill out this format, when it comes to operations carried out with an entry and/or consolidated notice, or cargo consolidation in accordance with rule 3.1.24., or when it comes to operations carried out with Part II entries referred to in rule 3.1.21., fraction III, subsection a). The format must be presented before the automated selection module as the first page of all documents it covers. The following fields will be filled out, as indicated below:

The barcode will be determined as: Length Format 1 Character that identifies that the reading is by barcode (L). 1 Character. 2 Total number of entries in the operation. 2 Numeric 3 CAAT, obtained in accordance with rule 2.4.5. 4 Numeric 4 Container number.- This field must be filled out, when it comes to operations carried out with Part II entry or consolidated entry, indicating the container number, when the goods are transported in doubly articulated tractor-trailers (full). 11 Alphanumeric 5 Container number.- This field must be filled out, when it comes to operations carried out with Part II entry or consolidated entry, indicating the container number, when the goods are transported in doubly articulated tractor-trailers (full). 11 Alphanumeric

506 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Wednesday, December 28, 2022 6 Container number.- This field must be filled out, when it comes to operations carried out with Part II entry or consolidated entry, indicating the container number, when the goods are transported in doubly articulated tractor-trailers (full). 11 Alphanumeric 7 Container number.- This field must be filled out, when it comes to operations carried out with Part II entry or consolidated entry, indicating the container number, when the goods are transported in doubly articulated tractor-trailers (full). 11 Alphanumeric After each field, the "CARRIAGE RETURN" and "LINE FEED" control characters must be presented. 2. General Data.

Clearance Customs. The key of the customs/section where the customs clearance is processed must be declared. This field is composed of three numeric characters.
Patent or Authorization Number. The number of the patent or authorization that corresponds to the customs agent, customs attorney or accredited legal representative who performs the clearance of the goods must be declared. It consists of four alphanumeric characters.
Name of the customs agent or customs agency, customs attorney or accredited legal representative. The name of the customs agent or customs agency must be declared, customs attorney or accredited legal representative, who promotes the clearance.
Date of Issuance. The date of issuance of the format must be declared. The field must be declared as DD/MM/YYYY
List of Entries or consolidated notices.
Consecutive. Consecutive that is being declared, of the entry and/or of the consolidated notice, when it comes to consolidated entries.
Entry Number. All entries in cargo consolidation that cover the goods in transport in the same vehicle must be declared.
Consolidated Notice Number. The number(s) of value acknowledgment obtained from the transmission of information related to the value and other data related to the commercialization of the goods, which cover the shipments of the consolidated entries in accordance with articles 37 and 37-A of the Law and the rule 1.9.17., in cargo consolidation that cover the goods in transport in the same vehicle.
Number of Containers.
Number of Containers. The container(s) in which the goods are transported must be declared. Sincerely Mexico City, December 16, 2022.- In substitution for the absence of the Head of the Tax Administration Service, based on article 4, first paragraph of the Internal Regulations of the Tax Administration Service, the General Legal Administrator, Lic. Ricardo Carrasco Varona signs.- Rubric